request for proposal for procurement … · download document after login ... type of contract...

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR PROCUREMENT OF

Endpoints with Solutions and Support Services

Ref: SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/439 : 10/11/2017

State Bank of India IT-ATM Department

State Bank Global IT Center 2nd Floor, MTNL Building Sector -11, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai : 400614 (Maharashtra) INDIA

RFP for Procurement of Endpoints with Solutions and Support Services

of 6 Confidential & Proprietary

Annexure I

Notice Inviting e-Tender

Request for Proposal for procurement of Endpoints with Solutions and Support Services Procurement of captioned RFP shall be undertaken through Online e-Tender Portal:

https://sbi.abcprocure.com.

Basic Details

Department SBI – IT-ATM Department , GITC, CBD Belapur -400614 Maharashtra

Reference No SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/439 Brief scope of work

Request for Proposal for procurement of Endpoints with Solutions and Support Services

Details Scope of work

As per appendix -6 – Single Field confirmation required.

Product / Service / Work Keyword*

Endpoints with solutions and support services

Stage Two Stages : PQB and Price Bid Envelope(s) As per check-list Given Bid Validity period (in days)

160

Download Document

After login

Type of Contract Goods and Services

Project Duration / Delivery or Completion period

Seven years

Digital Certificate Required

Yes

Bid submission configuration

Bid Evaluation Multiple item Mode of bid submission

Online

Bidding access Open



Base currency INR Bidding Type NCB/Domestic

Consortium Do not allow

Bid Withdrawal Allow Upto the Date and time of Bid submission date and time

Key configuration

Bidding Variant* Buy Pre-Bid meeting Allow Mode of pre-bid meeting

Offline

Dates Configuration :

Document downloading Start date

14/11/2017 11.00

Document downloading end date

13/12/2017 15.00

Bid submission start date 11/12/2017 11.00

Bid submission end date 18/12/2017 17.00 Bid opening date 18/12/2017 17.30 Pre-Bid Query Submission Date

20/11/2017 11.00

Pre-Bid Meeting start date 27/11/2017 11.00 Pre-Bid Meeting end date 27/11/2017 13.00

Pre-Bid response date 04/12/2017 15.00 Pre-bid requirements : Step : (a) Pre-Bid queries to be obtained Online

Vendor Name

Sl. No

Appendix Page No

Clause No.

Existing Clause

Query/Suggestions

(b) Offline Pre-bid meeting : Pre-Bid Meeting Venue : State Bank of India IT-ATM Department State Bank Global IT Center 2nd Floor, MTNL Building



Sector – 11, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai : 400 614 Maharashtra - India (c) Bank will share the responses to the queries requires to be uploaded at Online site Vendor Name

Sl. No

Appendix Page No

Clause No.

Existing Clause

Query/Suggestions Bank Responses to the queries

(d) Bank will share the amendment(s), If any to be published at Online Site 1. Tender Fee:

Pay Non-Refundable Tender Fee of Rs.10000 Online through

https://sbi.abcprocure.com against this RFP.

2. Earnest Money Deposit : @Documents to be submitted physically before allowing Bid submission, subscribed “EMD and Integrity Pact for RFP No : SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/ dated ________________ to be submitted to : State Bank of India, IT-ATM Department, Global IT Center, 2nd Floor, MTNL Building, Sector – 11, CBD Belapur : 400 614, Maharashtra by 18th December, 2017 17.00 hours as per the following mode :

(1) Earnest Money Deposit Rs.10,00,000=00, valid for one year from the date of bid

opening date in one of the following form :

a. Pay Online through https://sbi.abcprocure.com against this RFP

b. @Bank Guarantee [on the lines of Appendix-8], issued by Scheduled

Commercial Bank in India, other than State Bank of India, drawn in

favour of State Bank of India payable at Mumbai. In case, SBI is the

sole Banker for the Bidder, a Letter of Comfort from SBI would be

acceptable

3. Pre-Contract Integrity Pact :

@Pre-Contract Integrity Pact duly stamped and signed by the Bidder on each

page and witnessed by two persons as per proforma at Appendix–15.

Check-List : NB : Each compliance submission of Single and Multiple Fields are mandatory and final submission should be with digital certificate.



@ Single Field Confirmation : At each Single field submission, confirmation be sought as “ We, have read, examined, understood and agree to execute works without any qualification in a manner and on the terms and conditions stipulated in Appendixes.” App endix No

Matter e-tender item to be made available as

Single@ /Multiple Fields (each field wise) mandatory Compliance

Upload Documents duly signed by authorized signatory with seal on the letter head of Company without any change in its contents.

0 Environment Overview Line Single

1 Terms and conditions Line Single Appendix-1

2 Bid Form Line Single Appendix-2

3 Bidder’s Eligibility criteria Form Multiple All required documents

3-1 Annual Turnover-Profit Form Multiple ---

3-2 Bidder’s Declaration Line Single Appendix 3-2

3-3 Client Certificate Line Single Appendix 3-3

3-4 OEM Certificate Line Single Appendix 3-4

3-4a OEM Support Details Form Multiple -----

3-5-AB Support Details (A and B) Form Multiple ----

3-5-C Locations Support (C) Form Multiple

3-6 MAF Line Single Appendix 3-6


3-8 Similar Projects Form Multiple Appendix 3-8 and Documents as required


3-10 Similar Projects Form Multiple Appendix 3-10 and Documents as required

3-11a Two locations: CDs Supply, Installation and Maintenance and Managed Service Setup

Form Multiple

3-11b Two locations : Multi-Vendor Software Solution / Agent

Form Multiple

3-11c Two locations : End points Protections / Agent

Form Multiple

4 Technical & functional specifications

---- ----- Technical literature / documents

4-1 Technical Bid Rules Line Single Appendix-4-1

4-2 Acronyms Line Single Appendix-4-2



4a Technical Bid-HW Form Multiple

4b Technical Bid-SW Form Multiple

4c Technical Bid-Servcs Form Multiple

5 Bidder details Form Multiple

6 Scope of work Line Single Appendix-6

7 Indicative Commercial Bid Form Multiple

7-1 Tax Rate Form Multiple

7-2 SIS Form Multiple

7a Payment Terms Line Single Appendix-7a

8 Format for Bank Guarantee as Earnest Money Deposit

Line Single Appendix-8

9 Format for submission of Performance Bank Guarantee


10a Proforma of successful Installation of endpoint

Line Single Appendix-10a

10b Proforma of Commission and acceptance - Solutions

Line Single Appendix-10b

11 Penalties and SLA terms Line Single Appendix-11

12a Appendix-12a SLA-Endpoints and Support Services

Line Single Appendix-12a

12b Appendix-12b SLA-Managed and Support Services

Line Single Appendix-12b

12c Appendix-12c SLA-Agreement for solutions

Line Single Appendix-12c

13 Non-disclosure Agreement Line Single Appendix-13

14 Pre Bid Query Online Form Multiple ----

15 Pre-Contract Integrity Pact Line Single Appendix-15

16 Undertaking of Authenticity Line Single Appendix-16

17 Manufacturers' Authorization Form


18 Hardware and Software requirements of the solution (Six environments)

Form Multiple

******************************

SBI Environment OverviewENDPOINT

GITC

Legends:* - Multi-Vendor SW (MVS)

# - Endpoint Protection SW (EPS)

@ - Solution Provider(SP)

$ - Software/Patch Loading at ATM (EP/SP)

^ - Post Impl. Support (SP)

% - End Point Provider (EP)

EFT Switch

ACI BASE24

Interchanges

MC

Visa

NPCI

More….

External Intfcs.

Euronet

ATOS

Prizm

SBI Life

SBI Card

PayU

More….

Core SystemsMobile

Bnkg

Prepaid

DCMS

CBS

Internet

Bnkg

Tele Bnkg

INB

PG

INB

CRM

LOTUS

M24

More...

Managed Services Center ( @ SP Location )

Solution Provider (L1)

ATM Monitoring(Endpoint Uptime/Availability Mgmt)

Data Security

(Security Protocols, Network Security HW/SW, IDS, InfoSec Mgmt, etc.)

Event/Incident Mgmt ( Dispatch, Vendor/SP Mgmt, Reporting, etc.)

OS/Chest/Safe Access Mgmt( OS, OTC Mgmt, Monitor Chest/Safe Access, etc.)

Enterprise Mgmt( Remote Monitoring, UPS, Fault Mgmt, Perf Mgmt, Service Level

Mgmt, Config Mgmt, Reporting, etc.)

v0.9.7 (08 Nov 2017)

ATM App *

SNMP App *

Text-to-Speech*

(TTS)

VSS App *EPS App #

Campaign App *SW Distribution

App *

More…. *

Bank Provided

Agents

Solution Provider (L1) ^

XFS

Operating System

Devices

De

vic

e S

PD

rive

rs

De

vic

e S

PD

rive

rs

De

vic

e S

PD

rive

rs

De

vic

e S

PD

rive

rs

De

vic

e S

PD

rive

rs

Endpoint Provider (OEM/Reseller) $

(L1/L2/Existing/Future)

Solution Provider (L1)

ATM Monitoring @

SW Distribution Management @

(EJ, EJ Viewer, Logs, Screens, Patch, Audio/Video)

Incident Mgmt System @

(incl. HelpDesk, Ticket Mgmt, Dispatch)

Endpoint Security Mgmt @

(FHDE, Whitelisting, USB Blocking, Access Control)

Online Monitoring System @

(OMS)

Campaign Management @

More…. @

Onsite Advanced Technical Support

- Solution Provider (L1) @ ^

HelpDesk ( SPOC, 24x7 remote support, MIS, SLA Mgmt, etc.)

Cash Mgmt( Cash forecasting, Maintain CER, Cash Evacuation, etc )

Support Services (Consumables Replenishment, Housekeeping, CMC Support, Site

Takeover, etc.)

More...

Endpoint Support

( User Mgmt, EP Mgmt and EP Issue Resolution, etc.)

EJ Mgmt

( Schedule, Upload, Audit trail, Analysis, MIS, etc.)

Infra/HW/Ntwk Mgmt

( Admin, Install/Config, Backup, Recovery, etc.)

Design/Develop/Test – MVS/EPS/OMS

(Screens, Txn Flow, Campaigns, SIT, UAT, Integration, etc.)

Prod. Mon./Mgmt.

( Upgrades, Patches, Deploy, Config, etc.)

DB Admin/Mgmt

( Admin, Log Analysis, Backup, Recovery, etc)

9.1 Program/Project Mgmt

( Soln.Arch., Lic. Mgmt, SLA Reports, Issue Resolution, etc.)

More….

Sit

e I

nst

all

ati

on

/Mo

dif

ica

tio

n S

erv

ice

s (S

IS) %

(L1

/L2

)

Appendix-1

Terms and Conditions :

Table of Contents:

1. Invitation to Bid: ........................................................................................................................... 3

2. Disclaimer:.................................................................................................................................... 4

3. Definitions:.................................................................................................................................... 5

4. Scope of Work : As given in Appendix-6 of this document. ......................................................... 7

5. Eligibility Criteria, Technical Criteria & Functional Specifications & Compliances: .............. 10

6. Cost of Bid Document: ................................................................................................................ 11

7. Clarification and amendments on RFP/Pre-Bid Meeting:.......................................................... 11

8. Contents of bidding document: ................................................................................................... 12

9. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD): ................................................................................................. 13

10. Bid Preparation and submission :............................................................................................... 14

11. Deadline for submission of Bids : ............................................................................................... 16

12. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids:........................................................................................ 17

13. Period of Validity of Bids:........................................................................................................... 17

14. Bid Integrity: ............................................................................................................................... 17

15. Bidding process/Opening of Technical Bids :............................................................................. 18

16. Technical Evaluation: ................................................................................................................. 19

17. Evaluation of Price Bids and Finalisation: ................................................................................ 22

18. Contracting the Bank: ................................................................................................................. 24

19. Award Criteria: ........................................................................................................................... 25

20. Powers to Vary or Omit Work: ................................................................................................... 26

21. No waiver of Bank Rights or Successful Bidder’s Liability: ....................................................... 27

22. Change of Orders:....................................................................................................................... 27

23. Contract Amendments: ................................................................................................................ 28

24. Bank’s Right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids: ................................................. 28

25. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications: .......................... 29

26. Performance Bank Guarantee: ................................................................................................... 29

27. System Integration Testing & User Acceptance Testing: ........................................................... 30

28. Country or O rigin / Eligibility of Goods & Services: ................................................................. 30

29. Delivery, Installation, Commissioning & Documentation:......................................................... 30

30. Services: ...................................................................................................................................... 33

31. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract: ........................................................................... 34

32. Compliance with IS Security Policy:........................................................................................... 37

33. Penalties / SLA Conditions: ........................................................................................................ 37

34. Right to Verification:................................................................................................................... 37

35. Purchase Price:........................................................................................................................... 37

36. Inspection and Quality Control Tests: ........................................................................................ 38

37. Right to Audit: ............................................................................................................................. 40

38. Subcontracting: ........................................................................................................................... 41

39. Insurance: ................................................................................................................................... 41

40. Validity of Agreement: ................................................................................................................ 41

41. Limitation of Liability: ................................................................................................................ 42

42. Confidentiality: ........................................................................................................................... 42

43. Delay in the Vendor’s Performance: .......................................................................................... 43

44. Vendor’s Obligations: ................................................................................................................. 43

45. Technical Documentation: .......................................................................................................... 44

46. Patent Rights/Intellectual Property Rights: ................................................................................ 45

RFP for Procurement of Endpoints

with Solutions and Support Services

Page 2 of 56

47. Liquidated Damages: .................................................................................................................. 46

48. Conflict of Interest: ..................................................................................................................... 46

49. Fraud & Corrupt Practices: ....................................................................................................... 48

51. Force Majeure: ........................................................................................................................... 51

52. Termination for Insolvency: ........................................................................................................ 52

53. Termination for Convenience: .................................................................................................... 52

54. Disputes/Arbitration (applicable in case of successful Bidder only): ........................................ 52

55. Governing Language: ................................................................................................................. 53

56. Applicable Law : ......................................................................................................................... 53

58. Tax deduction at Source: ............................................................................................................ 54

59. Right to use defective product: .................................................................................................... 55

60. Tender Fee: ................................................................................................................................. 55

61. Notices: ....................................................................................................................................... 55

62. Other terms and conditions :....................................................................................................... 55



Page 3 of 56

1.1.1.1. Invitation to Bid:

1.1. State Bank of India (herein after referred to as ‘SBI/the Bank’ is having

its Corporate Centre at Mumbai, various other offices (LHOs/ Head

Offices /Zonal Offices/Global Link Services, Global IT Centre, etc. of State

Bank of India and branches/other offices located in India and foreign,

other exchange companies in available at various locations and managed

by the Bank (collectively referred to as State Bank Group or ‘SBG’

hereinafter). This Request for Proposal (RFP) has been issued by the

Bank on behalf of SBG for procurement of endpoints with Solutions and

Support Services.The primary objective of this RFP is to have Multi-

Vendor Solution, Endpoint Protection Solution and Online Monitoring

Solution.

1.2. In order to meet the Equipment, Software Solution and Services

requirements, the Bank proposes to invite tenders from eligible vendors

as per details/scope of work mentioned in Appendix-6 of this RFP

document.

1.3. Bidder shall mean any entity (i.e. juristic person) who meets the eligibility

criteria given in Appendix-3 of this RFP and willing to provide the goods,

services and Software Solution/ service as required in this bidding

document. The interested Bidders who agree to all the terms and

conditions contained in this document may submit their Bids with the

information desired in this bidding document (Request for Proposal).

1.4. Address for submission of Bids, contact details including email address

for sending communications are given in the Notice Inviting e-tender

Annexure I.

1.5. The purpose of SBI behind this RFP is to seek a detailed technical and

commercial proposal for procurement of the endpoints, Software Solution

and Services desired in this document. The proposed endpoints, Software

Solution and Services must integrate with Bank’s existing infrastructure

seamlessly.

1.6. This document shall not be transferred, reproduced or otherwise used for

purpose other than for which it is specifically issued.

1.7. Interested Bidders are advised to go through the entire document before

submission of Bids to avoid any chance of elimination. The eligible



Page 4 of 56

Bidders desirous of taking up the project for supply of proposed

Endpoints, Software Solution and Services for SBI are invited to submit

their technical and commercial proposal in response to this RFP. The

criteria and the actual process of evaluation of the responses to this RFP

and subsequent selection of the successful Bidder will be entirely at

Bank’s discretion. This RFP seeks proposal from Bidders who have the

necessary experience, capability & expertise to provide SBI the proposed

hardware and services, Software Solution/ service adhering to Bank’s

requirements outlined in this RFP.

2. Disclaimer:

2.1. The information contained in this RFP document or information provided

subsequently to Bidder(s) whether verbally or in documentary form/email

by or on behalf of State Bank of India (Bank), is subject to the terms and

conditions set out in this RFP document.

2.2. This RFP is not an offer by State Bank of India, but an invitation to receive

responses from the eligible Bidders. No contractual obligation whatsoever

shall arise from the RFP process unless and until a formal contract is

signed and executed by duly authorized official(s) of State Bank of India

with the selected Bidder.

2.3. The purpose of this RFP is to provide the Bidder(s) with information to

assist preparation of their Bid proposals. This RFP does not claim to

contain all the information each Bidder may require. Each Bidder should

conduct its own investigations and analysis and should check the

accuracy, reliability and completeness of the information contained in this

RFP and where necessary obtain independent advices/clarifications.

Bank may in its absolute discretion, but without being under any obligation

to do so, update, amend or supplement the information in this RFP.

2.4. The Bank, its employees and advisors make no representation or

warranty and shall have no liability to any person, including any Applicant

or Bidder under any law, statute, rules or regulations or tort, principles of

restitution or unjust enrichment or otherwise for any loss, damages, cost

or expense which may arise from or be incurred or suffered on account of

anything contained in this RFP or otherwise, inc luding the accuracy,

adequacy, correctness, completeness or reliability of the RFP and any

assessment, assumption, statement or information contained therein or

deemed to form or arising in any way for participation in this bidding

process.



Page 5 of 56

2.5. The Bank also accepts no liability of any nature whether resulting from

negligence or otherwise, howsoever caused arising from re liance of any

Bidder upon the statements contained in this RFP.

2.6. The issue of this RFP does not imply that the Bank is bound to select a

Bidder or to appoint the Selected Bidder or Concessionaire, as the case

may be, for the Project and the Bank reserves the right to reject all or any

of the Bidders or Bids without assigning any reason whatsoever.

2.7. The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and

specifications in the bidding document. Failure to furnish all information

required by the bidding document or to submit a Bid not substantially

responsive to the bidding document in all respect will be at the Bidder’s

risk and may result in rejection of the Bid.

3. Definitions:

In this connection, the following terms and conditions shall be interpreted as

indicated below :

3.1. “Bank / Purchaser / SBI” ‘means the State Bank of India (including

domestic branches and foreign offices) and subsidiaries.

3.2. “Applicant / Bidder/System Integrator” means an eligible entity/firm

submitting a Proposal/Bid in response to this RFP. An entity/firm is either

an Original Equipment Manufacturer or a System Integrator. If the Bidder

is a System Integrator, then he should possess rights to deploy and

customize the software, as required by the Bank.

3.3. “Proposal / Bid” means the written reply or submission of response to

this RFP.

3.4. “The Contract” means the agreement entered into between the Bank

and the Vendor, as recorded in the Contract Form signed by the parties,

including all a ttachments and appendices thereto and all documents

incorporated by reference therein.

3.5. “Vendor/Supplier/Contractor/Solution Provider” is the successful

Bidder found eligible as per eligibility criteria set out in this RFP, whose

technical Bid has been accepted and who has emerged as L1/TC1 Bidder



Page 6 of 56

as per the selection criteria set out in the RFP and to whom notification of

award has been given by the Bank.

3.6. “Endpoint Provider” means the Vendor who has supplied/is to supply

the Endpoints to the Bank. It includes L2 bidder as per the selection

criteria set out in the RFP or existing endpoint providers.

3.7. “Service Providers” shall mean Solution Provider and Endpoints Provider.

3.8. “The Contract Price/Project Cost” means the price payable to the

Service Providers under the Contract for the full and proper performance

of its contractual obligations.

3.9. “Equipment / Endpoint / Terminal / ATM / Machine means all the

hardware (Automate Teller Machine, Cash Dispenser, Cash Deposit

Machine, Cash Recycler, Smart ATM, Self-Service Kiosk, Multi-functional

Kiosk.), its all components, peripheral apparatus, associated software,

firmware, operating software, Software Agent(s) which the Bidder is

required to supply to the Bank as per the RFP.

3.10. “Software Solution/Solution “ means all software products

(which includes Multi-Vendor Software (Central Solution and its agent)

and end point protection solutions and its agents), services and Online

Monitoring Solutions as per the scope of work and deliverables to be

provided by a Bidder as described in the RFP and

3.11. “Services” means ancillary to the supply of the equipment and

development of the solution such as testing, transportation, transit

insurance, installation, commissioning, customization, integration,

provision of technical assistance, training, certifications, auditing,

maintenance, its support, troubleshooting and other such obligations of

the Bidder covered under the RFP.

3.12. “The Project Site” means locations where supply and services as

desired in this RFP document are to be provided.

3.13. Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) - It would be the annual cost

of maintenance of equipment, Software Solution and Services.

3.14. RFP :The request for proposal (this document) in its entirety,

inclusive of any addenda that may be issued by the Bank.



Page 7 of 56

3.15. VIP Endpoints : are those endpoints which have been installed at

Prime/ VIP/ High-hit locations like Airports, Intouch Branches, E-corners/

e-lobby, Railway/ Metro Stations, Shopping Malls, Market Areas, Tech

Parks, Important/ main Bank Branches or any other location as identified

by the Circles. Bank shall identify specific endpoints not exceeding 20%

of the endpoints at the whole Bank level as ‘VIP Endpoints’ The list of VIP

Endpoints can be reviewed by the Bank at Quarterly intervals

3.16. Regular Endpoints : are all the other endpoints not included in the

VIP category.

4. Scope of Work : As given in Appendix-6 of this document.

High Level List of items and its proposed allocation

1A

B C D E F G

2

Sr. No

Sub- No

Details Vendor Allocation

between L1 and

L2

Agreements

3

4

1 Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensors) - with Warranty and AMC

Endpoint Provider (L1 and L2)

L1(70%) and

L2(30%)

Appendix-12a

5

a Procurements of Cash Dispensers with one year Warranty


L1(70%) and

L2(30%) Appendix-12a

6

b AMC for 6 years on CDs - % p.a. on Amount of item 1.a


L1(70%) and

L2(30%) Appendix-12a

7

2 Annual Technical Support for 7 years for endpoints procured under this RFP

Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12b

8

a ATS for 7 years on CDs Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12b

9

3 Perpetual Client License Existing and current RFP (Future licenses to be provided as same unit rate)


L1 Appendix-12c

10

a Perpetual Client License - MVS (All Clients) with one year Warranty


L1 Appendix-12c

11

b Perpetual Client License - EPS (All clients) with one year Warranty


L1 Appendix-12c

12

c AMC for 6 years on MVS Client License :Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of MVS Client


L1 Appendix-12c



Page 8 of 56

13

d AMC for 6 years on EPS Client License : Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of EPS Client


L1 Appendix-12c

14

4 Managed Services for existing and current RFP endpoints for 7 years (Future endpoints MS, as same unit rate)


L1 Appendix-12b

15

a Replenishment of consumables Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12b

16

b Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding


L1 Appendix-12b

17

c Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s)


L1 Appendix-12b

18

d Management Center Activities Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12b

19

e Cash Replenishment / Evacuation Services (Bank may or may not avail services)


L1 Appendix-12b

20

5 Enterprise wide Perpetual licence with unlimited users ( with one year warranty)


L1 Appendix-12c

21

A Multi-Vendor Software Solution (MVS) : License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.


L1

Appendix-12c

22

a DC : MVS [License Cost ] Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

23

b DR : MVS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : MVS [License Cost]


L1 Appendix-12c

24

c MVS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost: UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR-Should not exceed 2 % of DC:MVS-LC


L1

Appendix-12c

25

B Endpoint Protection Security solution (EPS) : License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.


L1

Appendix-12c

26

a DC : EPS [License Cost] Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

27

b DR : EPS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : EPS [License Cost]


L1 Appendix-12c

28

c EPS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost : UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR - Should not exceed 2 % of DC:EPS-LC


L1

Appendix-12c



Page 9 of 56

29

C Online Monitoring Solution (OMS) : License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.


L1

Appendix-12c

30

a DC : OMS [License Cost] Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

31

b DR : OMS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : OMS [License Cost]


L1 Appendix-12c

32

c OMS Enviornment Setup Implementation Cost : UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR -Should not exceed 2 % of DC:OMS-LC


L1

Appendix-12c

33

6 Annual Technical Support for 6 years for solutions


L1 Appendix-12c

34

a MVS - on cost of License (DC/DR) -ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost


L1 Appendix-12c

35

b EPS - on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost


L1 Appendix-12c

36

c OMS- on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost


L1 Appendix-12c

37

7 Onsite Advanced Technical Support


L1 Appendix-12c

38

a Project Leader Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

39

b Senior resources Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

40

c Junior resources Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

41

8 Infra (including all Hardware/Software and its components) Cost


L1 Appendix-12c

42

A Hardware Cost with one year warranty


L1 Appendix-12c

43

a Production Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS


L1 Appendix-12c

44

b DR Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

45

c UAT Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

46

d Pre-Production for MVS/EPS/OMS


L1 Appendix-12c

47

e Development for MVS/EPS/OMS Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c



Page 10 of 56

48

f Training for MVS/EPS/OMS Solution Provider(L1)

L1 Appendix-12c

49

B AMC for Hardware for 6 years - On Total cost of 8.A.a to 8.A.f


L1 Appendix-12c

50

9 Support cost for Existing Makes and Models (Future make and model at same unit rate)


L1

51

a Pre-Implem. Support cost for Testing,Integration and pilot at endpoints with solutions


L1 Appendix-12c

52

b Implementation/roll-out of solutions at endpoints


L1 Appendix-12b

53

c ATS : Post Implementation Support : MVS/EPS/Other - CD/CDM/Cash Recyclers


L1 Appendix-12b

54

10 Site Installation / Modification Services

Endpoint Provider(L1and L2)

55

a Site Installation / Modification Services


L1/L2 Appendix-12a

5. Eligibility Criteria, Technical Criteria & Functional Specifications &

Compliances:

5.1. Bid is open to all Bidders who meet the eligibility criteria and Technical

Criteria & functional specifications as given in Appendix-3 & Appendix-4

of this document. The Bidder has to submit the documents substantiating

eligibility criteria as mentioned in this RFP document. Bidders have to

submit Compliances as given in Appendix-3 and Appendix-4 of this

document.

(a) If the Bidder is a System Integrator, he may tie up with any Endpoint

OEM, MVS OEM and EPS OEM. A System Integrator can submit only

one bid.

(b) An Endpoint OEM may participate as a Bidder only if no System

Integrator is proposing CDs of that Endpoint OEM.

(c) There cannot be two bids proposing the CDs of the same Endpoint

OEM.

(d) An MVS OEM may participate as a Bidder only if no other bidder is

proposing his solution. However, if an MVS OEM is not participating as a

Bidder, then his solution may be proposed in more than one bid.

(e) An EPS OEM may participate as a Bidder only if no other bidder is

proposing his solution. However, if an EPS OEM is not participating as a

Bidder, then his solution may be proposed in more than one bid.



Page 11 of 56

(e) In one bid, only one Endpoint OEM, only one MVS OEM and only EPS

OEM will be permitted.

5.2. The Bidder shall a lso submit PRE-CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT along

with technical Bid as prescribed by the Govt. of India (Appendix-15) duly

signed by the Bidder on each page and witnessed by two persons. The

agreement shall be stamped as applicable in the State where it is

executed. Bid submitted without PRE-CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT, as

per the format provided in the RFP, shall not be considered.

6. Cost of Bid Document:

6.1. The participating Bidders shall bear all the costs associated with or

relating to the preparation and submission of their Bids including but not

limited to preparation, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses

associated with any demonstration or presentations which may be

required by the Bank or any other costs incurred in connection with or

relating to their Bid. The Bank shall not be liable in any manner

whatsoever for the same or for any other costs or other expenses incurred

by a Bidder regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

7. Clarification and amendments on RFP/Pre-Bid Meeting:

7.1. Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding document may notify

through On-line e-tender Portal strictly as per the format given in

Appendix-14 within the date/time mentioned in the schedule of events.

7.2. A pre-Bid meeting will be held on the date and time specified in the

schedule of events which may be attended by the authorized

representatives of the Bidders interested to respond to this RFP.

7.3. The queries received (without identifying source of query) and response

of the Bank thereof will be posted at the e-tender portal and / or on the

Bank’s website.

7.4. SBI reserves the right to amend, rescind or reissue the RFP, at any time

prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. The Bank, for any reason,

whether, on its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by

a prospective Bidder, may modify the bidding document, by amendment

which will be made available to the Bidders by way of

corrigendum/addendum through the Bank’s Website and /or e-tender



Page 12 of 56

portal. The interested parties/Bidders are advised to check the Bank’s

website regularly till the date of submission of Bid document specified in

the schedule of events/email and ensure that clarifications / amendments

issued by the Bank, if any, have been taken into consideration before

submitting the Bid. Such amendments/clarifications, if any, issued by the

Bank will be binding on the participating Bidders. Bank will not take any

responsibility for any such omissions by the Bidder. SBI, at its own

discretion, may extend the deadline for submission of Bids in order to

allow prospective Bidders a reasonable time to prepare the Bid, for taking

the amendment into account. Nothing in this RFP or any

addenda/corrigenda or clarifications issued in connection thereto is

intended to relieve Bidders from forming their own opinions and

conclusions in respect of the matters addresses in this RFP or any

addenda/corrigenda or clarifications issued in connection thereto.

7.5. No request for change in commercial/legal terms and conditions, other

than what has been mentioned in the RFP or any addenda/corrigenda or

clarifications issued in connection thereto, will be entertained and queries

in this regard, therefore will not be entertained.

7.6. Queries received after the scheduled date and time will not be

responded/acted upon.

8. Contents of bidding document:

8.1. The Bidder must thoroughly study/analyze and properly understand the

contents of this RFP document, its meaning and impact of the information

contained therein.

8.2. Failure to furnish all information required in the bidding document or

submission of Bid not responsive to the bidding documents in any respect

will be at the Bidder’s risk and responsibility and the same may finally

result in rejection of its Bid. SBI has made considerable effort to ensure

that accurate information is contained in this RFP and is supplied solely

as guidelines for Bidders.

8.3. Nothing in this RFP or any addenda/corrigenda or clarifications issued in

connection thereto, is intended to relieve Bidders from forming their own

opinions and conclusions in respect of the matters contained in RFP and

its addenda, if any.



Page 13 of 56

8.4. The Bid prepared by the Bidder, as well as all correspondences and

documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Bank and

supporting documents and printed literature shall be submitted in English.

8.5. The information provided by the Bidders in response to this RFP will

become the property of SBI and will not be returned. Incomplete

information in Bid document may lead to non-consideration of the

proposal.

9. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD):

9.1. The Bidder shall furnish EMD for the amount and validity period

mentioned in Annexure I – Notice Inviting e-Tender.

9.2. EMD is required to protect the Bank against the risk of Bidder’s conduct.

9.3. The EMD may be in the form of a Demand Draft or Pay Order or may be

paid online. The EMD May be in the form of Bank Guarantee [on the lines

of Appendix-8], issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India, other

than State Bank of India, drawn in favour of State Bank of India payable

at Mumbai. In case, SBI is the sole Banker for the Bidder, a Letter of

Comfort from SBI would be acceptable.

9.4. Any Bid not accompanied by EMD for the specified amount as mentioned

elsewhere in the RFP will be rejected as non-responsive.

9.5. The EMD of the unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned within 2 weeks

from the date of Bid finalisation.

9.6. The EMD of successful Bidder will be discharged upon the Bidder signing

the Contract and furnishing the Performance Bank Guarantee for the

amount and validity as per details given in para 26 (i) which should be

strictly on the lines of format placed at Appendix-9.

9.7. No interest is payable on EMD.

9.8. The EMD may be forfeited:-

a) if a Bidder withdraws his Bid during the period of Bid validity specified

in this RFP; or

b) if a Bidder makes any statement or encloses any form which turns out



Page 14 of 56

to be false / incorrect at any time prior to signing of Contract; or

c) if the successful Bidder fails to sign the contract or furnish

Performance Bank Guarantee, within the specified time period in the

RFP/Purchase Order.

9.9. If EMD is forfeited for any reasons mentioned above, the concerned

Bidder may be debarred from participating in the RFPs floated by the

Bank/this department, in future, as per sole discretion of the Bank.

10. Bid Preparation and submission :

10.1. e-Tendering :

10.1.1. This tender will follow e-Tendering process [e-bids] as under

which will be conducted by Banks’ authorised e-Tendering Vendor

M/s. e-Procurement Technologies Ltd. [AuctionTiger] through their

Website as per Check-list as per Notice Inviting Tender Annexure-I.

10.1.1.1. Vendor Registration.

10.1.1.2. Publish of Tender

10.1.1.3. Online Pre-Bid Queries

10.1.1.4. Pre-Bid Meeting : Offline

10.1.1.5. Online Response of Pre-Bid Queries.

10.1.1.6. Corrigendum/Amendment (if required)

10.1.1.7. Bid Submission

10.1.1.8. Tender Opening

10.1.1.9. Pre-Qualification

10.1.1.10. Tender Evaluation

10.1.1.11. Reverse Auction with Qualified bidders.

10.1.1.12. Tender Award.

10.1.2. Representative of Vendors will be given training for e-

Tendering by M/s.e Procurement Technologies Ltd (Auction Tiger).

The Vendors are required to have digital certificates well in advance to

participate ine-Tendering to be conducted by M/s. e-Procurement

Technologies Ltd. [AuctionTiger].

Vendors will have to abide by e-Business rules framed by the Bank in

consultation with M/s.e-Procurement Technologies Ltd (AuctionTiger).



Page 15 of 56

10.1.3. No consideration will be given to e-bids received after the

date and time stipulated and no extension of time will normally be

permitted for submission of e-Bids. Bank reserves the right to accept

in part or in full or extend or reject the entire e-bid and cancel the

entire tender without assigning any reason thereof at any stage.

10.1.4. The decision of the bank in regard to this tender shall be final

and binding on all the bidders. All disputes or differences in

connection with this tender shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the

courts at Mumbai only.

10.1.5. Bidders may please note :

10.1.5.1. The Bidder should quote for the entire package on a single

responsibility basis for hardware / software / services, Software

Solution/ services it proposes to supply.

10.1.5.2. While submitting the Technical Bid, literature on the

hardware and its associated operating software, Software

Solution/ service should be uploaded .

10.1.5.3. Care should be taken that the Technical Bid shall not contain

any price information. Such proposal, if received, will be

rejected.

10.1.5.4. The Bid document shall be complete in accordance with

various clauses of the RFP document or any addenda/corrigenda

or clarifications issued in connection thereto, duly signed by the

authorized representative of the Bidder and stamped with the

official stamp of the Bidder. Board resolution authorizing

representative to Bid and make commitments on behalf of the

Bidder is to be uploaded.

10.1.5.5. Bids are liable to be rejected if only one (i.e. Technical Bid or

Indicative Price Bid) is received.

10.1.5.6. Prices quoted by the Bidder shall remain fixed for the period

during the terms of contracts and shall not be subjected to

variation on any account, including exchange rate fluctuations

and custom duty. A Bid submitted with an adjustable price

quotation will be treated as non-responsive and will be

rejected.



Page 16 of 56

10.1.5.7. If deemed necessary the Bank may seek clarifications on

any aspect from the Bidder. However that would not entitle the

Bidder to change or cause any change in the substances of the

Bid already submitted or the price quoted.

10.1.5.8. The Bidder may also be asked to give presentation for the

purpose of clarification of the Bid.

10.1.5.9. The Bidder must provide specific and factual replies to the

points raised in the RFP.

10.1.5.10. The Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be

signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to

bind the Bidder to the Contract and to be uploaded in the portal.

10.1.5.11. All the enclosures (Bid submission) shall be serially

numbered with rubber stamp of the participating Bidder’s

Company. The person or persons signing the Bids shall initial all

pages of the Bids, except for un-amended printed literature and

to be uploaded in the porta l.

10.1.5.12. Any inter-lineation, erasures or overwriting shall be valid

only if these are initia lled by the person signing the Bids.

10.1.5.13. The Bank reserves the right to reject Bids not conforming to

above.

10.1.5.14. All the envelopes shall be addressed to the Bank and

uploaded at the address given as per Notice Inviting e-Tender –

Annexure I and should have name and address of the Bidder.

11. Deadline for submission of Bids :

11.1. Bids must be received at the portal and by the date and time mentioned

in the Notice Inviting e-Tender – Annexure I.

11.2. In the event of the specified date for submission of Bids being declared a

holiday for the Bank, the Bids will be received upto the appointed time on

the next working day.

11.3. In case the Bank extends the scheduled date of submission of Bid



Page 17 of 56

document, the Bids shall be submitted at the portal by the time and date

rescheduled. All rights and obligations of the Bank and Bidders will remain

the same.

11.4. Any Bid received after the deadline for submission of Bids prescribed at

the portal, will be rejected.

12. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids:

12.1. The Bidder may modify or withdraw its Bid after the Bid’s submission,

provided that written notice of the modification, including substitution or

withdrawal of the Bids, is received at the portal, prior to the deadline

prescribed for submission of Bids.

12.2. No modification in the Bid shall be a llowed, after the deadline for

submission of Bids.

12.3. No Bid shall be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for

submission of Bids and the expiration of the period of Bid validity.

Withdrawal of a Bid during this interval may result in the forfeiture of EMD

submitted by the Bidder.

13. Period of Validity of Bids:

13.1. Bids shall remain valid for one year from the date of reverse

auction. A Bid valid for a shorter period is liable to be rejected by the Bank

as non-responsive.

13.2. In exceptional circumstances, the Bank may solicit the Bidders’

consent to an extension of the period of validity. The request and the

responses thereto shall be made in writing. A Bidder is free to refuse the

request. However, in such case, the Bank will not forfeit its EMD.

However, any extension of validity of Bids will not entitle the Bidder to

revise/modify the Bid document.

13.3. The Bank reserves the right to call for fresh quotes at any time

during the Bid validity period, if considered, necessary.

14. Bid Integrity:

14.1. Willful misrepresentation of any fact within the Bid will lead to the

cancellation of the contract without prejudice to other actions that the



Page 18 of 56

Bank may take. All the submissions, including any accompanying

documents, will become property of SBI. The Bidders shall be deemed to

license, and grant all rights to SBI, to reproduce the whole or any portion

of their equipment for the purpose of evaluation, to disclose the contents

of submission to other Bidders and to disclose and/ or use the contents of

submission as the basis for RFP process.

15. Bidding process/Opening of Technical Bids :

15.1. All the technical Bids received up to the specified time and date will

be opened for initia l evaluation on the time and date mentioned in the

Notice Inviting e-Tender as per Annexure I.

15.2. In the first stage, only technical Bid will be opened and evaluated.

Proposals of such Bidders satisfying eligibility criteria and agree to comply

with all the terms and conditions specified in the RFP will be evaluated for

technical criteria/specifications/eligibility. Only those Bids complied with

technical criteria shall become eligible for commercial Bid opening and

further RFP evaluation process.

15.3. The Bank will examine the Bids to determine whether they are

complete, and all documents/appendix(es) stated in Notice Inviting e-

Tender as per Annexure I have been submitted, required formats have

been furnished, the documents have been properly signed, EMD for the

desired amount and validity period is available and the Bids are generally

in order. The Bank may, at its discretion waive any minor non-conformity

or irregularity in a Bid which does not constitute a material deviation.

15.4. Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Bank will determine the

responsiveness of each Bid to the bidding Document. For purposes of

these Clauses, a responsive Bid is one, which conforms to all the terms

and conditions of the bidding Document in toto, without any deviation.

15.5. The Bank’s determination of a Bid’s responsiveness will be based

on the contents of the Bid itself, without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

15.6. After opening of the technical Bids and preliminary evaluation,

some or all the Bidders may be asked to make presentations on the

Software Solution/service proposed to be offered by them.

15.7. If a Bid is not responsive, it will be rejected by the Bank and will not

subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the non-



Page 19 of 56

conformity.

16. Technical Evaluation:

16.1.1. Technical evaluation will include technical information

submitted as per technical Bid format, demonstration of proposed

equipment, Software Solution and services, reference calls and site

visits, wherever required. The Bidder may highlight the

noteworthy/superior features of their Equipment, Software Solution

and Services. The Bidder will demonstrate/substantiate all claims

made in the technical Bid to the satisfaction of the Bank, the capability

of the Equipment, Software Solution and Services to support all the

required functionalities at their cost in their lab or those at other

organizations where similar Equipment, Software Solution and

services is in use.

16.1.2. The Bank reserves the right to evaluate the Bids on technical

& functional parameters including factory/workplace visit and witness

demos of the system and verify functionalities, response times, etc.

16.1.3. Bank will evaluate the technical and functional specifications

of all the equipments quoted by the Bidder.

16.1.4. During evaluation and comparison of Bids, the Bank may, at

its discretion ask the Bidders for clarification on the Bids received.

The request for clarification shall be in writing and no change in prices

or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered or permitted. No post

Bid clarification at the initiative of the Bidder shall be entertained.

16.1.5. The evaluation will also take into account:

16.1.5.1. ‘The proposed Equipment, Software Solution and Services

offered by the Bidder to any noticeable bank in India. The Bidder

should furnish the details.

16.1.5.2. Does the proposed Equipment, Software Solution and

Services handles the pro jected volumes and offers a proven

solution to meet the requirements.

16.1.5.3. Does the Equipment, Software Solution and Services offered

by the Bidder is a complete system as a project and has not

integrated with third party solutions.



Page 20 of 56

16.1.5.4. Upgradation (s) assurance by the Bidder as per requirement

of the Bank for the duration of the contract. In case of

upgradations, the Bank will have right to renegotiate the rates

(depending upon prevailing rates) and go in for higher

configurations ( as per technological developments at that time).

16.1.5.5. Capability of the proposed Equipment, Software Solution and

Services to meet future requirements outlined in the RFP.

16.1.5.6. Support on open platforms and solution based on latest

technology (both hardware, software, operating software,

firmware, database).

16.1.5.7. Bidder support facilities: Support requirement like online

support/ email support/ offline support, time period.

16.1.6. Technical Evaluation:

Sr No

Parameter Max Points (A)

Weightage (in %) (B)

Actual Weighted mark (C)

Description Basis of marks

1 Technical Bid - Hardware

94 x 5 = 470

100 (Actual points X B)/100

Each point will carry 5 or 0 marks depending on input. In case the Point / Criteria is mandatory and Bidder select N (Not Available ) he will be disqaulified from the Bid

For Each Point/Criteria marks will be alloted as per following Inputs: F--> 5 marks N--> 0 Marks



Page 21 of 56

2 Techincal Bid - Software

397 x 5 = 1985


Each point will carry 5 or 4 or 3 or 2 or 1 or 0 marks depending on input. In case the Point / Criteria is mandatory and Bidder select N (Not Available ) he will be disqualified from the Bid

For Each Point/Criteria marks will be alloted as per following Inputs: F--> 5 marks C1--> 4 Marks C2--> 3 Marks C3--> 2 Marks C4--> 1 Marks N--> 0 Marks

3 Techincal Bid - Services

81 x 5 = 405


Each point will carry 5 or 4 or 3 or 2 or 1 or 0 marks depending on input. In case the Point / Criteria is mandatory and Bidder select N (Not Available ) he will be disqaulified from the Bid

For Each Point/Criteria marks will be allotted as per following Inputs: F--> 5 marks C1--> 4 Marks C2--> 3 Marks C3--> 2 Marks C4--> 1 Marks N--> 0 Marks

Total 2860 (P)

Qualification Rules : Minimum 75 % of Weighted Mark i.e (P /2860 ) x100 should be > = 75 % subject to the technical rules specified in RFP.

Weightage for calculating the marks shall be 100% for hardware, 90% for software and 80% for Services. All together average Weighted score should be equal to or more than 70% for technical qualification. Illustration:



Page 22 of 56

Suppose the maximum scores for each head are as follows:

Max Score

Weightage Score of A

Weighted Score of A

Score of B

Weighted Score of B

Hardware 470 100% 470 470 470 470

Software 1985 90% 1893 1704 1771 1594

Services

405 80% 371 297 385 308

Total 2860 2734 2471 2626 2372

86.4 82.94

17. Evaluation of Price Bids and Finalisation:

17.1. The envelope containing the indicative Commercial Bids of only

those Bidders, who are short-listed after technical evaluation, would be

opened.

17.2. All the Bidders who qualify in the evaluation process shall have to

participate in the online reverse auction to be conducted by Bank’s

authorized service provider on behalf of the Bank, details of which are

given in Notice Inviting e-Tender – Annexure I.

17.3. Shortlisted Bidders willing to participate in the reverse auction

process must have a valid digital signature certificate. Such Bidders will

be trained by Bank’s authorized service provider for this purpose. Bidders

shall also abide by the e-business rules for reverse auction framed by the

Bank / Authorised service provider. The details of e-business rules,

processes and procedures will be provided to the short-listed Bidders.

17.4. L1, L2, L3 etc. will be decided on the basis of the Total Cost of

Ownership and Services (that is, the tota l price quoted in the reverse

auction), and not on the basis of the individual components of the Price

Bid.

After the Reverse Auction, the Bidder(s) will be required to submit the

confirmation of the price quoted by him in the Reverse Auction, where

he will have to give itemized break-up of the prices. The proportion of

the price of individual components in this price confirmation should be



Page 23 of 56

the same as the proportion that was given in the Indicative Commercial

Bid, plus or minus 5% of the value of each item. This is explained by

way of an example below:

Example : (Will apply also to sub-items under each Serial Number)

Illustration Particulars Indicative

Price Bid Quote (INR)

Proportion to Total Cost (in %age)

L1 Price (INR)

Minimum final price should not be below (INR)*

Maximum final price should not exceed (INR)**

A B C D E F

(1) Sr.No.1 25 13.16 9.38 10.36 (2) Sr.No.2 50 26.32 18.75 20.72

(3) Sr.No.3 75 39.47 28.13 31.09 (4) Sr.No.4 40 21.05 15.00 16.58 (5) Grand Total (1 + 2 + 3 + 4)

190 100 75

*Computed as ‘C’ percentage of ‘D’ less 5%. **Computed as ‘C’ percentage of ‘D’ plus 5%.

Site Installation and Modification Services : SIS

Bidder shall submit price for each element of the items listed under

Appendix 7-2 of this RFP. In the final price (Unit rate) of Site Installation

and Modification Services-SIS as per Sr.No.10 submitted by the Bidder

after the reverse auction, the prices of individual elements of SIS

should be in the same proportion as given in the Appendix 7-2

submitted along with the Indicative Price Bid.

17.5. Basis of Allotment :

Allocation of Procurements of endpoints, its AMC and Site

Installation/Modification Services between L1 and L2 will be in the ratio of

70:30 (and for this purpose, L1 and L2 shall be called Endpoint Providers

(EP)) and all the rest of the line items of Price-Bid will be awarded to L1

(and for this purpose, the L1 will be called Solution Provider (SP)).

Award the contract for procurement of Endpoints (CDs) between L1 and

L2 in ratio of 70:30, provided that L2 matches the L1 prices of endpoints,



Page 24 of 56

i.e. agrees to provide the CDs at the same price as that quoted by L1, or

his own price, whichever is lower, then L2 will be awarded contract for

supply of 30 % of endpoints to be procured under this RFP. For example,

if L1 has quoted Rs. 290,000 as the price of a CD, while L2 has quoted

Rs. 300,000, then L2 will have to supply the CDs at Rs. 290,000.

If L2 refuses, then the offer will be made to L3 and so on.

All other line items shall be awarded to L1. In the event L2/L3 and so on,

is not willing to take, entire procurements of endpoints, its AMC and Site

Installation/Modification Services will be awarded to L1.

There could be a situation where the price quoted by L1 for the supply of

the endpoints is higher than the price quoted by others. For example, it

could happen that the L1 has quoted Rs. 300,000 as the price of a CD,

while L2 has quoted Rs. 290,000 and L3 has quoted Rs. 285,000, and so

on. In such a case, the Bank will be making procurement of the CDs at Rs.

300,000 per CD from L1, though L3 was willing to supply at Rs 285,000.

That is, Total Cost of Ownership and Services concept will be used for

deciding the L1. Hence, though the cost quoted for some of the individual

components by the L1 bidder could be higher than the cost quoted for the

same components by the other bidders, procurement will still be done from

the L1 bidder at the price quoted by him.

In case of procurement of the 30% endpoints from the L2 bidder, in the

example given above, the L2 bidder will have to supply those machines at

Rs. 290,000 per machine and not at the L1 price of Rs. 300,000. Here

again, L2 will be identified based on the Total Cost of Ownership and

Services, and not based on the cost of individual items. As a result, though

the cost of the CDs quoted by L3 is the lowest in the above example,

procurement will still be made from L2 bidder at Rs. 290,000.

In case of Site Installation / Modification Services - SIS, L2 will match the

price of Site Installation / Modification Services with the price of L1 or its

own price , whichever is lower.

18. Contracting the Bank:

18.1. No Bidder shall contact the Bank on any matter relating to its Bid,

from the time of opening of Price Bid to the time, the Contract is awarded.

18.2. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Bank in its decisions on Bid



Page 25 of 56

evaluation, Bid comparison or contract award may result in the rejection of

the Bidder’s Bid.

19. Award Criteria:

19.1. Bank will notify successful Bidder (L1) and (L2) in writing by letter

or fax/email that its Bid has been accepted. The Selected Bidder has to

return the duplicate copy of the same to the Bank within 7 working days,

duly Accepted, Stamped and Signed by Authorized Signatory in token of

acceptance.

19.2. Letter of intent shall be issued to successful bidders to carry out the

implementation of solutions and pilot as specified in Appendix-6 Scope of

work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II.

19.3. On completing implementation of solutions with pilot as specified in

Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule –

Table : II and successful Bench Marking and Quality certification of

products/solutions/hardware with required certificate/reports thereof as

per Appendix 3-2 para 7, UAT and Security Review, an acceptance

certificate from the Bank will be issued.

19.4. The date on which such a certificate is signed shall be deemed to

be the date of successful commissioning of the systems for the pilot

phase. The Purchase Order will be issued on the same date.

19.5. Until the execution of a formal contract, the Bid document, together

with the Bank’s issuance of Purchase Order and the vendor’s acceptance

thereof, would constitute a binding contract between the Bank and the

successful Bidder.

19.6. The successful bidder shall be required to enter into a Bank’s

Standard contract/ SLA (Software/Service Level Agreement as provided

in Appendix(s) and clauses provided in RFP with the Bank, within 30 days

from the date of issuance of Purchase Order or within such extended

period as may be decided by the Bank along with the letter of acceptance,

Non-Disclosure Agreement, Performance Bank Guarantee for the

amount and validity as desired in para 26 (i) and strictly on the lines of

format given at Appendix-9 and other terms and conditions as may be

determined by the Bank to be necessary for the due performance of the

work in accordance with the Bid and acceptance thereof. The contract/

agreement will be based on Bidder’s offer document with all its



Page 26 of 56

enclosures, modifications arising out of negotiation /c larifications etc and

will include SLA, pro ject plan – phases & milestones and schedule, copies

of all necessary documents, licenses, certifications etc.

19.7. Copy of board resolution or power of attorney showing that the

signatory has been duly authorized to sign the acceptance letter, contract

and NDA should be submitted.

19.8. The Bank reserves the right to stipulate, at the time of finalization of

the contract, any other document(s) to be enclosed as a part of the final

contract.

19.9. Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the

requirements/terms and conditions of this RFP shall constitute sufficient

grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the EMD and/or

PBG.

19.10. Upon issuance of LOI to the L1 and L2 Bidders, the Bank will

promptly notify the award of contract to the successful Bidder on the

Bank’s website. The EMD of each unsuccessful Bidder will be discharged

and returned.

20. Powers to Vary or Omit Work:

20.1. No alterations, amendments, omissions, additions, suspensions or

variations of the work (hereinafter referred to as variation) under the

contract shall be made by the successful Bidder except as directed in

writing by Bank. The Bank shall have full powers, subject to the provision

herein after contained, from time to time during the execution of the

contract, by notice in writing to instruct the successful Bidder to make any

variation without prejudice to the contract. The finally selected Bidder shall

carry out such variation and be bound by the same conditions as far as

applicable as though the said variations occurred in the contract

documents. If any, suggested variations would, in the opinion of the finally

selected Bidder, if carried out, prevent him from fulfilling any of his

obligations under the contract, he shall notify Bank thereof in writing with

reasons for holding such opinion and Bank shall instruct the successful

Bidder to make such other modified variation without prejudice to the

contract. The finally selected Bidder shall carry out such variation and be

bound by the same conditions as far as applicable as though the said

variations occurred in the contract documents. If the Bank confirms its

instructions, the successful Bidder’s obligations shall be modified to such



Page 27 of 56

an extent as may be mutually agreed, if such variation is substantial and

involves considerable extra cost. Any agreed difference in cost

occasioned by such variation shall be added to or deducted from the

contract price as the case may be.

20.2. In any case in which the successful Bidder has received instructions

from the Bank as to the requirements for carrying out the altered or

additional substituted work which either then or later on, will in the opinion

of the finally selected Bidders, involve a c laim for additional payments,

such additional payments shall be mutually agreed in line with the terms

and conditions of the order.

20.3. If any change in the work is likely to result in reduction in cost, the

parties shall agree in writing so as to the extent of change in contract

price, before the finally selected Bidder(s) proceeds with the change. In all

the above cases, in the event of a disagreement as to the reasonableness

of the said sum, the decision of the Bank shall prevail.

21. No waiver of Bank Rights or Successful Bidder’s Liability:

21.1. Neither any sign-off, nor any payment by the Bank for acceptance

of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any

possession taken by the Bank shall affect or prejudice the rights of Bank

against the finally selected Bidder(s), or relieve the finally selected

Bidder(s) of his obligations for the due performance of the contract, or be

interpreted as approval of the work done, or create liability in the Bank to

pay for alterations/ amendments/ variations, or discharge the liability of

the successful Bidder(s) for the payment of damages whether due,

ascertained, or certified or not or any sum against the payment of which

he is bound to indemnify the Bank nor shall any such certificate nor the

acceptance by him of any such amount paid on account or otherwise

affect or prejudice the rights of the successful Bidder against Bank.

22. Change of Orders:

22.1. The Bank may, at any time, by a written order given to the Vendor,

make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any one or

more of the following:

22.1.1. Method of shipment or packing;

22.1.2. Place of delivery;



Page 28 of 56

22.1.3. Quantities to be supplied subject to 25% above or below the

originally declared quantities.

22.1.4. If due to lack of technical feasibility or lack of commercial

viability or due to unforeseen circumstances, the Bank finds that it is

unable to buy certain components or services, or will need to

substitute one component or service with another, the Bank may

change the quantities beyond 25 % plus or minus. The Bank a lso

reserves the right to avail the products/services as per the rate

discovered through this RFP in respect of following items, during the

term of the contract :

Price Bid Item No.

Description of Product/Serv ice If the Need for Variation Arises

3 Perpetual Client License Existing and current RFP

Additional licenses should be provided at the same unit rate.

4 a,b,c and d

Managed Services for existing and current RFP endpoints for 7 years

MS for Existing and Future endpoint should be provided at the same unit rate

7 b and c Onsite Advanced Technical Support : Senior and Junior Resources.

Additional resources should be provided at the same unit rate.

9 Support cost for Existing Makes and Models

Support for make and model procured in the future should be provided at the same unit rate.

10 Site Installation and Modification Services

Cost will be paid as per actual requirements.

22.2. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of,

or the time required for the Vendor’s performance of any provisions under

the Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price

or delivery schedule, or both, and the Contract shall accordingly be

amended. Any claims by the Vendor for adjustment under this clause

must be asserted within 15 days from the date of Vendor’s receipt of

Bank’s change order.

23. Contract Amendments:

23.1. No variation in or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be

made, except by written amendment, signed by the parties.

24. Bank’s Right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids:

24.1. The Bank reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid in part or in

full or to cancel the bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to

contract award, without incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or



Page 29 of 56

Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the

grounds for the Bank’s action.

25. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and

Qualifications:

On acceptance of the Bid by the Bank, the Bidder needs to submit the

undertaking of authenticity on the lines of Appendix-16 along with

documentary evidence of their eligibility/qualifications to perform the

Contract to the Bank’s satisfaction:

25.1. that in case of a Bidder offering to supply Equipment, Software

Solution and Services mentioned in the scope of work, the Bidders need

to provide the evidence that Bidder has been duly authorized by the OEM

strictly on the lines of authorization letter Appendix 3-6 and Appendix-17

as the case may be.

25.2. that adequate, specialized expertise are available with the Bidder to

ensure that the services are responsive and the Bidder will assume total

responsibility for the fault-free operation of the Equipment and Software

Solution proposed and maintenance thereof during the support

(warranty/annual maintenance contract) period.

26. Performance Bank Guarantee:

26.1. Performance Bank Guarantee [PBG] of the amount 20 % of the

proportionate Total Cost of Ownership based on the Final reverse auction

price (which shall be calculated and advised by the Bank to Selected

Bidder(s)) with validity period of 7 years plus 3 months claim period,

furnished hereunder strictly on the format at Appendix-9 is to be submitted

by the finally selected Bidder(s). The PBG should be issued by a

Scheduled Commercial Bank other than SBI and needs to be submitted

within the specified time of receipt of formal communication from the Bank

about their Bid finally selected. Purchase Order will be released only after

receipt of the Performance Bank Guarantee. In case, SBI is the sole

Banker for the Bidder, a Letter of Comfort from SBI may be accepted.

26.2. The PBG is required to protect the interest of the Bank against the risk of

non-performance or failure to perform any obligation(s), either fully or

partially, of the successful Bidder in respect of successful implementation



Page 30 of 56

of the project under any of the agreement(s) pursuant to this RFP, which

may warrant invoking of PBG, also if any act of the supplier results in

imposition of Liquidated Damages then also the Bank reserves the right to

invoke the PBG.

27. System Integration Testing & User Acceptance Testing:

The Vendor should integrate the software with the existing systems as per

requirement of the Bank and carry out thorough system integration testing.

System integration testing will be followed by user acceptance testing, plan for

which should be submitted by the Vendor to the Bank. The UAT includes

functional tests, resilience tests, benchmark comparisons, operational tests,

load tests etc. SBI staff / third Party Vendor designated by the Bank will carry

out the functional testing. This staff / third party vendor will need necessary

on-site training for the purpose and should be provided by the Vendor. Vendor

should carry out other testing like resiliency/benchmarking/load etc. Vendor

should submit result log for all testing to the Bank.

On satisfactory completion of the aforementioned tests and ISD Clearance

and pilot, successful commission and acceptance of solution letter will be

issued to the vendor by the competent authority on the line of Appendix-10b.

28. Country or Origin / Eligibility of Goods & Services:

28.1. All equipments and components thereof to be supplied under the

Contract shall have their origin in eligible source countries, as per the

prevailing Import Trade Control Regulations in India.

28.2. For purposes of this clause, “origin” means the place where the

goods are mined, grown, or manufactured or produced, or the place from

which the related Equipment is supplied. Goods are produced when,

through manufacturing, processing or substantial and major assembly of

components, a commercially-recognized Equipment results that is

substantially different in basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from

its components.

29. Delivery, Installation, Commissioning & Documentation:



Page 31 of 56

29.1. The Vendor shall provide such packing of the Equipment as is

required to prevent its damage or deterioration during transit thereof to the

location given by the Bank. The packing shall be sufficient to withstand,

without limitation, rough handling during transit and exposure to extreme

temperature, salt and precipitation during transit and open storage. Size

and weight of packing cases shall take into consideration, where

appropriate, the remoteness of the Equipment fina l destination and the

absence of heavy handling facilities at all transit points.

29.2. Delivery, installation and commissioning of the equipment shall be

made by the Vendor in accordance with the system approved / ordered

and within the time schedule given in the Scope of work given in

Appendix-6 of this document.

29.3. The delivery will be considered to be complete when the

equipments/ components/ associated software/firmware are received in

good working condition at the designated locations and Bank issued a

acceptance letter.

29.4. The installation will be considered to be completed, when the

Equipment and Software Solution including all the hardware,

accessories/components, firmware/system software, and other associated

software have been supplied, installed and operationalised as per the

technical specifications and all the features as per the technical

specifications are demonstrated and implemented as required, on the

systems, to the satisfaction of the Bank and certification as per Appendix

10a, and Appendix 10b is provided by the Bank. The Bidder should

resolve any problem faced during installation and operationalisation.

29.5. In addition, vendor will supply all associated documentation relating

to the Equipment, Software Solution and Services etc. The Equipment,

Software Solution and Services are considered accepted (commissioned

and operationalised) after signing the Acceptance Test Plan (ATP)

document jointly by the representative of the Bank and the engineer from

the vendor on the lines of format/certificate on the lines of Appendix-10a

and, Appendix-10b of this RFP. The component level checking for

individual item may be inc luded during the acceptance test. The

‘Acceptance Test Plan’ document shall be deemed to form a part of the

Agreement, to be signed between the vendor and the SBI. On the

evaluation of the Acceptance Test results, if required, in view of the

performance of the Equipment, Software Solution and Services (including

hardware equipments/ components/ software), as observed during the



Page 32 of 56

Acceptance Test, the Bidder shall take remedial measures including

upgradation of any of the components thereunder, including replacement

thereof, at no additional cost to the Bank within a fortnight from the date of

notification of the same to the vendor. The vendor should ensure that the

Equipment, Software Solution and Services meets the requirements of the

Bank as envisaged in the RFP.

29.6. The details of the documents to be furnished by the Vendor are

specified hereunder: -

29.6.1. 2 copies of Vendor’s Invoice showing contract number,

equipments description, quantity, unit price and total amount.

29.6.2. Delivery Note or acknowledgement of receipt of Equipment

from the Consignee or in case of Equipment from abroad, original and

two copies of the negotiable c lean Airway Bill.

29.6.3. 2 copies of packing list identifying contents of each of the

package.

29.6.4. Insurance Certificate.

29.6.5. Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s warranty certificate.

29.7. The above documents shall be received by the Bank before arrival of

Equipment (except where it is handed over to the Consignee with all

documents). If these documents are not received, the Vendor will be

responsible for any consequent expenses.

29.8. Penalties as specified in Appendix-11 will be applicable for the any

kind of default in delay in delivery, installation/commissioning/support etc.

expected in scope of work which will be deducted at the time of making

payment(s).

29.9. In addition to the penalty on delayed supplies, Bank also reserves

the right to cancel the Purchase Order and forfeit the EMD. In the event

of such cancellation, the vendor is not entitled to any compensation,

whatsoever.

29.10. For the System & other Software/firmware required with the hardware

ordered for, the following will apply:

29.10.1. The vendor shall supply standard software/firmware package

published by third parties in or out of India in their original publisher-

packed status only, and should have procured the same either directly



Page 33 of 56

from the publishers or from the publisher's sole authorized

representatives only.

29.10.2. The Vendor shall provide complete and legal

documentation of all sub systems, licensed operating systems,

licensed system software/firmware, licensed utility software and other

licensed software. The Vendor shall also provide licensed software for

all software/firmware whether developed by them or acquired from

others.

29.10.3. In case the Vendor is providing software/firmware which

is not its proprietary software then the Vendor must submit evidence

in the form of agreement he has entered into with the

software/firmware vendor which includes support from the

software/firmware vendor for the proposed software for the entire

period of contract with the the Bank.

The ownership of the software license shall be that of the Bank from the

date of delivery of the same. In other words, wherever the ownership of

the licenses is indicated, the name “State Bank of India” must appear to

indicate that the Bank is the perpetual owner of the software/license.

Evidence to this effect must be submitted before the payment can be

release

30. Services:

30.1. All professional services necessary to successfully implement the

proposed Equipment, Software Solution and Services will be part of the

RFP/contract. These services include, but are not limited to, Project

Management, Training, Deployment methodologies etc

30.2. The Bidder should also submit as part of technical Bid an overview

of Project Management approach of the proposed Equipment, Software

Solution and Services.

30.3. Bidder should ensure that vendor’s key personnel with relevant

skill-sets are available to the Bank.

30.4. Bidder should ensure that the quality of methodologies for

delivering the Equipment, Software Solution and Services, adhere to

quality standards/timelines stipulated therefor.



Page 34 of 56

30.5. Bidder shall be willing to transfer skills to relevant personnel from

the Bank, by means of training and documentation.

30.6. Bidder shall provide and implement patches/ upgrades/ updates for

Equipment and Software Solution/Firmware/ OS/hardware/ software/

Operating System / Middleware etc as and when released by the Vendor/

OEM or as per requirements of the Bank without any additional cost.

Bidder should bring to notice of the Bank a ll releases/ version changes.

30.7. Bidder shall obtain a written permission from the Bank before

applying any of the patches/ upgrades/ updates. Bidder has to support

older versions of the hardware/ software/ Operating System/Middleware

etc in case the Bank chooses not to upgrade to latest version.

30.8. Bidder shall provide maintenance support for Hardware/ Software/

Operating System/ Middleware over the entire period of contract.

30.9. All Equipment and Software Solution updates, upgrades & patches

shall be provided by the Bidder/ Vendor free of cost during warranty and

AMC/ ATS/ S&S period.

30.10. Bidder shall provide legally valid

firmware/Software Solution. The detailed information on license count and

type of license should also be provided to the Bank.

30.11. The ownership of the

software/firmware license and the hardware shall be that of the Bank from

the date of delivery of the same to the Bank. In other words, wherever the

ownership of the licenses/hardware is indicated, the name “State Bank of

India” must appear to indicate that the Bank is the perpetual owner of the

hardware/operating software/firmware, etc. associated with the hardware.

Evidence in this regard must be submitted before the payment is

released.

30.12. The Bidder shall keep the Bank explicitly informed the end of support

dates on related Equipment/hardware/firmware/Software and should

ensure support during warranty and AMC/ATS/S&S.

31. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract:

31.1. The selected Bidder shall support the Equipment, Software Solution

and Services and its associated items/components including OS/firmware



Page 35 of 56

/Software Solution during the period of warranty and AMC as specified in

Scope of work in this RFP from the date of acceptance of the

Equipment/Software Solution by State Bank of India.

31.2. During the warranty and AMC period, the Bidder will have to

undertake comprehensive support of the entire Equipment

(hardware/components/ operating software/firmware) ,Software Solution

supplied by the Bidder and all new versions, releases, and updates for all

standard software to be supplied to the Bank at no additional cost to the

Bank. During the support period, the Bidder shall maintain the Equipment

( (hardware/Software etc), Software Solution to comply with parameters

defined for acceptance criteria and the Bidder shall be responsible for all

costs relating to labour, spares, maintenance (preventive and corrective),

compliance of security requirements and transport charges from and to

the Site (s) in connection with the repair/ replacement of the of the

Equipment (hardware/ equipment/ components/ software or any

component/ part thereunder), and Software Solution, which, under

normal and proper use and maintenance thereof, proves defective in

design, material or workmanship or fails to conform to the specifications,

as specified.

31.3. During the support period (warranty and AMC), the vendor shall

ensure that services of professionally qualified personnel are available for

providing comprehensive on-site maintenance of the Equipment and

Software Solution and its components as per the Bank’s requirements.

Comprehensive maintenance shall include, among other things, day to

day maintenance of the Equipment and Software Solution as per the

Bank’s policy, reloading of firmware/software, compliance to security

requirements, etc. when required or in the event of system

crash/malfunctioning, arranging and configuring facility as per the

requirements of the Bank, fine tuning, system monitoring, log

maintenance, etc. The Bidder shall provide services of an expert engineer

at SBI GITC, Belapur or at other locations wherever required, whenever it

is essential. In case of failure of Equipment (hardware, system software or

any of its components), Software Solution, the Bidder shall ensure that

Software Solution is made operational to the full satisfaction of the Bank

within the given timelines. The selected Bidder shall provide preventive

maintenance schedules as per periodicity, which shall be specified in

advance.



Page 36 of 56

31.4. Onsite comprehensive warranty for the solution would include free

replacement of spares, parts, kits, resolution of problem, if any, in

solution.

31.5. Warranty/ AMC for the system software/ off-the shelf software will

be provided to the Bank as per the general conditions of sale of such

software.

31.6. Support (Warranty/ AMC) would be on-site and comprehensive in

nature and must have back to back support from the OEM/Vendor. The

vendor will warrant Equipment against defects arising out of faulty design

etc. during the specified support period. Undertaking on the lines of

Appendix-17 of this RFP document is required to be submitted by the

vendor, duly endorsed by the OEM that in case vendor fails to provide

services then OEM shall provide the same at no extra cost, to the

satisfaction of the Bank. The vendor will warrant Equipments against

defect arising out of faulty design, materials, etc. during the specified

support period. The vendor will provide support for operating systems and

other pre-installed software components/system software during the

specified period of the hardware on which these software and operating

system will be installed. The vendor shall repair or replace worn out or

defective parts including all plastic parts of the equipments at his own cost

including the cost of transport.

31.7. In the event of system break down or failures at any stage,

protection available, which would include the following, shall be specified.

a. Diagnostics for identification of systems failures

b. Protection of data/ Configuration

c. Recovery/ restart facility

d. Backup of system software/ Configuration

31.8. Prompt support shall be made available as desired in this RFP during

the support period at the locations as and when required by the Bank.

31.9. The Bidder shall be agreeable for on-call/on-site support during peak

weeks (last and first week of each month) and at the time of switching

over from PR to DR and vice-versa. No extra charge shall be paid by the

Bank for such needs, if any, during the support period.

31.10. Bidder support staff should be well trained to effectively handle

queries raised by the customers/employees of the Bank.



Page 37 of 56

31.11. Updated escalation matrix shall be made available to the Bank once

in each quarter and each time the matrix gets changed.

32. Compliance with IS Security Policy:

32.1. The Vendor shall have to comply with Bank’s IT & IS Security policy

in key concern areas relevant to the RFP, details of which will be shared

with the finally selected Bidder. Some of the key areas are as under:

32.1.1. Responsibilities for data and application privacy and

confidentiality

32.1.2. Responsibilities on system and software access control and

administration

32.1.3. Custodial responsibilities for data, software, hardware and

other assets of the Bank being managed by or assigned to the Vendor

32.1.4. Physical Security of the facilities

32.1.5. Physical and logical separation from other customers of the

Vendor

32.1.6. Incident response and reporting procedures

32.1.7. Password Policy of the Bank

32.1.8. Data Encryption/Protection requirements of the Bank.

32.1.9. In general, confidentiality, integrity and availability must be

ensured.

33. Penalties / SLA Conditions:

As mentioned in Appendix-11of this RFP.

34. Right to Verification:

The Bank reserves the right to verify any or all of the statements made by

the Bidder in the tender document and to inspect the Bidder’s facility, if

necessary, to establish to its satisfaction about the Bidder’s

capacity/capabilities to perform the job.

35. Purchase Price:

35.1. Total cost of Equipment (hardware equipments/ components/

software), Software Solution and services with support (including warranty

and AMC) would be the Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) and has to be

quoted in commercial Bid.



Page 38 of 56

35.2. Bidders should ensure that exchange rate fluctuations, changes in

import duty/other taxes should not affect the rupee value of commercial

Bid over the validity period defined in this RFP.

35.3. The order will be placed for total Cost of hardware,

software/firmware/services/warranty and Software

Solution/services/warranty and AMC/ATS/S&S. Bank may also issue a

separate order for AMC after expiry of the warranty period.

35.4. The applicable TDS will be deducted at the time of payment of

invoices.

35.5. Terms of payment are given in Appendix – 7a – Payment Terms.

35.6. Prices payable to the Vendor as stated in the Contract shall be firm

and not subject to adjustment during performance of the Contract,

irrespective of reasons whatsoever, including exchange rate fluctuations,

any upward revision in duties, charges, etc.

35.7. The Bidder will pass on to the Bank, all fiscal benefits arising out of

reductions, if any, in Government levies viz. sales tax, excise duty,

custom duty, GST etc. or the benefit of discounts if any announced in

respect of the cost of the items for which orders have been placed during

that period.

35.8. The Bank reserves the right to re-negotiate the prices in the event

of change in the international market prices of both the hardware and

software.

36. Inspection and Quality Control Tests:

36.1. The Bank reserves the right to carry out pre-shipment factory /

godown inspection by a team of Bank officials or demand a demonstration

of the Equipment on a representative model at Bidder’s place.

36.2. The Inspection and Quality Control tests before evaluation, prior to

shipment of goods and at the time of final acceptance would be as

follows:.

36.2.1. Inspection/Pre-shipment Acceptance Testing of Goods as

per quality control formats including functional testing, burn-in tests



Page 39 of 56

and mains fluctuation tests at full load, facilities etc., as per the

standards / specifications and may be done at factory site of the

supplier before dispatch of goods, by the Bank / Bank’s Consultants /

Testing Agency.

36.2.2. The Vendor shall intimate the Bank before dispatching the

goods to various locations/offices for conduct of pre-shipment testing.

Successful conduct and conclusion of pre-dispatch inspection shall be

the sole responsibility of the supplier;

36.2.3. Provided that the Bank may, at its sole discretion, waive

inspection of goods having regard to the value of the order and/or the

nature of the goods and/or any other such basis as may be decided at

the sole discretion of the Bank meriting waiver of such inspection of

goods.

36.2.4. In the event of the Equipment /Software Solution failing to

pass the acceptance test, as per the specifications given, a period not

exceeding two weeks will be given to rectify the defects and clear the

acceptance test, failing which, the Bank reserves the right to cancel

the Purchase Order.

36.2.5. The inspection and quality contro l tests may also be

conducted at the point of delivery and / or at the goods’ final

destination. Reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to

drawings and production data, shall be furnished to the inspectors, at

no charge to the Bank. In case of failure by the Vendor to provide

necessary facility / equipment at its premises, all the cost of such

inspection like travel, boarding, lodging & other incidental expenses of

the Bank’s representatives to be borne by the Vendor.

36.2.6. Nothing stated herein above shall in any way release the

Vendor from any warranty or other obligations under this contract.

36.3. The Bank’s right to inspect, test the Equipment/Software Solution

after delivery of the same to the Bank and where necessary reject the

Equipments/Software solution arrival at the destination/solution which

does not meet the specification provided by the Bank. This shall in no

way be limited or waived by reason of the Equipment and Software

Solution having previously being inspected, tested and passed by the

Bank or its representative prior to the Equipments/ Software solution

shipment from the place of origin by the Bank or its representative prior to

the installation and commissioning.



Page 40 of 56

36.4. Nothing stated hereinabove shall in any way release the Vendor from

any warranty or other obligations under this contract.

36.5. System integration testing and User Acceptance testing will be

carried out as per requirement of the Bank.

37. Right to Audit:

37.1. The Selected Bidder (Service Provider) has to get itself annually

audited by internal/ external empaneled Auditors appointed by the Bank/

inspecting official from the Reserve Bank of India or any regulatory

authority, covering the risk parameters finalized by the Bank/ such

auditors in the areas of Equipment, Software Solution and Services etc.

provided to the Bank and the Service Provider is required to submit such

certification by such Auditors to the Bank. The Service Provider and or his

/ their outsourced agents / sub – contractors (if allowed by the Bank) shall

facilitate the same The Bank can make its expert assessment on the

efficiency and effectiveness of the security, control, risk management,

governance system and process created by the Service Provider. The

Service Provider shall, whenever required by the Auditors, furnish all

relevant information, records/data to them. All costs for such audit shall be

borne by the Bank.

37.2. Where any deficiency has been observed during audit of the

Service Provider on the risk parameters finalized by the Bank or in the

certification submitted by the Auditors, the Service Provider shall

correct/resolve the same at the earliest and shall provide all necessary

documents related to resolution thereof and the auditor shall further certify

in respect of resolution of the deficiencies. The resolution provided by the

Service Provider shall require to be certified by the Auditors covering the

respective risk parameters against which such deficiencies have been

observed.

37.3. Service Provider shall, whenever required by the Bank, furnish all

relevant information, records/data to such auditors and/or inspecting

officials of the Bank/Reserve Bank of India and or any regulatory

authority. The Bank reserves the right to call and/or retain for any relevant

material information /reports inc luding audit or review reports undertaken

by the service provider (e.g., financial, internal control and security

reviews) and findings made on Selected Bidder in conjunction with the

services provided to the Bank.



Page 41 of 56

38. Subcontracting:

38.1. As per scope of the RFP, subcontracting is prohibited. However, if

the Bidder subsequently wishes to sub-contract the scope of work, it will

have to obtain specific written permission from the Bank before

contracting any work to subcontractors. Bank at its own discretion may

permit or deny the same.

38.2. In case subcontracting is permitted by the Bank, the contracting

vendor will be responsible for all the services provided to the Bank

regardless of which entity is conducting the operations. The contracting

vendor is also responsible for ensuring that the sub-contractor comply

with all security requirements of the contract and the Bank can obtain

independent audit report for the same. In such a case, the Bidder shall

provide subcontracting details to the Bank and if require, Bank may

evaluate the same.

39. Insurance:

39.1. The insurance shall be for an amount equal to 110 percent of the

value of the Equipments from “Warehouse to final destination” on “All

Risks” basis, valid for a period of one month after delivery of equipments

at the defined destination.

39.2. Should any loss or damage occur, the Vendor shall:

39.2.1. initiate and pursue claim till settlement and

39.2.2. Promptly make arrangements for repair and / or replacement

of any damaged item to the satisfaction of the Bank, irrespective of

settlement of claim by the underwriters.

40. Validity of Agreement:

The Agreement/ SLA will be valid for the period of seven years including

warranty and AMC which can be extended upto 10 years, solely at the

discretion of the Bank. The Bank reserves the right to terminate the

Agreement as per the terms of RFP.



Page 42 of 56

41. Limitation of Liability:

41.1. For breach of any obligation mentioned in this RFP, subject to

obligations mentioned in this clause, in no event Service Provider shall be

liable for damages to the Bank arising under or in connection with this

RFP for an amount exceeding the total Cost of the Project. Service

provider will ensure Bank’s data confidentiality and shall be responsible

for liability arising in case of breach of any kind of security and/or leakage

of confidential customer/Bank’s related information to the extent of loss so

caused.

41.2. The limitations set forth herein shall not apply with respect to:

41.2.1. claims that are the subject of indemnification pursuant to IPR

infringement,

41.2.2. damage(s) occasioned by the gross negligence, fraud or

willful misconduct of Service Provider,

41.2.3. damage(s) occasioned by Service Provider for breach of

Confidentiality Obligations,

41.2.4. When a dispute is settled by the Court of Law in India.

41.2.5. Regulatory or statutory fines imposed by a Government or

Regulatory agency for non-compliance of statutory or regulatory

guidelines applicable to the Bank, provided such guidelines were

brought to the notice of Service Provider.

42. Confidentiality:

42.1. Bidder acknowledges and agrees that all tangible and intangible

information obtained, developed or disclosed including all documents,

contract, purchase order to be issued, data papers and statements and

trade secret of the Bank relating to its business practices and their

competitive position in the market place provided to the selected Bidder

by the Bank in connection with the performance of obligations of Bidder

under the purchase order to be issued, in part or complete shall be

considered to be confidential and proprietary information (“Confidential

Information”) and shall not be disclosed to any third party/published

without the written approval of the Bank.

42.2. The Confidential Information will be safeguarded and Bidder will

take all the necessary action to protect it against misuse, loss,

destruction, alterations or deletions thereof. In the event of a breach or

threatened breach by Bidder of this section, monetary damages may not

be an adequate remedy; therefore, Bank shall be entitled to injunctive



Page 43 of 56

relief to restrain Bidder from any such breach, threatened or actual.

42.3. Any document, other than the Contract itself, shall remain the

property of the Bank and shall be returned (in all copies) to the Bank on

completion of the Vendor’s performance under the Contract, if so required

by the Bank.

43. Delay in the Vendor’s Performance:

43.1. Delivery, installation, commissioning of the Equipment, Software

Solution and performance of Services shall be made by the Vendor within

the timelines prescribed in the RFP.

43.2. If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Vendor

should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Equipments,

Software Solution and performance of Services, the Vendor shall promptly

notify the Bank in writing of the fact of the delay, it’s likely duration and

cause(s). As soon as practicable after receipt of the Vendor’s notice, the

Bank shall evaluate the situation and may, at its discretion, extend the

Vendors’ time for performance, in which case, the extension shall be

ratified by the parties by amendment of the Contract.

43.3. Any delay in performing the obligation/ defect in performance by the

Vendor may result in imposition of penalty, liquidated damages,

invocation of Performance Bank Guarantee and/or termination of contract

(as laid down elsewhere in this RFP document).

44. Vendor’s Obligations:

44.1. The Vendor is responsible for and obliged to conduct all contracted

activities in accordance with the contract using state-of-the-art methods

and economic principles and exercising all means available to achieve the

performance specified in the Contract.

44.2. The vendor will be responsible for arranging and procuring all

relevant permissions / Road Permits etc. for transportation of the

equipment to the location where installa tion is to be done. The Bank

would only provide necessary letters for enabling procurement of the

same.



Page 44 of 56

44.3. The Vendor is obliged to work closely with the Bank’s staff, act

within its own authority and abide by directives issued by the Bank from

time to time and complete implementation activities.

44.4. The Vendor will abide by the job safety measures prevalent in India

and will free the Bank from all demands or responsibilities arising from

accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the Vendor’s negligence.

The Vendor will pay all indemnities arising from such incidents and will not

hold the Bank responsible or obligated.

44.5. The Vendor is responsible for managing the activities of its personnel

or sub-contracted personnel (where permitted) and will hold itself

responsible for any misdemeanors.

44.6. Vendor shall provide necessary training from the OEM to the

designated SBI officials on the configuration, operation/ functionalities,

maintenance, support & administration for software/ hardware and

components, Software Solution, installation, troubleshooting processes of

the proposed solution.

44.7. The Vendor shall treat as confidential all data and information about

SBI, obtained in the process of executing its responsibilities, in strict

confidence and will not reveal such information to any other party without

prior written approval of the Bank as explained under ‘Non-Disclosure

Agreement’ in Appendix-13 of this document.

45. Technical Documentation:

45.1. The Vendor shall deliver the following documents to the Bank for

every firmware/software including third party software before software/

service become operational, which includes, user manuals, installation

manuals, operation manuals, design documents, process documents,

technical manuals, functional specification, software requirement

specification, on-line tutorials/ CBTs, system configuration documents,

system/database administrative documents, debugging/diagnostics

documents, test procedures etc.

45.2. The vendor shall also provide documents related to Review

Records/ Test Bug Reports/ Root Cause Analysis Report, list of all

Equipment components, list of all dependent/external modules and list of

all documents relating to traceability of the Equipment, Software Solution

and Services as and when applicable.



Page 45 of 56

45.3. The Vendor should also provide the MIS reports as per

requirements of the Bank. Any level/ version changes and/or clarification

or corrections or modifications in the abovementioned documentation

should be supplied by the Vendor to the Bank, free of cost in timely

manner. The vendor shall develop customized documentation as per

Bank’s requirement, if desired by the Bank.

46. Patent Rights/Intellectual Property Rights:

46.1. For any licensed software/firmware used by the finally selected L1/

TC1 Vendor(s) for performing services or developing software for the

Bank, the Vendor shall have the right as well as the right to license for the

outsourced services or third party software development. The vendor

shall, if applicable, furnish a photocopy of the Agreement with their

Principals/OEM in respect of Equipment, Software Solution and Services

offered. Any license or IPR violation on the part of Vendor/ Subcontractor

should not put the Bank at risk. The Bank reserves the right to audit the

license usage of the Vendor.

46.2. The Vendor shall, at its own expenses without any limitation, defend

and indemnify the Bank against all third-party claims or infringements of

Intellectual Property Rights including patent, trademark, copyright, trade

secret or industria l design rights arising from use of the Equipments or

any part thereof in India or abroad. In case of violation/ infringement of

patent/ trademark/ copyright/ trade secrete or industrial design, the

supplier shall after due inspection and testing get the solution redesigned

for the Bank, at no extra cost.

46.3. The Vendor shall expeditiously extinguish any such claims and shall

have full rights to defend itself there from. If the Bank is required to pay

compensation to a third party resulting from such infringement(s), the

Vendor shall be fully responsible therefore, including all expenses and

court and legal fees.

46.4. The Bank will give notice to the Vendor of any such claim without

delay, provide reasonable assistance to the Vendor in disposing of the

claim, and shall at no time admit to any liability for or express any intent to

settle the claim.

46.5. For the Solutions with base product (Out of Box features)- Binaries :

The Vendor shall grant the Bank a fully paid-up, irrevocable, non-



Page 46 of 56

exclusive, unlimited, perpetual license throughout the territory of India or

abroad to access, replicate and use software provided by the Vendor,

including all inventions, designs and marks embodied therein perpetually.

The source code / object code / executable code and compilation

procedures of the Software Solution should be placed under an Escrow

arrangement. All necessary documentation in this behalf should be made

available to the Bank. In case of Escrow arrangement, complete details

and the location and the terms and conditions applicable for escrow must

be specified. Any periodical update or upgrade to source code should be

informed and brought under Escrow or made available to the Bank.

46.6. Product/Solutions Customisation.: The source code /object code

/executable code and compilation procedures of the Software

Product/Solution customized as per requirement of RFP and Bank, made

under this agreement are the property of the Bank and as such the vendor

shall make them available to the Bank after successful User Acceptance

Testing. Vendor agrees that the Bank owns the entire right, title and

interest to any inventions, designs, discoveries, writings and works of

authorship, including a ll Intellectual Property Rights, copyrights for the

customisation done. Any work made under this agreement shall be

deemed to be ‘work made for hire’ under any Indian/U.S. or any other

applicable copyright laws.

47. Liquidated Damages:

47.1. If the Vendor fails to deliver any or all of the Equipments, Software

Solution or perform the services within the stipulated time schedule as

specified in this RFP/ Contract, the Bank may, without prejudice to its

other remedies under the Contract, and unless otherwise extension of

time is agreed upon without the application of Liquidated Damages,

deduct from the Contract Price, as specified in Appendix-11. Once the

maximum deduction is reached, the Bank may consider termination of the

Contract.

48. Conflict of Interest:

48.1. Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest (the “Conflict of Interest”)

that affects the bidding Process. Any Bidder found to have a Conflict of

Interest shall be disqualified. In the event of disqualification, the Bank

shall be entitled to forfeit and appropriate the Bid Security and/or

Performance Security (Performance Bank Guarantee), as the case may



Page 47 of 56

be, as mutually agreed upon genuine estimated loss and damage likely to

be suffered and incurred by the Bank and not by way of penalty for, inter

alia, the time, cost and effort of the Bank, including consideration of such

Bidder’s proposal (the “Damages”), without prejudice to any other right or

remedy that may be available to the Bank under the bidding documents

and/ or the Concession Agreement or otherwise. Without limiting the

generality of the above, a Bidder shall be deemed to have a Conflict of

Interest affecting the bidding process, if:

48.1.1. the Bidder, its Member or Associate (or any constituent

thereof) and any other Bidder, its Member or any Associate thereof

(or any constituent thereof) have common controlling shareholders or

other ownership interest; provided that this disqualification shall not

apply in cases where the direct or indirect shareholding of a Bidder,

its Member or an Associate thereof (or any shareholder thereof

having a shareholding of more than 5% (five per cent) of the paid up

and subscribed share capital of such Bidder, Member or Associate, as

the case may be) in the other Bidder, its Member or Associate, has

less than 5% (five per cent) of the subscribed and paid up equity

share capital thereof; provided further that this disqualification shall

not apply to any ownership by a bank, insurance company, pension

fund or a public financial institution referred to in section 4A of the

Companies Act, 1956. For the purposes of this Clause, indirect

shareholding held through one or more intermediate persons shall be

computed as follows:

48.1.1.1. where any intermediary is controlled by a person

through management control or otherwise, the entire

shareholding held by such controlled intermediary in any other

person (the “Subject Person”) shall be taken into account for

computing the shareholding of such controlling person in the

Subject Person; and

48.1.1.1.1. where any intermediary is controlled by a person

through management control or otherwise, the entire

shareholding held by such controlled intermediary in any

other person (the “Subject Person”) shall be taken into

account for computing the shareholding of such controlling

person in the Subject Person; and

48.1.1.1.2. subject always to sub-clause (i) above, where a

person does not exercise control over an intermediary,



Page 48 of 56

which has shareholding in the Subject Person, the

computation of indirect shareholding of such person in the

Subject Person shall be undertaken on a proportionate

basis; provided, however, that no such shareholding shall be

reckoned under this sub-clause if the shareholding of such

person in the intermediary is less than 26% of the

subscribed and paid up equity shareholding of such

intermediary; or

48.1.2. a constituent of such Bidder is also a constituent of

another Bidder; or

48.1.3. such Bidder, its Member or any Associate thereof

receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy, grant,

concessional loan or subordinated debt from any other Bidder, its

Member or Associate, or has provided any such subsidy, grant,

concessional loan or subordinated debt to any other Bidder, its

Member or any Associate thereof; or.

48.1.4. such Bidder has the same legal representative for purposes

of this Bid as any other Bidder; or

48.1.5. such Bidder, or any Associate thereof, has a relationship with

another Bidder, or any Associate thereof, directly or through common

third party/ parties, that puts either or both of them in a position to

have access to each other’s information about, or to influence the Bid

of either or each other; or

48.1.6. such Bidder or any of its affiliates thereof has

participated as a consultant to the Bank in the preparation of any

documents, design or technical specifications of the Project.

49. Fraud & Corrupt Practices:

49.1.1. The Bidder and their respective officers, employees, agents

and advisers shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the

bidding process. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained

herein, the Bank shall re ject an Application without being liable in any

manner whatsoever to the Bidder if it determines that the Bidder has,

directly or indirectly or through an agent, engaged in

corrupt/fraudulent/coercive/undesirable or restrictive practices in the

bidding process.



Page 49 of 56

49.1.2. Without prejudice to the rights of the Bank under Clause

49.1.1 hereinabove, if a Bidder is found by the Bank to have directly

or indirectly or through an agent, engaged or indulged in any

corrupt/fraudulent/coercive/undesirable or restrictive practices during

the bidding Process, such Bidder shall not be eligible to participate in

any EOI/RFP issued by the Bank during a period of 2 (two) years from

the date if such Bidder is found by the Bank to have directly or

indirectly or through an agent, engaged or indulged in any corrupt/

fraudulent/ coercive/ undesirable or restrictive practices, as the case

may be.

49.1.3. For the purposes of this Clause , the following terms shall

have the meaning hereinafter, respectively assigned to them:

49.1.3.1. “corrupt practice” means (i) the offering, giving, receiving,

or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence

the actions of any person connected with the bidding process (for

avoidance of doubt, offering of employment to or employing or

engaging in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, any

official of the Bank who is or has been associated in any manner,

directly or indirectly with the bidding process or the Letter of

Authority or has dealt with matters concerning the Concession

Agreement or arising there from, before or after the execution

thereof, at any time prior to the expiry of one year from the date

such official resigns or retires from or otherwise ceases to be in

the service of the Bank, shall be deemed to constitute influencing

the actions of a person connected with the bidding process); or

(ii) engaging in any manner whatsoever, whether during the

bidding process or after the issue of the Letter of Authority or

after the execution of the Agreement, as the case may be, any

person in respect of any matter relating to the Project or the

Letter of Authority or the Agreement, who at any time has been

or is a legal, financial or technical adviser of the Bank in relation

to any matter concerning the Project;

49.1.3.2. “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or

omission of facts or suppression of facts or disclosure of

incomplete facts, in order to influence the bidding process

49.1.3.3. “Coercive practice” means impairing or harming or

threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any person or



Page 50 of 56

property to influence any person’s participation or action in the

bidding process;

49.1.3.4. “Undesirable practice” means (i) establishing contact with

any person connected with or employed or engaged by the Bank

with the objective of canvassing, lobbying or in any manner

influencing or attempting to influence the bidding process; or (ii)

having a Conflict of Interest; and

49.1.3.5. “Restrictive practice” means forming a cartel or arriving at

any understanding or arrangement among Bidders with the

objective of restricting or manipulating a full and fair competition

in the bidding process.

50. Termination for Default:

50.1. The Bank, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of

Contract, by a written notice of not less than 30 (thirty) days sent to the

Vendor, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part:

50.1.1. If the Vendor fails to deliver any or all of the

Equipments/Software Solution and Services within the period(s)

specified in the Contract, or within any extension thereof granted by

the Bank; or

50.1.2. If the vendor fails to perform any other obligation(s) under

the contract; or

50.1.3. Laxity in adherence to standards laid down by the Bank; or

50.1.4. Discrepancies/deviations in the agreed processes and/or

Products/Software Solution; or

50.1.5. Violations of terms and conditions stipulated in this RFP.

50.2. In the event the Bank terminates the Contract in whole or in part for

the breaches attributable to the Vendor, the Bank may procure, upon such

terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, Equipments, Software

Solution and Services similar to those undelivered, and the Vendor shall

be liable to the Bank for any increase in cost for such similar Equipments,



Page 51 of 56

Software Solution and Services. However, the Vendor shall continue

performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.

50.3. If the contract is terminated under any termination clause, the

vendor shall handover all documents/ executable/ Bank’s data or any

other relevant information to the Bank in timely manner and in proper

format as per scope of this RFP and shall also support the orderly

transition to another vendor or to the Bank.

50.4. During the transition, the Vendor shall also support the Bank on

technical queries/support on process implementation or in case of

software provision for future upgrades.

50.5. The Bank’s right to terminate the Contract will be in addition to the

penalties / liquidated damages and other actions as deemed fit.

50.6. In the event of failure of the Service Provider to render the Services

or in the event of termination of agreement or expiry of term or otherwise,

without prejudice to any other right, the Bank at its sole discretion may

make alternate arrangement for getting the Services contracted with

another vendor. In such case, the Bank shall give prior notice to the

existing Service Provider. The existing Service Provider shall continue to

provide services as per the terms of contract until a ‘New Service

Provider’ complete ly takes over the work. During the transition phase, the

existing Service Provider shall render all reasonable assistance to the

new Service Provider within such period prescribed by the Bank, at no

extra cost to the Bank, for ensuring smooth switch over and continuity of

services. If existing vendor is breach of this obligation, they shall be liable

for paying a penalty of as provided Appendix 11 on demand to the

Bank, which may be settled from the payment of invoices or Performance

Bank Guarantee for the contracted period or by invocation of Performance

Bank Guarantee.

51. Force Majeure:

51.1.1. Notwithstanding the provisions of terms and conditions

contained in this RFP, the Vendor shall not be liable for forfeiture of its

performance security, liquidated damages, or termination for default, if

any, and to the extent that the delay in performance or other failure to

perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of

Force Majeure.



Page 52 of 56

51.1.2. For the purposes of this clause, 'Force Majeure' means and

includes wars, insurrections, revolution, civil disturbance, riots,

terrorist acts, public strikes, hartal, bundh, fires, floods, epidemic,

quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, declared general strikes in

relevant industries, Vis Major Act of Government, impeding

reasonable performance of the Vendor and / or Sub-Contractor but

does not include any foreseeable events, commercial considerations

or those involving fault or negligence on the part of the party claiming

Force Majeure.

51.1.3. If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Vendor shall promptly

notify the Bank in writing of such condition and the cause thereof.

Unless otherwise directed by the Bank in writing, the Vendor shall

continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is

reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means

for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

52. Termination for Insolvency:

The Bank may, at any time, terminate the Contract by giving written notice to

the Vendor, if the Vendor becomes Bankrupt or insolvent or any application

for bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up has been filed against it by any

person. In this event, termination will be without compensation to the Vendor,

provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or

remedy, which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Bank.

53. Termination for Convenience:

53.1. The Bank, by written notice of not less than 90 (ninety) days sent to

the Vendor, may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time

for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that termination

is for the Bank’s convenience, the extent to which performance of the

Vendor under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such

termination becomes effective.

54. Disputes/Arbitration (applicable in case of successful Bidder only):

54.1. All disputes or differences whatsoever arising between the parties

out of or in connection with this contract or in discharge of any obligation

arising out of the Contract (whether during the progress of work or after

completion of such work and whether before or after the termination of

this contract, abandonment or breach of this contract), shall be settled



Page 53 of 56

amicably. If however, the parties are not able to solve them amicably,

either party (SBI or Vendor), give written notice to other party clearly

setting out there in specific dispute(s) and/or difference(s) and shall be

referred to a sole arbitrator mutually agreed upon, and the award made in

pursuance thereof shall be binding on the parties. In the absence of

consensus about the single arbitrator, the dispute may be referred to joint

arbitrator; one to be nominated by each party and the said arbitrators shall

nominate a presiding arbitrator, before commencing the arbitration

proceedings. The arbitration shall be settled in accordance with the

applicable Indian Laws. Any appeal will be subject to the exclusive

jurisdiction of courts at Mumbai.

54.2. The Vendor shall continue work under the Contract during the

arbitration proceedings unless otherwise directed by the Bank or unless

the matter is such that the work cannot possibly be continued until the

decision of the arbitrator is obtained.

54.3. Arbitration proceeding shall be held at Mumbai, India, and the

language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and

communications between the parties shall be in English.

55. Governing Language:

The governing language shall be English.

56. Applicable Law :

The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union of

India and shall be subjected to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts at

Mumbai.

57. Taxes and Duties:

57.1. The Vendor shall be liable to pay all corporate taxes and income tax

that shall be levied according to the laws and regulations applicable from

time to time in India and the price Bid by the Vendor shall include all such

taxes in the contract price.

57.2. Prices quoted should be exclusive of all Central / State Government

taxes/duties and levies but inclusive of Custom duty as also cost of

incidental services such as transportation, road permits, insurance etc.

The quoted prices and taxes/duties and statutory levies such as Service



Page 54 of 56

tax, VAT/ Sales tax, GST, Excise duty, Custom duty, Octroi, etc. should

be specified in the separate sheet (Appendix-7-1).

57.3. Custom duty as also cost of incidental services such as

transportation, road permits, insurance etc. in connection with delivery of

Equipment, Software Solution and Services at site including any incidental

services and commissioning, if any, which may be levied, shall be borne

by the Vendor and the Bank shall not be liable for the same. Only

specified taxes/ levies and duties in the Appendix-7-1 will be payable by

the Bank on actuals upon production of original receipt wherever required.

If any specified taxes/ levies and duties in Appendix-7-1are replaced by

the new legislation of Government, same shall be borne by the Bank. The

Bank shall not be liable for payment of those Central / State Government

taxes, levies, duties or any tax/ duties imposed by local bodies/

authorities, which are not specified by the Bidder in Appendix-7-1.

57.4. Prices payable to the Vendor as stated in the Contract shall be firm

and not subject to adjustment during performance of the Contract,

irrespective of reasons whatsoever, including exchange rate fluctuations,

any upward revision in Custom duty. The Bidder will pass on to the Bank,

all fiscal benefits arising out of reductions, if any, in Government levies

viz. custom duty or the benefit of discounts if any announced in respect of

the cost of the items for which orders have been placed during that

period.

57.5. Income / Corporate Taxes in India: The Bidder shall be liable to pay

all corporate taxes and income tax that shall be levied according to the

laws and regulations applicable from time to time in India and the price

Bid by the Bidder shall include a ll such taxes in the contract price.

57.6. All expenses, stamp duty and other charges/ expenses in

connection with the execution of the Agreement as a result of this RFP

process shall be borne by the Vendor.

58. Tax deduction at Source:

58.1. Wherever the laws and regulations require deduction of such taxes

at the source of payment, the Bank shall effect such deductions from the

payment due to the Vendor. The remittance of amounts so deducted and

issuance of certificate for such deductions shall be made by the Bank as

per the laws and regulations for the time being in force. Nothing in the

Contract shall relieve the Vendor from his responsibility to pay any tax



Page 55 of 56

that may be levied in India on income and profits made by the Vendor in

respect of this contract.

58.2. The Vendor’s staff, personnel and labour will be liable to pay

personal income taxes in India in respect of such of their salaries and

wages as are chargeable under the laws and regulations for the time

being in force, and the Vendor shall perform such duties in regard to such

deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws and

regulations.

59. Right to use defective product:

59.1. If after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the warranty

period, the operation or use of the equipment is found to be

unsatisfactory, the Bank shall have the right to continue to operate or use

such equipment until rectification of defects, errors or omissions by partial

or complete replacement is made without interfering with the Bank’s

operation.

60. Tender Fee:

60.1. The same should be furnished by the Bidders as stated in Annexure

I Notice Inviting Tender. The Bids without tender fee will not be

considered valid.

61. Notices:

61.1. Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to this contract

shall be sent to other party in writing or by Fax and confirmed in writing to

other Party’s address. The notice shall be effective when delivered or on

the notice’s effective date whichever is later.

62. Other terms and conditions :

62.1. Selected Bidder’s Obligations :

62.1.1. If the proposal includes machine/ equipment or software

marketed and/or supported by other companies or individuals, the

selected bidder, as the prime contractor for the delivery, testing,

installation and maintenance of the entire system, must ensure and

declare that they possess the requisite permission/ license for the

machine/ equipment/ software. Also, the selected bidder commits to



Page 56 of 56

support/ repair/ replace/ maintain all parts of the Endpoint,

irrespective of the position whether the parts are manufactured by the

Bidder or outsourced by them.

62.1.2. The Bidder is responsible for and obliged to conduct all

contracted activities in accordance with the contract using state-of-

the-art methods and economic principles, and exercising all means

available to achieve the performance specified in Contract.

62.1.3. The bidder will be responsible for arranging and procuring all

relevant permissions / Road Permits etc. for transportation of the

machine to the location where installation is to be done. The Bank

would only provide necessary letters for enabling procurement of the

same.

62.1.4. The Bidder is obliged to work closely with the Bank’s staff,

act within its own authority and abide by directives issued by the Bank

and implementation activities.

62.1.5. The Bidder will abide by the job safety measures prevalent in

India and will free the Bank from all demands or responsibilities

arising from accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the Bidder’s

negligence.

62.1.6. The Bidder is responsible for managing the activities of its

personnel or sub-contracted personnel and will hold itself responsible

for any misdemeanors.

62.1.7. The Selected bidder(s) shall be responsible for compliance

with a ll laws, rules, regulations, orders, notifications, and directions

applicable in respect of its personnel (including, but not limited to, the

Contract Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act 1986, the Payment

of Bonuses Act 1965, the Minimum Wages Act 1948, the Employees'

Provident Fund Act 1952, and the Workmen’s Compensation Act

1923, and shall maintain all proper records, including, but not limited

to, accounting records required under the Applicable Laws, or any

code, practice or corporate policy applicable to it from time to time

*******

Appendix-2

BID FORM [On Company’s letter head]

(to be included in Technical Bid Envelope)

Date:_______________ To: The Deputy General Manager State Bank of India IT-ATM Department 2nd Floor, MTNL Building State Bank Global IT Center Sector – 11, CBD Belapur – 400 614 Navi Mumbai : Maharashtra Dear Sir, Ref: RFP No. SBI:xx:xxdated dd/mm/yyyy ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ We have examined the above RFP, the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged and subsequent pre-Bid clarifications/ modifications / revisions, if any, furnished by the Bank and we offer to supply, test, integrate, Install, commission and support the desired equipments, Multi-Vendor Software/Agent , endpoints protection solutions/Agent and support services detailed in this RFP. We shall abide by the terms and conditions spelt out in the RFP. We shall participate and submit the commercial Bid through online auction to be conducted by the Bank’s authorized service provider, on the date advised to us. 2. While submitting this Bid, we certify that:

The undersigned is authorized to sign on behalf of the VENDOR and the necessary support document delegating this authority is enclosed to this letter.

We declare that we are not in contravention of conflict of interest obligation mentioned in this RFP.

Indicative prices submitted by us have been arrived at without agreement with any other Bidder of this RFP for the purpose of restricting competition.

The indicative prices submitted by us have not been disclosed and will not be disclosed to any other Bidder responding to this RFP.

We have not induced or attempted to induce any other Bidder to submit or not to submit a Bid for restricting competition.

The rate quoted in the indicative price Bids are as per the RFP and subsequent pre-Bid clarifications/ modifications/ revisions furnished by the Bank, without any exception.


Page 2 of 3 Confidential & Proprietary

3. If our offer is accepted, we undertake to complete the formalities for supply, testing, integration, installation, commissioning and operationalization of the equipments, Multi-Vendor Software/Agent , endpoints protection solutions/Agent and support services within the period specified in this document.

4. We agree to abide by all the Bid terms and conditions, contents of Service

Level Agreement as per sample available at Appendix 12a and 12b of this documents and the rates quoted therein for the orders awarded by the Bank up to the period prescribed in the Bid, which shall remain binding upon us.

5. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your

written acceptance thereof and your notification of award, shall constitute a binding Contract between us.

6. We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in

executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely “Prevention of Corruption Act 1988”.

7. We undertake that we will not offer, directly or through intermediaries, any

bribe, gift, consideration, reward, favour, any material or immaterial benefit or other advantage, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of the Bank, connected directly or indirectly with the bidding process, or to any person, organization or third party related to the contract in exchange for any advantage in the bidding, evaluation, contracting and implementation of the contract.

8. We undertake that we will not resort to canvassing with any official of the

Bank, connected directly or indirectly with the bidding process to derive any undue advantage. We also understand that any violation in this regard, will result in disqualification of bidder from further bidding process.

9. We certify that we have not made any changes in the contents of the RFP

document read with its amendments/clarifications provided by the Bank submitted by us in our Bid document.

10. It is further certified that the contents of our Bid are factually correct. We also

accept that in the event of any information / data / particulars proving to be incorrect, the Bank will have the right to disqualify us from the Bid.

11. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you

may receive and you may reject all or any Bid without assigning any reason or giving any explanation whatsoever.



12. We hereby undertake that our name does not appear in any “Caution” list of RBI / IBA or any other regulatory body for outsourcing activity.

13. If our Bid is accepted, we undertake to enter into and execute at our cost, when

called upon by the Bank to do so, a contract in the prescribed form and we shall be jointly and severally responsible for the due performance of the contract.

14. The name(s) of successful Bidder to whom the contract is fina lly awarded after

the completion of bidding process shall be displayed on the website of the Bank and/or communicated to the successful Bidder(s).

15. The commercial bidding process will be through the reverse auction process

to be conducted by the Bank or a company authorized by the Bank. We understand that our authorized representative who would participate in the reverse auction process would be possessing a valid digital certificate for the purpose.

16. We hereby undertake and agree to abide by all the terms and conditions

stipulated by the Bank in the RFP document. Dated this ....... day of ............................ 201 ______________________________________________________________ (Signature) (Name) (In the capacity of) Duly authorised to sign Bid for and on behalf of ______________________________________

Seal of the company.

Eligibility Criteria Appendix - 3

S. No. Eligibility Criteria Compliance (Yes/No) Upload documents

1

The Bidder must be an Indian firm / company/

organization registered under applicable Act in India and

in existence for 5 years.

Copy of the Partnership deed/Bye Law/ Certificate of Incorporation

issued by Registrar of Companies along with Memorandum & Articles

of Association and full address of the registered office.

2

The Bidder must have an average turnover of minimum

Rs. 100 crore during last three financial year(s).14-15,15-

16 and 16-17

Copy of the audited Balance Sheet and / or Certificate of the

Chartered Accountant for preceding three years with details to be

provided in Appendix B-1

3

The Bidder should be profitable organization on the

basis of PAT for at least two out of last three financial

years.

Copy of the audited balance sheets along with profit and loss

statement for corresponding years and / or Certificate of the Charted

Accountant with details to be provided in Appendix 3-1

4

Applicant should also have internal control and audit

measures in place. Audit report from external auditor

must be submitted as a proof.

Copy of latest audit report.

5Bidder to comply with requirements given in Appendix 3-

2

Bidder should specifically confirm on their letter head in this regard as

per Appendix 3-2 (strictly without any change)

6Bidder (other than OEM) should submit the

Manufacturers’ Authorization Form for EndpointsTo be submitted as per Appendix 17 on letter head of OEM.

7

The Manufacturing facility of the Bidder/OEM should

have ISO 9001:2000 or Equivalent international

certification.

Relevant certificates

8

Equipment to be provided should be certified with

Base24 Switch by ACI or FSS or any ACI Authorised

service provider.

A certificate to this effect should be produced from ACI or FSS or any

ACI’s Authorised Service Provider for Base24.

9

Certificate of Client about Original Equipment

Manufacturers of Terminal, their Authorised distributors /

agents in India with at least 10000 Terminals

installations worldwide/globally and working satisfactory

since three years (of which atleast 1000 should be with

one organization) as on date of RFP.

A letter from the concerned Bank/Institution as per Appendix-3-3 OR

Copy of the order indicdating no. of terminals with certificate of

completion of satsifactory execution indicating no. of terminals.

10Bidder to submit OEM’s Certificate cum Letter of

undertaking.

OEM’s Certificate cum Letter of undertaking on their letter head in this

regard as per Appendix 3-4 (Strictly without any change)

11

The applicant and OEM should have Online

Helpdesk/Management Centre Support Set up(Managed

Service /Terminal Support) 24 * 7 servicing minimum

5000 terminals with extended Support Service Centres

to ensure physical engineers support at terminals at

least 50 locations in India and have been in operations

for three years as on date of RFP. The Bidder should

agree to complete establishment of the Service Centres

at all the LHO/Module centres for rollout of machines

within 60 days of issuance of purchase order.

Bidders to provide the details as per Appendix 3-5 (A), (B), and (C)

12

Manufacturers’ / Producers’ Authorisation Form [OEM-

Software Supplier] for Multi-Vendor Software or endpoint

protection solutions or Online Monitoring Solutions as

per SOW

Bidder to provide the form as per Appendix 3-6 for each of module of

any of the solution.

13

Proposed Multi Vendor Software/Agent as per SOW,

Bidder or OEM should have :

(a) deployed the solution with atleast 500 terminals at

Single Bank/Institution :

(b) experience of atleast one year

(c) Implemented in atleast two organizations

(d) should be capable for distributing / replacing

software, OS patches, downloading of ATM Screens,

pulling of electronic journals (ej)

(a) Letters from the concerned minimum two Organisations as per

Appendix-3-7 fulfilling criteria.

OR

(a) Copy of the orders/SLAs / Certificate of completion of work

AND

(b) Clients details required as per Appendix-3-8

Documents on deployment framework, tools, templates & utilities to be

provided.

14

Proposed endpoint protection solutions/agent as per

SOW, Bidder or OEM should have :

(a) deployed the solution with atleast 500 terminals at

Single Bank/Institution :

(b) experience of atleast one year

(c) Implemented in atleast two organizations

(a) Letters from the concerned minimum two Organisations as per

Appendix 3-9 fulfilling criteria.

OR

(a) Copy of the orders/SLAs / Certificate of completion of work

AND

(b) Clients details required as per Appendix- 3-10

Documents on deployment framework, tools, templates & utilities to be

provided.

15

Details of two sites of the following supply and solutions

for central site and terminal location

1. CDs Supply, Installation and Maintenance and

Managed Service Setup

2. Multi-Vendor Software Solution / Agent

3. End points Protections / Agent

Details of two sites of the following supply and solutions

for central site and terminal location

Details to be furnished as per Appendix 3-11

Bidders meeting the following criteria are eligible to submit their Bids along with supporting documents. If the Bid is not accompanied by all the required

documents supporting eligibility criteria, the same would be rejected. Bidders who do not fulfil any of the below criteria need not apply. Bidders who are capable

of PAN India mass deployment and can start deployment quickly with full functionalities need only apply.

Eligibility Criteria Appendix - 3

S. No. Eligibility Criteria Compliance (Yes/No) Upload documents

Bidders meeting the following criteria are eligible to submit their Bids along with supporting documents. If the Bid is not accompanied by all the required

documents supporting eligibility criteria, the same would be rejected. Bidders who do not fulfil any of the below criteria need not apply. Bidders who are capable

of PAN India mass deployment and can start deployment quickly with full functionalities need only apply.

16

Architecture compliance : Proposed Multi-Vendor

Software , endpoints protections solution and Online

Monitoring Solutions should be physically and logically

separated from ATM and Switches. In other words, for

all transactions terminal will communicate directly with

the switch(es)

17 Deployment Methodologies Documents on deployment framework, tools, templates & utilities to be

provided.

18 Project Management MethodologiesProfile of project Team / previous Assignments of similar nature /

Details project plan to be submitted

19

Existing Endpoint Supplier to confirm having

acknowledged the MOM and conveyed their

unconditional acceptance of I&S Department Letter

No.AC/ATM/I&S/2017-18/ADK/??? Dated 03/11/2017

Acknowlegement of MOM with unconditional acceptance of letter to be

uploaded.

NB : No change/ addition or deletion to be made by the Bidder to any of the above clauses

Documentary evidence must be furnished against each of the above criteria along with an index. All documents must be signed by the authorized signatory of the

Bidder. Relevant portions, in the documents submitted in pursuance of eligibility criteria, should be highlighted.

Appendix-3-1

31.03.15 31.03.16 31.03.17

Turnover/ Sales

Solution related Turn over

Profit after Tax

Capital & Reserves

Annual Turnover and Profit

[Rs. In crores]As at close of business as on

Appendix-3-2

Letter from Bidder on their Letter Head

Date : To The Deputy General Manager [IT-ATM] State Bank of India IT-ATM Department State Bank Global IT Centre CBD Belapur , Navi Mumbai 400 614 Dear Sir, Ref: RFP No.: SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/ Dated : / / 2017 We have examined the above RFP, the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged and subsequent pre-Bid clarifications/ modifications / revisions, if any, furnished by the Bank and we offer to supply, test, integrate, Install, commission and support the desired equipments, Multi-Vendor Software/Agent , endpoints protection solutions/Agent, Online Monitoring Solutions/Agent and support services detailed in this RFP. We shall abide by the terms and conditions spelt out in the RFP. 2. We hereby certify that we have neither been blacklisted nor expelled from any project / contract nor had any contract terminated for breach by any Public Sector Undertaking /IBA/ RBI / Regulatory Authority/ Statutory Authority / Any State or Central Government / any bank during the last five years in India or abroad. 3. We hereby certify that no past/present litigations or disputes are exists against our Company/firm which could result in the disqualification in the current RFP. In the event of any litigation or dispute comes to the notice of Bank, it is the sole discretion of the Bank to disqualify us at any stage of RFP. In case of any , disputes / litigations exists, we furnish the brief details of the same as under : ___________________________________ OR NIL We undertake that in case due to any change in facts or circumstances during the Bidding Process, we are attracted by the provisions of disqualification in terms of the provisions of RFP, we shall intimate the Bank of the same immediately. 4. We, hereby irrevocably waive any right which we may have at any stage at law or howsoever otherwise arising to challenge or question any decision taken by the Bank in connection with the selection of bidder or in connection with the selection/bidding process itself in respect of procurement of equipment, Solutions and Support Services.



5. We do hereby certify that not have any Service Level Agreement pending to be signed with the Bank for more than 6 months from the date of issue of purchase order issued by any of the Department at SBI GITC as on the date of Bid submission. 6. We have support setup with two hours of response time and four hours of resolution time at DC Site at Mumbai and DR Site at Hyderabad. 7. We, undertake to arrange quality/bench-marking certification of the proposed products/solution/hardware by a certified auditors and / or reputed Labs at our cost as under : a. Benchmarking:

Ability of the solutions to cater the load hosting of 100,000 Endpoints on the hardware specified / prescribed by the bidder in the RFP. The concurrency should be 2500.

Ability of the solutions to handle 85 million transactions per day with peak Transaction Per Second [TPS] of 2500 on the hardware specified / prescribed by the bidder in the RFP.

b. Quality Control Guidelines for solutions:

Products/Solutions (out of box features) have undergone internal quality control and necessary certificates/reports have been provided to the Bank as part of our response to this RFP.

Code coverage: Code coverage Reports with 85 % code coverage as minimum criteria have been provided to the Bank as part of our response to this RFP.

Customisation: All customisation will follow the Bank’s Secure Coding, UI and Database Guidelines and vetted by our internal quality team, the report of which will be provided to the Bank at quarterly intervals.

8. We agree to provide all support services relating to endpoints to be supplied under this RFP for a Minimum period of seven years (with a provision to extend at the discretion of the Bank) by deputing our suitable resources at the endpoint as and when required irrespective of number of visits to operationalize or to ensure uptime of endpoint or to repair or to maintain or to carry out any activity apart from preventive maintenance without any additional cost to the Bank as we will be building suitable cost factor as a part of Total cost of ownership as a part of RFP. Illustrative but not exhaustive list of activities are as under :



• Any managed service activity. • Any hardware of endpoint replacement/troubleshooting

• Testing, installation, reinstallation, bug fixing, trouble shooting, upgradation at the endpoint in connection with Multi Vendor Agent, any endpoint protection solutions like Hard Disk encryption, White listing Solutions, any agent etc

• Providing the Multi-Vendor Software Solutions, Endpoint Protection Solutions and Online Monitoring Solution.

• Loading of any software, any agent, any patches which could not be done through centralized patching

• Service for loading and on-going maintenance of encryption keys; • Service like IP address Changes, DNS Changes, changing currency

cassettes configuration, changes combination lock setting etc • Service during natural calamities or fire. • Any preventable call

• As and when required by the Bank to carry out specific activity. The aforesaid clause will hold good even if underlying model is discontinued for any reason. 9. We have dedicated ATM management tools for analyzing full range of ATM error/status codes for monitoring health of ATMs with automated on-line problem ticketing, call logging, call transfer/escalation (by SMS, email, voice, etc.), follow up till satisfactory closure of ticket, forecasting optimum cash requirements to the ATM branch and providing wide ranging MIS for each ATM for meaningful analysis of performance, including Reports for connected vendors SLAs. We, further, confirm that our central monitoring tools is compatible with Base24 and can be integrated with Banks’ ATM Monitoring Tool. In addition, in case, if our Monitoring system is not integrated with Banks’ Monitoring tool, we undertake to integrate same with Banks’ Monitoring Tool within a month, on intimation in this regard by Bank to us. If required, we undertake to be demonstrate to the Bank’s satisfactions at our cost. Further, we undertake to use the Online Monitoring Solutions if provided by the Bank and make required lease line and backup connectivity between our Managed Service Centers and its DR Center to Banks’ DC and DR at our cost with network redundancy and note to bear the related recurring expenditure. 10. As a part of contract, we undertake to provide endpoint (CD/Cash Recycler) at DC location and note to service the said equipment and provide engineer having full knowledge of endpoint as and required without any additional cost. 11. We, undertake, to upgrade the Operating System and associated hardware components to latest available without any additional cost to the Bank, if Operating System supplied is declared out of date/end of support. 12. We undertake to ensure that in case of installation against replacement, the Hard Disk Drive of the equipment supplied will be handed over to the Branch head



/ his representative and this will be recorded in the installation report to be signed by our representative and Bank. We also give an undertaking that the integrity of the data on the Hard Disk will not be compromised and put to any misuse, causing financial or reputational loss to the Bank. 13. We give an undertaking that disposal process of the old equipments will be handled properly with a view to protecting the environment, reducing pollution by toxic gases / green house emissions and other non-biodegradable substances caused by e-waste disposal. 14. RFP contains the buyback of existing endpoint which requires decommissioning / degrouting , lifting, shifting and disposal of the existing endpoint as per the e-waste disposal policy of the bank without any additional cost to the Bank. Payment for a new endpoint would be made only after the old endpoint has been removed by the successful bidder from the ATM kiosk, taken for disposal and undertaking/certificate submitted to the Bank, to the effect that endpoint so taken under buy-back shall be disposed of as per e-waste policy of the Bank. 15. We hereby, irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to extend all supports (including, XFS CD Version 3.0 and above, the blueprints, design, documents, operations manuals, standards, source codes and specification of said models with its components, physical devices and its drivers) as and when required without any deviation, without any additional cost and shall work in coordination, collaboratively and cohesively with the selected Solution Provider durng the pre-implementation, integration, testing, pilot run, rollout/implementation, installation and post implementation support relating to solutions (i.e. Multi Vendor Software, Endpoint Protection, Online Monitoring Solutions, any other agent at the client etc) in respect of our endpoints supplied to the Bank or being supplied under this RFP, to ensure that solutions to be procured runs on our endpoint supplied without any impact and render all support required to ensure that endpoint remains ups and running successfully during the currency of existing agreement. Yours faithfully, Signature and Seal of Bidder

Appendix-3-3

This certificate is to be on the letter-head of the Client

To whom so ever it may concern

This is to certify that ______________________________ [Name of OEM/Bidder] have

successfully deployed ___________ terminals ( ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recyclers) and is

working to our Satisfaction, the details of which are furnished as under :

Make Type of Terminal

(ATM/CD/CDM/

Cash Recycler

Model No. of Terminals During the

period

Our coordinates for further details in this regards is as under :

Name of Official

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Address

Signature of the Client

Appendix-3-4

Certificate cum Letter of undertaking [OEM]

This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the manufacturer and should be signed

by a competent person and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer. The Bidder

in its Bid should include it duly countersigned :

No. Date:

To

The Deputy General Manager [IT-ATM]

State Bank of India

IT-ATM Department

State Bank Global IT Centre

CBD Belapur , Navi Mumbai 400 614

Dear Sir,

Ref: RFP No.: SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/ Dated : / / 2017

We __________ who are established and reputable producers endpoints (ATMS/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers) : [List out type of terminal, Make, Model] having

factories / development facilities at (address of factory / facility) do hereby authorise M/s ___________________ (Name and address of bidder ) to submit a Bid, and sign the contract

with you against the above Bid Invitation.

2. In this regard, we hereby certify that we have currently production and supply capacities of

4000 Cash Dispensers per quarter and undertake to supply within 30 days of the issuance of the Purchase Order by the Bank to the bidder and also agreeable to executing an agreement

with the bidder to comply with the requirements of the above RFP, as amended from time to time.

3. We, hereby, extend our full guarantee, warranty and annual maintenance of the solution,

products and services offered by our authorized representative in India, named above, against this application.

4. We, undertake to ensure full range of technology support to the Bank/bidder in respect of

our equipment supplied whether it be a Hardware or Software or spare or maintenance or

troubleshooting or integration or providing drivers of various components or any other

technical support required to ensure uptime of the equipment/endpoint during the minimum

period of life span of the equipment/endpoint i.e. seven years.

5. We further, certify that we have local presence in India having the Support Center with a provision of highest escalation (level 3) in India , details of which is furnished as under :

A The OEM should have 24*7 helpdesk support setup (Terminal Support)

Sr.No. Complete Address details with contact Nos.



Name of OEM

1

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell

No. of Team Support Members

Whether comply with 2 hours

response time ? Yes/No

Whether comply with 15 minutes response time ? Yes/No

No. of terminals supported

(Minimum 5000)

NB: Bidder may add if more than one helpdesk support.

B OEM Level three (Highest escalation) Technical Support


Name of OEM

1

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell


Whether comply with 2 hours


Whether comply with 15 minutes



(Minimum 5000)


6. We duly authorise the said firm to act on our behalf in fulfilling all installations, Technical

support and maintenance obligations required by the contract.

Yours faithfully,

[Bidder counter signature] (Name of Manufacturer / Producers)

A

Name of OEM

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell


Whether

comply

with 2

hours

response

time ?

Yes/No

Whether

comply

with 15

minutes

response

time ?

Yes/No


(Minimum 5000)

B

Name of OEM

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell


Whether

comply

with 2

hours

response

time ?

Yes/No

Whether

comply

with 15

minutes

response

time ?

Yes/No


(Minimum 5000)

The OEM should have 24*7 helpdesk support setup (Terminal Support)


1



OEM Level three (Highest escalation) Technical Support


1

Appendix-3-5-AB

A

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell


Whether comply with 15 minutes response

time ? Yes/No

No. of Terminals supported

(Minimum 5000 )

Signature and Seal of Bidder

B

Name of OEM

Address

Email

Phone

Fax

Name of Head

Designation

Cell


Whether comply with 2 hours response time

? Yes/No

Whether comply with 15 minutes response

time ? Yes/No


(Minimum 5000)

Signature and Seal of Bidder

The Applicant should have 24*7 helpdesk support setup (MS activities)


1



The OEM should have 24*7 helpdesk support setup (Terminal Support)


1

Appendix-3-5-C

No. of

Resources/ MS Service OEM Support

Engineers No. of Terminals No. of Terminals

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

(Add the Row)

CSupport Centers locations – MS Service and OEM Support with No. of terminals supported.

( Minimum 50 locations)

Sr.No Location

Name of official,

Complete Address,

Cell No and email

address.

Appendix-3-6 Manufacturers’ Authorisation Form /Producers’ Authorisation Form

[Software/Solution/Agent]

This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the manufacturer and should be signed

by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer. The Bidder

in its Bid should include it. [In case solutions are from different manufacturers, please attach

separate solution-wise manufacture’s certificates]

No. Date:

To

The Deputy General Manager [ATM]

State Bank of India

ATM Department State Bank Global IT Centre

CBD Belapur , Navi Mumbai 400 614 Dear Sir,

Ref: RFP No.: SBI/GITC/ATM/2017-18/ Dated : / / 2017

We __________ who are established and reputable producers Multi-Vendor Software/Agent

/ End point solutions / Agents /Online Monitoring Solutions having factories / development

facilities at (address of factory / facility) do hereby authorise M/s ___________________ (Name and address of bidder ) to submit a Bid, and sign the contract with you against the above

Bid Invitation.

2. We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty for the Solution, Products and services offered by the above firm against this Bid Invitation.

3. We also undertake to provide any or all of the following materials, notifications, and

information pertaining to the Products manufactured or distributed by the Vendor:

(a) Such Products as the Bank may opt to purchase from the Vendor, provided, that this

option shall not relieve the Vendor of any warranty obligations under the Contract; and

(b) in the event of termination of production of such Products:

a) advance notification to the Bank of the pending termination, in sufficient

time to permit the Bank to procure needed requirements; and

(i) Following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Bank, the blueprints,

design documents, operations manuals, standards, source codes and

specifications of the Products, if requested.

4. Within 30 days of the issuance of the Purchase Order by the Bank to the bidder, we are agreeable to executing an agreement with the bidder to comply with the requirements of the

above RFP, as amended from time to time.

5. We duly authorise the said firm to act on our behalf in fulfilling all installations, Technical support and maintenance obligations required by the contract.

Yours faithfully,



(Name of Manufacturer / Producers)

Appendix-3-7

This certificate is to be on the letter-head of the client


This is to certify that ______________________________ [Name of OEM/Bidder] have

successfully deployed Multi-Vendor Software Solution/agents in our organisation and

running in our Production system with the following modules:

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

2. It has capability of distributing / replacing software, OS Patches, downloading of ATM Screens, pulling of electronic journals (ej)

3. The Multi-Vendor Software is currently working satisfactory in our organisation since

____________ with agents having NDC protocol installed on __________number of

ATMs.

Our coordinates for further details in this regards is as under :

Name of Official

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Address


Appendix-3-8

Details Reference 1 Reference 2

Name of the Client

Address of the Client


Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Start Date

End Date

Brief details of the project

Name of the Modules

No. of Terminals

Signature and Seal of Company

Customers for whom the Applicant / OEM has executed similar projects.

Documents on deployment framework, tools, templates & utilities to be provided

Appendix-3-9

[In case solutions are from different manufacturers, please attach separate solution-wise

manufacture’s certificates]

This certificate is to be on the letter-head of the Client


This is to certify that ______________________________ [Name of OEM/Bidder] have successfully deployed Endpoints Protection Solutions/ agents in our organisation and

running in our Production system with the following modules:

a. Hard Disk encryptions

b. White listing solution

c. Centralised Access Control (User Access and OTC)

d.

e.

f.

2. Endpoint Protection Solutions is currently working satisfactory in our organisation since

____________ with agents having NDC protocal installed on __________number of

ATMs.


Appendix-3-10

Details Reference 1 Reference 2

Name of the Client



Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Start Date

End Date

Brief details of the project

Name of the Modules

No. of Terminals


Customers for whom the Applicant / OEM has executed similar projects.

Documents on deployment framework, tools, templates & utilities to be provided

Appendix-3-11

Details Central Solution Terminal Location where agent solution works

Name of the Bank/Institution

Address of solution/terminal

Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules

Model of ATM/CD installed

Implementation Date

Terminal ID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX




Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules


Implementation Date



Site Location - Two - CDs Supply, Installation and Maintenance and Managed Service Setup

Site Location - One - CDs Supply, Installation and Maintenance and Managed Service Setup

Appendix-3-11b




Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules


Implementation Date





Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules


Implementation Date



Site Location - Two - Multi-Vendor Software Solution / Agent

Site Location - One - Multi-Vendor Software Solution / Agent

Appendix-3-11c




Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules


Implementation Date





Name

Designation

Landline no

Cell no

Email Id

Name of the Modules


Implementation Date



Site Location - Two - End points Protections / Agent

Site Location - One - End points Protections / Agent

Technical Bid Rules Appendix-4-11

F Available Out of Box- Fully as part of Solution

C1 Will be provided as Customisation between 1-30 days.




N It is not possible to provide this feature

Note 1 Applicant need to give one of the above value in column F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N in the following table as regards to compliance.

Note2 Applicant to give supporting technical brochures / documents / presentation etc in support of the undernoted each of the

Technical / Functional / Requirement of Solution.

Note 3 F / C1 / C2 / C3 / C4 / N ' : Any wrong reporting in the column 'F / C1 / C2 / C3 / C4 / N ', which subsequently transpired

during the pilot testing shall render the Applicant liable to be blacklisted for the future participation in the RFPs/Tenders of

the Bank and forfeit the EMD

Note 4 Map your module: Applicant to clearly spell out against each of the Technical/Functional Specifications/Requirement of

Solution, the name of the applicant’s module where 'F/C1/C2/C3/C4' have been given in the column Validation Criteria.

Note 5 Mention Page No. of RFP Submitted : Applicant to invariably mention the page number of RFP against each of the Technical

/ Functional Specification with supporting technical brochures / documents / presentation etc, failing which, it will be at the

discretion of the Bank to treat the same as Not Feasible - 'N' , which may render the bidder ineligible in the future process

of RFP.

Note 6 Mandatory : Means Requirements/functionality should either be available Fully as part of the solution [F] or through

Customisation [C1/C2/C3/C4].

Any comment or caveat or exception or assumption against each of the point or separately will not be considered and

Bank reserve the right to treat the same as ‘N’, which may render the bidder ineligible in the further process of RFP.

Note 7 Applicant need to give one of the values(C1/C2/C3/C4), if the feature is not readily available and needs to be customized

based on the readiness duration as mentioned above.

Acronym Description Module/Item Description

AMC Annual Maintenance Contract OMS-GEN Online Monitoring System - General Requirements

CD Cash Dispenser OMS-EPS Online Monitoring System - Endpoint Protection System Requirements

MGD / MS Managed Services OMS-INC Online Monitoring System - Incident Management System Requirements

ATS Annual Technical Services OMS-MON Online Monitoring System - Monitoring System Requirements

OATS Onsite Annual Technical Services OMS-DIST Online Monitoring System - Software Distribution Requirements

HW Hardware OMS-ASSET Online Monitoring System - Asset Management Requirements

SW Software OMS-CRM Online Monitoring System - Customer Relationship/Campaign Management Requirements

EP Endpoint Provider MVS-APPL MultiVendorSoftware - Application Requirements

SP Solution Provider MVS-MESG MultiVendorSoftware - Message/Emulation Requirements

MVS Multi-Vendor Software MVS-TXNTYP MultiVendorSoftware - Transaction Type Requirements

EPS Endpoint Protection Software MVS-CRM MultiVendorSoftware - Customer Relationship/Campaign Management Requirements

OMS Online Monitoring System MVS-OS MultiVendorSoftware - OS Requirements

CEN European Committee for Normalisation/Standardization MVS-VSS MultiVendorSoftware - Video Surveillance Software Requirements

XFS eXtension for Financial Services MVS-DESIGN MultiVendorSoftware - Design/Development Tool Requirements

OS Operating System MVS-SWDIST MultiVendorSoftware - Software Distribution Requirements

LOA Letter of Approval MVS-LANG MultiVendorSoftware - Language Support Requirements

TQM Terminal Quality Management (MasterCard) MVS-MON MultiVendorSoftware - ATM/Device Monitoring Requirements

IFM Interface Module MVS-TRMTYP MultiVendorSoftware - Terminal Type Support Requirements

PCD Proximity Coupling Devices MVS-OMNI MultiVendorSoftware - OmniChannel Integration Requirements

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol MVS-EPS-GEN EndPoint Protection Software - General Requirements

PCI Payment Card Industry MVS-EPS-HDE EndPoint Protection Software - HardDisk Encryption Requirements

PTS Pin Transaction Security MVS-EPS-WL EndPoint Protection Software - Whitelisting Requirements

PED Pin Entry Device MVS-EPS-ACS EndPoint Protection Software - Access Control/Policy Requirements

EPP Encrypting Pin Pad FLM-REQS First Line Maintenance - Requirements

ATM Automated Teller Machine CASH-REPL Cash Replenishment - Requirements

TTS Text-to-Speech CASH-MGMT Cash Management - Requirements

DES Data Encryption Standard HELP-DESK Help Desk - Requirements

RSA Ron Rivest, Adi Shamir and Leonard Adleman DATA-SEC Data Security - Requirements

AES Advanced Encryption Standard NTWK-MGMT Network Management - Requirements

DSS Data Security Standard DIST-MGMT Software Distribution (Upload/Download) Management - Requirements

NDC NCR Direct Connect OTC-MGMT One Time Combination (Chest/Safe Access Control) Management - Requirements

DDC/912 Diebold Direct Connect

IFX Interactive Financial eXchange

ISO International Organization for Standardization

XML eXtensible Markup Language

EMVCo Europay, MasterCard, and Visa Corporation

UIDAI Unique Identification Authority of India

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

CRUD Create, Read, Update and Delete

FCR Field Call Report

HTC Handover Takeover Certificate

PM Preventive Maintenance

FLM First Line Maintenance

EPIC EndPoint Install Certificate

ESR Electronic Settlement & Reporting

OTC One Time Combination

SSH Secure Shell Security

SSL Secure Socket Layer

APP

Acronyms Used Appendix-4-2

SLA Service Level Agreement

B2B Business to Business

API Application Programming Interface

QR Quick Response

NFC Near Field Communication

AKDS Automated Key Distribution System

RKL Remote Key Loading

MAC Message Authentication Code

EJ Electronic Journal

GUI Graphical User Interface

OTP One Time Password

TAT Turn Around Time

FHDE Full Hard Disk Encryption

SIEM Security Information and Event Management

DLL Dynamic Link Libraries

Module Item Feature Id Features Owner Mandatory Validation

Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

CD Processor 1.1.0 6th Generation Intel® Core™ i5 Processor or higher with

minimum 2.9 GHz and 3 MB cache or above

EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.2.0 8 GB DDR3 RAM or higher EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.3.0 2X 1 TB SATA/e-SATA HDDs or higher EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.4.0 USB ports in front for front access CDs EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.6.0 Microsoft Windows 10 or above with latest service pack. In

case supplied OS is declared end of support by Microsoft, the

bidder has to replace the same with a supported OS or

provide compensating controls without any cost to Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Device SW 1.7.0 Software with CEN XFS 3.0 or above compliant and cross

vendor support, documentation, and terminal

diagnostics/utilities and capable of running Multi Vendor

Software without any hardware changes. Testing, installation

and operationalisation of same without any additional cost

to the Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Device SW 1.8.0 Software with drivers(for non-XFS devices), API

documentation, and terminal diagnostics/utilities.

EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.9.0 Capable of supporting any whitelisting solution procured by

Bank. No malware including viruses, worms and Trojans

should enter and affect the system.

EP Y F/N

CD Processor 1.10.0 OS Hardening (with local firewall) guidelines issued by the OS

supplier and the Bank's IS Policy should be strictly followed.

EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.1.0 CEN 4 Certified Secure Chest or higher EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.2.0 S&G / KABA (or an equivalent make, of high international

repute) , Centrally / Remote controlled dual electronic

combination lock of 6 + 6 digits with capability for one-time

combination(OTC) and audit trail without any hardware

change

EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.3.0 All factory settings, including password for dual combination

electronic lock should be changed at the time of handing

over the machine and the same should be mentioned in the

Installation Report. This will be a pre-requisite for release of

payment

EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.4.0 Alarm sensors for temperature status, seismic vibration

status and chest open status while sending signal/messages

to Switch/Management Centre

EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.5.0 Terminal should be able to change automatically to

Supervisory /Maintenance/Out-Of-Service mode, in

following cases when : (a) when cabinet/Hood Door is

opened (b) Chest/Safe door is opened.

EP Y F/N

CD Currency Chest 2.6.0 Terminal should be able to change automatically to In-

Service/Transaction mode, after Chest door and Hood door

is locked.

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.1.0 Friction / Vacuum pick technology EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.2.0 Multi-media dispenser (ticket/coupon/stamp/ receipt) with

bunch presenter

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.3.0 Dispense minimum 40 currency notes per transaction. EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.4.0 Dispense used notes EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.5.0 Capable to retract notes but this functionality should be in

disabled mode

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.6.0 Indication(visible & audible) of proper insertion of all

cassettes.

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.7.0 2 x Double Pick Module, and 4 cassettes with lock & key

/latch

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.8.0 Divert cassette bin with lock and key or latch EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.9.0 Each Cassette should hold minimum of 2500 currency notes. EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.10.0 Capable of Multi currency dispensing EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.11.0 Capable of dispensing Rs.50/-, Rs./100/-, Rs. 200/-, Rs.500/-

& Rs.2000/- notes or any other legal tender annouced by

RBI. All cassettes should be capable of dispensing all Notes.

All cassettes should be adjustable to hold and dispense the

currency notes if dimensions of currency notes are changed

without any additional component requirement.

EP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

CD Dispenser 3.12.0 Dispense at least 5 notes per second EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.13.0 Machines should not dispense soiled, mutilated notes EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.14.0 Encrypted communication and trust relation should be

established between PC core and dispenser.

EP Y F/N

CD Dispenser 3.15.0 Two additional cassettes to be provided EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.1.0 Capable to read magnetic tracks 1 & 2 EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.2.0 Smart Card, Chip Card EMVCo Version 4.0 or later, as

certified, with supporting EMVCo L1 LOA. On expiry of

certificate, it should be replaced with valid certificate at no

additional cost to the Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.3.0 EMVCo Level 2 approved terminal application/kernel. On

expiry of certificate, it should be replaced with valid

certificate at no additional cost to the Bank.

SP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.4.0 Should provide necessary certificates/approvals from

VISA,Master Card, Amex, Union Pay, Rupay, Discover

including TQM(IFM) certificates. On expiry of certificate, it

should be replaced with valid certificate at no additional cost

to the Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.5.0 Card reader should be compatible to work with different(or

3rd party) EMV Kernels.

EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.6.0 CD should be ready for using the new EMV Chip Cards i.e.

EMV Chip Card Reader enabled.

EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.7.0 Dip Smart Card Reader with anti-skimming device installed

and integrated with the card reader of the CD. Details of the

anti-skimming technology / device to be enclosed.

The bank is looking for a comprehensive skimming

protection solution which achieves the following:-

i) Senses unauthorized attachment of any device on the card

reader module,

ii) Sends the signal to switch and further to the Remote ATM

Management Centre of the vendor and Online Monitoring

Solution of the Bank,

iii) Capable of enabling the switch to put the machine Out-Of-

Service as well as block the card reader from accepting any

more card insertions.

XFS needs to send out error status so that the SNMP/MVS

can pick it up and notify the monitoring system.

EP Y F/N

CD Dip Card Reader

(Hybrid)

4.8.0 Communication link between the card reader and system

should be encrypted by latest encryption standards. (This is

between the Card Reader and the CD)

EP Y F/N

CD Customer Interface /

Fascia

5.1.0 MPEG - 4 full motion video support, and support for

common video codecs.

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.2.0 15” LCD/ LED or higher touch screen with standard bright

and full screen display

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.3.0 Vandal screen with Privacy filter. Resistance to Indian

weather, vandal proof and pertinent to and Indian usability

condition

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.4.0 Rugged spill proof Triple DES enabled keyboard with

polycarbonate tactile/stainless Steel EPP pin pad. EPP

Keypads to be PCI-PTS compliant with sealed metal keypad.

PIN Pads shall be covered to prevent PIN disclosure via

shoulder surfing. EPP should be designed so as to prevent

overlaying of fake pin pad. Forcible removal of EPP should

bring the machine down resulting in loss of data stored in

the EPP, so as to prevent compromise even with high end

decryption. Please provide details of the technology /

solution. Should accompany with PCI certificate. On expiry of



EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.5.0 Touch Screen (with support for visually handicapped through

Function Keys / EPP wherever required). Braille stickers and

text speech device on all devices as per requirement to

support the visually challenged

EP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted


Fascia

5.6.0 All devices to have features as per requirements to support

the visually challenged. All CDs to meet the requirement of

‘Talking ATMs’ (EP needs to ensure that braille supported

keys(PinPad, Function Keys, Locations of key devices,

Audiojack) are present on the ATM. SP can support with

voice guidance/headphone audio from the MVS software

standpoint.)

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.7.0 Trilingual Screen Support (English, Hindi, Regional Language),

in static graphics(PCX, JPEG, etc) and video files(incl. MP4)

SP Y F/N


Fascia

5.8.1 Terminal should be capable to display graphic screen and

video files in commonly available picture formats(MPEG,

MP4, PCX, JPEG, BMP etc.).

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.9.0 Voice guidance support with internal speakers & headphone

jack 5 (hardware as well as software both to be provided

with CD). Capable of voice guidance to the customer and

digitalized wave files in the Indian accent for the same in

Hindi & English languages to be provided by the vendor.

There should be support for text to speech for full fledged

voice guidance solution implementation without any extra

cost to the Bank.

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.10.0 Provide Text-to-Speech(TTS) support in English, Hindi and

regional languages.

SP Y F/N


Fascia

5.11.0 Terminal should be capable to integrate with custom/3rd

party Text-to-Speech(TTS) software.

EP Y F/N


Fascia

5.12.0 Voice guidance support with internal speakers and head

phone jack

EP Y F/N

CD DES Chip / Security 6.1.0 Capable of Remote Key Management - Triple DES/RSA,

Certificate or Signature-based.

EP Y F/N

CD DES Chip / Security 6.2.0 Triple DES chip with encryption/ verification/ validation

software. Should support AES without any additional

hardware

EP Y F/N

CD DES Chip / Security 6.3.0 CD should be with in-built security features to trigger alarm

in case of fire, hammering/tilting of the machine

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD

Surveillance Solution

7.1.0 Solution must be motion-sensitive and capable of capturing

image of the person while doing transaction in the CD.

Camera should be suitably positioned to take image of the

person even under extreme / difficult lighting conditions. It

shall be the responsibility of the bidder to ensure that the

images so captured are able to identify the persons entering

the ATM room. The cameras should be pilfer-proof.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.2.0 Solution should be able to store the images in a digital

format for minimum 6 months at an average of 400

transactions per day. The back-up should be taken at

quarterly intervals or earlier as per requirement by the Bank

and supervised by the Vendor. The images will be stored on

one of the 2 Hard Disks in the machine.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.3.0 The resolution of the camera should be sufficient enough to

capture the quality image of the object for clear

identification

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.4.0 Solution must provide an interface to browse, search and

archive the stored images on hard disk or external media.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.5.0 Solution must be able to capture & stamp the transaction

information (card number masked to comply with PCI-DSS )

on the images.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.6.0 The solution must have a search facility to locate an

image/event by date & time, card no., transaction reference

no. and ATM/CD ID.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.7.0 The solution must be capable of monitoring from a central

location.

EP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

CD Integrated CD


7.8.0 The image surveillance solution must not degrade the

performance of ATM/ CD, e.g. speed of normal transaction.

The solution should be able to pull the required images from

the Central Location and share the same over e-mail with

Bank officials, as and when required.

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.9.0 The image surveillance hardware should be integrated within

the CD.

EP Y F/N

CD CD 7.10.0 CD must be capable of performing under extreme

conditions. Temperature : Minus(-) 5 degree Celsius to +50

degree Celsius (Without Air Conditioner) Humidity : 5 to 95

% (Without Air Conditioner) ;

EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD 7.11.0 Rear view mirror at machine EP Y F/N

CD Integrated CD


7.12.0 Solution should be integrated with Multi-Vendor ATM

Software agent to facilitate the pulling the images centrally.

SP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.1.0 Should have Network Interface Card(NIC) 10/100 Mbps EP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.2.0 Should be capable of connecting to the existing ATM Switch

(Base24) or any other Switch introduced by the Bank in

future, using existing device handlers (NDC version 4.0/

D912) at no additional cost to the Bank. The applicant, if

selected, must provide switch certification, only from Base

24 Switch for the present, at the time of submitting the

response to RFP, failing which the Bank reserves the right to

disqualify the applicant from further procurement process.

EP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.3.0 CD must support TCP/IP and DNS EP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.4.0 CD must Support TLS 1.2 or above and shall provide required

software, if any.

EP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.5.0 Should support IPv4 addressing and be IPv6 ready. Ability to

perform IPv4-IPv6 integration, if required at no additional

cost to bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Connectivity 9.6.0 Ability to support multiple NIC to enable multiple

connections.

EP Y F/N

CD Receipt Printer 10.1.0 Minimum 40 column Graphic Thermal Receipt printer with

dual mode printing

EP Y F/N

CD Receipt Printer 10.2.0 Machine should print customer slip in HINDI and English and

regional languages. ( EP needs to ensure that the printer

driver/firmware supports multiple font printing.)

EP Y F/N

CD Receipt Printer 10.2.1 Printer driver/firmware needs to support Hindi, English and

regional Indian type fonts/specification.

EP Y F/N

CD Electronic Journal(EJ) 10.3.0 Electronic journal to be written on CD hard disk and

replicated on the second hard disk which records images.

The solution should include a EJ viewer.

SP Y F/N

CD Electronic Journal(EJ) 10.4.0 Support centralised EJ Pulling SP Y F/N

CD Electronic Journal(EJ) 10.5.0 EJ should be non-editable with encryption or with checksum

or any other solution to prove the authenticity of EJ before a

third party such as the Regulator (RBI), Courts, Banking

Ombudsman, Police Authorities etc.

SP Y F/N

CD Media Status 10.6.0 Low media warning for all items viz. currency notes,

consumer printer roll etc.

EP Y F/N

CD Power 10.7.0 In-built SMPS to work on 230V 50 Hz power supply. EP Y F/N

CD Power 10.8.0 Support input voltage of 230V AC /50 Hz with +/- 5%

variation.

EP Y F/N

CD Maintenance 10.9.0 Should provide hardware, software and MIS (Keyboard,

Mouse etc.) for day to day operations required by the

custodian.

EP Y F/N

CD Power 10.10.0 CD should have Low Carbon Footprint i.e. Low Power

consumption in operation as well as in idle condition.

EP Y F/N


Fascia

11.1.0 Bidder to integrate – where required -- the alarm sensors of

the CD to the branch siren/hooter without any additional

cost to Bank.

EP Y F/N


Fascia

11.3.0 CD should have Rear View Mirrors covering major area of the

site which allow users to see what is happening behind to

avoid shoulder surfing

EP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted


Fascia

11.4.0 CD should have PIN pad shield covering all three sides to

avoid shoulder surfing and capture by the external cameras.

EP Y F/N

CD Power 11.5.0 CD should have Integrated Power Management Solution. The

CD software must be capable of inter-facing with the Bank's

UPS systems and query the battery status, in -line power and

temperature, taking the machine out of service if the battery

capacity is too low, perform scheduled power offs and

automatically start up at the configured date and time. The

solution must shut down gracefully to allow completion of

the ongoing transaction in the event of complete battery

discharge. The above power management functionality must

be controllable remotely. In this situation, CD should have

the capability of generating message of low battery status

and should send the same to the switch.

EP Y F/N

CD Contactless Card Reader 12.1.0 Contactless Card integration capability (Hardware and

Software).

EP Y F/N

CD Contactless Card Reader 12.2.0 Smart Card/ Chip Card EMVCo Version 4.0 or later, as

certified, with supporting EMVCo L1 LOA. On expiry of



EP Y F/N

CD Contactless Card Reader 12.3.0 EMVCo Level 2 approved terminal application/kernel. On

expiry of certificate, it should be replaced with valid

certificate at no additional cost to the Bank.

SP Y F/N

CD Contactless Card Reader 12.4.0 Should provide necessary certificates/approvals from

VISA,Master Card, Amex, Union Pay, Rupay, Discover

including TQM(PCD) certificates. On expiry of certificate, it

should be replaced with valid certificate at no additional cost

to the Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD Biometric 13.1.0 Should be UIDAI certified device for biometric capture and

authentication. On expiry of certificate, it should be replaced

with valid certificate at no additional cost to the Bank.

EP Y F/N

CD BarCodeScanner 14.1.0 CD should have capability to integrate 2D/3D barcode and

QR code scanner for future requirements of scanning codes

from mobile phones by simply attaching a reader.

EP Y F/N

CD BarCodeScanner 14.2.0 Should be capable of reading barcodes of all popular

symbologies, including Code 128, with up to 36 Characters

EP Y F/N

CD CD 15.11.0 The necessary technology/ application/ hardware for

supporting card based, cardless and bio metric transactions

should be available ab-initio.

EP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW CRM 11.6.0 CD capable of One to One Marketing. Client when Loaded on CD should be

able to interact with different CRM sources using open standard messaging

standards

SP Y F/N

SW SWDIST 11.7.0 Machine should be capable of centrally downloading Software / Patches

upgrades and idle screen and content distribution.

SP Y F/N

SW OMS-GEN A.1.0 Supports/implements a Single Sign On solution which enables the user access

of disparate Online Portal resources through a single, streamline secured

authentication process tied in with the bank’s current authentication

framework (Active Directory).

SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-GEN A.2.0 Supports the following user interface(s) over Intranet/Internet/VPN:

(a) Browser-based Application (IE, Edge, Chrome, etc.)

(b) Mobile-based Application (Android,iOS,Windows)


SW OMS-GEN A.3.0 Follows responsive Web design guidelines/standards. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-GEN A.4.0 Allows access for all Internet browsers(Windows/Linux) and mobile

applications (iOS, Android, Windows).


SW OMS-GEN A.5.0 Allows creation of countless dashboards depending on user’s role/business

requirements (this includes the capability to change the fields to be displayed

within the dashboards).


SW OMS-GEN A.6.0 Allows user to drill down for detailed information across any entity/fields

present (eg. end-point wise, LHO wise, Module wise, Region wise, Channel

wise, fault-wise, connectivity-wise, etc.).


SW OMS-GEN A.7.0 Allows searching, filtering and sorting on the entities and fields displayed on

the dashboard.


SW OMS-GEN A.8.0 Able to offer additional/extensive reports for business, technical and

operations (both historical & real-time information) as required by the bank at

no additional cost.


SW OMS-GEN A.9.0 Allows users to change the logic of reports at any time as per their

requirement


SW OMS-GEN A.10.0 Able to generate ad-hoc reports and exported into popular formats (.xls,.csv,

pdf, image, etc) for a period/duration (as selected by the user).


SW OMS-GEN A.11.0 Allows interfacing to Device Monitoring, EndPoint Security, Software

Distribution and additional modules/solutions seamlessly as required by the

bank at no additional cost.


SW OMS-GEN A.12.0 Allows/provide a data analyst tool to help improve the performance

characteristics, maximizing ATM uptime and provide recommendations to

reduce resource bottlenecks based on historical data.


SW OMS-GEN A.13.0 Allows/provide for primary filter (as default) set to Metro ATMs & Preferred

ATMs.



Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-GEN A.14.0 Allows the filters to be set to the following data (based on

availability/applicability):

(a) Region-wise

(b) Org Setup-wise (Circle/Network/Admin Office/Region etc.)

(c) Fault-wise

(d) OEM vendor-wise

(e) Managed Services vendor-wise

(f) Network vendor-wise

(g) Capex-MOF vendor-wise

(h) Terminal wise

(i) Age-wise

(j) Any other type available in database.


SW OMS-GEN A.15.0 Allows to add/update categories (in addition to above) in the future, with no

additional cost to the bank.


SW OMS-GEN A.16.0 Allows data input collection using existing templates/formats based on user

provisioning, followed by the bank.


SW OMS-GEN A.17.0 Allows role-based access (CRUD) provisioning for all components/entities

supported through the online dashboard.


SW OMS-GEN A.18.0 Allows interfacing with authorized 3rd party mobile applications to gain access

to specific modules/sections of the online dashboard, based on role

provisioning.


SW OMS-GEN A.19.0 Allow call escalation/initiation/updates/closure through web and mobile

application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank.


SW OMS-GEN A.20.0 Allow preventive maintenance data entry and update for ATMs, through web

and mobile application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank

covering the points/steps as mentioned in Annexure E-1.


SW OMS-GEN A.21.0 Allow ATM/Site Engineer to generate a Field Call Report - FCR (as per format

decided by Bank) through web and mobile application when a

preventive/corrective maintenance is performed at the ATM which needs to

be digitally signed off by respective parties and generate a digital version of

the FCR for audit purposes.


SW OMS-GEN A.22.0 All digital versions of the FCR to be stored in the bank-designated repository. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-GEN A.23.0 Allow site handover/takeover(HTC) data entry and update for ATMs, through

web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank

covering the points/steps as mentioned in Annexure E-2.


SW OMS-GEN A.24.0 All digital versions of the HTC to be stored in the bank-designated repository. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-GEN A.25.0 Allow engineer to confirm the PM activities done on-site from their mobile

app, synced with their geo-code position at the site and device tests(as part of

Preventive Maintenance) done at the ATM.


SW OMS-GEN A.26.0 All preventive maintenance and handover/takeover activities to be signed off

by respective parties involved (ATM/Site Engineer, Bank Official, FLM, etc)

digitally with a unique code/identifier as agreed with the bank.


SW OMS-GEN A.27.0 Allow data entry and update for ATMs, through web and mobile application,

by respective parties(Bank Operator, ATM/Site Engineer, etc)


SW OMS-GEN A.28.0 Provide details of Endpoint installed with detailed information(Address,

Geocode, Brand, Model, SW Versions,etc) as required by the bank through

web and mobile application and (digitally) signed of by Endpoint Supplier

authorized personnel, in a bank defined format for EndPoint Install

Certificate(EPIC).

SP/EP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-GEN A.29.0 All digital versions of the EPIC to be stored in the bank-designated repository. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.1.0 Should be platform independent – should support Windows XP / Win 7 , Win

10 at the endpoint

SP Y F/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.5.0 Should have built-in eJ viewer with search & print facility SP Y F/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.6.0 Should have eJ archival and retrieval facility SP Y F/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.7.0 Messages transferred to be encrypted with time stamp to prevent

unauthorized access

SP Y F/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.8.0 Capable of resuming job automatically in case of communication failure SP Y F/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.9.0 Should automatically register ATMs that come live on the network SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW DIST-MGMT AF1.10.0 Should maintain Audit Trail to track all activities SP Y F/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG1.1.0 Remotely poll devices at intervals that detect problems immediately after

occurrence


SW NTWK-MGMT AG1.2.0 Detect events that exceed set thresholds SP Y F/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG1.3.0 Use Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for managing UPS only SP Y F/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG2.1.0 Fault Identification – remote diagnostic tools to be used initially SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG3.5.0 Automate collection of key performance metrics SP Y F/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG4.1.0 Create and maintain inventory of devices and configurations SP Y F/N

SW NTWK-MGMT AG5.1.0 Show open & closed incident status at secured website SP Y F/N

SW HELP-DESK AI.1.0 Browser-based solution to enable branches to log incidents and track

resolutions


SW HELP-DESK AI.6.0 Automatic escalation tools and procedures SP Y F/N

SW HELP-DESK AI.7.0 Customized report options SP Y F/N

SW OMS-EPS B.1.0 Display the client version running on terminals, version-wise with drill down-

capability up-to record level.



Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-EPS B.2.0 Display the count and list of terminals whose policies are not updated(age-

wise).


SW OMS-EPS B.3.0 Display the # of threats/violations identified and stopped during vulnerability

scans(virus/malware/firewall).


SW OMS-EPS B.4.0 Display the # of attempted execution/installation of unauthorized software

and hardware components.


SW OMS-EPS B.5.0 Display the status of hard disk encryptions (aligned, warnings, violations) of the

security policies, vendor-wise.


SW OMS-EPS B.6.0 Display the # of scan failures reported from terminals. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-EPS B.7.0 Display the # of white-listed applications, OEM vendor-wise. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-EPS B.8.0 Display the aging list of the white-listed applications running on the terminals. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-EPS B.9.0 Display the # of USB/ports blocked or un-blocked OEM vendor-wise. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-EPS B.10.0 Display the aging list of the blocked or un-blocked USB/ports OEM vendor

wise.


SW OMS-EPS B.11.0 Display the # of access policies maintained across the network, with last

update/change metric.


SW OMS-EPS B.12.0 Be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no



SW OMS-INC C.1.0 Display the # of faults, tickets pipeline, based on the initiation mode

(automatic, manual, SMS, Voice Call, Email, etc.)


SW OMS-INC C.2.0 Display the availability factor of the ATMs with drill-down capabilities

(Overall,Circle-wise,Network-wise,AO Wise, Region-wise, Branch-wise, ATM-

wise).


SW OMS-INC C.3.0 Reflect the assigned / current SLA metrics stake-holder wise. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-INC C.4.0 Display ticket summary status with drill-down capabilities, filtered by ATM-

wise Region-wise, etc.


SW OMS-INC C.5.0 Display trending of SLA metrics based on historical data flow, SLA group-wise

(Circle, Metro, Preferred, Regular etc.)


SW OMS-INC C.6.0 Display trending of threshold levels to pro-actively detect failures/outages on

terminals.


SW OMS-INC C.7.0 Display trending of ticket escalations, based on historical data flow. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-INC C.8.0 Display disconnect ratios between ticket open/close and engineer onsite check-

in.


SW OMS-INC C.9.0 Display average response time month-wise on overall faults/tickets. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-INC C.10.0 Display average response time severity-wise, vendor-wise, region-wise, etc. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-INC C.11.0 Display the # of preventive maintenance activities done with duration vendor-

wise, and comparison with historical information.



Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-INC C.12.0 Display the # of auto vs manual dispatches done for consumable/cash

replenishments, Overall, Region-wise, Vendor-wise, etc.


SW OMS-INC C.13.0 Display the average TAT for response and resolution filter-wise. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-INC C.14.0 Display the average time taken across each phase during the ticket

escalation/dispatch process to help identify/determine the bottlenecks


SW OMS-INC C.15.0 Be able to interface with Bank's Incident Management System or any third-

party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.


SW OMS-MON D.1.0 Display the # of ATMs, by operative (active, inactive) state. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-MON D.2.0 Display the average up-time of the ATM fleet, vendor-wise, Circle-wise,

Network-wise, AO-Wise,region-wise, etc. for the period/duration (as specified

by the user).


SW OMS-MON D.3.0 Display the # of ATM component failures and aging analysis. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-MON D.4.0 Display the threshold levels of ATM/Component and the current positions with

trends (to identify/determine possible problems in the future).


SW OMS-MON D.5.0 Reflect the assigned / current SLA metrics stake-holder wise. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-MON D.6.0 Be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no



SW OMS-MON D.7.0 Display the # of chronic faults and subsequent ATM inactive, for a

period/duration (as specified by the user).


SW OMS-MON D.8.0 Display network wide cash position(incl. cashouts) and representing data

based on individual cassette position,Circle,Network,AO,Region, State, Pop-

Group etc (as specified by users) with provision to drill-down upto endpoint

level.


SW OMS-MON D.9.0 Display the real-time cash position, count of notes for each denomination /

cassette at terminal level.


SW OMS-MON D.10.0 Display the list of machines with recurring failures(chronic), poor service

availability or poor uptime.


SW OMS-MON D.11.0 Display trending of SLA metrics based on historical data flow, SLA group-wise

(Circle, Metro, Preferred, Regular etc.)


SW OMS-MON D.12.0 Provide visual differentiation for devices/entities by user defined threshold

(RED, YELLOW, GREEN)


SW OMS-MON D.13.0 Display the list of terminals which are anticipated to have a failure/problem

pro-actively based on historical information, before the fatal condition

happens.


SW OMS-MON D.14.0 Display terminals with no heart-beat response status or transaction status for

a defined threshold level.


SW OMS-MON D.15.0 Display the CPU/memory/network utilization of the terminal. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-MON D.16.0 Display the # of time remote restarts were required on terminals for a

period/duration (as specified by the user).


SW OMS-MON D.17.0 display the current utilization levels of the system HW (components like CPU,

Disk, Memory, Controllers, Bus, LB, Network Card/IP, etc) node-wise or system-

wise.


SW OMS-MON D.18.0 display the current utilization levels of the application system SW (processes). SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-MON D.19.0 display the trend / forecast for both system HW and SW, based on current and

historical data.


SW OMS-MON D.20.0 display the # of times the utilization levels have crossed pre-defined threshold

levels.


SW OMS-MON D.21.0 display the resource queues, and highlight the long-running queues. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-MON D.22.0 display the # of scheduled jobs (incl. backups) and the ratio of completion / in

progress / failure status.


SW OMS-DIST E.1.0 display the # of successful/un-successful software download(payload)

activities performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user)


SW OMS-DIST E.2.0 display the # of successful/un-successful software upload(payload) activities

performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user)


SW OMS-DIST E.3.0 display the total payload(size) for all upload & download activities performed

for a period/duration (as selected by the user)


SW OMS-DIST E.4.0 display the payload by comms channel and the average time taken to

complete.


SW OMS-DIST E.5.0 display the break-up of payloads, file type-wise (video, screens, OS logs, App

logs, device logs, etc.)


SW OMS-DIST E.6.0 display the average time needed to complete the pending download activities,

entity-wise.


SW OMS-DIST E.7.0 display the average time needed to complete the pending upload activities,

entity-wise.


SW OMS-DIST E.8.0 display the # of retries performed for software download activities performed

for a period/duration (as selected by the user), connection type-wise.


SW OMS-DIST E.9.0 display the # of retries performed for software upload activities performed for

a period/duration (as selected by the user), connection type-wise.


SW OMS-DIST E.10.0 display the # of manual visits done to perform software updates or retrieve

logs, due to software distribution failures, vendor-wise, region-wise, etc.


SW OMS-DIST E.11.0 be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no




Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW OMS-ASSET F.1.0 display the # of ATMs, grouped by OEM Model type/CPU/Memory or any

other parameters from the OEM Hardware specification.


SW OMS-ASSET F.2.0 display the # of ATMs, grouped by OS ver / Application version + patch level

(incl. XFS) or any other parameters available from the Software Application.


SW OMS-ASSET F.3.0 display the software version changes/upgrades applied on the terminal

software components for a period/duration (as selected by the user).


SW OMS-ASSET F.4.0 display the total # of ATMs and relative value, based on parameters such as

Overall / LHO / Circles / Metro / Preferred / Regular / Urban / Rural

classifications.


SW OMS-ASSET F.5.0 display the aging report of the last update/check done of the HW/SW running

on the terminals, and highlight if any failures faced during last attempt.


SW OMS-ASSET F.6.0 display the next planned Preventive Maintenance activity for those terminals

where in the version check update has failed during last attempt.


SW OMS-ASSET F.7.0 be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no



SW OMS-CRM G.1.0 display the # and type of campaigns running active, across the ATM fleet. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW OMS-CRM G.2.0 display the # and type of campaigns run on the ATM fleet for a

period/duration (as selected by the user) with active/expired status.


SW OMS-CRM G.3.0 display the ratio of acceptance / non-acceptance of campaigns, region-wise,

BIN-wise, ON-US/NOT-ON-US, etc.


SW OMS-CRM G.4.0 display the payload size of each campaign, and campaign changes done for a

period/duration (as selected by the user).


SW OMS-CRM G.5.0 display the ratio of auto vs manual attempts to deploy the campaign on the

terminals.


SW OMS-CRM G.6.0 be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no



SW MVS-APPL I.1.0 Should be capable of interface through multi-vendor ATM software agent on

machine with Bank’s Switches i.e. BASE24 or any other Switch introduced by

the Bank in future and Mult-Vendor ATM Central Server.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-APPL I.2.0 Software for reading the EMV Chip Cards. Smart Card/ chip Card EMV version

4.0, Level 2 approved terminal resident application.

SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-APPL I.3.0 Remote diagnostic agent to diagnose problems with the machine including but

not limited to predicting part failures. This service including proactive

rectification of problems reported by remote diagnostic agent will have to be

provided by the bidder / OEM mandatorily at no extra cost to the Bank. The

bidder also agrees to install any software selected by the Bank at no cost to the

Bank.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-APPL I.4.0 Response to the terminal from central solution should not be more than 500

miliseconds from the time of request originated at the terminal. In case of

delay in response or no response from central Solution default transaction

flow should be used.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-APPL I.6.0 Terminal solution should be the single intelligent application that controls

devices/supports display on screen at terminal. Controls and supports

multiple devices eg epp, dispenser, card reader etc

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-APPL I.7.0 Bidder to confirm ability to demonstrate proof of concept about CD software

being capable of supporting all the applications currently developed for the

Bank such as CD Locator, Railway ticketing, Campus fees payment, Mobile

Recharge & other Utility Bill Payments.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MESG J.1.0 Software to support DDC/912 message emulation. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MESG J.2.0 Software to support NDC message emulation. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MESG J.3.0 Software to support IFX message emulation. SP N F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-MESG J.4.0 Software to support ISO8583(all versions) message emulation. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MESG J.5.0 Software to support ISO20022(XML) message emulation. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.1.0 Support Cash Withdrawal SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.2.0 Support Cash Deposit SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.3.0 Support Cheque Deposit SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.4.0 Support Standing Instruction SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.5.0 Support Loan Account enquiry SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.6.0 Support Fixed Deposit SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.7.0 Support Bunched Note Acceptance SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.8.0 Support Balance Enquiry SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.9.0 Support Mini-Statement SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.10.0 Support Card to Card Transfer SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.11.0 Support Card to Account Transfer SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.12.0 Support Account to Account Transfer SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.13.0 Support B 2 B SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.14.0 Support Visa Money Transfer SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.15.0 Support Biometric Based Authentication API v 2.0 specifications (as stated by

UIDAI). Additional changes required to support later revisions to be provided

at no cost to the bank.



Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.16.0 Support Institutional Fee Payment SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.17.0 Support Bill Payment SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.18.0 Support Trust Donation SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.19.0 Support PIN Change SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.20.0 Support Fast Cash SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.21.0 Support Mobile Number Registration SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.22.0 Support Mobile Top-UP SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.23.0 Support Mobile Banking Registration/Deregistration SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.24.0 Support SBI Credit Card Bill Payment SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.25.0 Support SBI Credit Card Cash Withdrawal SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.26.0 Support Prepaid Card Cash Withdrawal SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.27.0 Support Prepaid Card Balance Enquiry SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.28.0 Support SBI Life Insurance Premium payment SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.29.0 Support Cheque Book Issuance SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.30.0 Support Stop Cheque enquiry SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.31.0 Support Internet Banking Request Approval SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.32.0 Support Aadhaar Number Seeding SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.33.0 Support Cash increase/decrease/short/ excess Admin Transactions using

admin card


SW MVS-TXNTYP K.34.0 Support Channel Manager visit registration SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.35.0 Support Dynamic Currency Conversion during transaction SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.36.0 Support Failure Alert SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.37.0 Support Idle Screen / Advertising SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.38.0 Support Cash Recycling SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.39.0 Supports for advanced/value added services SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.40.0 Support QR code based Transaction SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.41.0 Support Card less Transaction SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.42.0 Support NFC based transaction/ contactless transaction SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.43.0 Support EMV-chip based transactions SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.44.0 Support for AKDS SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.45.0 Support for 3-DES SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.46.0 Support for supervisory mode cash counter update SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.47.0 Support Account Number Masking (on receipt) SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.48.0 Support 2 digit Screen for checking Keypad is working SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.49.0 Support Timed out and Last Transaction Status(LTS) based reversals SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.50.0 Support for MAC (Message Authentication Code) SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.51.0 Support 2048-bit or higher encryption standards SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.52.0 Support Instant Money Transfer Transaction. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-TXNTYP K.15a.0 Support Biometric based Registration SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-CRM L.1.0 Location based themes eg Airport , Railway, Malls etc SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM L.2.0 Business rules and messaging eg Birthday, festival etc SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM L.3.0 Customer preferences eg Language, Fixed amount withdrawal etc SP Y F/N

SW MVS-OS M.1.0 Supports Windows XP SP Y F/N

SW MVS-OS M.2.0 Supports Windows 7 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-OS M.3.0 Supports Windows 10 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-OS M.4.0 Supports the latest Windows version supported the ATM/OEM vendors from

time to time.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-OS M.6.0 Agent/solution support on terminal having Pentium IV and above, RAM 2 GB

and HDD 250 GB

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-VSS O.1.0 Solution to support capturing, storing and retrieval of pictures/ Video clips

during the transaction at the terminal using proprietary and/or CEN XFS

Compliant camera.( In case of proprietary camera solution, solution provider

to develop/customise the camera solution using proprietary drivers and/or

using proprietary camera application wherever available)


SW MVS-VSS O.2.0 Proposed Solution should be capable of stamping the transaction information

(with masking of Card Number as per PA-DSS) on the images / Video clipping.


SW MVS-VSS O.3.0 Customization if any with the OEM proprietary solution will be the sole

responsibility of the Solution provider )


SW MVS-ASSET P.1.0 Provide centralised identification, Monitoring (a,b,d and g) and audit of

followings items of Terminal without site visit with all granular details.

SP

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.1 a. Hardware, Devices, Components SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.2 b. Software and its modules with version SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.3 c. Firmware and Device Drivers versions SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.4 d. Services / Processes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.5 e. Updates Levels, Patch Levels , hotfixes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.6 f. Operating System, Service Packs Versions SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.7 g. Configuration SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.1.8 h. XFS Service Provider versions SP Y F/N

SW MVS-ASSET P.2.0 Track hardware, software, real time reporting of hardware Status and alert on

hardware change

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.0 Should be able to generate campaign for various customers based on a criteria SP

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.1 a. Geographical Region wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.2 b. Terminal wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.3 c. Customer segments wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.4 d. BIN wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.5 e. General and targeted one to one advertising SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.6 f. Based on the timings SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.1.7 g. New criteria as defined by the bank, at no additional cost. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.2.0 Support campaign management using Workflow/Tool Wizards SP

SW MVS-CRM Q.2.1 Designing a new campaign SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.2.2 Validating a new campaign SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.2.3 Deploying a new campaign SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.2.4 Handling and storing feedback on a campaign SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.3.0 Changing the look/feel of a campaign screen remotely. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.4.0 Support personalization of style/themes/language of screen. SP

SW MVS-CRM Q.4.1 based on customer profile SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.4.2 based on card profile SP Y F/N

SW MVS-CRM Q.4.3 based on available/definable parameters SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.1.0 Software Development Kit includes full preview functionality with the help of

simulators where the actual application which will be delivered to the ATM can

be run on a local PC

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.0 Platform independent design tools for all terminals irrespective of SP

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.1 (a) Make SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.2 (b) Type(touch, non-touch) SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.3 (c ) Screen Resolution SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.4 (d) FDK Key layout SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.2.5 (e ) Language SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.3.0 All ATM screens are based on a small number of screen templates. Changes

made to a screen template will immediately take effect on all screens created

from that template, providing the bank with an efficient mechanism for

changing a large number of screens at the same time.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.4.0 Screen formats/templates should be parameterised, easily modifiable and

redeployable centrally without much scripting or development in switch i.e

Non-technical staff should be able to design the screen..

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.5.0 Solution can generate an PDF/Doc file containing flow chart for screens

images from a branding set. This facility provides a bank with a convenient way

of sharing a set of screens with its staff when reviewing branding updates.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.6.0 Ability to stream data/feed from other sources e.g intranet SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.7.0 Ability to integrate the solution across the existing switch of the bank or any

other switch purchased in future

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.8.0 Application/ platform should be capable future enhancement without driving

massive changes at host

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.0 Support parameterised/workflow based configuration for transaction SP

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.1 A) Transaction and screen flow SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.2 B) Business logic parameter SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.3 C) Input fields SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.4 D) Validations SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.5 E) Timers SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.9.6 F) Restriction of transaction/services SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.10.0 Fully configurable Documents SP

SW MVS-DESIGN R.10.1 A) Receipt SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.10.2 B) Journal SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.11.0 Should be able to design New/modify SP

SW MVS-DESIGN R.11.1 A) Transaction flow SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.11.2 B) Button image SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.11.3 C) Image, Video SP Y F/N

SW MVS-DESIGN R.11.4 D) Style SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.1.0 Ability to compress and pull Electronic Journal [EJ] at Central location SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.2.0 Batch mode (through scheduler) SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.3.0 Should be pulled in Online mode centrally . SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.4.0 Should be able to view the lived and archived parsed Electronic Journal [EJ]

through a portal.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.5.0 EJ format should be parameterised and on the standard format irrespective of

make and model of the terminal, as per the requirement of the Bank.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.6.0 Solution should keep the history of scheduled tasks to report their progress

and failure.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.7.0 EJ Archiving SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.0 Software and File Distribution at an appropriate time and record traces,

includes :

SP

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.1 A. Screen changes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.2 B. Software hot-fixes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.3 C. Updates/patches SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.4 D. Configuration SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.8.5 E. Any graphics and display contents SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.9.0 Distribution is done in small blocks of data and process is managed according

to available bandwidth

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.10.0 Ability to distribute software remotely at scheduled time and centrally in a

secure and authenticated manner with necessary logs/trace

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.11.0 Solution to provide the software manager to remote software deployment : SP


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-SWDIST S.11.1 (a) Software Manager should be capable to remotely distribute a software to a

specific ATM, a group or ATMs or the entire network of ATMs from central

location.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.11.2 (b) The module automatically decides whether a reboot of the ATM is

required for the software update to take effect or not. The machine can be

configured for an immediate reboot or a scheduled reboot and would only

reboot at the schedule time if not being accessed by a customer or when

transaction is completed or when machine is in idle state (Non-Peak hours)

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.12.0 The server provides a detailed report of all the distribution with accurate

reporting whether the installation and delivery were successful or not.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.13.0 Customer sessions take priority over download process which is suspended

during customer transaction and resumed after transaction completion

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-SWDIST S.14.0 In the event of a conflict between Central solution rule and ATM configuration,

the incorrect configuration can be corrected immediately before customers

are impacted.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.1.0 Multilingual support for all Official languages as declared by the Indian

Constitution or by respective states in India as well as major foreign languages

SP

SW MVS-LANG T.1.1 Screens SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.1.2 Campaigns SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.1.3 Receipts Printing SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.1.4 Text Messages on Screens SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.2.0 Audio support (Text to speech in preferred language) SP Y F/N

SW MVS-LANG T.3.0 Disability compliance (Text to speech, longer timeouts, handset detection, FDK

to numeric key detection.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.1.0 Whether solution have been tested on following make and models (Illustrative

but not exhaustive)

SP

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.19.0 Wincor-CD-Procash 280 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.20.0 OKI-CDM/Recycler-RG7 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.21.0 Nautilus Hyosung-CDM/Recycler-MX 8600 Monimax SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.22.0 Hitachi-CDM/Recycler-HT-2845-V SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.23.0 Nautilus Hyosung-CD-Monimax 5600 Level 1 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.24.0 Diebold-Cash Recycler-Opteva 378 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.25.0 Hitachi-CAsh Recycler-HT-2845-SR7500 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.26.0 NCR-CD-Selfserve 22e (SS22e) /22 SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.27.0 Diebold-CD- D-429 S SP Y F/N

SW MVS-TRMTYP TT.29.0 Diebold-Smart ATM SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-MON U.1.0 Ability to monitor the terminal through Dashboards with different categories

with graphical view :

SP

SW MVS-MON U.1.1 Geographical Region wise / Population Category wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.2 Banks' Organisation setup - Circle / Network / Admin Office / Region SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.3 Fault-wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.4 OEM Vendor-wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.5 Managed Service Vendor Wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.6 Network Connectivity Vendor Wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.7 Capex - MOF Vendor Wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.8 Terminal- wise SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.9 Age-wise (fault, installation etc) SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.1.10 Should be parameterised to add any category in future. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.2.0 Ability to drill down the fault online on terminals SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.0 ATM Monitoring features SP

SW MVS-MON U.3.1 Browse-based GUI for operators SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.2 ATM overall status / ATM Metro, Preferred, Regular SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.3 Application status SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.4 Vendor specific error code reporting and its translation SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.5 Hardware / Devices / Components Status SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.3.5 Supervisory Cash Counters SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.4.0 Sending alerts and Incident Management ( Trouble ticketing, auto closure of

resolved tickets )

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.5.0 Ability to view screen online and real-time to troubleshoot SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.6.0 Ability to integrate with third party monitoring tool SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-MON U.7.0 An operator can view uptime reports for an ATM that shows its availability

over the past 24 hours, hourly, Weekly, monthly, quarterly, half yearly and

yearly Reports can be viewed for an individual ATM or for a group of ATMs.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.8.0 Dashboard for monitoring should be customisable based on the roles as per

the requirement of the Bank


SW MVS-MON U.9.0 Parameterised to calculate penalty reports based on various SLA- penalties

defined by the Bank


SW MVS-MON U.10.0 The solution gives complete list of devices/consumables running on each ATM

and their operational and real-time health status.

SP

SW MVS-MON U.10.1 Card Reader SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.2 Card Dispenser SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.3 Card Acceptor SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.4 Envelope Dispenser SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.5 Envelope depository SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-MON U.10.6 Receipt Printer SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.7 Journal Printer SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.8 Camera SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.9 Currency Cassettes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.10 Reject Bin SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.11 Paper Rolls SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.12 Envelopes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.10.13 Cash SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.11.0 Shows the status of all processes of terminal and how much memory each is

using.


SW MVS-MON U.12.0 An ATM may be restarted remotely, which may be required after configuration

changes and to resolve certain problems.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.13.0 Solution give alert if notes have been retracted which could point to an

attempted fraud at the ATM


SW MVS-MON U.14.0 Ability to flash ATM Status alerts through SMS/Email etc. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.15.0 Cash management (cash level tracking, cash out report, cash position) SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.16.0 Solution should be in position to segregate Power failure and communication

failure

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.17.0 The solution should support event logging. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.18.0 There should be provision to log all calls received at Help Desk at Banks’ site

through a Web-based portal along with a Dashboard as well generation of MIS

with respect of TAT, pendency etc.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-MON U.19.0 Solution should provide the dashboard for tracking the no. of endpoints with a

drill down features


SW MVS-OMNI V.1.0 Single integration layer with Back-Office integration services and APIs to

ensure a consistent and seamless integration framework so as to ensure a

seamless view of all relationships that the customer might have.


SW MVS-OMNI V.2.0 System should support a range of identification and authentication

mechanisms which can be assigned to different channels, segments,

brandings, products, etc. These mechanisms include login-password, card PIN,

SMS OTP, external OTP and others. The system should be configurable to

accept standard, default mechanisms and can be integrated to external

security sub systems.


SW MVS-OMNI V.3.0 Seamless integration with other channels (without development in switch) like

Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, Mobile apps, CRM or customer profiling

database or lotus application or CBS etc


SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.1.0 Enpoint Protection Solution & all the modules, if any, should have Multi

Vendor compatibility and should integrate seamlessly in any OEM make.

SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.2.0 Solution & all the modules, if any, should have compatibility with Windows XP

or above operating system.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.3.0 The solution should support event logging. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.4.0 There should be provision to log all calls received at Help Desk at Banks’ site

through a Web-basedportal alongwith a Dashboard as well generation of MIS

with respect of TAT, pendency etc.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.5.0 Solution should provide the dashboard for tracking the no. of endpoints with

drill down features

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.6.0 Single interface for accessing End Point Protection Solution (EPS) functions SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.7.0 Web-based graphical rich console SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.8.0 Mechanisms to deploy agents of all the modules wherever bandwidth is

available and in small packets where bandwidth is low.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.9.0 Mechanisms to update agents remotely SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.10.0 Ability to deliver policies of Whitelilsting, Full Hard Disk Encryption (FHDE)

anywhere

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.11.0 Ability to deliver agent software updates anywhere SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.12.0 Minimal policy and configuration update latency SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.13.0 Ability to dynamically change the hardening policies SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.14.0 Ability to schedule the pushing/reverting/modifying the hardening policy on

selected number of terminals.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.15.0 Ability to log calls at Banks helpdesk automatically. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.16.0 Scalability SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.17.0 Audit log for policy changes SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.18.0 Log of administrative events SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.19.0 Consistent support across platforms SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.20.0 Quarantine of unhealthy endpoints where EPS is not installed or non-

functional

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.21.0 Help function SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.22.0 Alert/threat generation SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.23.0 Logs and log access SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.24.0 Banks SIEM integration SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.25.0 Default reports with respect of TAT, pendency etc. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.26.0 Reports with details of connected/disconnected Terminals SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.27.0 Report filters SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.28.0 Health monitoring for endpoints and agents SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.29.0 Policy hierarchy SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.30.0 Separation of duties and role-based administration SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.31.0 Availability SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.32.0 Customized reporting SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.33.0 User-based reporting SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.34.0 Mobile endpoint status reporting SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.35.0 Endpoint discovery SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.36.0 Configuration backup SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.37.0 Configuration and patch management integration SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.38.0 Integration with vulnerability assessment solutions SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.39.0 Customized reporting SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.40.0 Customizable dashboards SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.41.0 Ability to drill down from a report or dashboard into a log, an agent or another

object


SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.42.0 Natural-language queries SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-GEN W.43.0 Ad hoc reports SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.1.0 Solution should have ability to perform Full Hard Disk Encryption (FHDE) i.e. to

encrypt all data (user files as well as system files) from an ATM’s hard disk.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.2.0 FHDE should have pre-boot network based authentication or environment

aware authentication mechanism.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.3.0 The solution should be capable of changing the configuration of the FHDE and

the parameters used to encrypt.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.4.0 The solution should protect data confidentiality when a system is out of

operation i.e. when HDD is removed from native ATM.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.5.0 The solution should have the capability to decrypt the ATM hard drive outside

of the ATM for recovery purpose in a secured manner.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.6.0 The solution should have real time encryption ( based on military grade AES-

256 encryption standard)

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.7.0 The solution should have single centralised management console for managing

and pushing the encryption policies.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-HDE X.8.0 The single centralised management console should be in a position to pull

reports as needed about the connected and disconnected ATMs.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.1.0 The solution should be able to block USB ports on the ATM. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.2.0 The solution should be protected against tampering of applications which are

whitelisted either on disk or on memory during execution.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.3.0 The solution should protect against malware which may be injected locally or

remotely on the machine.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.4.0 The solution should prevent execution of unauthorized software, scripts,

Dynamic-Link Libraries (DLL) and further defends against memory exploits.

SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No. of RFP

Submitted

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.5.0 The solution should protect against unauthorised updation/change or property

files etc.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.6.0 The solution should have firewall functionality. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.7.0 The solution should issue alert/ warning once a threat has been identified. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.8.0 The solution should block unauthorized installed software. SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.9.0 The solution should have capability to allocate only required ATM resources to

the whitelisted application. The solution should monitor during the execution

of the application that only whitelisted resources are accessed.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.10.0 The solution should have single centralised management console for

managing, administering and pushing the hardening policies.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.11.0 The single centralised management console should be in a position to pull

reports as needed about the connected and disconnected ATMs.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.12.0 The solution should provide additional hardening capability to the operating

system, irrespective of the OEM

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.13.0 The solution should be able to dynamically change the hardening policy of the

ATM.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-WL Y.14.0 The hardening solution should be developed for ATM environment and should

have out of box prefabricated best practices to reduce installation period.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-ACS Z.1.0 The solution should have centralised access management capability SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-ACS Z.2.0 The solution should support time bound password generation and

management using OTP/Passcodes.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-ACS Z.3.0 The solution should allow remote management of user credential according to

strong password and industry requirements for the terminals Windows

administrator / Users.

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-EPS-ACS Z.4.0 The solution must have the ability to expire the password after a defined no of

reboots within the validity period of the password

SP Y F/N

SW MVS-APPL I.8.0 Application interface facilitating all Admin, Reconciliation and MIS functions SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No.of RFP

Submitted

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.1.0 Tracking delivery of cash SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.2.0 Tracking delivery of cash. Ability of MS tool to integrate with a generic tracking tool SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.3.0 Analysis of cash usage and cash forecasting SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.4.0 Management Reports SP

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.4.1 - Comparing historical data SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.4.2 - Reporting of trends SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD1.4.3 - Cost optimization SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD2.1.0 ESR - Secure electronic interface between Management Centre, Bank and cash replenishment agencies SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD2.2.0 ESR - Standardized replenishment data & mechanism to ensure consistent/timely movement of data SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD2.3.0 ESR - Consolidate Settlement and Reconciliation reports across multiple service providers SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD2.4.0 ESR - Identify discrepancies, missed settlements and other performance issues SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD CASH-MGMT AD2.5.0 ESR - Consolidate vault reconciliation reports, settlement reports and bulk cash acknowledgements SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD OTC-MGMT AE1.0.0 Centralized Control from Management Centre SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD OTC-MGMT AE1.1.0 Centralized control capability to monitor & control exactly who may access a particular safe & when SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD OTC-MGMT AE1.2.0 Access control to ensure only authorized users gain time based access to safe. SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD OTC-MGMT AE1.3.0 Capability to take over One Time Combination (OTC) password generating process for CIT agency and

to take physical control of the ATM/CD/CDM/ Recyclers, when required.

SP Y F/N

OATS DIST-MGMT AF1.0.0 Software & screen distribution from a central source to facilitate individual configuration & screen

displays

SP Y F/N

OATS DIST-MGMT AF1.2.0 Scheduling download and installation at desired times SP Y F/N

OATS DIST-MGMT AF1.3.0 Scheduled and ad hoc/ immediate upload of eJournals SP Y F/N

OATS DIST-MGMT AF1.4.0 Monitoring Job status online SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG1.4.0 Use reliable, dedicated IP connection with backup SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG2.2.0 Notify appropriate agency for activating support SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG2.3.0 Notify customer at detection, isolation and resolution SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG2.4.0 Manage incident from detection to resolution SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG3.1.0 Proactive/predictive analysis & recommendations SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG3.2.0 Setting event thresholds based on customer availability needs SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG3.3.0 Tuning performance by correlating events with performance metrics SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG3.4.0 Order to identify bottlenecks that inhibit availability and performance SP Y F/N

OATS NTWK-MGMT AG4.2.0 Remotely implement software upgrades SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG4.3.0 Maintain password ownership of configurable managed objects SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

OATS NTWK-MGMT AG4.4.0 Implement logical changes to remotely configurable devices SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

OATS NTWK-MGMT AG4.5.0 Report metrics including device class, location, IP address, circuit information SP Y F/C1/C2/C3/C4/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG5.2.0 Update customer help desk about estimated service restoration time SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG5.3.0 Monthly report on fault, performance and configuration metrics SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG5.4.0 Interpret metrics & make recommendations for improvement SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG6.1.0 24 X 7 X 365 monitoring and resolution SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG6.2.0 Unlimited incidents SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG6.3.0 Toll free number with multiple lines for service requests (minimum 100 lines) SP Y F/N

MGD NTWK-MGMT AG7.1.0 Call to Bank within 3 minutes of fault occurrence. SP Y F/N

OATS NTWK-MGMT AG7.2.0 Remedial remote diagnostics typically performed within 3 minutes SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.1.0 IPSEC on circuits that connect the Bank to the vendor’s Management Centre SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.2.0 Secure Shell Security (SSH) between Bank’s ATM Switch & Incident Management System SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.3.0 Secure Socket Layer (SSL) between the Bank and secured web server. SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.4.0 Firewall - Fully integrated Internet security and IP networking on one purpose-built platform SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.5.0 Firewall - Access to network always available with VRRP and Firewall synchronization technology SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.6.0 Firewall - Networking OS integrated with third party applications designed for security solutions SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.7.0 Intrusion Detection System SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.8.0 Virus protection, detection and maintenance of virus definitions SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.9.0 Should have a Information Security Management System which is established using best practices

available in industry (e.g. ISO 27001) operational, continuously monitored and improved

SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.10.0 Logging should be done for user account management, privilege changes, user activity, configuration

changes etc.

SP Y F/N

MGD DATA-SEC AH.11.0 Adequate redundancy and back up – DR site to support uninterrupted services SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.2.0 Toll free telephone number with multiple lines (minimum 100) SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.3.0 Must be the single point of contact for Bank for help, checks on status of an ATM problem, Kiosk/kiosk

equipment problems, managing multiple parties to resolve problems

SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.4.0 Receive telephone call from external customer, identify the caller, log and create the incident ticket

and assign the incident priority

SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.5.0 Supplemental support for variations in business patterns SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.8.0 Proactive problem resolutions SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.9.0 Coordination/management of multi-vendor support SP Y F/N

MGD HELP-DESK AI.10.0 Round-the-clock remote support to all field engineers and customers in India SP Y F/N

MGD REQS AI.11.0 Services will be provided on 24x7x365 basis SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.1.0 Keeping a written maintenance log at the site. The Bank shall use the same log for recording nature of

faults/failures observed, date and time of their occurrence and communication to vendors

SP Y F/N

AMC FLM-REQS AJ.2.0 Only qualified maintenance personnel familiar with the equipment shall perform all repairs and

maintenance services

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.3.0 Scheduled visits for checking site’s condition in respect of door, door handle, external glass, visual

merchandise, access lock, electrical fittings, earthing, AC, UPS and its batteries, electrically-lit signage,

painting & other civil requirements, etc. (The list is illustrative and not exhaustive).

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.4.0 Supply and replenish journal printer/receipt printer/ATM ribbons (Ribbons should be new, high tensile

strength material – 12.7 mm with 24’ length – should print approx 5 million characters)

SP Y F/N


Criteria

Map

your

Module

Give Page

No.of RFP

Submitted

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.5.0 Supply & replenish journal printer & receipt printer rolls customized as per Bank’s requirements. One

side of the roll will have to be pre-printed with text provided by the Bank & printing at the ATM will be

only on the blank side. Print matter may be changed as and when required.

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.6.0 Receipt Rolls – 80mm wide x 8” dia approx x 0.7” core dia produced on ATM grade thermal paper

Appleton Alpha 8. The density of sense mark should be uniform with 1.2 plus & tolerance level of

slitting should be +/- 0.012”

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.7.0 Journal Rolls (82.55 mm wide x 3.9” dia x 0.7” core dia) produced on ATM grade wood-free paper - APP

grade 60 gsm, should be dust free with high tensile strength

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.8.0 Should supply for all ATMs on Bank’s network without limitation on quantity SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.9.0 Consumable management shall be independent of ATM make, model, type of network and vendor SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.10.0 Consumables replenishment to be initiated proactively to ensure ATM does not go down for want of

these items

SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.11.0 Clearing journal/receipt paper jams. Clearing of card jams. SP Y F/N

MGD FLM-REQS AJ.12.0 The vendor should arrange to get publicity materials, banners, posters etc. supplied by the Bank

displayed in the kiosks as per instructions besides replenishing leaflets, brochures etc.

SP Y F/N

MGD CASH-REPL AK.1.0 Should have own arrangements or with reputed cash-in-transit agencies SP Y F/N

MGD CASH-REPL AK.2.0 Cash-in-transit agencies should have operational experience in handling ATM cash replenishment SP Y F/N

MGD CASH-REPL AK.3.0 Should have vault, security guards and other necessary infrastructure SP Y F/N

MGD CASH-REPL AK.4.0 Should have insurance for activities undertaken. Should have 100 % insurance cover for the cash

retained in the vault as well as cash-in-transit

SP Y F/N

MGD CASH-REPL AK.5.0 There should be no cap to the number of cash runs performed per day / month SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.1.0 Input and Output Voltage of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.2.0 Input and Output Current of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.3.0 Input frequency of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.4.0 Battery Life of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.5.0 Battery Voltage of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

MGD POWER AL.6.0 Internal Temperature of UPS should be checked SP Y F/N

Bidder Details Appendix - 5

1 Name

2Date of Incorporation and / or

commencement of business

5 Company website URLParticulars of the Authorized Signatory of the

Bidder

a. Name

b. Designation

c. Address

d. Phone Number (Landline)

e. Mobile Number

f. Fax Number

g. Email Address


6

3 Certificate of incorporation

4Brief description of the Bidder including

details of its main line of business

Appendix 6

Scope of Work

To be read with Technical Specifications as per Appendix 4 + (n)

Table of Contents

PART I : Procurement of Endpoints & Support Services : .................................................................... 3

1. Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensers) : ............................................................................ 3

1.1. Supply, integration, testing, installation, commission and maintenance of endpoints (Front

Access Dispensers) :................................................................................................................................ 3

1.2. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract and its support services : ................................. 6

1.2.1. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract by Endpoint Provider:...................................... 6

1.2.1.1. Testing of endpoint at LAB : .............................................................................................. 6

1.2.1.2. Pre-Implementation- Integration, Testing and Pilot at Endpoints with all required

functionalities: ......................................................................................................................................... 7

1.2.1.3. Implementation and Post Implementation Support: ............................................................ 9

1.3. Site Installation / Modification Services : ............................................................................... 16

2. Annual Technical Support by Solution Provider: ........................................................................ 21

2.1.1. Pre-Implementation- Integration, Testing and Pilot run at Endpoints with all required functionalities. ....................................................................................................................................... 22

2.1.2. Implementation and Post Implementation Support : .............................................................. 23

3. Managed Support Services: ......................................................................................................... 27

3.1. Replenishment of Consumables: ............................................................................................. 32

3.2. Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding:....................................................... 32

3.3. Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s): .................................... 33

3.4. Management Center Activities:............................................................................................... 34

3.4.1. Central Helpdesk at Management Center: ............................................................................. 34

3.4.2. Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability: ........................................................ 37

3.4.3. Cash Management Services: ................................................................................................... 38

3.5. Cash Replenishment / Cash Evacuation Services:.................................................................. 43

4. Existing makes and models as well future endpoints to be procured: ......................................... 70

4.1. Pre-Implementation support for Integration, Testing and pilot as per Appendix-6 Scope of

work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II with all required functionalities with solutions: ............................................................................................................................................... 70

4.2. Implementation Support: ........................................................................................................ 70

4.3. Post Implementation ATS Support: ......................................................................................... 71

4.4. Managed Services: .................................................................................................................. 71

PART II : Multi-Vendor Software Solution (MVS), Endpoint Protection Solutions (EPS) and Online

Monitoring Solution (OMS): ................................................................................................................. 72

5. Requirements: MVS, EPS, OMS : ................................................................................................ 72

5.1. General Requirements: ........................................................................................................... 72

5.2. Solutions/software requirements: ........................................................................................... 73

5.3. Technical Requirements:......................................................................................................... 75

5.4. Security Feature Requirements:.............................................................................................. 75

5.5. Integration, Migration Requirements with existing systems:.................................................. 75

5.6. Audit Trial Requirement: ........................................................................................................ 76

5.7. Performance Requirement: ..................................................................................................... 76

5.8. Business Continuity R equirement: .......................................................................................... 76

5.9. Scalability Requirements/Milestones: ..................................................................................... 76

5.10. Limited Trial / Pilot Requirements: ........................................................................................ 77

5.11. Robustness: ............................................................................................................................. 77

5.12. Regulatory and Compliance Requirements: ........................................................................... 77

5.13. IT Controls : ............................................................................................................................ 79

5.14. Business Functionalities: ........................................................................................................ 79


P a g e 2 | 120

5.15. Training: ................................................................................................................................. 80

5.16. Supports makes and models: ................................................................................................... 81

5.17. Support during Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract: .............................................. 82

6. Multi Vendor Software Solution (s): ............................................................................................ 83

7. Endpoint Protection Solution (s): ................................................................................................ 83

7.1. Asset Management Solution:................................................................................................... 83

7.2. Centralised Access and User Management Solution : ............................................................ 84

7.3. Operating System Security:..................................................................................................... 84

7.4. Deployment of operating system and its patches :.................................................................. 84

7.5. Centralised Management for monitoring: .............................................................................. 84

7.6. Log Management : .................................................................................................................. 85

7.7. Security assessment of ATM endpoints : ................................................................................. 85

7.8. PCI-DSS Compliance : ........................................................................................................... 85

7.9. Secure disposal of the data : ................................................................................................... 85

7.10. Security during Servicing and Maintenance :........................................................................ 85

7.11. Network Control: .................................................................................................................... 86

8. Online Monitoring Solution(s): ................................................................................................... 86

9. Onsite Advanced Technical Support (OATS): ............................................................................. 97

9.1. Project Leader : ...................................................................................................................... 98

9.2. Database Administration and Management: .......................................................................... 99

9.3. Design, Testing, Development and Software Management: ................................................. 100

9.4. eJ Management : ................................................................................................................... 101

9.5. Infra, Hardware and Network Management : ...................................................................... 102

9.6. Production Control, Monitoring and Management: ............................................................. 103

9.7. Support for Endpoints: .......................................................................................................... 106

9.8. Requirements relating to Onsite Advance Technical resources/staff: .................................. 106

10. Hardware, Software and other component requirem ents: ........................................................ 110

11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule: ........................................................................................ 118


P a g e 3 | 120

All the procurements under this RFP will be for the period of seven years which can be extended upto 10 years, solely at the discretion of the Bank.

PART I : Procurement of Endpoints & Support Services : 1. Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensers) :

1.1. Supply, integration, testing, insta llation, commission and maintenance of endpoints (Front Access Dispensers) :

1.1.1. The Bank is looking for Bidders who can supply, integrate, test, install commission and maintain Endpoints on turnkey basis. Bidders should note that Endpoints will be deployed across the length and breadth of the country as per requirements of business and the bidder will have to guarantee that support will be available for the endpoints across the country for a minimum period of 7 years, which can be extended upto 10 years at the discretion of the Bank.

1.1.2. Bidders should offer model of endpoints with the Operating System

Windows 10 and CEN XFS 3.0 or higher compliant layer, that is state of the art machines capable of running Multi-Vendor Software and endpoint protection solution and which will have to be supported for a minimum period of 7 years after installation / operationalization, extendable upto a period of 10 years at the discretion of the Bank. The Bank wants advanced, multifunctional, energy-efficient system. In case, endpoint with Windows 10 is not ready, bidder can submit the bid for model compatible with Window 7 (with a license of Windows 10) subject to condition that endpoint supplied/installed should be upgraded with Windows 10 before 31st December, 2018 without any additional cost to the Bank. L2 bidder shall be considered for supply of only endpoints with Window 7 (with a license of Windows 10) subject to condition that endpoint supplied/installed should be upgraded with Windows 10 before 31st December, 2018 and bears all the related incidental cost including one time cost discovered under RFP for testing and pilot at two locations on Windows 10. If during the period of warranty, a particular endpoint is frequently becoming out of order for technical reasons for more than three times in a month and for two consecutive months, the Bank may ask the bidder to replace the endpoint with another new endpoint at no extra cost to the Bank. The selected bidder should update /supply/ install necessary changes in Endpoints, if any, due to regulatory compliance, the same should be available at no additional cost to the Bank irrespective whether it being minor or major modifications.


P a g e 4 | 120

1.1.3. The endpoints should have capability / features for remote monitoring of their all-round health / status. Electronic journals must be pulled to a central site. Along with Endpoints, accessories and Digital Video Surveillance System, various sensors alarm system etc., will also have to be supplied, integrated, tested, installed and maintained, wherever required by the Bank.

1.1.4. All endpoints should be enabled for the visually challenged so that

the Endpoint must be suitable for the visually challenged persons. All endpoints must also be suitable for wheel chair based operations by physically challenged persons.

1.1.5. The present procurement is intended for replacement of existing

endpoints with unsupported OS Windows XP. The old endpoint must be removed by the vendor and disposed-off in a proper manner with a view to protecting the environment, reducing pollution by toxic gases / greenhouse emissions and other non-biodegradable substances caused by e-waste disposal, an undertaking to be submitted by bidder for lifting and disposal of existing endpoint as per e-waste policy of the Bank / Government. Bank shall not pay any decommissioning / degrouting cost, lifting and shifting cost of existing endpoint from the endpoint location in respect of endpoint under this RFP. As the deployment of Endpoints will be all over the country, the applicant will necessarily have to undertake installa tions at all locations. Endpoint Provider must ensure that Cassettes of the Endpoint being replaced, are handed over to the Branch Manager / his representative.

1.1.6. Endpoint Provider must ensure that the Hard Disk Drive of the Endpoint being replaced, is handed over to the Branch Manager / his representative and this should be recorded in the Installation Report to be signed by the Endpoint Provider and the Bank. The Endpoint Provider should also give an undertaking that the integrity of the data on the Hard Disk will not be compromised and put to any misuse, causing financial / reputational loss to the Bank.

1.1.7. The selected bidders will have to provide the endpoints as per the

technical specifications mentioned elsewhere in this RFP.

1.1.8. Deviations from technical specifications, if any, may be clearly indicated. Though the Bank has laid down the minimum configuration of both hardware and software of Endpoint to meet present requirements, the Endpoint should be upgradable to support any statutory/ regulatory compliance requirements, the same should be available at no additional cost to the Bank irrespective whether it being minor or major modifications and / or change of configuration etc.


P a g e 5 | 120

1.1.9. Modification of the software pertaining to Endpoint for enhancing the functionality will be done by the bidder at mutually agreed cost. However, no cost will be payable for minor modifications, change of configuration, etc.

1.1.10. Bank proposes to procure fully functional Endpoints in terms

of both the hardware and software for the entire life of the machines i.e. minimum 7 years. Responsibility for and the costs involved in, ensuring that the Endpoints run on legal and supported hardware and software, including Operating Systems, rests with the bidder, for the entire life of the machines. All operating system upgrades / proprietary software upgrades / patches/ licenses will be provided free of cost and installed in all the Endpoints at no extra cost to the Bank during the period of the Contract/Agreement. OS Hardening should be done for the Endpoints. The bidder is responsible for ensuring that system does not get affected by virus/ malware. Endpoints should be configured as per the Bank’s Secured Configuration Document (SCD) from time to time. Latest Secured Configuration Documents shall be shared with selected Bidder.

1.1.11. The bidders shall indicate the upgrade options available for

various models of Endpoints. Machine should be capable of central upload/ download.

1.1.12. The Endpoints need to be energy efficient. The Endpoints to

be supplied have to be fully functional in extreme weather conditions (Temperature: 5 to 45 degree C, Humidity: 5% to 95%, dust, etc) within the country.

1.1.13. A complete write up on security features of the Endpoints

must be provided with the relative technical bid.

1.1.14. The system should be enabled for eJ pulling and all software required for eJ pulling must be factory loaded or loaded at no extra cost at the time of installation of the Endpoint or as and when required. The vendor will be responsible for loading the Bank approved software agent. The vendor must coordinate with the Managed Services vendor so that eJ pulling is enabled on the day of making the Endpoint operational.

1.1.15. No charges shall be payable by the Bank for installation any

software / agent / patches / upgrade whatsoever at all endpoints normally during the calendar quarterly preventive maintenance visits or any time in case of Bank’s urgent requirement.

1.1.16. Preventive maintenance of Endpoint should be done at least

once in three months. Such visits could also be covered in visits for trouble shooting provided preventive maintenance is also done.


P a g e 6 | 120

1.1.17. The vendor will ensure that at the time of delivery of

Endpoints they are not affected by virus/ malware and will ensure that the vendor’s employees attending to the Endpoints during warranty period/ AMC period do not introduce virus/ malware and in the case of any dispute Bank’s decision will be final.

1.1.18. The Bank may test the Endpoints at no cost to the Bank

before placing the order. Bank reserves the right to conduct Pre-Delivery Audit (PDA) of the Endpoints before dispatch from the warehouse of the selected bidder at Bank’s own cost.

1.1.19. Grouting of endpoints: Selected bidder will have to

necessarily install endpoint with good quality grouting of Endpoints, as under:

“Moving / tilting of endpoint for removing existing leveling screws. Drilling 8”-10” holes in the existing flooring using concrete drill bits. Hammering metal sleeves in these holes. Repositioning the endpoints over the existing markings. Putting in Anchor fasteners - min. 6” long anchor fasteners, preferably of Fischer make. Applying resin adhesive (Araldite) over the finished bolt positions for improved bonding & Repairing broke tiles, if any”.

1.2. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract and its support services :

1.2.1. Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract by Endpoint Provider:

The endpoints supplied under the RFP will be subject to the comprehensive Warranty one year and Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) for six years (which is extendable at the discretion of the Bank for another period of 3 years). Further, following support services are also included under warranty and AMC, irrespective of no. of visits at the site/endpoint, without any additional cost to the Bank:

1.2.1.1. Testing of endpoint at LAB :

Selected bidder(s) will have to make available at Bank’s ATM Lab during the term of the contract :

(a) one endpoint to be supplied under this RFP without any cost

to the Bank and (b) the Services of an experienced and qualified resident

engineer with full knowledge of technical aspects of endpoints (eg. Any functionalities, security testing, software testing, integration testing, interface testing, support UAT etc) required by the Bank during the general shift on all days


P a g e 7 | 120

except Sunday. In exceptional circumstances, services should be available for extended working hours to meet the high priority time bound requirements without any additional cost.

1.2.1.2. Pre-Implementation- Integration, Testing and Pilot at

Endpoints with all required functionalities:

1.2.1.2.1. To provide end to end support for Solutions integration, testing at the endpoints provided, under the testing environment and successful pilot at Endpoints under the production environment.

1.2.1.2.2. To share with Solution Provider Single Point Contact

along with Escalation matrix for Solutions Support.

1.2.1.2.3. To share the make-model-variants with Solution Provider.

1.2.1.2.4. To share the following details and any other details

required in connection with Endpoints supplied to the Bank, with Solution Provider and to the Bank in connection with testing of all the functionalities, proper error codes, health status messages, device status messages etc at the Endpoint eg :

1.2.1.2.4.1. Support for Operating System

1.2.1.2.4.1.1. Windows 7 or 10, patches, service packs etc 1.2.1.2.4.1.2. Changes in Operating System configuration (eg

environment variable, parameter changes, enabling / disabling services etc)

1.2.1.2.4.1.3. End-user License Agreement(EULA) 1.2.1.2.4.1.4. Any other relevant information including Best

Practices

1.2.1.2.4.2. CEN XFS Layer : 1.2.1.2.4.2.1. XFS software compliant with CEN XFS 3.0 or

higher specifications. 1.2.1.2.4.2.2. End-user license Agreement (EULA) 1.2.1.2.4.2.3. CEN XFS Layer CD to be provided. 1.2.1.2.4.2.4. Any other relevant information including Best

Practices

1.2.1.2.4.3. Hardware / software (both CEN XFS Compliant and Non-CEN XFS compliant)

1.2.1.2.4.3.1. Technical Specifications,


P a g e 8 | 120

1.2.1.2.4.3.2. Documentations, 1.2.1.2.4.3.3. Drivers, 1.2.1.2.4.3.4. Terminal Diagnostic Tools/Utilities 1.2.1.2.4.3.5. Configuration / Parameter details, 1.2.1.2.4.3.6. Components, 1.2.1.2.4.3.7. Services 1.2.1.2.4.3.8. Patches, updates and upgrades 1.2.1.2.4.3.9. EMVCo/PCI certificates 1.2.1.2.4.3.10. Any other relevant information 1.2.1.2.4.3.11. Functional test cases (Positive and

negative) 1.2.1.2.4.3.12. Error codes, Health Status Messages,

Device status messages. 1.2.1.2.4.3.13. Provide complete details of XFS Devices

(Illustrative List of XFS Devices are given as under) :

1) Printer and Scanners

2) Card Readers (incl. EMV Contact/Contactless)

3) Cash Dispensers

4) Personal Identification Number Keypads (PIN

pads)

5) Check Readers and Scanners

6) Depository Units

7) Screen Displays (including Touch Screens)

8) Vandal Shields

9) Text Terminal Units

10) Sensors and Indicators Units

11) Vendor Dependent Mode

12) Cameras

13) Card Embossing Units

14) Alarms & Sensors

15) Cash-In Modules

16) Card Dispensers

17) Barcode Readers

18) Biometric Readers

19) Item Processing Modules

1.2.1.2.4.4. Full support for CEN XFS layer required in connection with integration with Solutions

1.2.1.2.4.5. Support the Solution Provider with respect to

any clarifications and resolution sought regarding the


P a g e 9 | 120

platform behaviour or compliance to the CEN XFS Specifications.

1.2.1.2.4.6. Fixing of bugs / issues raised during the pre-

implementation and pilot phase.

1.2.1.2.4.7. To conduct functionality tests to avoid any operational level issues.

1.2.1.2.4.8. Maintaining ATM-Wise version control of

Solutions with granularity.

1.2.1.2.4.9. Pilot Implementation at Endpoints of respective models/processors and its variants at live sites identified by the Bank.

1.2.1.2.4.10. To provide sign off post completion of

functionality tests with Solution Provider.

1.2.1.2.4.11. To share all statutory or RBI compliance and security features as may be applicable on Effective Date incorporated in Endpoint-OEMs native software along with required technical details/drivers/components and test the same with the Solutions.

1.2.1.3. Implementation and Post Implementation Support:

1.2.1.3.1. Endpoint Provider shall provide repair, spares replacements and maintenance service (response and resolution), on oral/ telephonic/ email/ SMS / Mobile Application or any other mode of communication by the Bank or through its own service personnel or any service provider or any monitoring system through its own expert service resource wherever the endpoints are installed. The service shall be made available by Endpoint Provider as under:

Category Resolution Time/ TAT VIP endpoints 2 Hours : Irrespective of the population

group/ category

Regular endpoints i. 4 Hours : At Metro, Urban and Semi-

urban locations

ii. 6 Hours : At Rural locations


P a g e 10 | 120

The Bank will have sole discretion to permit the grace travel time depending on the circumstances.

Endpoint Provider should ensure dispatch of qualified personnel to the endpoint site with a view to resolve the incident attributed to Endpoint Provider and operationalise the endpoint within the abovementioned response and resolution timelines under the following illustrative circumstances:

1.2.1.3.1.1. Remedial Hardware Maintenance, shall cover

free supply and replacement of spares, components, devices as well as labour required to repair a malfunctioning of endpoint caused due to any reason (including but not limited to flood, earthquake, natural calamities and vandalism cases, man handling, short circuit, fire, damage, voltage fluctuation, electrical malfunctioning, destruction, theft, burglary, sacking etc) and restore it to good operating condition without any additional cost to the Bank. Vendor may obtain suitable insurance to cover their liabilities under this clause. However, the Vendor shall not link claim of insurance to the provisioning of services under this clause, to operationalize the endpoint. Remedial hardware maintenance includes software support (and software reload) only to the extent required to repair failed or malfunctioning hardware and / or CEN XFS layer. Further, it covers, inter-alia, free provision of spares, parts, kits, software, including CEN XFS, devices, drivers, as and when necessary to ensure that endpoint function in a trouble-free manner. Vendor shall correct any faults and failures caused due to any reason, in the equipment and shall repair and replace worn out defective parts of the endpoint as and when requested by the Bank. Unserviceable spares, components, devices of the endpoint caused due to any reason should be replaced free of cost by endpoint provider within the aforesaid response/resolution time (if it affects/impacts the operation of the endpoint) and within two working days (if it does not impact the operation of Endpoint).

1.2.1.3.1.2. Should fully support to resolve any issue/bug

related to software/hardware/components/services/ parameters /configuration/ OS/XFS layer/devices/drivers/ terminal diagnostic tools/utilities /patches provided by Endpoints provider for smooth running of Solutions.


P a g e 11 | 120

1.2.1.3.1.3. Resolution of issue related to Software/Hardware provided by the Endpoints provider for smooth running of Solutions.

1.2.1.3.1.4. Endpoint Provider shall quickly lodge the case

of malfunctioning /improper working of the endpoint other than reasons attributed to the Endpoint Provider at the Banks’ Online Monitoring System or through the Managed Service Center Setup for the purpose.

1.2.1.3.1.5. Replace the endpoint parts on an exchange

basis. Installed parts may be new or reconditioned by a Vendor certified CD parts rework facility.

1.2.1.3.1.6. Any Certificate loading on the endpoint. 1.2.1.3.1.7. Replacement of Lock/S&G lock, hood keys,

purge bin, currency cassettes and other plastic parts in the endpoint, Safe doors, endpoint safe, print heads, levers – which are used by Bank’s custodians to release the cassettes, pull the journal roll or receipt roll, etc

1.2.1.3.2. Should ensure that any software/patches/any change

in Hardware introduced by them throughout the contract period, will be tested in coordination with Solution Provider and approved by the Bank, before it is deployed into production by the Solution Provider.

1.2.1.3.3. Should extend full coopertion to Solution Provider to isolate the issue whether it is Solutions or hardware and work in close coordination with Solution Provider to make the Endpoint up and running.

1.2.1.3.4. To provide the complete details with escalation matrix for reporting issues along with URL where the call is required to be logged. Vendor shall extend all support required by the Bank to integrate with Banks’ Online Monitoring Solution (OMS) and Mobile Apps.

1.2.1.3.5. To provide complete details of endpoint-wise engineers’ coordinates to the solution provider’s Managed Service Centre to enable Managed Service Centre to provide the access to endpoint on case to case basis.

1.2.1.3.6. Root cause analysis for disputed / fraudulent transaction, coordinate with solution provider and submit the report to the Bank.

1.2.1.3.7. If Endpoints provider believes that there is a deficiency in the Solutions that materially impacts the loading, configuration or operation of the Solutions for the Bank, Service Providers to follow the escalation matrix, its process, Service Request format, problem severity, service level definition, means of communication etc. (to be fina lised


P a g e 12 | 120

at the time of execution of agreement). Endpoints provider’s personnel are authorised to produce trace logs in the manner required by Solution Provider, copy trace log files onto the media and to dispatch expeditiously through fastest means of communications to Solution Provider for analysis and its solution. The trace log files from the application Solutions are and shall remain the property of Solutions but are subject to rights of the Bank. Endpoints provider or any of his representative will not disclose trace log files from the application Solutions to anyone other than the Bank and Solution Provider. It is further understood that non-Solutions event logs, such as general event log files in Windows, are not Solution Provider confidential information or restricted in any manner. Endpoints provider are authorised to produce documentation that shows how to configure, install and operate the Solutions that includes reproductions of graphical outputs from the Endpoints produced by the Solutions, and to reproduce and distribute such documentation to Endpoints Provider’s representatives who perform services to the Bank

1.2.1.3.8. Endpoints provider to share their respective product(HW/SW) roadmaps including software releases/updates to the Bank on a regular basis.

1.2.1.3.9. Immediate support and work closely with solution provider eg : Bug fix, customisaion, modification, enhancement related to regulatory or causing the financial loss to the Bank or affecting the Bank’s reputation or the Bank terms it as critical, for its quick release

1.2.1.3.10. Extend support for all changes related to calendar quarter are fully tested with the Solution provider and ready for release by end of the calendar quarter and pilo t at two endpoints.

1.2.1.3.11. Preventive Maintenance shall be provided to ensure that endpoint is maintained in good operating condition as per Equipment Specifications and includes the provision of labour, service parts as deemed necessary by Vendor and travelling time at no extra cost to Bank.

1.2.1.3.12. Endpoint Provider shall conduct preventive maintenance (including but not limited to inspection, testing, satisfactory execution of all diagnostics, cleaning and removal of dust and dirt from the interior and exterior of the endpoints and necessary repairing of the endpoints) at such intervals (minimum once in a calendar quarter) as may be necessary from time to time to ensure that the endpoint is in efficient running condition to ensure trouble free functioning. Vendor should submit to a Bank report as per requirement given in Online Portal or alternatively confirmed through the Web Portal or through Mobile App provided by the Bank.


P a g e 13 | 120

Preventive maintenance needs to be scheduled at a time convenient to the Vendor and Bank or may be performed during the remedial maintenance. The selected bidder is required to share the quarterly schedule of Preventive Maintenance (endpoint ID-wise) with ATM Operations team under Channel Management and Customer Service Department at LHO at least 15 days in advance. The following Preventive Maintenance Check-list is required to be submitted duly signed and completed.


P a g e 14 | 120

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE : ATM ID :

Sl Check List Done

1 Verify the device logs and tallies to know the module performance

2 Check CD Input Voltage i.e. Phase Vs Neutral VsEarthing

3 Verify all fans are operating correctly and are not noisy

4 Ensure shutter assemblies and guides are fully tightened on to the fascia

5 Using a vacuum cleaner, vacuum all internal surfaces including all modules

6 Clean the vacuum filter, Replace if necessary

7 Clean the LVDT sensor wheels with cotton buds and alcohol

8 Check and replace the stacker wheels and gears if found damaged

9 Replace all the gears and bearing using DPM kit

10 Replace all suction cups and check and replace Pick line if found broken

11 Ensure pick and presenter modules are aligned correctly (D wheel, Pick-Pick

& Pick - Presenter)

12 Ensure pick frame and cassette latches operate correctly and lock cassette into position

13 Check purge bin micro switch, latch & shutter operates correctly

14 Ensure presenter mouth is aligned to the safe door

15 MCRW transport rollers should be cleaned with wet cloth

16 Clean the card reader transport and head using the pre-soaked cleaning card

17 Clean and align MCRW pre head sensor, Replace if required

18 Check and adjust the shutter mechanism and align with fascia

19 Check and clean all sensors in depository including anti-fishing sensor

20 Clean the print head flex cable contacts and check the print head holder for

proper operation

21 Check the auxiliary transport drive gear meshes properly with the main

transport drive gear

22 Clean and lubricate JP print head carrier and replace ribbon drive spring, if

required

23 Clean and lubricate JP Reel guide for smooth operation, if required replace

24 Clean thermal print head and transport belts with wet cloth

25 Clean EPP, Touch screen & FDK's with cloth dipped in IPA

26 Ensure Mechanical lock dialer and reference plate are fixed and working properly

27 Clean camera lens and mirror, Check USB cable are intact at both ends

28 Check cabinet lock and door hinges, replace if required

29 GBNA/GBRU Preventive maintenance as per Service manual

30 Check and ensure that Cash retraction is disabled

31 Grouting done or not done

32 LAN Cables connection checked

33 Air Conditioner in working condition

34 Power Supply cleaned using brush or vacuum.

35 Check Currency Cassette Pressure

36 Cross Check the Cash Dispenser completely packed to avoid rodent entry

37 Check and remove foreign material like paper roll, ribbon and unwanted paper


P a g e 15 | 120

Date : Signature of Engineer.

1.2.1.3.13. The scope of Services for Digital VSS covers the

following: 1.2.1.3.13.1. At the time of preventive maintenance services,

check if image is captured correctly; 1.2.1.3.13.2. using VENDOR VSS menu under supervisor

mode to check that images captured are getting stored in the hard disk drive of endpoints;

1.2.1.3.13.3. checking camera status, image capturing and data storage at every preventive maintenance of endpoints;

1.2.1.3.13.4. Digita l VSS hardware and software maintenance – In the event of failure, take appropriate actions to rectify the same:

1.2.1.3.13.4.1. Change of cable if bad 1.2.1.3.13.4.2. Change of camera if bad 1.2.1.3.13.4.3. Change of HDD if bad 1.2.1.3.13.4.4. Reload s/w in case of s/w crash or

change of HDD

bits

38 Latest Software loaded. Mention the software version in the PM report

39 Check for proper operationalisation of combination lock

POST PM Check List

1 Card reader and receipt printer mouth aligned with fascia slot

2 Align monitor display and calibrate touch screen

3 Check dispenser shutter test in loop and ensure proper operation

4 Do stack and clear test with 40 bills for multiple times, Ensure dispenser work

properly

5 Run print alignment test for both printer and ensure for good quality print

6 Check camera / DVSS for good quality images with transaction details imposed

7 Ensure EJ setting and cash retraction patch work properly / EJ software is working properly

8 Check card reader for track read and speed test, replace the module if required

9 Clear tallies at end of the PM

10 DVSS is working properly

11 Environmental condition of CD Good /Bad


P a g e 16 | 120

1.2.1.3.14. With submission of AMC bill for payment, a copy of DVSS image a long with others required documents is must as a proof of doing the preventive maintenance of DVSS.

1.2.1.4. Any other Bank’s preventable calls. 1.2.1.5. The cost of combination lock if required to be replaced

(except for reasons attributable to Bank such as mishandling, misuse, force majeure conditions) during the contract period shall be borne by Endpoint Provider. Such defective lock shall be broken open by Endpoint Provider at their cost.

1.3. Site Installation / Modification Services :

1.3.1. Scope of Services :.

Bank may require Site Implementation/Modification Services, partly or wholly, at most of the sites where CDs are to be installed. There may also be instances where old sites have to be refurbished and where CDs have to be relocated involving some amount of site work. Vendor understood that as the deployment of CDs shall be all over the country, Vendor undertake the work at all locations. Vendor shall have own personnel to coordinate SIS activities. Site modification means civil & electrical work for installing CDs such that they are flushed into the wall/false wall and all the electrical power points, LAN cables, UPS Batteries, Modems are kept concealed behind the false-wall to create a back room. If other endpoints are also present, same modification to be done for all. Therefore, the entire site layout has to be modified in such cases where multiple endpoints are present. This document details Vendor’s Site Installation/Modification Services (“SIS”) for CD at various locations in India. This service shall include End to End Project management for site preparation activities as follows:

i. Performing site visits as per the sites identified by Bank.

ii. Submission of cost estimate for any modification at the existing

sites to concerned Branch(es) or AGM ATM (Operations).

iii. Vendor shall submit cost estimate for site installation services

(based on specifications and rates approved by Bank’s Corporate

Centre) to the Bank’s LHOs. The estimate submitted by Vendor

shall be countersigned by the Bank’s LHOs. Bank acknowledges


P a g e 17 | 120

that the estimates are on a best effort basis and the final invoice

shall be on actual quantity/measurements.

iv. Once Bank approves the estimation and provides a clear site to

Vendor, Vendor shall take over the site to start necessary site

preparation activities.

v. Complete management of subcontractors to supply services in

readiness for the CD installation.

vi. Liaison with Bank in relation to the schedule and escalation

vii. Stage-wise monitoring; Quality audit by Vendor’s Civil engineer/

Architect.

viii. Provide the quality certificate for the work done.

ix. Single point of contact with proactive escalation

1.3.2. Site Related Services :..

1.3.2.1. Bank through its LHOs shall provide its monthly rollout plan to the Vendor.

1.3.2.2. Based on the site visit as stated in 2.1 above, an estimate shall be prepared by the Vendor and submitted to the concerned representative / officer of Bank’s LHO within 5 days of the receipt of list of tentative sites failing which Bank shall be entitled to charge penalty @ Rs.200/- per day for each day of delay beyond 5 days.

1.3.2.3. For the Sites, Vendor shall submit the site drawing and cost estimates to concerned Branch(s) or AGM ATM (Operations) at LHO of Bank for their confirmation. The cost estimates shall be based on the rates as agreed in Appendix – 7-4-SIS.

1.3.2.4. Based on such confirmation Bank’s LHO shall issue site orders to Vendor for commencing the site preparation work.

1.3.2.5. Start Date Site preparation services for each site shall begin from (i) the next day of the receipt of site order from Bank or (ii) the date of handover of Clear Site whichever is later. If the site order from Bank is received on a Fridays which falls before 2nd& 4th Saturdays and on a 1st, 3rd& 5th Saturday after 2 p.m. or Sunday, then the Start Date for such order shall be succeeding Monday.


P a g e 18 | 120

1.3.2.6. End Date End date for a ll sites shall be 15 (fifteen) days from start date.

1.3.3. Personnel :

1.3.3.1. Vendor Resources - Vendor shall normally, at its sole discretion, determine the number of personnel and the appropriate skill sets, necessary to complete Site Modification. Vendor has identified the fo llowing initial resource levels for this modification, which may be subject to change: Vendor Project Manager - Vendor shall appoint a Project Manager (s) who shall be responsible for overall management of Vendor’s (and Vendor’s contractors, if any) obligations for site modification service. The Project Manager (s) Shall work with Bank to clearly define and document the requirements of Bank and on an ongoing basis shall perform implementation project reviews.

1.3.3.2. At Bank’s ATM Department at Corporate Office, Asst. General Manager (ATM-I & S), and at Bank’s LHOs, Asst. General Manager (AGM) ATM Operations shall be points of contact on behalf of BANK who shall be regularly available with Vendor team responsible for delivery on matters pertaining to site implementation services. The AGM (ATM-I&S) of Bank shall procure, manage and direct BANK’s resources as defined in this Addendum.

1.3.4. Vendor’s Responsibilities :

1.3.4.1. Vendor shall conduct implementation updates and regular project reviews with Bank.

1.3.4.2. Vendor shall allocate appropriate resources, and use all reasonable efforts to avoid delay in the schedule.

1.3.4.3. Vendor shall provide a fina l invoice along with the bill of material and site completion report upon completion of site.

1.3.4.4. Vendor shall not be liable for any loss of material and equipments belonging to Bank or any of its Vendors kept at the CD site.

1.3.4.5. Vendor shall update Bank’s Project Manager, through email / written communication, about the incidences related to site held up for reasons not attributable to Vendor such as non availability of site power / landlord permissions / permissions from statutory authorities etc.

1.3.4.6. Vendor shall ensure that power points and connectivity points are not accessible to the public.

1.3.5. Bank’s responsibilities :


P a g e 19 | 120

1.3.5.1. Bank shall provide, in a timely manner, tentative list of CD sites for installation.

1.3.5.2. Bank shall provide to Vendor personnel and Vendor’s sub-contractors with reasonable access, working space and facilities, including heat, light, ventilation, free electric current outlets, clean water supply and telephone facility.

1.3.5.3. Bank shall provide twenty four [24] hour access to sites to allow Vendor to perform the site modification service.

1.3.5.4. Bank shall co-operate with Vendor and its contractors/sub-contractors /agents and third party Vendors to avoid delay in the schedule.

1.3.5.5. Prompt resolution by Bank on the escalation by Vendor of the complaints related to the delays in the completion of the work (including the escalations raised by Vendor under section 4.5 by the agencies directly appointed by Bank to facilitate execution of the work by Vendor or their sub-contractors

1.3.5.6. Bank shall undertake a ll structural and RCC works, water proofing, anti termite / pest control treatments, all approvals and permissions and liaison work incidental to site modification service.

1.3.5.7. If for reasons not attributable to the Vendor, the site implementation services needs to be suspended and if such suspension continues for a period of 10 days, then Bank agrees to pay Vendor immediately for the work completed till such suspension and such suspension shall not attract any penalty.

1.3.6. Site Completion and Handover :

Upon completion of the site preparation services, Vendor shall submit a site completion report given below , to the concerned branch of Bank. The said branch office of Bank shall acknowledge the receipt of the site completion report evidencing the completion of site implementation service.

1.3.7. Defect Liability :

1.3.7.1. There shall be a twelve (12) month defect liability period from the date of site handover to Bank. Vendor shall remedy defects attributable due to Vendor’s fault of workmanship in site preparation service at no charge to Bank. Such defects shall be remedied within the mutually agreed reasonable period. The defect liability shall be restricted to rectification or repair of the work executed by Vendor under this Addendum.

1.3.7.2. The defect liability shall not cover removable items in the backroom and lobby including but not limited to tube lights, bulbs, dustbin, surveillance system, signages, VM’s Stickers, poster frames, door handles, plastic parts of AC etc.


P a g e 20 | 120

1.3.7.3. Vendor shall not be liable for any defect liability for any product of any other Vendor / supplier of Bank..

1.3.8. Other Penalties ;

1.3.8.1. Penalty shall be levied in case material/equipment used are

not in conformity with specifications laid down unless exemption has been obtained from Bank. Penalty could include free replacement plus 25% deduction of the cost of the material/equipment/machines.

1.3.8.2. On account of any negligence, commission or omission by the engineers of the Vendor in delivery of Product and Services if any loss or damage caused to the Equipment/machine, Vendor shall indemnify/pay/reimburse all loss suffered by Bank

1.3.8.3. Vendor shall abide by the job safety measures prevalent in India and shall defend and indemnify the Bank from all third party claims, losses, demands against the Bank arising from accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the Vendor’s negligence under this Agreement and shall not hold the Bank responsible or obligated if the Bank gives (a) prompt written notice of the incidence; (b) all requested information available with the Bank about the incidence; (c) reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d) sole authority to defend and settle the claim relating to such incidence.

1.3.8.4. If site modification work is not completed in 15 days then a penalty of Rs. 200/- per day will be levied from 16th day and onwards. No penalties shall be levied for delays on account of force majeure.

Site Completion Report

Branch Code:-

ADDRESS OF THE SITE :- SITE REFERENCE NO. :-

Site Commencement Date :- Site Completion Date :-

SR. NO

ITEMS QTY. Status(YES/NO/NA) Remarks

Please tick whichever applicable

YES NO NA

CIVIL


P a g e 21 | 120

WOOD WORK

DOOR AND EXTERNAL GLAZING

ELECTRICAL

OTHERS

Checked by: Verified by: Accepted as a token of

acceptance of site

TIS – Coordinator Team Leader/RPM Signature &

Stamp of Customer Date :

Name:

Designation: Date:

Notes:

o Quantities are indicated in the final bill to follow.

o All quantities are open to verification on the site. o Final Items marked “N/A” are not applicable for this site.

2. Annual Technical Support by Solution Provider: NB : All the support services mentioned below are illustrative but not exhaustive and are part of ATS and suitable cost may be factored while subscribing to the RFP All Support Services under Annual Technical Support at the Endpoint ( without any restriction on number of physical visits at the endpoint, should be made available by Solution Provider to the Bank round the clock throughout the year including Sundays and Holidays during the terms of 7 years. Qualified maintenance engineers totally familiar with the solutions and endpoints shall perform all the services provided hereinafter:


P a g e 22 | 120

2.1.1. Pre-Implementation- Integration, Testing and Pilot run at Endpoints with all required functionalities.

2.1.1.1. To share Single Point Contact details (other than Onsite

Advanced Technical Support team) along with escalation matrix

to Endpoints Provider.

2.1.1.2. To share necessary details with Endpoints Provider for

confirmation of compatibility of Solutions.

2.1.1.3. To start testing, once Setup is ready and required

information is made available by Endpoints Provider.

2.1.1.4. To carry out thorough testing for each model and different

variants of Endpoints Provider.

2.1.1.5. To provide necessary analysis to Endpoints provider for the

bugs/issues observed on device software layers (XFS/non-XFS).

2.1.1.6. To carry out testing at on-site for pilot at live sites approved

by the Bank.

2.1.1.7. To provide confirmation to Endpoints Provider for successful

loading of Solutions for starting functionality tests

2.1.1.8. Post signoff of completion of functionality testing, Solution

Provider to share an installable software/ghost image/gold

image/wizard based or any patches in consultation with

Endpoints Provider to the Bank/Endpoints Provider.

2.1.1.9. Solution Provider should ensure diagnostic tool should be

made available in Solutions for day to day trouble shooting.

2.1.1.10. Responsible to integrate other non-XFS devices with

Solutions.

2.1.1.11. For the devices (e.g. Camera, biometric, etc.) which are not

XFS compliant, solution provider to develop/customise the

Solution using proprietary drivers/application provided by the

Endpoints provider/Endpoint-OEM. Solution provider to

incorporate and support these devices in Central and client

solutions. In any way, it should not cause any inconvenience

during day to day operations.

2.1.1.12. Text to Speech(TTS) functionality to be made available (Cost

of necessary software and customisation to be borne by the

Solution Provider as part of total Solutions). To analyse the

problem during testing & giving report to Endpoints

provider/Endpoint-OEM

2.1.1.13. Functionality of any other non-XFS hardware should be

driven by Solutions in same way as it was provided by Endpoints

Provider/Endpoint-OEM.


P a g e 23 | 120

2.1.1.14. To share process document for installation, re-installation

and trouble-shooting the any fault at the Endpoint with Bank and

Endpoints Provider/Endpoint-OEM vendor. This process

document should contain contact details of eJ team & Solutions

team for confirmation.

2.1.1.15. To ensure all statutory or RBI compliance in Solutions and

also all security features which were incorporated in Endpoint-

OEMs native software and/or as per Banks agreements with

Endpoints provider should be incorporated in Solutions.

2.1.1.16. To ensure that the developed ATM application(s) are PA-

DSS certified.

2.1.1.17. To ensure that the EMV Kernel(s) provided are EMVCo

certified.

2.1.1.18. To close all security observations raised by Information

Security Department before pilot.

2.1.2. Implementation and Post Implementation Support :

2.1.2.1. Solution Provider shall provide any maintenance service (irrespective of no. of visits to the endpoints) related to Endpoints/Solutions under the ATS – Annual Technical Support, on oral/ telephonic/ email/ SMS / Mobile Application or Tickets/Incidents reported at Banks’ Online Monitoring System any other mode of communication by the Bank through its qualified expert personnel wherever the endpoints are installed with fo llowing resolution time :

Category Resolution Time/ TAT

VIP endpoints 2 Hours : Irrespective of the

population group/ category

Regular endpoints i. 4 Hours : At Metro, Urban

and Semi-urban locations

ii. 6 Hours : At Rural

locations

The Bank will have sole discretion to permit the grace travel time depending on the circumstances. Solution Provider should ensure dispatch of qualified personnel to the endpoint site with a view to resolve the incident and operationalise endpoint within the given response and resolution timelines as given above under the following illustrative circumstances :


P a g e 24 | 120

2.1.2.1.1. L1 and L2 shall install/Roll out of duly tested Client and Server Solutions/software/agents/Bank’s provided agents etc, and successful operationalization at their respective endpoints permitted by the Bank as per process shared with the Bank. L2 shall coordinate with L1 and handover the control and Managed services to L1.

2.1.2.1.2. To attend the tickets/incidents relating to endpoint reported in the Banks’ Online Monitoring Solutions/Mobile App provided.

2.1.2.1.3. Endpoint is down for any reason. 2.1.2.1.4. Clearing of currency jam, paper, card, journal/receipt

paper jams, clearing of card jams. Repetitive cash jam issues general administrative maintenance (“Administrative Maintenance” ), including retrieval of mutilated cash from the divert cassette

2.1.2.1.5. If Solution Provider is not providing the cash replenishment services for the endpoint, Visits required to bring the endpoint online when left in maintenance mode or to correct currency cassettes not properly seated; straps or bands not removed from currency; improper loading of currency into cassettes; or improper loading of cassettes into the endpoint; incorrect, or incorrect installation of consumable supplies; erroneous endpoint settlement totals causing the endpoint to go out of service; failure to clear the electronic journal;

2.1.2.1.6. The following erstwhile endpoint related FLM services which shall be services through ATS Services :

2.1.2.1.6.1. Endpoint down due to telephone line, Endpoint network, or non-Vendor- serviced modem problems;

2.1.2.1.6.2. Calls placed where no problems are found; 2.1.2.1.6.3. Visits to the Endpoint/ATM to a llow access to

ATM to a third party; 2.1.2.1.6.4. Visits to the Endpoint/ATM as a result of

vandalism to the Endpoint/ATM or facility; 2.1.2.1.6.5. Visits to the Endpoint/ATM because the

Endpoint/ATM ran out of currency (Vendor shall not load ATM currency cartridges or dispensers as part of FLM Services in ATMs for which cash replenishment services are not being provided by Vendor);

2.1.2.1.6.6. Calls resulting from Bank’s or third party’s erroneous actions.

2.1.2.1.7. To provide training to Bank’s custodian while installing and commissioning the endpoint. The training primarily cover the administration and End of Day (EOD) process which comprises two sections i.e. (a) counter update for


P a g e 25 | 120

cash during Cash Replenishment; and (b) comparing Switch admin Hoppers total and balancing the endpoint. Solution Provider shall also provide the training on paper loading (receipt roll) and changing of combination locks;

2.1.2.1.8. Solution Provider shall arrange to store DVSS footages up to a period of 180 days.

2.1.2.1.9. Services for loading and on-going maintenance of encryption keys.

2.1.2.1.10. Service like DNS setting, IP address changes, changing currency cassettes configuration, cassettes calibration, changing combination lock setting or any other activities which cannot be performed by Centra lised solutions.

2.1.2.1.11. Services covers endpoint testing, installation, operationalization, reinstallation, upgradation, bug fixing, patches , resolution and troubleshooting the endpoint fault or its components or services or parameters or configuration or its accessories or software stack (which includes any agent eg Multi-Vendor Software Agent (s), endpoint protection solution agent(s), EJ agent, any agent provided by Bank etc or any other specific activity required by the Bank or of its representative, ) with a view to ensure smooth functioning or its operationalization or to ensure proper reporting or to ensure the uptime.

2.1.2.1.12. Trouble shooting of Solutions at the Endpoint for non-functioning of any of its functionality or Endpoint is down irrespective of facts whether it relates to Solutions or hardware breakdown. The Solution provider will take full responsibility for ensuring that the Endpoint is functional with Solutions installed on the same and will coordinate with the Endpoints provider aimed at operationalization of Endpoints and share the logs if required.

2.1.2.1.13. Reinstallation/upgradation of Solutions at the Endpoint either due to any fault in the Endpoint or any changes required by the Bank in Solutions.

2.1.2.1.14. Upgradation of Solutions and its patches at the Endpoints regularly from time to time or at regular frequency or because of any change in Solutions either through software distribution tool or through physical visits at endpoint in case the same could not be pushed through software distribution for any reason.

2.1.2.1.15. Resolution of issue related to functioning of EJ Module / EJ Pulling / EJ parsing irrespective of whether it relates to Solutions or otherwise.

2.1.2.1.16. Root cause analysis for disputed / fraudulent transaction, coordination with Endpoints provider and submit the report to the Bank.


P a g e 26 | 120

2.1.2.1.17. Providing physical logs and / or camera (EJ/JP/IMAGE) from Endpoint in case of disputed / fraudulent transactions

2.1.2.1.18. Extend support and ensure that all changes related to calendar quarter are fully tested with the Endpoints provider and ready for release by end of the calendar quarter and pilot at two endpoints and distribute the same to the Endpoints remotely if bandwidth permits else through the engineers for manual installation and operationalization at the Endpoints.

2.1.2.1.19. To test Banks’ Provided agent (s) at Lab and roll-out (i.e. install at all endpoints) after pilot at two endpoints at respective model remotely if bandwidth permits else through the engineers for manual installation and operationalization at the endpoints

NB : Wherever support of joint custodian require, Solution Provider to coordinate with Joint custodian to resolve the issue.

2.1.2.2. To share the status of roll out with the Bank and Endpoints

provider. 2.1.2.3. Post successful Pilot run at two Endpoints, share an

installable software/ghost image/wizard/gold image based or any patches and process through SVN Version Control System and with full access to the Bank/Endpoints provider.

2.1.2.4. To share support team details with its escalation matrix to

Bank and Endpoints provider. 2.1.2.5. Any financial loss arise due to Solutions shall be made good

to the Bank by Solution Provider. 2.1.2.6. Any transaction details not getting recorded on EJ due to

Solutions and any loss reported against the said transaction, shall be made good to the Bank by Solution Provider.

2.1.2.7. Solution Provider to resolve the issue of Endpoint down or

affecting the performance of the Endpoint, on account of Solutions / client software either through remote troubleshooting or by onsite physical visit (in case of bandwidth issue or not getting resolved remotely) within given TAT on being known the fact either from centralised portal of Solutions or being notified by Bank or by Endpoint-OEM / Provider of the Endpoint or any other party/Vendor or any other source provided by the Bank. It’s Solution Provider responsibility to isolate the issue whether it is related to Solutions or hardware and work in close cooridination


P a g e 27 | 120

with Endpoint-OEM /Provider / other Vendor to make the Endpoint up and running.

2.1.2.8. To take over Managed Services immediately on

implementation of solutions at the endpoint and report take-over certificate through Centralised Online Monitoring System or Mobile apps.

2.1.2.9. Solution Provider to share their respective product roadmaps

including software releases/updates to Bank on a regular basis. 2.1.2.10. Immediate support and work closely with endpoints provider

for changes eg : Bug fix, customisaion, modification, enhancement related to regulatory or causing the financial loss to the Bank or affecting Bank’s reputation or Bank terms it as critical, for its quickly release with pilot at two terminals and distribute the same to the Endpoints remotely if bandwidth permits else through the engineers for manual installation and operationalization at the Endpoints.

2.1.2.11. Solution Provider shall quickly lodge the case of

malfunctioning /improper working of the endpoint other than reasons attributed to the Solution Provider but relates to Endpoint Provider (eg. any issue of non-functioning of any functionalities which are dependent upon the XFS or components of endpoint or devices or connected with driver or any dependency on Endpoint provider/Endpoint-OEM with relevant logs, if any) at the Endpoint Provider’s Call logging System as well as Banks’ Online Monitoring System or through the Managed Service Center Setup for the purpose.

3. Managed Support Services:

The Solution Provider should be capable to handle the allotted Managed

Services under the contract immediately. They should also have a clear action

plan to ramp it up to handle number of machines. The responsibility of collecting

all the required information and customization to communicate with the Circles

shall be with the Solution Provider and must be carried out by the Solution

Provider without any additional cost to the Bank. The cost of leased line and back

up connectivity from the Solution Provider’s Management Centre and DR Site to

the Bank’s Switch and DR Site must be borne by the Solution Provider. The

recurring expenditure relating to connectivity shall be borne by the Solution

Provider. Cost of licenses/software/ hardware/ services required to provide

Managed Services will be borne by the Solution Provider.


P a g e 28 | 120

Solution Provider will have to take over existing endpoints sites from existing MS Vendor (in case the same does not belong to it already) on implementation of solutions at the respective endpoint and operationalize the full-fledged managed services at these endpoints within 10 days. In respect of endpoints under this RFP (irrespective of L1/L2) or future RFP(if Bank requires), , Solution Provider should start operationalization of full-fledged managed services within 10 days of the installation of endpoint. Submit the following management takeover certificate duly completed and signed. The report is also required to be uploaded / keyed-in at Online Monitoring System of the Bank. MANAGEMENT TAKEOVER CERTIFICATE SITE TAKEOVER REPORT Bank : ATM Name :

ATM Address: Region: Module : Circle :

Nodal/ Base Branch Name and Code: Nodal/ Base Branch address:

ATM : (On-site / Off-site/ Captive) ATM ID:

Branch Manager’s Name : Branch Contact Nos.:

ATM Co-ordinator name: ATM Co-ordinator contact details:

Weekly Holidays: Zonal ATM Co-ordinator:

Cash Link Branch and Code Cash Link Branch Address :

Geocode Lat : Long :

Inventory/Assets available at ATM Site : (Mention Nos., Make & Model) 1. ATM: a: Make : b: Machine Serial No. : c: Date of installation : d: Currency Cassettes (Nos.) : e. Set 1 of physical key : f. Set 2 of physical key : 2. A/C 1 : 22. Name of Network Vendor:

3. A/C 2 : 23. Dustbin :

4. Telephone : 24. Cheque Deposit Box :

5. ATM Machine : 25. Drop Box Keys :

6. UPS make, model no.: 26. No. of Poster frames:


P a g e 29 | 120

7. No. of Batteries : 27. Planters :

8. Modem : 28. Stationary Box :

9. Stabilizer : 29. Stationary:

10. Generator : 30. Registers :

11. Exhaust Fan : 31. Chair :

12. Sign Board/s : 32. Stool :

13. Tube Lights : 33. Fire Extinguisher (Full/ Empty):

14. Bulbs : 34. Keys :

15. Doormat : 35. Any other Items :

16. Door : 36. Visual merchandise: 17. Door handle: 37. Access Lock:

18. External Glass: 38. Electrical fittings:

19. VSS/DVSS, if available: 39. Earthing:

20. Lollypop signage: 40. ATM Sign Board:

21. Network Type: VSAT/Leased Line/CDMA

41. RBI license copy:

Remarks: H/over by Name:

T/over by Name:

Designation:

Designation:

Company Name:

Company Name:

Signature:

Signature:

Certified that the ATM Site has been taken over by M/s………………….for Managed Services. FLM / House Keeping on Duty: FLM / Housekeeper Supervisor:

Name: Name: Contact No: Contact No:

Date: Signature: Time

Branch/Bank Seal & Sign:

Signature:


P a g e 30 | 120

MACHINE & SITE DETAILS

ATM ID

Machine type CD Recycler

OLD ATM id (if Any)

Date of Installation

Machine Supplier Vendor

OEM/manufacturing Vendor

MS Vendor

Model Name & Serial no.

Phase Phase 13

Installation Location (Tick if applicable)

Airport Shopping Mall or Complex/Movie Theatre

Intouch Bus Stands

Railway Station Market area/Bazaar

Metro Station Govt. Building/ Govt. office

Army/Defence Area Main Branch

Petrol Pump

ATM Site Type E-corner Onsite Onsite

E-corner offsite Offsite

Intouch Onsite

Installation Room Branch Lobby Cabin

Window E-corner

Intouch

Ramp Available for Disable? Yes No

CCTV available Yes No

E-surveillance System Yes No

Security Guard Yes, Time shift_________________

No

Backroom Available Yes No

Are all electrical wires, UPS, switches, network cables, modem in back room?

Yes No

No. of existing machines at site (exclude this new machine)

No. of Existing CDs No. of Existing Recycler/CDM

Total Machines at site

Full Site Address

District

City

State

Circle as per SBI

Pincode

Latitude (upto 6 decimal)

Longitude (upto 6 decimal)

Cash Replenishment Bank Staff Outsourced Agency Name____________

Joint Custodian1 name

Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no


P a g e 31 | 120

The comprehensive Managed Support Services shall inc lude the following:

3.1 Replenishment of consumables. 3.2 Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding 3.3 Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s) 3.4 Management Center Activities

3.4.1 Central Helpdesk at Management Center 3.4.2 Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability 3.4.3 Cash Management Services

3.5 Cash Replenishment / Evacuation Services

Vendor shall also ensure that only qualified maintenance personnel familiar with the respective services shall perform all the services required under the Managed Support Services. There will be no restriction on the no. of visits at the site/endpoint.


Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no

Connectivity Vendor TMK Set No.__________________

Machine IP

Gateway IP

Bank Detail

Owner Branch: Address : City : Pincode : Contact Person(Branch : Mgr/Channel Mgr) Contact No. : Email ID :

Cash-link Branch Address : City : Pincode : Contact Person(Branch : Mgr/Channel Mgr) Contact No. : Email ID :

Machine Details

Biometric Facility : Yes / No Card Lock door:

DVSS Camera : Operating System :_________________

Braille Friendly: Dip Card:

Hearing impaired friendly (talking ATM): Languages: English (Y/N) Hindi (Y/N)

Touch Screen : Regional (Y/N)__________________


P a g e 32 | 120

3.1. Replenishment of Consumables:

3.1.1. Supply and Replenishment of consumables such as paper roll, printer ribbons, inkjet cartridge Vendor shall replenish consumables essential to ensure uninterrupted ENDPOINT operation as necessary without limitation on quantity.

3.1.2. The specification of these consumables shall be as under:

3.1.2.1. Ribbons of high tensile strength material – 12.7mm with 24’ length. shall print 5 million characters approx., if applicable.

3.1.2.2. Receipt Rolls – 80mm wide x 8” dia approx x 0.7” core dia produced on ENDPOINT grade thermal paper Appleton Alpha 8. The density of sense mark shall be uniform with 1.2 plus & tolerance level of slitting shall be +/- 0.012”.

3.1.3. Consumable Management shall be independent of ENDPOINT

make, model, type of network & Vendor.

3.1.4. Stationery, other than specified herein, if required to be procured in future, shall be contracted at mutually agreed terms.

3.2. Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding:

3.2.1.1. Cleaning of both customer area & back room and immediate surroundings; cleaning of all items in kiosk e.g. ENDPOINT exterior, LCD/CRT screen, air conditioners, visual merchandise, signage (including external signage), floor, glass, walls, cleaning of waste paper basket, etc., to ensure that the kiosk presents a neat and clean appearance. All surfaces shall be maintained clean and particularly glass surfaces shall be maintained sparkling clean.

3.2.1.2. Cleaning of Signage / Lollypop once a month.

3.2.2. All sites shall be cleaned minimum twice a day for Regular endpoints and thrice a day for VIP endpoints and report through Online Portal or Mobile Application for any non-functioning of the endpoint or any fault or non -availability of connectivity.

3.2.3. Pest control/anti-rodent treatment shall be undertaken minimum

once every half year.

3.2.4. Managing display of notices, information and collaterals at ENDPOINT site.


P a g e 33 | 120

3.2.5. Display of Manage Service Center’s tollfree number etc at the endpoint site for reporting of the problem.

3.2.6. In the process of providing these services, Vendor undertakes to

use good/ standard quality cleaning material. No housekeeping material will be kept in the direct view of the customer.

3.2.7. Monitoring Site and reporting any problems relating to following through Online Portal or Mobile Application: (List is illustrative and not exhaustive)

• Functioning of endpoint • Door • Door handle

• External glass

• Visual merchandise

• Access lock • Electrical fitting • Earthling

• AC working condition

• Thermostat settings. • UPSS

• UPSS Batteries • Electrically fit signage

• Painting

• Any civil requirement • Lighting facility

• Environmental conditions etc

3.2.8. Arrange to get publicity materials, banners, posters etc. supplied by the Bank displayed at the endpoint site as per instructions besides replenishing leaflets, brochures etc.

3.2.9. Reporting incidents of vandalism, theft, breakage, fire etc. to police/

Link Branch / LHO and other appropriate authorities.

3.3. Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s):

Vendor shall monitor health, repair and maintain UPS and Batteries. Vendor shall check the following parameters during preventive maintenance of UPS:

• Input & output voltage

• Input & output current

• Input frequency • Battery life

• Battery voltage • UPS internal temperature


P a g e 34 | 120

The cost of replacement of UPS and Batteries, if needed, shall be borne by the Bank. Visits to the site to allow access to the site or to a third party or to provide facilities management such as adjusting thermostat settings

3.4. Management Center Activities:

3.4.1. Central Helpdesk at Management Center:

The Helpdesk services will broadly cover the following illustrative list but not exhaustive:

3.4.1.1. Solution Provider shall provide Managed Services which

would include round the Clock Centralised remote monitoring with all related field-level support services in respect of endpoints.

3.4.1.2. Solution Provider should ensure vendor’s key personnel with

relevant skill are always available at the Management Center and ensure the professional standard, quality and delivery of services

3.4.1.3. Solution Provider’s support staff should be well trained to

effectively handle queries raised by the Bank customer / employees / service providers etc.

3.4.1.4. The expected time of resolution should be average 3 minutes

per call which are of routine nature.

3.4.1.5. Help Desk with Toll free telephone number with multiple lines

(minimum 100) ( 24 * 7 * 365 days a year) as single point of contact for endpoint issues and manual lodging of issue in the Incident Management Ticketing available in Monitoring System on receipt of requests over toll free number. Single Point of Contact for engineer’s phoning for help, wanting feedback on the status of a problem or managing multiple parties to resolve problems. Receive telephone call from external customer, identify the caller, log and create the incident ticket and assign the incident priority.

3.4.1.6. Must be the single point of contact with multiple lines for Bank for help, checks on status of endpoint problem, endpoint / endpoint equipment problems, managing multiple parties/resources for Testing, insta llation, operationalization,


P a g e 35 | 120

reinstallation, upgradation, bug fixing, resolution of any issue and troubleshooting the endpoint or its components or its accessories or software stack (which includes any agent eg Multi-Vendor Software Agent, endpoint protection solution agent(s), EJ agent or agent provided by the Bank etc) with a view to ensure smooth functioning or its operationalization or to ensure proper reporting or to ensure the uptime or any other specific activity required by the Bank as per RFP.

3.4.1.7. Escalation process should be in place for unresolved issues 3.4.1.8. Considering expected number of call which depends upon

the knowledge gap about the solution / defects in the solution / suggestion for improvement etc, the help desk should be manned adequate ly with dedicated resource for the same.

3.4.1.9. Selected Bidder must provide with a dedicated and exclusive

team at the Management Center

3.4.1.10. Maintenance of up-to-date documentation on SOP for day-to-day activities,

3.4.1.11. Providing on the call support to provide the One-Time-

Password to service provider at the endpoint site using the Centralised Access Management Solution after ensuring the legitimacy of the service provider from the Inventory.

3.4.1.12. Management and Administration of Help Desk. 3.4.1.13. Managing Vendor and Third-Party Service Providers.

Solution provider is accountable for managing the coordination of incidents that required both single and multiple party dispatches. The Solution Provider’s responsibility is to automatically / immediately escalate an incident call to respective vendors / service providers for all equipments / services, and to track all incidents at periodical intervals to enable that the error is rectified within reasonable time.

3.4.1.14. The Solution Provider shall escalate incidents promptly and continuously follow up at reasonable intervals till closure of a ticket. In other words, the Management Center shall be responsible for ensuring compliance of other vendors as per their respective SLAs. The Network Service Providers have clearly defined SLAs, the monitoring of which is to be done by Solution Provider, with specific reference to the performance of the endpoint network only. The Management Centre shall provide suitable reports giving details of activity undertaken as above with exception situations involving breach of related SLAs.


P a g e 36 | 120

3.4.1.15. All incidents which are either auto logged / manually logged

under the Incident Management System should be followed up till resolution of problems.

3.4.1.16. Based on Incident Management System manage the

coordination of incidents that require both single and multiple third-party dispatches. Vendor shall monitor (i) receipt of an incident, (ii) arrival on-site, (iii) repair time and (iv) total resolution time from start to finish.

3.4.1.17. In case of communication error, Vendor shall take up with

the connectivity Service Provider immediate ly and follow up rigorously till the fault is rectified

3.4.1.18. For such equipment not supplied and installed by Vendor like

UPS, Access Lock, PC, Air conditioner, Surveillance System, installed at existing endpoint locations, Vendor shall dispatch an incident call to the respective supplier’s central location. Bank’s LHOs shall provide Vendor’s details of their central location at the Online Porta l and the Toll Free numbers of the suppliers for Vendor to log the calls. It shall be the responsibility of Vendor to ensure that the calls logged by them for rectification of certain deficiencies shall be closed. Till closure Vendor shall continue to follow up with Vendors / Suppliers.

3.4.1.19. Based on the Online portal made available as required under

RFP for auto-generation/reporting of tickets/faults at the endpoint, Vendor as a part of warranty, immediately arrange for dispatch of skilled personnel and ensure to resolve the faults within the stipulated resolution time.

3.4.1.20. Monitoring the status of endpoints for non-compliance of

Multi-Vendor Software and endpoint protection solution (will require coordination with various vendors in respect of existing endpoints).

3.4.1.21. Proactive and reactive review of hardware performance and

service providers’ performance in relation to SLAs

3.4.1.22. Proactive problem resolutions.

3.4.1.23. Supplemental support for variations in business patterns.

3.4.1.24. Scheduled Maintenance Jobs.

3.4.1.25. Use of data analysts for improving uptime of endpoint and its implementation.


P a g e 37 | 120

3.4.1.26. Providing various reports detailing performance of the

network on pre-agreed criteria.

3.4.1.27. Management reporting, including exceptions for SLAs of

all connected service providers

3.4.1.28. Assistance in meaningful analysis of performance for

improving uptime and availability of endpoints.

3.4.2. Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability:

Vendor is required to provide the following services / ensure the following:

3.4.2.1. Remote Monitoring 3.4.2.1.1. Use reliable, dedicated IP connection with backup. 3.4.2.1.2. Endpoint/ATM cash forecasting. Daily order

recommendation 3.4.2.1.3. Potential cash out/cash full warning for endpoint 3.4.2.1.4. Centralized monitoring and contro l over access to

endpoint and safes

3.4.2.2. Fault Identification – remote diagnostic tools to be used (if provided by the Bank)

3.4.2.2.1. Notify appropriate agency for activating support. 3.4.2.2.2. Notify customer at detection, isolation and resolution. 3.4.2.2.3. Manage incident from detection to resolution.

3.4.2.3. Performance Management:

3.4.2.3.1. Proactive/predictive analysis & recommendations. 3.4.2.3.2. Setting event thresholds based on customer

availability needs. 3.4.2.3.3. Tuning performance by correlating events with

performance metrics. 3.4.2.3.4. Order to identify bottlenecks that inhibit availability

and performance. 3.4.2.3.5. Normal functioning of DVSS based on the feed from

ATM/Bank’s.

3.4.2.4. Service levels :

3.4.2.4.1. 24 * 7 * 365 days monitoring and resolution. 3.4.2.4.2. Unlimited incidents. 3.4.2.4.3. Toll free number with multiple lines for service

requests (minimum 100 lines). 3.4.2.5. Response Time Initiation of remedial action within 3 minutes from occurrence.


P a g e 38 | 120

3.4.2.6. Availability of endpoints :

Helpdesk shall act immediately on the tickets raised by mobile application/e-surveillance system/any other online system as approved by the Bank from time to time.

3.4.2.6.1. The Selected bidder shall maintain the target

availability at a ll levels as stipulated by the Bank in subsequent paragraphs.

3.4.2.6.2. ENDPOINT availability will be measured using Banks’

Monitoring System for which an access will be provided to Management Support Center Helpdesk team.

3.4.2.6.3. ATM Monitoring web login access will be extended to

the successful bidders to check the endpoint status online. Successful bidders should take corrective action on the basis of information displayed in the ATM Monitoring solution.

3.4.2.6.4. The Vendor shall maintain raw availability as

calculated by Bank’s monitoring solution at each Circle level separately. The monthly availability report published by ATM monitoring solution shall be considered for above purpose.

3.4.2.6.5. The Vendor shall maintain availability at individual Endpoint level as well as for the entire channel. For this purpose, ‘channel’ will include total number of Endpoints in a Circle.

3.4.2.6.6. All machines/endpoints of the Bank will be

categorized in 2 types and maintain the availability mentioned thereagainst :

Category Minimum targeted Uptime / Availability per month

VIP- endpoints 95% Regular endpoints 92 %

3.4.2.6.7. There shall be no exclusion to availability, except force majeure case like flood, earthquake, natural calamities and vandalism cases.

3.4.3. Cash Management Services:

3.4.3.1. Scope :


P a g e 39 | 120

The Vendor shall provide Cash Management Services to monitor and manage the availability of cash in Bank’s network of ENDPOINTs. This service is designed to optimize the amount of Cash in use at ENDPOINTs. The Vendor shall provide cash needs from past usage trends and current cash status updates and forecast future cash requirements and replenishment schedules for each ENDPOINT. Likely, the Vendor shall provide cash needed to be removed from past usage trends and current cash status updates and forecast future cash removal and evacuation schedule for each cash point. 3.4.3.2. Services and Deliverables:

Vendor shall provide the following services and deliverables:

3.4.3.2.1. Monitor and forecast daily requirement based on

individual ATM/CD/Cash Recycler specific past data and trend – The MS Vendor shall generate daily cash requirement for each ENDPOINT using an established cash forecasting tool and share CRA wise, ENDPOINT wise list in electronic form with each link branch which has been mapped for cash on previous night or at least two hours in advance for delivery by the link branch.

Daily cash requirement shall be generated and shared by the Vendor even for those ENDPOINTs which are not outsourced for cash related activities to the Vendor.

3.4.3.2.2. Monitor and maintain Factor of Safety (FoS) :

Penalty for not maintaining target FoS : “Factor of Safety (FoS)”, i.e. the ideal amount of Cash that should be present in the ATM to prevent Cash out and idle cash situation. FoS will be fixed at 2.0 i.e. for every Rs.100 withdrawn, there should be upto Rs.200 in the machine. It can be calculated as: [Opening cash in the ATM + Amount of cash replenished] --------------------------------------------------------------------- = 2 Net cash withdrawn by customer during the day


P a g e 40 | 120

FoS will be calculated on Daily basis at every individual ATM level wherever cash replenishment is outsourced (except days prior to the Bank Holiday) The FoS will be 2 for such instances, i.e. 2 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM FoS is applicable to only those machines where cash replenishment/ services are outsourced. There shall be a relaxation on days prior to the holiday because cash may not be available from the Bank on Sundays/ Holidays. The FoS will be 2.5 for such instances, i.e. 2.5 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM If FoS is more than 2 or 2.5 as mentioned above, then interest @ 12% will be levied on the excess cash found above the prescribed norm. The following formula shall be used by the Bank to arrive at the amount of excess cash: Excess cash=opening balance + cash replenished - Ideal cash;

where Ideal cash = Cash dispensed * Target FoS The Vendor shall not hold or retain in their vault more than 15% of the total cash taken from Bank on monthly basis. If the retention is more than 15%, a penalty of 12% per annum shall be levied on the excess cash retained in the vault during the month.

However, there will be no FoS penalty for first three months for any newly installed ATM. This relaxation is provided to understand the dispensing pattern of the newly installed ATM for the initia l period of three months.

3.4.3.3. Cash Out :

3.4.3.3.1. On daily basis, Vendor shall monitor for potential

cashouts at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action. The Bank has defined cashout as non-availability of cash in ATM/CD/Cash Recycler for dispensation. The HP ESQ ATM monitoring solution currently declares an ATM as ‘cashout’ if switch simultaneously receives ‘currency out’ message in respect of all configured/present cassettes in the ATM/CD/Cash Recycler. To align this with ADMIN balance, cases of


P a g e 41 | 120

ADMIN balance less than 25000/- out of above will be considered as ‘cashout’ for penalty.

3.4.3.3.2. For cash outs penalty shall be charged as under:-

(i) Rs.1000/- per machine upto 10 hours. In case the cash out extends beyond 10 hours, then Rs.1000 for each hour. (ii) Additional Rs.5000/- if cash out continues beyond 12 hours, for each block of 4 hours. Example: If a cashout incident is closed within 10 hours, the penalty shall be Rs. 1000/- only. However, if it it is closed in 26 hours, the penalty would be Rs. 21000/- (Rs. 1000/- for 10 hours +Rs. 5000/- x 4 for next 12 hours) 3.4.3.3.3. The penalty for cashout shall be applicable only where

cash activity has been outsourced to the Vendor.

3.4.3.4. Managing events and seasonal requirements- Vendor shall keep track on increased requirements during Sundays/Holidays/ Festivals/Salary days, etc. based on the past dispensing pattern and initiate necessary actions to prevent cashout during any such period.

3.4.3.5. Cash verification- Vendor shall arrange for cash verification by other than joint custodians once a month to verify cash position in the ENDPOINT and submit verification reports for each month to the concerned Link Branch and CMCS Department of the Circle by 15th of the next month.

3.4.3.6. Services and deliverables:


3.4.3.6.1. Daily order recommendation - Recommending the replenishment amount and schedule for each ENDPOINT. Each business day, Vendor shall provide Bank an electronic report showing the optimum replenishment frequency and the amount of cash for each ENDPOINT and recommending the amount to be replenished and the schedule for each ENDPOINT.

3.4.3.6.2. Potential cash out warning - On business days,

Vendor shall monitor for potential stock-outs at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action.


P a g e 42 | 120

3.4.3.6.3. Managing events and seasonal requirements (based

on historic data) On business days, Vendor shall monitor the potential stock-outs at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action.

3.4.3.6.4. Cash Management Service Performance Report –

The Vendor shall send advice in the form of cash indent to Branches by email as and when ENDPOINT cash needs to be replenished. The Vendor shall provide Bank with daily cash order report and cash out report.

3.4.3.7. Service Implementation :

The Vendor shall implement and establish the service upon Bank’s provision of the following in a format reasonably acceptable to Vendor:

3.4.3.7.1. Demographic information for all cash points to be

covered by the Service, including ENDPOINT name and location.

3.4.3.7.2. Historical information on daily cash withdrawal and replenishment levels for each ENDPOINT being covered by the Service. For maximum initial effectiveness, historical information is required; at a minimum Vendor requires ninety (90) days of information wherever available.

3.4.3.7.3. Calendar information regarding local events that may impact the predicted cash withdrawal levels.

3.4.3.7.4. A daily feed from Bank’s host network computing system detailing withdrawal and replenishment information for each Cash Point covered by the Service.

3.4.3.7.5. Internet link capabilities between Bank’s host network computing system and the Vendor service center providing for the daily data transfer requirements.

3.4.3.8. Bank’s Responsibilities: In the event Bank outsources cash replenishment to the Vendor, Bank shall be responsible for procuring the One Time Combination (OTC) lock such as S&G/ Kaba locks and keys as may be required for the ENDPOINTs, to facilitate use of OTC mandatorily by the MS vendor/ CIT Agency while extending cash related services i.e. cash replenishment or cash evacuation

3.4.3.9. Data Ownership and Protection:


P a g e 43 | 120

3.4.3.9.1. The data required from Bank for Vendor’s service performance does not include personal data. The Vendor shall not have any obligation to archive or otherwise preserve the information Bank provides, or that which Vendor provides Bank hereunder. All responsibility for doing so remains with Bank. Bank acknowledges and agrees that Vendor is not acting as a data repository or data archive agent for Bank.

3.4.3.9.2. Bank shall retain ownership of operational information

and other information specific to Bank, which Bank provided to Vendor during performance of the Cash Management Service. Vendor retains all rights to the software and the methodology employed in the provision of the Service and grants Bank no license to disclose or make use of such intellectual property other than as may be agreed herein.

3.4.3.10. Warranty : The Vendor warrants that it will perform its obligation under this Appendix in a professional and workmanlike manner. Vendor, at its expense, will promptly re-execute any Services that fail to conform to the requirement of this Appendix.

3.5. Cash Replenishment / Cash Evacuation Services:

While Vendor may engage “Cash-in-Transit (CIT) / Cash Replenishment (CRA)” agencies as per norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1 for this purpose, Vendor alone shall be accountable to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The Vendor shall be wholly responsible for meticulous compliance by CIT agency of stipulations as given in the Agreement. All pecuniary liabilities arising out of Cash Related Services shall be to the account of the Managed Services Vendor. The Vendor shall comply with Bank’s instructions in this regard from time to time. Vendor alone shall be accountable to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The Cash related activities shall include, inter alia, receiving cash from a designated centre/branch of the Bank / Reserve Bank of India (in case of strike in Banking sector except in RBI/Natural calamities) and replenishing the same in endpoint on the same day, evacuating cash from CDM/Cash Recycler and depositing the same to the Bank on same day, performing End of Day (EOD) functions at site and furnishing detailed MIS as required by the Bank. The Vendor / CRA shall be responsible for reconciliation of cash and resolution of all complaints related to ADMIN transactions at the ENDPOINT and Vault end.


P a g e 44 | 120

Transit Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank to the vendor or to the CIT agencies engaged by them. Vault Loss liability for the Vendor will be the tota l amount given by the Bank to the vendor or to the CIT agencies engaged by them less the amount actually replenished out of that total amount plus the amount actually evacuated, if any. Captioned services will be availed at the endpoints located anywhere in India at the discretion of the Bank

3.5.1. Cash Appendix:

3.5.1.1. The Contract between Bank and Vendor with respect to Cash Replenishment Services/Cash Replenishment Services (“Services”, as more fully described herein) consists of the Managed Services Agreement (“MS Agreement”) and this Cash Appendix.

3.5.1.2. If a conflict exists between the terms and conditions of MS

Agreement and this Cash Appendix, the order of precedence shall be (a) this Cash Appendix; and (b) the MS Agreement.

3.5.2. Definitions:

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

3.5.2.1. “ATM Loss” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (a) of the MS Agreement. .

3.5.2.2. “ATM Loss Liability Limit” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (b) of the MS Agreement.

3.5.2.3. “Currency” means currency notes and “Valuables” means Currency and, only to the extent Bank and Vendor have agreed in writing, other identified types of negotiable instruments or items of value.

3.5.2.4. “Initial Currency Load” means the first currency load for a new ATM installation or conversion. Initial Currency Loads must be scheduled at least 2 weeks in advance.

3.5.2.5. “Scheduled Cash Replenishment Services” or “Cash Replenishment Services” are scheduled cash replenishments that are performed in adherence to a replenishment schedule that is recommended in indents raised by Vendor.

3.5.2.6. “Unscheduled Replenishment Services” means Cash Replenishment prior to or post the scheduled replenishment to prevent depletion of currency level in the ATM


P a g e 45 | 120

3.5.2.7. “Transit Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vehicle owned, operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

3.5.2.8. “Transit Loss Liability Limit” means maximum liability for a single Transit Loss, specified in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix.

3.5.2.9. “Vault Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vault or other secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

3.5.2.10. “Vault Loss Liability Limit” means Vendor’s maximum liability for a single Vault Loss, specified in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix.

3.5.3. Term:

The term of this Cash Appendix shall continue till the validity of the MS Agreement.

3.5.4. Commencement of Services:

Vendor shall commence the Services under this Cash Appendix within 30 (thirty) days from the Effective Date after identification of the ATMs for the Cash Replenishment Services. The parties shall agree to add more ATMs at subsequent dates as per requirement of the Bank. For such additional ATMs, Vendor shall commence services within 30 (thirty) days of acceptance of order from the Bank.

3.5.5. Scope of Services :

3.5.5.1. Bank and Vendor have agreed that Vendor shall

provide Cash Replenishment/Cash Evacuation Services hereunder through one or more armored car carrier or “cash in transit” subcontractors (the “CIT”). The Vendor shall provide Cash replenishment/ Cash evacuation services as and when required by the Bank. Bank expressly acknowledges that (a) Vendor shall be subcontracting responsibility for the Cash Replenishment Services to the CIT; (b) Vendor has identified the CIT to Bank; (c) Bank accept and do not object to the appointment of the CIT if it is as per the norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1.

3.5.5.2. Vendor shall manage and report all cash placements, store spare currency for Scheduled and Unscheduled Replenishments, in the manner, frequency and amounts mutually agreed with Bank.

3.5.5.3. Bank shall provide the required sorted cash (as per

denominations as mentioned in indents raised by Vendor) of-fit


P a g e 46 | 120

notes to the CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted at cash link branches adequately in advance. Cash is to be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each city identified for this purpose. In case of emergency, Bank may direct CRA to collect cash from any other branch in the city. Vendor shall submit to Bank’s designated branch a list of CIT’s authorized signatories to sign withdrawal slip; and CIT’s authorized operation staff.

3.5.5.4. CIT shall withdraw cash from designated branch against

withdrawal request as per format mentioned in Annexure - 1 to this Cash Appendix and supporting documents i.e. Vendor indent as per format mentioned in Annexure - 2 to this Cash Appendix, Current Account cheque signed by authorized signatories of CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted to the Bank designated branch (Nodal Branch) via E-mail / fax to facilitate them to arrange delivery of cash.

3.5.5.5. Cash Replenishment Services includes the following services:

3.5.5.5.1. Administrative Maintenance - The CRA/CIT shall conduct EOD activity on ATM on daily basis and submit necessary reports. At the time of daily end of day activity, CIT shall retrieve and account for mutilated cash from the divert cassette; replenish receipt tapes, ribbons and print cartridges, if required.

3.5.5.5.2. ATM Balancing - At the time of daily end of day activity CIT shall reconcile physical cash in the ATM cassettes and in the purge bin (reject bin) with the ADMIN balance (end cash shown denomination wise in ADMIN slip) The CIT shall not zerorise the counter. Balancing receipts shall be returned to Bank next working day. The CRA/CIT shall perform ADMIN activities at ATM as directed by the Bank.

3.5.5.5.3. Cash Replenishment:

3.5.5.5.3.1. Cash Replenishment means CASH ADD i.e. additional cash to be replenished shall be added in the ATM cassettes and the management and reporting of all cash placements in the manner and amounts the Vendor’s cash management tool specifies. If cash replenishment is scheduled for a particular ATM the administrative maintenance and ATM balancing activity shall be performed along with cash replenishment. However, if Bank decides to adopt ‘cassette swap’


P a g e 47 | 120

method at a later date, Vendor shall follow ‘cassette swap’ method without any extra charges. However, the cost of swap cassettes shall be borne by the Bank.

3.5.5.5.3.2. The Vendor shall ensure that the entire cash

handed over by the Bank is replenished in the ATMs by end of the day against which it had been provided.

3.5.5.5.3.3. The replenishment of cash shall ordinarily be

done once a day, unless second loading is required due to unexpected high withdrawals or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second replenishment activity. The Vendor should take immediate steps for second replenishment on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second loadings wherever required.

3.5.5.5.3.4. The cash replenishment activity shall be

conducted by the joint custodians at the ATM.

3.5.5.5.3.5. The Vendor shall ensure that no cash out in ATM due to delay in the replenishment on their part.

3.5.5.5.4. Cash Evacuation Activity:

The Vendor shall provide following services at all times on Bank’s CDM/Cash Recyclers as per specifications of the Bank:-

3.5.5.5.4.1. The cash evacuation activity shall be carried

out as per specific direction from MS Vendor/Bank for Cash Recyclers.

3.5.5.5.4.2. The CRA shall evacuate currency from

CDM/Cash Recycler and count it physically at the site to check if physical cash tallies with the ADMIN balance. In the process, CRA shall segregate notes into different denominations and make it ready for preparing packets of 100 note each.

3.5.5.5.4.3. The cash so evacuated by CRA shall be kept in

the locked box with two locks. The cash evacuated from different CDM/Cash Recycler shall be kept separately inside the box and shall not be mixed with each other. The box shall be opened in the presence of


P a g e 48 | 120

Branch officials in the link branch at the time of delivery of evacuated cash.

3.5.5.5.4.4. The cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recycler

shall have to be deposited on same day to the Bank by CRA. Cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recyclers shall not be taken to the vault of CRA. Vaulting may be allowed in exceptional cases, if the evacuation is done beyond banking hours/ holidays. But such cash shall have to be deposited the next day at start of business at the branch.

3.5.5.5.4.5. The CRA shall ensure that Bank officials have

counted the cash physically before receiving the same and obtain acknowledgement of Bank officials towards this on the cash delivery slip.

3.5.5.5.4.6. In case any counterfeit note is found during

counting by Bank officials, details shall be noted in the cash delivery slip and the number of the note shall be tallied with details in eJ on T+1 day. In case it is found not tallying with the details, Vendor shall be responsible to make good the amount equivalent to the value of the note immediately.

3.5.5.5.4.7. The cash evacuation activity shall be

conducted by the joint custodians at the CDM/Cash Recycler.

3.5.5.5.4.8. The CRA shall perform ADMIN activities at

CDM/Cash Recycler as directed by the Bank.

3.5.5.5.4.9. The CRA shall conduct EOD activity on CDM/Cash Recyclers on daily basis and submit necessary reports.

3.5.5.5.4.10. The evacuation of cash shall ordinarily be done

once a day, unless second clearing is required due to unexpected high deposits or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second evacuation activity. The Vendor shall take immediate steps for second evacuation on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second evacuations wherever required.


P a g e 49 | 120

3.5.5.5.5. Currency Vaulting Service The balance in CIT’s zero balance account should be nil by end of day. No cash shall be vaulted in CRAs vault. In case of emergency or any other cases deemed fit by the Bank, Bank shall provide specific instructions and permission for vaulting. In case of vaulting, CIT shall store cash in locked and/or sealed containers in the vault, separate from other customers’ valuables maintained at the vault. The amount of cash vaulted at CIT’s vault shall be reflecting in CIT’s zero balance account.

3.5.5.5.6. Settlement & Vault Reporting

CIT shall prepare daily end of day activity report as per format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to this Cash Appendix and attach JP logs, supervisory counters and admin slips under the signature of CIT’s representative/s performing cash replenishment and submit to Bank next working day. Vendor shall provide Cash Balance Report (CBR), Vault Closing Balance Report (VCB) and Overage & Shortage Report (OSR) as per format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to Bank designated linked branch daily via e-mail.

3.5.5.5.7. Vault Balancing

Daily, Vendor shall provide CIT’s records of cash received and cash disbursed to and from the vault with the previous day’s verified records. The closing balance shown in the vault c losing balance report (VCB) should be equal to balance reflected in the CIT’s zero balance current account.

3.5.5.5.8. Currency Sorting The CIT agencies shall check the quality and quantity of the currency notes at the time of delivery by the Bank before taking the same to their vaults and Bank shall take acknowledgement of the cash handed over to CRA in a register maintained for the purpose. If any shortfall is noticed thereafter, Vendor shall be responsible for the same. Wherever possible, Bank shall provide to the CIT agencies space and Note Sorting machines for the purpose. Forged/soiled notes may be returned to the Bank immediately thereafter. Any subsequent claim for forged/soiled notes shall not be accepted by the Bank. 3.5.5.5.9. First Line Maintenance (FLM)

3.5.5.5.9.1. FLM calls shall be attended by Vendor at ATM

to identify and resolve following issues:


P a g e 50 | 120

• Clearing currency jams • Clearing purge bin jams

• Clearing printer jams Any other activity required to ensure dispensation of cash.

3.5.5.5.9.2. Bank shall levy penalty of Rs.1000 per incident, if Reject Bin full is not cleared within 4 hours

3.5.5.5.9.3. FLM calls related to bottom hatch of the ATM that requires opening of ATM safe / vault shall be attended by Vendor appointed CIT. Response time for attending FLM calls shall be 2/4/6 hours for VIP/Metro-Semi-urban-Urban/Rural ATMs

For this Cash Appendix, Response Time means the time taken by CIT to attend the FLM call from the time the call is logged with Vendor’s management Centre..

3.5.5.6. Vendor shall not be responsible for cash outs and related downtime of ATM if it arises due to following reasons:

3.5.5.6.1. Quantum of cash not received as per indents raised by Vendor.

3.5.5.6.2. Cash not received as per denominations indented

3.5.5.6.3. If the ATM stops dispensing a particular denomination and it is needed that the ATM should be configured to continue dispensing the other remaining denomination.

3.5.5.6.4. If cash is not provided by Bank before 12 noon to the CIT.

3.5.5.6.5. If ATM is down when CIT arrives at the ATM site for cash replenishment.

3.5.5.7. Any shortage of cash because of CR activities whatsoever and for whatever reason shall be made good to the Bank within 7 days without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance claim. Any amount of such insurance claims received by the Bank shall be remitted to CRA by the Bank after adjustment of outstanding dues if any. The CRA shall ensure correctness and genuineness of the cash and shall take only ATM fit currency notes for replenishment to its possession. Counting facility for currency notes shall be provided by the Bank. Once the note packets are taken out of Bank’s premises


P a g e 51 | 120

the Vendor would be responsible for shortage and fake currency if any, noticed subsequently.

3.5.5.8. ATM serviced pursuant to this agreement shall be equipped with the Mas Hamilton /KABA/ S&G Lock (OTC) system. Vendor appointed CIT shall (a) cooperate in implementation of the OTC system (b) activate OTC lock to route mode during Initial Currency Load (c) acquire, implement and operate the one-time combination dispatch software in route mode (d) make its records available as necessary to investigate any operational issue or loss.

3.5.5.9. Vendor / CIT shall start cash replenishment service only after successful activation of Mas Hamilton /KABA/ S&G lock (OTC) in route mode.

3.5.5.10. For the purpose of cash replenishment CIT shall have a crew of one custodian and one time combination to open the Mas Hamilton/KABA/S&G lock (OTC) shall be dispatched by CIT’s central location. However, for ATM’s which have mechanical lock CIT shall have a crew of two custodian.

3.5.5.11. CIT shall use secured cash van as per the specifications

given in Annexure-1. The CRA/CIT shall ensure that cash shall always be in joint custody of two persons and single individual is not be allowed to handle cash at any time. Further, two security guards shall be in each vehicle for transportation of cash safely and efficiently.

3.5.5.12. If the Bank provides a generic tool for monitoring of

movement of cash the Vendor shall integrate it with their system without any cost to Bank.

3.5.5.13. Vendor shall submit a Business Continuity Plan (BCP) /

Disaster Recovery Plan (DRP) for Cash Replenishment/Evacuation services acceptable to the Bank.

3.5.5.14. Depending upon geography/routes/no. of endpoints linked to

a particular branch. Vendor shall transport the cash meant for SBI in a dedicated carrier van.

3.5.5.15. Vendor shall ensure that CIT/CRA replenish the cash at the

ATMs on the same day. Similarly, cash evacuated shall be deposited with the Bank on the same day. Only in the case of certain unwarranted situations CIT/CRA shall be allowed to retain the cash at overnight vault. Specifications for overnight vaulting have been given at Annexure - 3.


P a g e 52 | 120

3.5.5.16. Use of One Time Combination (OTC) locks

Bank shall endeavor to provide one time combination locks at all its endpoints (ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler). The CRA shall have necessary infrastructure and software required to generate and communicate one time password to its joint custodians at site. CRA shall mandatorily use OTC system for cash related activity at site wherever OTC lock has been provided by the Bank. The Vendor shall have the capability of takeover of password generation process from CRA within shortest time in case of any exigency.

3.5.5.17. CIT shall a llow Bank, its authorized representatives, RBI and

other regulatory & statutory bodies to conduct vault audits at location where currency vaulting services is provided. Audits shall be conducted by Bank at its own cost during normal business hours. Bank representatives shall carry a letter authorizing them to conduct such audits along with their identity cards, any Bank official without the said authority letter and identity cards shall not be allowed by CIT to conduct audits.

3.5.6. Insurance :

The CRA shall take adequate insurance policy with Bank Clause for the value of entire cash throughout the Cash Cycle (from Bank/RBI to ATM/CD/Cash Recycler and from CDM/Cash Recycler to Bank) for all sorts of risks including fidelity clause arising from acts of omission / commission / dishonesty of its employees and / or its authorised agents. The loss-payee endorsement of such insurance policies shall be in favour of the Bank and it shall be ensured that the amount of claim, if any, shall be paid by the insurance companies directly to the Bank. Copy of the Insurance policy shall be submitted to the Bank. However, it need not be an exclusive policy, if covered under an umbrella policy of the agency. The CRA shall pay the premium for obtaining insurance cover. Bank shall obtain insurance for all cash in the ATM. However, fidelity insurance shall be with the Vendor. Bank does not demand an exclusive policy if CRA is under an umbrella policy of the Insurance Agency. Fidelity insurance cover for 20% higher limit than maximum cash withdrawn from currency chest on a particular day shall be obtained by CRA.

3.5.7. Bank Guarantee:

The Vendor shall submit to the concerned LHO a Bank Guarantee for the term of the MS Agreement months @Rs.50,000/- per ATM in the specified format for securing the obligations in respect of cash loss in the number of ATMs allotted in each Circle. For any further addition of ATMs allotted to the Vendor during the currency of the agreement, additional bank guarantee on the same terms and condition for added number of ATMs shall have to be provided by the Vendor to the Circles.


P a g e 53 | 120

3.5.8. Liability:

3.5.8.1. The provisions of this Section 8 govern the liability of Vendor and Vendor’s subcontractor (collectively for the purposes of this section, “Vendor”) for any claim of lost, missing, or stolen Currency and, with respect to such losses, supersede any inconsistent provision in MS Agreement or any other agreement, addendum, or appendix signed by the parties.

3.5.8.2. For the purposes of this Cash Appendix, the amounts of the following defined terms shall be:

Transit Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank to the vendor or to the CIT agencies engaged by them. Vault Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank to the vendor or to the CIT agencies engaged by them less the amount actually replenished out of that total amount plus the amount actually evacuated, if any.

In case of exigencies, like continuous Holidays, festival seasons, etc. whenever the vault limit is increased by LHO, the above loss liability limits shall increase accordingly.

3.5.8.3. Vendor shall be liable for ATM Loss, Transit Loss or Vault

Loss if such losses directly result from (a) kidnapping or robbery of employees / representative of Vendor; (b) dishonesty, negligence or intentional act by employees or representative of Vendor or (c) damage to Bank’s property caused by employees or representative of Vendor.

3.5.8.4. Vendor’s total liability for any single ATM Loss shall in no

event exceed the ATM Loss Liability Limit.

3.5.8.5. Vendor shall be liable for any Vault Loss up to the Vault Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 3.5.8.5 shall commence when Currencies have been delivered into a vault or other secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT, and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) placed in an armored car owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT.

3.5.8.6. Vendor shall be liable for any Transit Loss up to the Transit

Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 3.5.8.6 shall commence when Currencies have been placed in CIT’s armored car and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) delivered to, and deposited in, an ATM and CIT has secured


P a g e 54 | 120

the ATM vault and departed from the room or immediate area where the ATM is located.

3.5.8.7. As and when Vendor undertakes ATM deposit pick up

service at separate mutually agreed commercials Vendor shall not be liable for c laims, actions, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any ATM Loss, to the extent such claim is the result of (a) the failure of Bank’s customers to properly seal deposit envelopes giving rise to claims for alleged differences in the amount said to have been deposited and the amount Bank actually received; (b) amounts said to be contained in deposit envelopes or deposits opened by Bank and found to contain an incorrect amount;

3.5.8.8. Other than the damages and remedies expressly set forth in

this Cash Appendix, Vendor shall not be liable to Bank, either directly or by pass-through claims of indemnity or contribution for claims of third parties, for any moneys, damages, relief, or remedies, irrespective of whether the claim arises in common law, tort, statute, or equity.

3.5.8.9. If Bank and Vendor are unable to agree upon responsibility

for an ATM Loss, the parties shall escalate the issue to their senior management, who shall meet either in person or by telephone in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties disagree after that meeting, either party may invoke binding arbitration.

3.5.8.10. Cash Reconciliation :

a) Cash difference, if any, has to be reported to the Bank on the next working day. failing which the Vendor shall be liable for the loss incurred by the Bank (if any).

b) Any cash loss to the Bank due to cash shortage in ATMs shall be intimated to the Vendor, with supporting documents/proofs within 6 working days from the date of submission of reports by the Vendor. The Vendor shall respond to such communication within 3 working days from the receipt of the intimation failing which Vendor shall be liable for the said loss. Supporting documents/proofs include but are not limited to :

i. Cash replenishment report, JP logs (only if JP is installed/enabled) / EJ and ATM counters for the time period the variance was discovered and the same report(s) for the previous and post settlement periods.


P a g e 55 | 120

ii. Copies of Bank’s ATM reconciliation reports indicating the ATM’s beginning, ending and dispensed totals for the time period the variance was discovered.

iii. Copies of the suspect transactions report. iv. Bank’s calculation of the c laimed variance.

3.5.9. Access to Equipment:

Bank agrees that neither Bank’s employees nor any third party shall have access to ATM vaults.

3.5.10. Acceptance and Verification:

3.5.10.1. Bank acknowledges that under the terms of the Subcontract,

the CIT agrees to accept Currency in sealed packages, from Bank or Bank’s designated agent, but may refuse to accept any package, bag that is not securely locked and sealed, and that is not accompanied by a written receipt which contains a statement of the value of the Currency in the package / bag. CIT shall verify the cash in Bank’s premises if Bank provides space and machines for counting of notes. Where Bank does not provide space and endpoint on its premises to count the currency, the CIT shall verify by strap count on next working day of receipt any Currency shipments accepted on Bank’s behalf. Verification shall be performed under videotaped CCTV surveillance or documented dual control. Neither the CIT nor Vendor shall be liable for discrepancies or shortfalls or forged notes within bulk currency bundles and/or mis-strapped denominations. The CIT’s verification of funds shall be deemed final and conclusive.

3.5.10.2. Bank shall cooperate to recover Valuables, including correcting the transaction (debiting the account) of any customer for an ATM Loss due to improperly dispensed Currency as a result of mis-loaded denominations, mis-configured cassettes, or mis-loaded cassettes.

3.5.10.3. Due diligence shall be done by Vendor 's CIT to identify

forged notes. The forged notes found during sorting by the CIT, the same shall be returned to Bank and the Bank shall accept the same. Notes once accepted by either party shall be its sole responsibility.

3.5.11. Notice of shortages, loss and overages; claims :

3.5.11.1. If the reports provided by Vendor, or other records or information of which Bank become aware, reveal a discrepancy (loss or overage), Bank shall give written notice of the discrepancy within six (6) days after the earlier of (a) Vendor’s


P a g e 56 | 120

delivery of tapes, reports, or other records which provide sufficient information to disclose, upon reasonable review, the discrepancy; or (b) such time as Bank become aware of the discrepancy through any other means whichever is earlier. This notice is intended to permit Vendor to commence its investigation and does not constitute a claim of loss.

3.5.11.2. Along notice required by Section 3.5.11.1 above, Bank shall provide Vendor with a claim and affirmative written proof of any ATM Loss, subscribed and sworn to by Bank, and substantiated by Bank’s books, records and accounts, within the time prescribed herein. Bank shall retain and provide to Vendor upon request any documentation provided to Bank by the CIT (including but not limited to vault documentation) relating to the ATM Loss, and Bank agree, upon Vendor’s request, to make available during regular business hours Bank’s books, records, and accounts which relate to the alleged ATM Loss, and shall cooperate with and assist in the investigation thereof, including sharing with Vendor all information that any person may have concerning the alleged ATM Loss and the circumstances surrounding the same. Each party’s investigation shall include cooperating with the policies, procedures and requests for information of the internal security departments of the other party. Each party shall make available to the other party all records relating to the ATM Loss including, but not limited to, investigative reports and all records relating to access to the ATM.

3.5.11.3. Unless the notice of discrepancy required by Section

3.5.11.1 above, and a claim and proof of ATM Loss pursuant to Section 3.5.11.2 above, are timely delivered to all addressees specified in Section 3.5.11.4 below, all c laims shall be deemed to have been waived. No action, suit or proceeding to recover for any such ATM Loss may be brought against Vendor unless such action, suit or proceeding is commenced no sooner than six months and not later than twelve months from the time a claim is made pursuant to Section 3.5.11.2.

3.5.11.4. All notices and claims (including copies) must be delivered

by express mail, same-day or overnight courier providing proof of delivery. Notices shall be deemed given on the day received, and must be addressed to the parties as under:

Bank

OEM/Supplier


P a g e 57 | 120

3.5.12. Recovery of losses:

3.5.12.1. In case of any ATM loss (es), discrepancy/ difference in the

report generated on the ATM and the physical/actual cash, if after Vendor investigation (as stated in clause 3.5.11 above), it is proved that the shortage/difference of cash, if any, between the report generated and the physical cash, is on account of the lapses on the part of the CIT, Vendor shall make the payment within 10 (ten) days from the day it is proved.

3.5.12.2. Vault Loss (es) and Transit Loss (es), if any, shall be by made good by Vendor to BANK within 60 (sixty) days of occurrence of such loss without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance claim. If the Vendor fails to make such payment with the said period of 60 days, then Bank reserves the right to recover the same by invoking the Bank guarantee submitted pursuant to clause 7 above.

3.5.13. Service Limitations:

If Service is required on ATMs under circumstances that could jeopardize the safety of Vendor personnel (such as calls to ATMs requiring work in the open, where lights are burned out, or where other dangerous conditions exist), Vendor reserves the right to reschedule or to refuse service. Vendor shall use its best efforts to notify Bank immediately if these circumstances apply. Vendor may recommend changes Bank can make to the ATM site designed to improve safety and enable Vendor to service the ATM without limitation. If at any time Vendor notifies Bank that an ATM site is a “high risk” location that represents a safety risk, thereafter at its option Vendor may either refuse to service ATMs at that location, or increase their service rates to reflect the cost of providing protective measures until the condition(s) creating the risk have been corrected. 3.5.14. Bank’s Responsibilities:

3.5.14.1. Bank shall open a zero balance BGL account in name of

Vendor appointed CIT for issuing cash. 3.5.14.2. Bank shall provide the required cash (as per denominations

as mentioned in indents raised by Vendor) of ATM fit cash before 12 PM to the CIT.

3.5.14.3. Cash shall be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each city identified for this purpose.

3.5.14.4. In case of overnight vaulting not available at a partiular Centre, where cash replenishment is outsourced, the Bank approve of Branch-to-ATM loading.


P a g e 58 | 120

3.5.15. Contingency Arrangements:

The Vendor must have in place an appropriate and viable Contingency Plan to arrange for alternate service providers in case the subcontractor managing the Cash Replenishment Services for them is, for any unforeseen reason, unable to extend the services temporarily or otherwise.

ANNEXURE - 1 CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF CRA/CIT 2. Vendor may subcontract the activities for Cash Replenishment Services

(CRS)/Cash Evacuation Services (CES) to reputed Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRA)/Cash–in-Transit Agencies (CIT), On subcontracting the above referred activity, Vendor shall ensure to fulfill the following criteria as under:

2.1 General 2.1.1 CRA shall be registered as a company under the Indian Companies

Act 2013. 2.1.2 Cash replenishment shall be one of the main/core activities of the

agency with at least 3 years’ experience in handling the activity. 2.1.3 CRA shall be engaged in cash replenishment in ATMs/CDs at a

minimum of 50 centres and/or 5000 ATMs across the country for a minimum of 3 banks at least for last 3 years. Certificate of good performance from these banks shall be submitted to Bank’s LHO/Head Offices of Associate Banks.

2.2 Financial 2.2.1 Financial net worth of more than Rs.50 crores 2.2.2 MS Vendor shall obtain copies of CRA’s last 2 audited balance

sheets and certified copies of annual reports and submit a copy of the same to the respective Local Head Office of SBI/ head office of the Associate bank.

2.3 Premises 2.3.1 All Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRAs) shall be required to have

certain basic infrastructure, resources and other assets / equipment to be in a position to provide the Cash-in-Transit / Cash Replenishment/ Cash evacuation & other associated services to the Bank.


P a g e 59 | 120

2.3.2 Premises Location: The premises shall be located to ensure safety

of operations. This shall include areas closer to withdrawal centres; police stations; or areas with good connectivity.

2.3.3 Vault: The premises shall be sufficiently sized to include 2

physically independent areas: 2.3.3.1 Cash processing/handling zone: This zone shall accommodate space

for cash deposit, collection, sorting, and counting and delivery/dispatch cash on secured vehicles.

2.3.3.2 Cash Vault: A secure area to store cash. The area shall be as per

following norms. 2.3.3.2.1 In smaller cities with limited overnight vault operations and

overnight vaulting requirements of less than ₹10 crores, a strong room with defender safes is necessary.

2.3.3.2.2 At operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements between

₹10–100 Crores, vaulting facility shall be created as per RBI C Class vault norms.

2.3.3.2.3 At large operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements of

greater than 100 Crores, vaulting facility shall be suitably enhanced. 2.3.3.2.4 All overnight vaulting facilities shall have provision to store currency

of multiple banks in separate and exclusive bins. 2.3.3.2.5 Vendor shall verify vaulting facility and overnight holding pattern

before outsourcing work to the CRA and submit a certificate to the Bank to this effect. Bank may also verify vaulting facility to ensure the adherence to prescribed norms.

2.4 Security at premises: Following basic security aspects shall be followed at

the premises: 2.4.1 Premises shall be under 24x7 electronic (CCTV) surveillance and

monitoring by the armed private security guards. 2.4.2 Cash processing and vault areas shall have restricted and

controlled access (preferably through interlocking systems and frisking). Vault operations shall always be done under dual custody.

2.4.3 Main vault area shall adhere to all safety norms like firefighting

systems, smoke detection systems, Emergency lighting, Control room for monitoring the movement of vehicles, Auto-dialer and Burglar security systems.


P a g e 60 | 120

2.4.4 Office space: Separate workspace, sufficient for the staff of the

branch to attend to day to day work. 2.5. Cash transporting Van: The CRA shall be operating a fleet of not less than 500 own cash

transporting vans across India. 2.5.1 Layout: Typical van layout shall conform to the following basic

characteristics: Make - LMV (Light Motor Vehicle) or any other vehicle of similar type. Van should have 2 independent compartments. Compartment for storing

cash shall be physically separated and locked from passenger compartment.

2.5.2 Security: Vehicles shall adhere to the following minimum security

guidelines to ensure safe passage of cash and other valuables: 2.5.2.1 Each van shall be monitored at a ll time through a redundant

communications protocol. In addition, in case possible, the van’s movement shall also be tracked at frequent/periodic intervals. Van shall have a GPS installed and controlling technology for disabling / immobilizing the van whenever required.

2.5.2.2 The cash compartment shall be inaccessible from outside the van

unless operated internally by the custodians through manual/ electronic lock. Cash compartment shall be specially reinforced with steel with only one door. Each of the cash boxes shall be secured to the floor with separate chains and have 2 padlocks that can be opened or locked only by using separate keys available with different custodians. Cash for each bank shall be carried in a separate box with the name of the bank written on it.

2.5.2.3 Vans shall be equipped with hooters, fire extinguishers and

emergency lights to ensure quick reaction in case of an attack. 2.5.2.4 Cash Replenishment Agencies shall ensure that Cash vans shall

not carry more than Rs.5 Crores per trip. 2.5.2.5 Security vans shall compulsorily be deployed for carrying cash of

value more than Rs.5 lakhs per trip. 2.5.2.6 Size of the crew for the security van Driver - 1 Security guards – 2


P a g e 61 | 120

ATM Officer / Custodians – 2 Loader – 1 (optional) 2.5.2.7 CRAs shall enhance / adjust the crew complement with consent of

the Bank based on cash load and risk assessment in the specific geography of operation.

2.5.2.8 Wherever possible (especially at Metro and big cities where Bank

has more than 15 ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler) CRA shall provide exclusive van for cash related activities of the Bank.

2.6 Recruitment of Operational staff: Protocols stated below shall be followed

to minimize loss due to fidelity/employee errors and also improve quality of operations:

2.6.1 All employees on company’s/Vendor’s payroll shall comply with

minimum wage, PF, ESIC norms as applicable based on their skill levels. HR department shall conduct a thorough scrutiny of employee credentials

before selection. Pre-recruitment formalities shall include Police verification of the employee.

2.6.2 Training facilities for imparting necessary trainings for all categories

of staff shall be set up. Compulsory induction training of 80 hours shall be imparted as a combination of class room training and on-field training. Refresher training shall be conducted once every year.

2.6.3 Necessary registration from ESI/EPFO, as applicable, is mandatory. 3. Bank shall undertake periodic verification of cash held on its behalf by the

CRA. The Vendor shall ensure that cash verification by Bank’s officials / authorized agents is allowed by the concerned CRA.


P a g e 62 | 120

ANNEXURE - 2

Cash Withdrawal Requisition Slip Voucher No. : Bank : Order No. : Operation Dt. : Order Date : Replenishment Type : Scheduled / Emergency Please disburse Rs. (in figures) ____________________ Rs. (in words)

________________ ________________________to our representatives whose signatures are attested below :

Denomination Pieces Amount (Rs.)

required 1000 500 100 Total

Remarks :

_________________________________________________________________

Attested Signatures of Cash withdrawees : Custodian 1 : __________________________ Custodian 2 :

_________________________ Signature : ____________________________ Signature :

___________________________ ……………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………….. (Authorised Signatory – I) (Authorised Signatory – II) OPENING VAULT BALANCE Rs. (in figures) ____________________ Rs. (in words)

______________________________ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . CASH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECEIPT Amount of Cash received by Denomination Pieces Amount (Rs.)


P a g e 63 | 120

required 1000 500 100 Rupees in words :


P a g e 64 | 120

ANNEXURE - 3 SCHEDULED CASH ORDER Order No. : Bank Name : Order Date : Region : Collection Date : Carrier : Replenishment Date :

Sl. ATM ID Location Priority Code Denomination (Rs.) Total Amount 100 500 1000

Total Amount : (Less) Cash in float with CIT :

Amount to be withdrawn by Bank : Note Collection date means the date carrier shall collect cash from the Bank. Replenishment date means the date carrier shall replenish cash for the

corresponding ATM. NT : New takeover Priority : H – High, M – Medium, L – Low Denomination load is subject to balance in ATM.

Prepared by :


P a g e 65 | 120

ANNEXURE – 4 Daily End of Day Activity Report

ATM ID CITY DATE CBR TIME

Count Amount Count Amount

1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X


1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X


1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X

Date Txns from Txns to Date Txns from Txns to

Custodian 1 : Supervisory Entry :

Custodian 2 : Supervisory Exit :

OPENING CASH BALANCE (A) CASH DISPENSED (B)

Total Total

(C) Balance as per proof (A - B)

PHYSICAL CASH COUNT (D) CASH IN PURGE BIN (E)

Total Total

(F) Total of Physical Cash and Purge Bin (D + E)

Shortage (C - F < 0) = Overage (C - F < 0) =

TOTAL CASH REMOVED / LOADED (H) CLOSING BALANCE ( H +/- F)

Total Total

AUDIT ROLL DETAILS

Available Audit Rolls Missing Audit Rolls

LIST OF ENCLOSURES


P a g e 66 | 120

ANNEXURE – 5 (a) CASH RECONCILIATION & REPELNISHMENT REPORT (C3R)

(b) OVERAGE & SHORTAGE REPORT (OSR)


P a g e 67 | 120

(c) VAULT CLOSING BALANCE (VCB)

APPENDIX-O

BANK GUARANTEE FOR CASH REPLENISHMENT SERVICES This Guarantee is made at Mumbai on this ____ day of ______, 201 by

_____, having its Registered / Head Office at ______(hereinafter called the “Bank”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean and include, its successors and assigns) in favour of State Bank of India, a body corporate constituted under State Bank of India Act, 1955, having its Corporate Centre at State Bank Bhavan, Madam Cama Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400021 and having its Global IT Centre at Sector-XI, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai - 400614 (hereinafter called “SBI”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall inc lude its successors and assigns).

WHEREAS ………………….., having its registered office at __________ and its corporate office at ____________ (hereinafter called the " Vendor " which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall mean and include its successor and assigns), has entered into Agreement for Managed Services of ATMs dated ……………… with SBI (hereinafter referred to as the MS Agreement) whereby _______ has agreed to provide managed services for the ATMs handed over by SBI.

AND WHEREAS under the MS Agreement, ___________ has, inter-alia, agreed to provide Cash Replenishment Services upon the terms and conditions stated in Appendix – G titled as “Cash Replenishment Services” (Cash Services Annexure).

AND WHEREAS in accordance with clause 7 of Cash Services Annexure, Vendor is required to furnish a Bank Guarantee for the sum of Rs. ………………../- (Rupees …………………………………. only) securing its


P a g e 68 | 120

obligations in respect of vault loss and transit loss while providing the Cash Services in accordance with the terms of Cash Services Appendix. Such Bank Guarantee is required to be valid till the validity of MS Agreement i.e. till ……………….. In the event of failure on the part of Vendor to pay for cash losses as per the terms and conditions of the Cash Services Annexure, SBI shall be entitled to invoke the guarantee.

AND WHEREAS the Bank at the request of Vendor agreed to issue in favour

of SBI this guarantee for Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only).

IN CONSIDERATION OF THE ABOVE PREMISES 1.(a) We ___Bank shall on written demand(s) from time to time from

SBI stating that the amount claimed is due by way of cash loss suffered by the SBI without protest or demur or without reference to Vendor and notwithstanding any contestation or existence of any dispute whatsoever between Vendor and SBI, pay to SBI forthwith the sums so demanded by Bank in each of its demands, not exceeding an aggregate amount of Rs. Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only).

(b) Any notice/communication/demand from SBI to the effect that there has been failure on the part of Vendor to fulfill its obligations to pay for the Cash Loss under the Cash Services Appendix shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank and shall not be questioned by the Bank, in or outside the court, tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be.

(c) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee during its currency. 2. We, ______________ Bank, HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE

THAT: (a) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of SBI to Vendor or any indulgence

of any kind shown by SBI or any change in the terms & conditions of the said Cash Services Annexure shall not in any way release or discharge the Bank from its liabilities under this guarantee.

(b) This guarantee herein contained shall be distinct and independent and shall be enforceable against the Bank, not withstanding any Guarantee or Security now or hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

(c) This guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or absence or irregularity in the exercise of the guaranteeing powers by or on behalf of the Bank or by merger or amalgamation or any change in the constitution or name of the Bank.

(d) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of SBI or Vendor or winding up / liquidation of Vendor, whether vo luntary or otherwise.

(e) SBI can make its claim in one or more events within the total liability of the Bank.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein:


P a g e 69 | 120

(i) Bank’s liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only).

(ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ……………………………; and (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof

under this Bank Guarantee only and only if SBI serves the Bank claim or demand on or before ……(3 months from the date of expiry of this BG)...... .

(iv) The guarantor, under its constitution, has powers to give this guarantee and Shri ________ (signatories) Official(s) / Manager(s) of the Bank who has / have signed this guarantee has / have powers/authority to do so.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE Bank has caused these presents to be signed

at the place and on the date, month & year first herein above written through its duly authorised official.

Signed and Delivered _________________ Bank , Mumbai


P a g e 70 | 120

4. Existing makes and models as well future endpoints to be procured: (Services to be provided by Solution Provider)

(For details, please refer point No. 2.2 of Annual Technical Support by Solution Provider)

Solution Provider/Endpoint Provider (L1) selected for supply of the make of the endpoint are required to provide the services for testing and integration of endpoints with solutions and pilot as per Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II and implementation/roll out of solutions of same, free of cost for all models of same make within the timelines. eg : Solution Provider/Endpoint Provider(L1) is selected for the supply of “Alpha” make and “Beta” model to the Bank. Solution Provider/Endpoint Provider(L1) shall provide their services for testing and integration of endpoints solutions pilot as per Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II and implementation/roll out of solutions of same, on all the models (eg.”Beta”, ”Gama”, “Thita” ) of “Alpha” make free of cost However, Solution Provider (L1) will be entitled to Cost of Post Implementation cost.

4.1. Pre-Implementation support for Integration, Testing and pilot as per

Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II with all required functionalities with solutions:

Develop and customize the MVS and EPS and other agents with reference to each model and its variants and have synergy with the existing/future endpoint-OEM for pre-implementation testing mutatis mutandis on the line of new endpoints procured under the RFP and meets all the requirements specified in the RFP. Pilot as per Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II under the live environment for its successful run with all functionalities including functioning of camera. All services covered under 2. / 2.1.1+++

4.2. Implementation Support:

4.2.1. It’s at the discretion of the Bank to utilize the services of either Solution Provider or any other vendor or existing endpoint provider for successful rollout/installation of solutions (viz.MVS/EPS/any other Banks’ provided agents) at the existing endpoints. If Bank utilizes the services of Solution Provider for the said purpose, he shall be entitled to claim the payment for the said services as quoted in the price bid.


P a g e 71 | 120

4.3. Post Implementation ATS Support:

4.3.1. Post implementation of Solutions-MVS-EPS at the endpoints, all responsibilities relating to endpoints (except its Hardware) shall rest with the Solution Provider for ensuring the uptime. The Solution Provider will be required to service and maintain these machines on the same lines as the new endpoints to be procured under this RFP and will be subjected to all penalties except those relating to Hardware. Hardware faults are required to be logged with respective endpoint OEM Vendor/supplier and to be followed up rigorously till its resolution.

All services covered under 2. / 2.1.2+++

4.4. Managed Services:

From the date of roll-out of Solution-MSV-EPS at the endpoint, Solution Provider (L1) should take-over and provide managed services as defined in this RFP in respect of all existing endpoints as well as new endpoints to be procured under this RFP at the same rate per endpoint per year as applicable for the new endpoints procured under this RFP, to be paid proportionately to the both the vendors (handing over / taking over). All services covered under 3. Managed Support Services.


P a g e 72 | 120

PART II : Multi-Vendor Software Solution (MVS), Endpoint Protection Solutions (EPS) and Online Monitoring Solution (OMS):

(All three solutions taken together termed as Solution or Solution(s) or Solutions) To read in conjunction with Technical specifications given in Appendix – 4.2 Centralised Solution(s) and its agent(s) should meet following broad requirements not only for new endpoints to be provided under this agreement but also for existing as well as future endpoints to be procured: 5. Requirements: MVS, EPS, OMS :

5.1. General Requirements:

The Bank has a complex network of around 55000+ ATM/CD/CDM/Recycler/Smart ATM/Kiosk of diverse make and model with their respective application software. In view of endpoints of multi-vendors, monitoring, maintenance and support of such diverse endpoints become very complex and time consuming. Any new deliverable requires proper testing in all makes and models (existing and future), thereby makes the deployment of the same very complex and difficult. Hence, the Bank is looking for a flexible Multi-Vendor Software platform for self-service endpoints, with abundant and full-scaled graphical development tools. It should allow fast and flexible adjustment of transaction flow on banking endpoints. It should support fast and easy integration across multi-channel endpoints to reduce cost and risk for new services; and to react to customer’s expectation in a faster time for both current and future functionalities With a view to implement the best industry practices & in view of various malware attacks, the Bank desires to procure a solution which will serve as an ATM endpoint security solution for all the Endpoints (i.e. ATMs/CDMs/Recyclers/Smart ATMs). The Bank wants a solution which integrate seamlessly with the variety and flavors of endpoint makes and models which Bank has. The solution may not necessary be a single module but can be a bundle of modules which satisfies the technical criterion laid out by the Bank as a part of this RFP. The selected vendor shall supply, implement, integrate, customize, troubleshoot, maintain and manage solutions and related infrastructure and provide support to users on day to day basis. Solutions should not have any restriction on number of users or concurrent users or number of terminals. Solutions may be used from a central location or from Circle/Zone/Region/branch of State Bank of India/any subsidiary of State Bank of India or any permitted location of Vendors.


P a g e 73 | 120

The selected bidder shall not charge any additional charge in case if the Bank wishes to change/upgrade the Switch Vendor or Switch Solution or Switch. Software solution should support a ll Industry standard switches. All licenses for central solutions should be provided in the name of Bank and should be enterprise wide perpetual, for 100000 endpoints and unlimited users. Client license for MVS and EPS will be based on the actual utilization of licenses at the endpoints. In case existing machine (where client license is used) is replaced with another machine, the same license will be considered to have been used without any additional cost unless the existing machine put to use again. The Bank may procure only part of the number of licenses, based on the technical feasibility or economic viability of our Brown Label ATMs-MOF + Total Outsource Model (18500) and 170 endpoints at foreign centers ( 11 countries), as determined by the Bank. In such circumstances, payment will be made only for the number of licenses procured, on the basis of the unit cost mentioned in the price bid. Testing of existing endpoints

The selected bidder is responsible, for testing / integration for Multi Vendor Software , endpoint protections and Online Monitoring solutions as per RFP for endpoint supplied under this RFP as well as at various existing makes and models of the endpoints specified in the RFP and should possess/arrange (at no additional cost to the Bank) for relevant expertise of various makes and models of endpoints required for its successful integration, testing and working of endpoints without any impact on endpoints or its functionalities.

5.2. Solutions/software requirements:

• Solution shall be fully parameterized and any change in future which would have been handled using parameters/configuration change shall be done without any additional cost to the Bank.

• Errors, bugs detected required during the term of the contract in software solution or as a part of customisation/enhancement/upgrade should be immediately resolved by the Solution Provider (maximum of 5 working days), and sign – off for the same will be obtained from the Bank without any additional cost to the Bank. However, workaround solution should be provided ON THE SAME DAY, in respect of errors and bugs affecting the functioning of the Bank.

• Customisation as per audit requirement (Bank’s internal / external /RBI/IS Audit or any other audit or as per IS Policy of the Bank) to be implemented as per Bank’s requirement without any additional cost to the Bank.


P a g e 74 | 120

• The Bidder agrees to provide Enhancements as are necessary for the successful implementation of the Project. If such Enhancements are effected by the Selected Bidder or the Software owner / licensor at their discretion, or because of any change in law applicable to them, the Bank shall not be required to pay any license, charge or fees or cost or any expenses for such Enhancements.

• Upgrades would include product releases made by the Selected Bidder to incorporate technological changes, consolidating all bug fixes, consolidating all Enhancement requests made by the Bank without any cost to the Bank.

• Any other Customisation (Code Change)/Enhancements other than specified in the RFP will be governed by Change Request. Vendor should provide detailed Functional Specification Document with effort estimates (man days) to the Bank inc luding code change requirements, impacts, affected applications, testing, time require to implement changes etc. Efforts estimates will be examined by the Bank and will be mutually agreed (No. of man days), which will be paid as per man-day for customisation which will be arrived at the rate of Senior Resource per month for OATS divided by 22 as per reverse auction price bid and will be paid on successful implementation of changes. Although timelines will be mutually agreed but the Bank will have final say in fixing the time in respect of priority requirements.

• Vendor should follow standard coding/development/ scripting/customization and practices/processes with proper documentation for automation/integration of any of the services in scope. All such developments should meet the functional, security, performance & regulatory requirements of the bank.

• Vendor should support all the solution in scope irrespective of the versions Configuration/Customization/development of scripts for automated replication.

• Provide Source code customisation and configuration of the all modules of the solution proposed.

• Detection, control, resolution & documentation of abnormal conditions (Program errors, System errors, Operator errors, Network errors, Hardware errors software errors etc.) should be built in to the system designed & developed by VENDOR/Partners for the entire infrastructure, solution & implementation.

• Automated Custom notifications and Escalations


P a g e 75 | 120

5.3. Technical Requirements:

• Solutions should have DC, DR , UAT, Pre-production, Training and Development environments.

• Solutions and its setup should pass Bank Security Review and UAT. Selected Bidder shall have to ensure timely completion of Security Review and UAT and closure of vulnerabilities / observations reported. Closing the vulnerabilities in application code or architecture will be the responsibility of the Solution Provider.

• Solutions supports the endpoints having Operating system: Windows XP, Windows 7 and latest version supported by various ATM Vendors.

• Support CEN-XFS version 3.0 and above, NDC, DDC, ISO8583 (1987 and 1993 formats), SNMP, SOA

• Solutions should be available for all make and models of the endpoints procured by the Bank under Phase X or later.

• Solutions should support contactless transactions • Solutions should support biometric transactions.

• Solutions should support QR Code based transactions • Solutions should support OTP based transactions.

• Based on Service Oriented Architecture to interface with XML/HTTPS, REST style web services, SOAP/HTTPS web services, ISO 8583

• Design and Development Tools with SDK for coding

5.4. Security Feature Requirements:

• EMV Level 2 certified

• PA DSS compliant • 3DES, MAC, and 2048-bit common encryption compliant • Automatic remote key downloading to be done through the switch with

MVS supporting the same.

5.5. Integration, Migration Requirements with existing systems:

• The software solution should have small overhead & must integrate support seamless with applications / software / agents / various makes and models of endpoints and with other Channels and host systems.

• The bidder will have to provide and install the required software /patches fixes/upgrades as and when available at the endpoints and trouble shoot the same in time-bound manner to ensure the endpoints are always up and running.

• Solutions should be easy to install and low operational overhead.

• Solutions and infrastructure on which it is running should be configured and integrated with Security Operating Center (SOC), Privileged Identity Management System (PIMS), IT Asset Management (ITAM), IT Service Manager (ITSM), Data Access Management, Network Access Control, Command Center, Incident Management Tool, Version


P a g e 76 | 120

Control, DevOps Tool and any other application advised time to time advised by the Bank.

• Solutions should be compatible with IPv6 and should be deployed on IPv6 Protocol.

• Management Center Incident Management System (as a part of OMS) should be integrated with Bank’s Monitoring System, Incident Management System, Feed Distribution System based on availability of endpoints and its penalty can be calculated. In addition, additional features available in the bidder Management Center which are not covered under the Bank Monitoring System should also be made available which can enable the Management Center for resolution of issues, vendor management and improve the uptime of endpoints. Management Center Incident Management System should have provision to log call, generate ticket based on email, SMS, Call or IVR or mobile or through web. In case, Bank changes the existing Monitoring System, vendor should integrate with new monitoring system without any additional cost.

5.6. Audit Trial Requirement:

Solutions should have provision to log each activity performed by the user/fraudster. Solutions should provide audit log reporting and analysis Tool.

5.7. Performance Requirement:

Solutions should provide availability of 99.95 % uptime and should not impact the uptime of endpoints.

The centralized solutions which will be providing the dashboard and hardening should consume minimum bandwidth while pushing the hardening policy at endpoint.

There should not be any lag while the policies are pushed from central console to the endpoints or while Hard Disk is being encrypted during the customer transaction.

5.8. Business Continuity Requirement:

Solutions be deployed at DC and DR Centre in active – active or active-passive (RTO should be less than 30 minutes and RPO should be less than 5 minutes) mode.

5.9. Scalability Requirements/Milestones:

Solutions should be able to handle 85 million transactions per day with peak Transaction Per Second [TPS] of 2500. Solutions should be able to drive one lac endpoints.


P a g e 77 | 120

5.10. Limited Trial / Pilot Requirements: Solutions with endpoint to be supplied will be first pilot as per Appendix-6 Scope of work Para-11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule – Table : II at locations specified by the Bank in live environment, the details of which will be advised to selected bidder. Only after acceptance of successful completion of pilot implementation with the demonstration of required features, the final purchase order will be issued to the selected bidder. 5.11. Robustness:

Solutions solution should be reliable and robust.

Solutions should be capable of supporting any new applications / software / agents / models of all makes or any new hardware or software configuration.

5.12. Regulatory and Compliance Requirements:

• Solutions should meet existing and future national and international

regulatory/compliance requirements without any additional cost to the Bank.

• The software developed or customized should follow a standard development process to ensure that it meets functional, security, performance & regulatory requirements of the Bank.

• Selected Bidder must conduct all activities in compliance with Bank’s IT/IS

standards and policies and the prevailing legal and regulatory framework. The activities should be carried out with proper authorization from Bank.

• Promptly Compliance and closure of any observation(s)/finding(s)/

recommendation(s)/Query(ies) of any Audit/Concurrent-Audit/Management Audit/Information Security Audit/External Audit/Inspection and Management Audit or IT Risk Management or IT Compliance or Information Security Department of Bank//PSS-Act/Comprehensive Security Review/ RBI/IBA/GOI /SOC Observations-Alerts-VA-PT/any regulatory authority etc. which shall be advised from time to time by the Bank to the selected bidder in respect of Solutions provided and Solutions setup.

• IS security review of the solution(s) will be carried out as per Bank’s policy

and the Vendor should c lose the observations within stipulated time frame.

• The Vendor should comply with Bank’s IS Security policy in key concern areas relevant to the RFP. Some of the areas are as under:

o Hardware/software/Operating Systems/ Databases etc to be configured

as per Banks Secured Configuration Document.


P a g e 78 | 120

o Backup/restore of media should also comply with bank’s information security policy.

o Security and access services activities will follow security standards

that shall be as per Bank’s IT/IS Policy. Adequate consideration of access control & security administration should be there.

o Access to information and Information Systems including applications,

operating systems, database, and networking / security devices should be provided to users only after proper authentication. The allocation and use of privileges should be restricted and controlled.

o Implementation of encryption/decryption mechanism for sensitive

information on all the layers of the implementation in consultation with the bank.

o If some work is carried outside the Bank premises (offsite), it should

comply with the Bank’s confidentiality & information security requirements along with this bank will also have the right to carry out audit or appoint any third party to carry out audit of any such location/premises/work.

o Vendor must comply with all such guidelines in consultation with the

Bank.

o Compliance to IS recommendations and regulatory requirements of Foreign Offices/ any other Auditing body as engaged directly or indirectly by the Bank.

o Infrastructure will be subjected to security/performance audit from Bank

and/or external agency appointed by the Bank. It shall be responsibility of the selected bidder to co-operate and provide necessary information and support to the auditors.

o Appropriate controls (Application controls, Controlled processes &

procedures Audit trails) should be applied to reduce the risk on project assets.

o Standard auditing functions as supported by the respective hardware,

software, and database should be enabled to ensure system audit ability.

o Appropriate audit trails should be there in each process/application/OS

of the Project. Audit trails should inc lude the information like time, date, details of change in fields; report along with the person who performed the modification, etc.

o Proper Audit logs, Audit trails.


P a g e 79 | 120

o Vendor acknowledges that the sensitive information of customer (e.g.

Card Data, CVV etc.) will be kept confidential & protected.

o Security requirement of the Bank will be shared with the successful bidder

5.13. IT Controls :

Proper controls should be maintained to ensure the security (Confidentiality Integrity & Availability) of the sensitive & critical data/information and operations, controls may be as follows:

o PREVENTIVE :

Classification of information. Segregation of duties. Control access to physical facilities Access control mechanism that allows only authorized users/personnel to access data/information. Use of encryption to prevent unauthorized disclosure of data (e.g. Password protected reports)

• DETECTIVE:

Hash totals. Error messages over tape labels. Internal audit functions. Automated Review of activity logs to detect unauthorized attempts. etc. • CORRECTIVE: Contingency plan. Backup procedure. DR and Business Continuity Etc.

5.14. Business Functionalities:

Solutions to support following business functionalities and should be capable of handling the functionalities required by the regulator or by the Bank.

1) Cash Withdrawal 2) Cash Deposit 3) Cheque Deposit (Not limited to envelop deposit) 4) Standing Instruction 5) Loan Account enquiry 6) Fixed Deposit 7) Bunched Note Acceptance


P a g e 80 | 120

8) Balance Enquiry 9) Mini-Statement 10) Card to Card Transfer 11) Card to Account Transfer 12) Account to Account Transfer

13) B 2 B 14) Visa Money Transfer 15) Biometric Based Authentication 16) Institutional Fee Payment 17) Bill Payment

18) Trust Donation 19) PIN Change

20) Fast Cash 21) Mobile Number Registration 22) Mobile Top-UP

23) Mobile Banking Registration/Deregistration 24) SBI Credit Card Bill Payment

25) SBI Credit Card Cash Withdrawal 26) Prepaid Card Cash Withdrawal 27) Prepaid Card Balance Enquiry

28) SBI Life Insurance 29) Cheque Book Issuance

30) Stop Cheque enquiry 31) Internet Banking Request Approval 32) Aadhaar Number Seeding

33) Cash increase/decrease/short/ excess Admin Transactions using admin card

34) Channel Manager visit registration 35) Dynamic Currency Conversion during transaction

36) Failure Alert (decline response code/reason) 37) Idle Screen / Advertising 38) Cash Recycling

39) Quick Cash 40) Instant Money Transfer

5.15. Training:

The bidder will have to provide the training to the Bank/ vendor officials related to its solutions (Central and Endpoint) once in every year (in two batches) during the term of the project, on date and time decided by the Bank for a maximum duration of 7 days. The cost of training is to be borne by Solution Provider. The scope of the training given under is illustrative but shall be not limited to the followings:

Scope Site No of Trainees


P a g e 81 | 120

i. Installation and configuration of the each modules of the Software solutions

ii. Solution Architecture iii. Operations/functionalities of all

modules of the software solutions iv. Interface integration with other

systems v. Use of design Tool and its campaign

Management. vi. Overview of each simulator vii. Administration of software solution

and related data handling/extract etc. viii. Analysis of audit logs,

Troubleshooting process of each module of the software solution

ix. Production Setup, DR Setup, UAT, Pre-production and development Setup and its environment

x. Backup configuration xi. Changeover to DR xii. Hands-on for the functionalities of the

each module xiii. Training to the Endpoint Suppliers on

installation, reinstallation and troubleshooting of Multivendor Software and endpoint protection solutions at the Endpoint

Onsite , at Belapur or any other place decided by Bank

60

Vendor agrees to provide the training on development / coding in the provided solutions on mutually agreed cost.

5.16. Supports makes and models:

The software solution must work on the following makes and models of endpoints (illustrative and not exhaustive), which are having configuration of minimum Intel Pentium PIV or equivalent processor, 2 GHz speed, 1 GB RAM and Cen XFS 3.0 and above Compliant as also covers the future makes and models Makes Supplier Type Models Phase Window

s

Year

NCR NCR Corporation

Cash Dispenser Selfserve 22 e

11/12 Win 7 20132016

Diebold Diebold Systems Pvt

Limited

Cash Recycler Cash Dispenser

Smart ATM

Opteva 378 D 429 S

Smart ATM

11 12

Win 7 Win 7

2015 2016


P a g e 82 | 120

WINCOR AGS Transact

Technologies

Cash Dispenser Procash 280

11 Win 7 2015

HYOSUNG CMS Info

System Pvt Ltd

CDM/Cash Recyclers

Cash Dispenser

MX8600

Monimax 5600

10/11

10

Win 7 2013

2015

HITACHI LIPI Data

Systems Ltd

CDM/Cash Recyclers

Cash Recyclers

HT-2845-V

HT-2845-

SR7500

10

11

Win 7

Win 7

2013

2015

OKI Securitran

India Private

Ltd/CMS and

Mphasis Ltd

CDM/Cash Recycler RG7 10/11 Win 7 2013

2015

5.17. Support during Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract:

Bidder should provide and implement all patches / upgrades / updates for Software solution etc. as and when released by the Vendor/ respective OEMs during the warranty and annual maintenance contract without any additional cost to the Bank. Bidder should bring to notice of the Bank all release /version change. Periodical updates should be carried out in consultation with the Bank. Bidder should support o lder versions of the software / Hardware / OS/ Middleware / database etc in case the Bank chooses not to upgrade to latest version. Bidder should provide maintenance support for Software Solution for the period of seven year (One year Warranty and six year AMC) from the date of Purchase Order. Bidder should provide legally valid software solutions. The detailed information on license count and type of licenses should also be provided to the Bank. The Bidder should keep the Bank explicitly informed the end of support dates on related products and should ensure a support during warranty and AMC period. The bidder to comply with Regulatory and compliance requirements given in the scope of work above as a part of support during the warranty and AMC period.


P a g e 83 | 120

6. Multi Vendor Software Solution (s):

• Rich graphical user interface that provides complete visibility of the entire ATM Network.

• Design Tool to create and rapidly deploy content-rich branding to the ATM Network from Central location.

• Remote administration of endpoints.

• Centrally manage distribution of software and branding/advertising (local

advertisement or promotional offer or introduction of new service/product)

• Remote Monitoring of every Endpoint working condition, status (up, down, outages etc)

• Support the Multi-lingual display at Screens and Receipt printing.

• Remotely diagnose a fault in Endpoint by providing access to all the information required for problem diagnosis and resolution.

• Regular collection of electronic journal to central location and its parsing as well to view electronic journal directly from Endpoint or from a centrally located repository. Almost Real-time transfer of the EJ data incrementally. EJ parsing as and when EJ data received centrally. PCI Compliance. Masking and hashing of Card Numbers to be done before file transfer as per PCI compliance requirements. To work in low bandwidth and provision of to pull manually.

• Customer transaction shall take precedence over the EJ pulling process

and if a transaction occurs while EJ is being pulled; the EJ process shall be stopped to complete the transaction. The remaining part of the EJ shall be pulled after the transaction is completed.

• Provide up-to-date information about ENDPOINT’s Cash levels and Consumables (envelopes and paper rolls) to custodians/solution users.

• Provision for Omni-channel [integration with other Channels].

• Implement TLS to encrypt end-to-end communication from the ATMs. 7. Endpoint Protection Solution (s):

7.1. Asset Management Solution:


P a g e 84 | 120

To auto update inventory of the ENDPOINTs with the installation location, its configuration, including hardware and software specifications, ENDPOINT application and EJ agent installed with version numbers.

7.2. Centralised Access and User Management Solution :

• To configure Role-based user accounts on the ENDPOINTs for accessing

ATM application and operating system. • To configure each of the user accounts with the least privilege based

principle. • Forced change of all default user account passwords. To configure Unique

passwords to be used for each user account on the ENDPOINT.

• To validate complex Account passwords strength as per the Bank’s password policy.

• To provide Centralised Access Management capability • To support time bound password management • To allow remote management of user credential according to strong

password and industry requirements. • To allow time-bound one-time password.

• One Time Combination Password (OTC).

7.3. Operating System Security:

• The operating systems being used should be licensed.

• The Operating system shall be hardened as per OEM recommendations and Banks’s SCD.

• A full hard disk encryption solution shall be provided by the solution provider for all ENDPOINTs. Disk encryption shall be centrally managed.

• BIOS should be configured to boot only from the primary Hard Disk only. • Under managed services t an inventory for the password management

shall be maintained for Centralised Access Control of endpoint.

• Configure local system level firewall rules to allow connections to only ENDPOINT.

• All ATM endpoints and their associated workstations shall be time synchronized.

7.4. Deployment of operating system and its patches :

• The underlying operating system, its software and the ATM application running on the ENDPOINT shall be updated with the latest security patches centrally from time to time.

• The updates and patches shall be rolled centrally by the bank with usage of low bandwidth and where not centralized can be achieved manually.

7.5. Centralised Management for monitoring:


P a g e 85 | 120

• Centralised security monitoring setup to monitor a ll activities of the ATM endpoints.

• The monitoring system shall be capable of collecting real time alerts.

7.6. Log Management :

• The ATM endpoint shall log key events and shall be monitored centrally.

• Access to the logs shall be allowed to authorize users only. • The logs containing sensitive data such as card holder data or account

numbers should be masked or encrypted and securely disposed.

• Event shall be stored for a minimum period of 90 days on the ENDPOINT. • The ENDPOINT EJ logs should be pulled from the SBI Data Centre.

7.7. Security assessment of ATM endpoints :

• Audit of end points shall comply with the secure policy of ENDPOINT.

• The Bank shall conduct information security risk assessments of the ENDPOINT infrastructure on a sample basis at least once in a year.

• Third party audit certificates shall be submitted to the bank by the vendors annually.

7.8. PCI-DSS Compliance :

• PCI-DSS compliance shall be ensured for the ATM endpoints and their

corresponding infrastructure.

7.9. Secure disposal of the data :

• To follow the Bank’s E-waste policy for secure decommissioning of endpoints.

7.10. Security during Servicing and Maintenance : • Bidder shall ensure that all personnel handling the ATM endpoints are

adequately trained and informed about the security practices for handling ENDPOINTs

• The Bank Centra lised Access control tool shall maintain a list of service and support personnel authorized to access the ATM sites for maintenance and health checkup. The vendor shall provide a list of authorized personnel who will be accessing the ATM sites.

• Centralised Access Control to ensure that System access for maintenance and related activities shall be permitted only on duration basis by one time passphrase or similar authentication process. The access shall expire once the duration is over.


P a g e 86 | 120

7.11. Network Control:

• Implementation of Network Access Control.

• Support to implement segmentation based on the ‘need-to-access’ approach. Identify and allow only those IP/ports/services that are necessary for communication between:

• Payment switch and ATM application servers • Payment switch and ATM endpoints • Any other required network zone to ATM network zone

• Support to configure appropriate firewall rules to restrict access to the critical ATM infrastructure based on identified IP Addresses/ports and services.

8. Online Monitoring Solution(s):

• Summary Dashboard should have drill-down facilities up to endpoint level. • Should be able to interface with any Banks’/third-party systems, as

required at no additional cost to the bank. • Online Monitoring System with the following requirements should be

developed as a Browser-based Application (IE, Edge, Chrome, fire fox etc.) as well as Mobile-based Application ((iOS, Android, Windows) over Intranet, Internet and VPN.

• Implement a solution that delivers industry best practices and process solutions

• Reduce manual processes by leveraging workflow and automation capabilities

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A.1 Role based User Management

Supports/implements a Single Sign On solution which enables the user access of disparate Online Portal resources through a single, streamline secured authentication process tied in with the bank’s current authentication framework (Active Directory).

A.2 Supports the following user interface(s) over Intranet/Internet/VPN: (a) Browser-based Application (IE, Edge, Chrome, Firefox etc.) (b) Mobile-based Application (iOS, Android, Windows)

A.3 Follows responsive Web design guidelines/standards.

A.4 Allows access for all Internet browsers(Windows/Linux) and mobile applications (iOS, Android, Windows).

A.5 Allows creation of countless dashboards depending on user’s role/business requirements (this includes the capability to change the fields to be displayed within the dashboards).

A.6 Allows user to drill down for detailed information across any entity/fields present (e.g. end-point wise, LHO wise, Module wise, Region wise, Channel wise, fault-wise, connectivity-wise, etc.).

A.7 Allows searching, filtering and sorting on the entities and fields displayed on the dashboard.

A.8 Be able to offer additional/extensive reports for business, technical and operations (both historical & real-time information) as required by the bank at no additional cost.

A.9 Allows users to change the logic of reports at any time as per their requirement


P a g e 87 | 120

A.10 Be able to generate ad-hoc reports and exported into popular formats (.xls,.csv, pdf, image, etc.) for a period/duration (as selected by the user).

A.11 Allows interfacing to Device Monitoring, End Security, Software Distribution and additional modules/solutions seamlessly as required by the bank at no additional cost.

A.12 Allows/provide a data analyst tool to help improve the performance characteristics, maximizing ATM uptime and provide recommendations to reduce resource bottlenecks based on historical data.

A.13 Allows/provide for primary filter (as default) set to VIP ATMs. A.14 Allows the filters to be set to the following data (based on availability/applicability):

(a) Region-wise (b) Org Setup-wise (Circle / Admin Office, LHO, etc.) (c) Fault-wise (d) OEM vendor-wise (e) Managed Services vendor-wise (f) Network vendor-wise (g) Capex-MOF vendor-wise (h) Terminal wise (i) Age-wise

A.15 Develop/Allow to add/update categories (in addition to above) in the future, with no additional cost to the bank.

A.16 Develop/Allow data input collection using existing templates/formats based on user provisioning, followed by the bank.

A.17 Allows role-based access (CRUD) provisioning for all components/entities supported through the online dashboard, and related modules(B-I)

A.18 Develop/Allow interfacing with authorized 3rd party mobile applications to gain access to specific modules/sections of the online dashboard, based on role provisioning.

A.19 Develop/Allow call escalation/initiation/updates/closure through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank.

A.20

Develop/Allow preventive maintenance data entry and update for ATMs, through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank covering the points/steps as mentioned in Annexure E-1.

A.21

Develop/Allow ATM/Site Engineer to generate a Field Call Report - FCR (as per format decided by Bank) through web and mobile application when a preventive/corrective maintenance is performed at the ATM which needs to be digitally signed off by respective parties and generate a digital version of the FCR for audit purposes.

A.22 All digital versions of the FCR to be stored in the bank-designated repository.

A.23

Develop/Allow site handover/takeover(HTC) data entry and update for ATMs, through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines provided by the bank covering the points/steps as mentioned in Annexure E-2.

A.24 All digital versions of the HTC to be stored in the bank-designated repository.

A.25

Allow engineer to confirm the PM activities done on-site from their mobile app, synced with their geo-code position at the site and device tests(as part of Preventive Maintenance) done at the ATM.

A.26

All preventive maintenance and handover/takeover activities to be signed off by respective parties involved (ATM/Site Engineer, Bank Official, FLM, etc) digitally with a unique code/identifier as agreed with the bank.

A.27 Develop/Allow data entry and update for ATMs, through web and mobile application, by respective parties(Bank Operator, ATM/Site Engineer, etc)

A.28

Provide details of Endpoint installed with detailed information(Address, Geocode, Brand, Model, SW Versions,etc) as required by the bank through web and mobile application and (digitally) signed of by Endpoint Supplier authorized personnel, in a bank defined format for Endpoint Install Certificate(EPIC).

A.29 All digital versions of the EPIC to be stored in the bank-designated repository.

A.30 Develop/Allow Installation Certificate of endpoint data entry and update for endpoints, through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines


P a g e 88 | 120

provided by the bank covering the points/steps as mentioned in Appendix-10a.

A.31

Develop/Allow endpoint related data collections and its update, through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines/data elements provided by the bank.

A.32

Develop/Allow data collections, its update and reports based on the data elements available in the database and its update, through web and mobile application, developed as per guidelines/data elements provided by the bank.

A.33 Develop and Support OMS platform and the related modules (B-I) as described below.

B. ENDPOINT SECURITY MODULE/DASHBOARD:

B.1 Display the client version running on terminals, version-wise with drill down-capability up-to record level.

B.2 Display the count and list of terminals whose policies are not updated(age-wise). B.3 Display the # of threats/violations identified and stopped during vulnerability

scans(virus/malware/firewall).

B.4 Display the # of attempted execution/installation of unauthorized software and hardware components.

B.5 Display the status of hard disk encryptions (aligned, warnings, violations) of the security policies, vendor-wise.

B.6 Display the # of scan failures reported from terminals. B.7 Display the # of white-listed applications, OEM vendor-wise.

B.8 Display the aging list of the white-listed applications running on the terminals.

B.9 Display the # of USB/ports blocked or un-blocked OEM vendor-wise. B.10 Display the aging list of the blocked or un-blocked USB/ports OEM vendor wise. B.11 Display the # of access policies maintained across the network, with last update/change

metric.

B.12 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

C. INCIDENT MANAGEMENT MODULE/DASHBOARD:

C.1 Display the # of faults, tickets pipeline, based on the initiation mode (automatic, manual, SMS, Voice Call, Email, etc.)

C.2 Display the availability factor of the ATMs with drill-down capabilities (Overall, Region-wise, Circle/Branch-wise, ATM-wise).

C.3 Reflect the assigned / current SLA metrics stake-holder wise or fault-wise (categorized under controllable/non-controllable factors as decided by bank), with options to filter availability % within 1-3%, and 3+% lesser than the defined targets, by Overall/Region/Circle/LHO/Branch/VIP/Metro/etc.

C.4 Display ticket summary status with drill-down capabilities, fi ltered by ATM-wise Region-wise, etc.

C.5 Display trending of SLA metrics based on historical data flow, SLA group-wise (Circle, VIP endpoints, etc.)

C.6 Display trending of threshold levels to pro-actively detect failures/outages on terminals.

C.7 Display trending of ticket escalations, based on historical data flow. C.8 Display disconnect ratios between ticket open/close and engineer onsite check-in. C.9 Display average response time month-wise on overall faults/tickets.

C.10 Display average response time severity-wise, vendor-wise, region-wise, etc.

C.11 Display the # of preventive maintenance activities (with individual detail) done with duration vendor-wise, and comparison with historical information.

C.12 Display the # of auto vs manual dispatches done for consumable/cash replenishments, Overall, Region-wise, Vendor-wise, etc.

C.13 Display the average TAT for response and resolution filter-wise. C.14 Display the average time taken across each phase during the ticket escalation/dispatch

process to help identify/determine the bottlenecks

C.15 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

C.16 Allow the following actions:


P a g e 89 | 120

(a) Able to raise new trouble tickets manually, or based on SMS/Email. (b) Update/Modify trouble tickets status (c) Dispatch jobs on existing trouble tickets (d) OTC generation for controlling physical access to the terminals. (e) Able to close trouble tickets raised manually/automatically. (f) Able to re-open tickets(raised manually). (g) Able to put tickets on-hold. (h) Able to prioritize trouble-tickets (i) Able to perform service analysis on open tickets. (j) Able to perform bulk operations on open tickets.

D. DEVICE MONITORING MODULE/DASHBOARD:

D.1 Display the # of ATMs, by operative (active, inactive) state. D.2 Display the average up-time of the ATM fleet, vendor-wise, region-wise, circle-wise, etc.

for the period/duration (as specified by the user).

D.3 Display the # of ATM component failures and aging analysis. D.4 Display the threshold levels of ATM/Component and the current positions with trends (to

identify/determine possible problems in the future).

D.5 Reflect the assigned / current SLA metrics stake-holder wise. D.6 Be able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to

the bank.

D.7 Display the # of chronic faults and subsequent ATM inactive, for a period/duration (as specified by the user).

D.8 Display network wide cash position (incl. cash outs) and representing data based on individual cassette position, by region, etc. (as specified by users)

D.9 Display the real-time cash position, count of notes for each denomination / cassette at terminal level.

D.10 Display the list of machines with recurring failures(chronic), poor service availability or poor uptime.

D.11 Display trending of SLA metrics based on historical data flow, SLA group-wise (Circle, VIP, etc.)

D.12 Provide visual differentiation for devices/entities by user defined threshold (RED, YELLOW, GREEN)

D.13 Display the list of terminals which are anticipated to have a failure/problem pro-actively based on historical information, before the fatal condition happens.

D.14 Display terminals with no heart-beat response status or transaction status for a defined threshold level.

D.15 Display the CPU/memory/network utilization of the terminal.

D.16 Display the # of time remote restarts were required on terminals for a period/duration (as specified by the user).

D.17 Display the current utilization levels of the system HW (components like CPU, Disk, Memory, Controllers, Bus, LB, Network Card/IP, etc) node-wise or system-wise.

D.18 Display the current utilization levels of the application system SW (processes). D.19 Display the trend / forecast for both system HW and SW, based on current and historical

data.

D.20 Display the # of times the utilization levels have crossed pre-defined threshold levels. D.21 Display the resource queues, and highlight the long-running queues. D.22 Display the # of scheduled jobs (incl. backups) and the ratio of completion / in progress /

failure status.

D.23 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

E. SOFTWARE DISTRIBUTION MODULE/DASHBOARD: E.1 Display the # of successful/un-successful software download(payload) activities

performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user)

E.2 Display the # of successful/un-successful software upload(payload) activities performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user)

E.3 Display the total payload(size) for all upload & download activities performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user)


P a g e 90 | 120

E.4 Display the payload by comms channel and the average time taken to complete. E.5 Display the break-up of payloads, file type-wise (video, screens, OS logs, App logs,

device logs, etc.)

E.6 Display the average time needed to complete the pending download activities, entity-wise.

E.7 Display the average time needed to complete the pending upload activities, entity-wise.

E.8 Display the # of retries performed for software download activities performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user), connection type-wise.

E.9 Display the # of retries performed for software upload activities performed for a period/duration (as selected by the user), connection type-wise.

E.10 Display the # of manual visits done to perform software updates or retrieve logs, due to software distribution failures, vendor-wise, region-wise, etc.

E.11 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

F. ASSET MANAGEMENT MODULE/DASHBOARD:

F.1 Display the # of ATMs, grouped by OEM Model type/CPU/Memory or any other parameters from the OEM Hardware specification.

F.2 Display the # of ATMs, grouped by OS version / Application version + patch level (incl. XFS) or any other parameters available from the Software Application.

F.3 Display the software version changes/upgrades applied on the terminal software components for a period/duration (as selected by the user).

F.4 Display the total # of ATMs and relative value and analysis/improvement ratios, based on parameters such as Overall / LHO / Circles / Metro / Semi-urban/ Urban / Rural / VIP / Regular endpoints classifications, as required by the bank at no additional cost.

F.5 Display the aging report of the last update/check done of the HW/SW running on the terminals, and highlight if any failures faced during last attempt.

F.6 Display the next planned Preventive Maintenance activity for those terminals where in the version check update has failed during last attempt.

F.7 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

G. CAMPAIGN MANAGEMENT MODULE/DASHBOARD: G.1 Display the # and type of campaigns running active, across the ATM fleet.

G.2 Display the # and type of campaigns run on the ATM fleet for a period/duration (as selected by the user) with active/expired status.

G.3 Display the ratio of acceptance / non-acceptance of campaigns, region-wise, BIN-wise, ON-US/NOT-ON-US, etc.

G.4 Display the payload size of each campaign, and campaign changes done for a period/duration (as selected by the user).

G.5 Display the ratio of auto vs manual attempts to deploy the campaign on the terminals.

G.6 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the bank.

H. BILLING & PENALTY MODULE/DASHBOARD: H.1 Allow data entry (thru web/mobile app) for vendor profile and related information.

H.2 Allow data entry (thru web/mobile app) for contracts related information.

H.3 Display the contracts and the associated fees/penalty with entity-based filters, for a period/duration (as selected by the user).

H.4 Display the bills, fi ltered by paid/due/billable and allow user to drill down for detailed information across any entity/fields present.

H.5 Display the contracts and associated billing ageing-wise, and allow user to drill down for detailed information across any entity/fields present.

H.6 Allow data entry for penalty and applicable contracts/vendors. H.7 Able to interface with any third-party systems, as required with no additional cost to the

bank

H.8 Able to generate report/statement for a vendor or contract for a defined period.

H.9 Able to authorize statements for a vendor or contract for a defined period. H.10 Able to create/generate/authorize/delete adjustments on existing statements H.11 Able to calculate penalties automatically, based on the SLA levels and associated


P a g e 91 | 120

penalties as defined in the contracts. (a) Based on terminal availability data (b) Based on EJ availability data (c) Based on Cash availability data (d) Based on new criteria as defined by the Bank.

H.12 Able to calculate licenses value, for each module (EP/SP) as defined in the contracts with penalties.

H.13 Able to calculate resource cost/bills for each ATS, as defined in the contracts with penalties

H.14 Able to calculate resource cost/bills for each OATS, as defined in the contracts with penalties.

H.15 Invoice generation as per the payment schedule of all items of price bid with penalties through OMS

H.16 Develop the functionalities related to all items of Price Bid Appendix-7 and calculation of Penalties as per Appendix-11 and generation of Invoice with penalties by auto-fetching/populating the details through system with a provision to have Vendor-wise, Circle-wise with drill down upto endpoint level. Where system does not provide the auto fetching the data elements, provision of input through front end should be provided.

H.17 Single view of endpoint containing details of all solutions, details populated at each dashboards, all payments made since installation/take over of endpoints, penalties, history of all faults, incidents etc should be made available at dashboard.

I . MIS Reports / DASHBOARD:

Vendor shall assist in meaningful analysis of performance for improving uptime and availability of Endpoints.

Vendor shall furnish the Standard Report promptly including exceptions for SLAs of all connected service

providers along with their stipulated periodicity as appended below which Bank may at its discretion add to /

delete from the list.

Sl.no Report Description Monthly

1. Availability Report Availability trend analysis, causes of down-time, chronic Endpoints, action plan for improving availability (mapped LHO/Module wise)

2. Consolidated Cash Out Report with cause and TAT analysis

Monthly with machine ID, date and reasons

3. Consolidated Report on machines down

Due to hardware fault, network problem and spares not available with reasons

4. Analysis of cash forecasting recommendations

No. of occasions machines went out of cash despite branch loading cash/providing cash in time as per recommendations

5. Consolidated Reports on FLM /SLM calls (with TAT)

Region-wise report of FLM/SLM calls per ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler

6. Report on Service Calls Region-wise report on service calls per site for kiosk repairs and maintenance

7. Report on Site Condition Report on condition of kiosks, repairs necessary/undertaken

8. Report on Chronic faults ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers down repeatedly for same reason

Fortnightly 9. Consolidated Exception Report Consolidated list of ATMs/CDS/CDMs/Cash

Recyclers which were out-of-service for more than 4 hours for each instance, with downtime break up and the reasons

10. Performance Report on VIPATMs Availability analysis of ‘VIP ATMs’ with reasons for downtime

Weekly

11. Report on cash efficiency ratio (CER)

Circle-wise weekly report on the FoS along with daily closing balance in each ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler

Daily 12. Report on downtime o/a Third Party Report to ensure previous day’s faults have been


P a g e 92 | 120

Components properly escalated, followed up and rectified within the stipulated timelines

13. 24/48 hours Down Report List of ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler out of service for 24/48 hours with downtime break up and reasons

14. Current State Reports (thrice a day) Status of ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler during the day

15. Urgent Actionable Information Urgent actionable information on cash out, cash jams, cash handler, low currency cassette etc, through SMS

16. Cash Recommendations Recommendations for optimum amount of cash to be loaded to avoid cash outs and idle cash

17. Consolidated Cash Recommendations

Consolidated list of all cash recommendations sent to branches

18. Cash Recommendations Not Followed

List of Endpoints/ATMs which went out of cash o/a non adherence to cash recommendations sent

19. Daily CER report (Circle wise)

Machine-ID wise FoS Report with details of cash dispensed, opening balance and cash replenished

On Demand 20. Cash Out Report Incidents of Cash Out 21. Hourly Current Status report Current status on demand in crises like Bank strike,

rains, floods, etc 22. Ticket History Report For chronically ailing CDs

23. Any other report As and when required

Vendor shall have to translate dynamically, the status information of all ATMs in the network/MIS as seen through their Management Centre into web pages, which can be accessed by Users Role based. The summarized data provided by Vendor on the Web Server shall classifiable at Multiple levels such as Endpoint/ATM Wise, LHO wise, Zonal Office wise etc or as may be intimated by Bank.

Following best practices(A-J) should be complied by the OMS: A. General Scenarios

1 All mandatory fields should be validated and indicated by asterisk (*) symbol

2 Validation error messages should be displayed properly at correct position

3 All error messages should be displayed in same CSS style (e.g. using red color)

4

General confirmation messages should be displayed using CSS style other than error messages style (e.g. using green color)

5 Tool tips text should be meaningful

6 Dropdown fields should have first entry as blank or text like ‘Select’

7 Delete functionality for any record on page should ask for confirmation

8

Select/deselect all records options should be provided if page supports record add/delete/update functionality

9 Amount values should be displayed with correct currency symbols

10 Default page sorting should be provided

11 Reset button functionality should set default values for all fields

12 All numeric values should be formatted properly

13

Input fields should be checked for max field value. Input values greater than specified max limit should not be accepted or stored in database

14 Check all input fields for special characters

15

Field labels should be standard e.g. field accepting user’s first name should be labelled properly as ‘First Name’

16 Check page sorting functionality after add/edit/delete operations on any record


P a g e 93 | 120

17

Check for timeout functionality. Timeout values should be configurable. Check application behavior after operation timeout

18 Check cookies used in an application

19 Check if downloadable files are pointing to correct file paths

20 All resource keys should be configurable in config files or database instead of hard coding

21 Standard conventions should be followed throughout for naming resource keys

22

Validate markup for all web pages (validate HTML and CSS for syntax errors) to make sure it is compliant with the standards

23 Application crash or unavailable pages should be redirected to error page

24 Check text on all pages for spelling and grammatical errors

25 Check numeric input fields with character input values. Proper validation message should appear

26 Check for negative numbers if allowed for numeric fields

27 Check amount fields with decimal number values

28 Check functionality of buttons available on all pages

29 User should not be able to submit page twice by pressing submit button in quick succession.

30 Divide by zero errors should be handled for any calculations

31 Input data with first and last position blank should be handled correctly

B. Usability

1 All fields on page (e.g. text box, radio options, dropdown lists) should be aligned properly

2 Numeric values should be right justified unless specified otherwise

3 Enough space should be provided between field labels, columns, rows, error messages etc.

4 Scroll bar should be enabled only when necessary

5

Font size, style and color for headline, description text, labels, infield data, and grid info should be standard as specified in SRS

6 Description text box should be multi-line

7 Disabled fields should be grayed out and user should not be able to set focus on these fields

8 Upon click of any input text field, mouse arrow pointer should get changed to cursor

9 User should not be able to type in drop down select lists

10

Information filled by users should remain intact when there is error message on page submit. User should be able to submit the form again by correcting the errors

11 Check if proper field labels are used in error messages

12 Dropdown field values should be displayed in defined sort order

13 Tab and Shift+Tab order should work properly

14 Default radio options should be pre-selected on page load

15 Field specific and page level help messages should be available

16 Check if correct fields are highlighted in case of errors

17 Check if dropdown list options are readable and not truncated due to field size limit

18

All buttons on page should be accessible by keyboard shortcuts and user should be able to perform all operations using keyboard

19 Check all pages for broken images

20 Check all pages for broken links

21 All pages should have title

22 Confirmation messages should be displayed before performing any update or delete operation

23 Hour glass / message should be displayed when application is busy

24 Page text should be left justified


P a g e 94 | 120

25 User should be able to select only one radio option and any combination for check boxes.

C. Scenarios for Filter Criteria / Result

1 User should be able to filter results using all parameters on the page

2 Refine search functionality should load search page with all user selected search parameters

3

When there are at least one filter criteria is required to perform search operation, make sure proper error message is displayed when user submits the page without selecting any filter criteria.

4

When at least one filter criteria selection is not compulsory user should be able to submit page and default search criteria should get used to query results

5 Proper validation messages should be displayed for invalid values for filter criteria

6

Page loading symbol should be displayed when it’s taking more than default time to load the result page

7 Check if all search parameters are used to fetch data shown on result grid

8 Total number of results should be displayed on result grid

9 Search criteria used for searching should be displayed on result grid

10 Result grid values should be sorted by default column.

11 Sorted columns should be displayed with sorting icon

12 Result grids should include all specified columns with correct values

13

Ascending and descending sorting functionality should work for columns supported with data sorting

14 Result grids should be displayed with proper column and row spacing

15 Pagination should be enabled when there are more results than the default result count per page

16 Check for Next, Previous, First and Last page pagination functionality

17 Duplicate records should not be displayed in result grid

18 Check if all columns are visible and horizontal scroll bar is enabled if necessary

19

Check data for dynamic columns (columns whose values are calculated dynamically based on the other column values)

20 For result grids showing reports check ‘Totals’ row and verify total for every column

21

For result grids showing reports check ‘Totals’ row data when pagination is enabled and user navigates to next page

22

Check if proper symbols are used for displaying column values e.g. % symbol should be displayed for percentage calculation

23 Check result grid data if date range is enabled

D. Scenarios for a Window

1 Check if default window size is correct

2 Check if child window size is correct

3

Check if there is any field on page with default focus (in general, the focus should be set on first input field of the screen)

4 Check if child windows are getting closed on closing parent/opener window

5

If child window is opened, user should not be able to use or update any field on background or parent window

6 Check window minimize, maximize and close functionality

7 Check if window is re-sizable

8 Check scroll bar functionality for parent and child windows

9 Check cancel button functionality for child window


P a g e 95 | 120

E. Database Testing Test Scenarios

1 Check if correct data is getting saved in database upon successful page submit

2 Check values for columns which are not accepting null values

3 Check for data integrity. Data should be stored in single or multiple tables based on design

4 Index names should be given as per the standards e.g. IND_<Tablename>_<ColumnName>

5 Tables should have primary key column

6

Table columns should have description information available (except for audit columns like created date, created by etc.)

7 For every database add/update operation log should be added

8 Required table indexes should be created

9 Check if data is committed to database only when the operation is successfully completed

10 Data should be rolled back in case of failed transactions

11

Database name should be given as per the application type i.e. test, UAT, sandbox, live (though this is not a standard it is helpful for database maintenance)

12

Database logical names should be given according to database name (again this is not standard but helpful for DB maintenance)

13 Stored procedures should not be named with prefix “sp_”

14

Check is values for table audit columns (like createdate, createdby, updatedate, updatedby, isdeleted, deleteddate, deletedby etc.) are populated properly

15

Check if input data is not truncated while saving. Field length shown to user on page and in database schema should be same

16 Check numeric fields with minimum, maximum, and float values

17 Check numeric fields with negative values (for both acceptance and non-acceptance)

18 Check if radio button and dropdown list options are saved correctly in database

19 Check if database fields are designed with correct data type and data length

20 Check if all table constraints like Primary key, Foreign key etc. are implemented correctly

21 Test stored procedures and triggers with sample input data

22 Input field leading and trailing spaces should be truncated before committing data to database

23 Null values should not be allowed for Primary key column

F. Scenarios for Image Upload Functionality

1 Check for uploaded image path

2 Check image upload and change functionality

3

Check image upload functionality with image files of different extensions (e.g. JPEG, PNG, BMP etc.)

4

Check image upload functionality with images having space or any other allowed special character in file name

5 Check duplicate name image upload

6

Check image upload with image size greater than the max allowed size. Proper error message should be displayed.

7

Check image upload functionality with file types other than images (e.g. txt, doc, pdf, exe etc.). Proper error message should be displayed

8 Check if images of specified height and width (if defined) are accepted otherwise rejected

9 Image upload progress bar should appear for large size images

10 Check if cancel button functionality is working in between upload process

11 Check if file selection dialog shows only supported files listed

12 Check multiple images upload functionality


P a g e 96 | 120

13 Check image quality after upload. Image quality should not be changed after upload

14 Check if user can use/view the uploaded images

G. Scenarios for Sending Emails

1 Email template should use standard CSS for all emails

2 Email addresses should be validated before sending emails

3 Special characters in email body template should be handled properly

4 Email subject should not be blank

5

Placeholder fields used in email template should be replaced with actual values e.g. {Firstname} {Lastname} should be replaced with individuals first and last name properly for all recipients. If reports with dynamic values are included in email body, report data should be calculated correctly

6 Email sender name should not be blank

7 Check plain text emails

8 Check HTML format emails

9 Check email header and footer for company logo, privacy policy and other links

10 Check emails with attachments

11 Check send email functionality to single, multiple or distribution list recipients

12 Check if reply to email address is correct

13 Check sending high volume of emails

H. Scenarios for Excel Export Functionality

1 File should get exported in proper file extension

2

File name for the exported Excel file should be as per the standards e.g. if file name is using timestamp, it should get replaced properly with actual timestamp at the time of exporting the file

3 Check for date format if exported Excel file contains date columns

4

Check number formatting for numeric or currency values. Formatting should be same as shown on page

5 Exported file should have columns with proper column names

6 Default page sorting should be carried in exported file as well

7

Excel file data should be formatted properly with header and footer text, date, page numbers etc. values for all pages

8 Check if data displayed on page and exported Excel file is same

9 Check export functionality when pagination is enabled

10

Check if export button is showing proper icon according to exported file type e.g. Excel file icon for xls files

11 Check export functionality for files with very large size

12

Check export functionality for pages containing special characters. Check if these special characters are exported properly in Excel file

I. Performance Testing Scenarios

1 Check if page load time is within acceptable range

2 Check page load on slow connections

3 Check response time for any action under light, normal, moderate and heavy load conditions

4 Check performance of database stored procedures and triggers

5 Check database query execution time

6 Check for load testing of application


P a g e 97 | 120

7 Check for stress testing of application

8 Check CPU and memory usage under peak load condition

J. Security Testing Scenarios

1 Check for SQL injection attacks

2 Secure pages should use HTTPS protocol

3 Page crash should not reveal application or server info. Error page should be displayed for this

4 Escape special characters in input

5 Error messages should not reveal any sensitive information

6 All credentials should be transferred over an encrypted channel

7 Test password security and password policy enforcement

8 Check application logout functionality

9 Check for Brute Force Attacks

10 Cookie information should be stored in encrypted format only

11 Check session cookie duration and session termination after timeout or logout

12 Session tokens should be transmitted over secured channel

13 Password should not be stored in cookies

14 Test for Denial of Service attacks

15 Test for memory leakage

16 Test unauthorized application access by manipulating variable values in browser address bar

17 Test file extension handing so that exe files are not uploaded and executed on server

18 Sensitive fields like passwords and credit card information should not have auto complete enabled

19 File upload functionality should use file type restrictions and anti-virus for scanning uploaded files

20 Check if directory listing is prohibited

21 Password and other sensitive fields should be masked while typing

22

Check if forgot password functionality is secured with features like temporary password expiry after specified hours and security question is asked before changing or requesting new password

23 Verify CAPTCHA functionality if available.

24 Check if important events are logged in log files

25 Check if access privileges are implemented correctly

9. Onsite Advanced Technical Support (OATS):

All professional services necessary to implement and successfully run the proposed solutions at the Centra l and endpoint level as per the RFP (not only for new endpoints to be provided under this agreement but also for existing as well as future endpoints to be procured) have been furnished hereunder which is illustrative and not exhaustive: The services shall cover Development, UAT, Training, Pre-Production, Production and DR Setup and all covers all solutions (eg. Multi Vendor Software, Endpoint Protection Solutions, Online Monitoring Solutions etc) provided by the Solution Providers and other agents provided by the Banks


P a g e 98 | 120

The bidder would ensure 24 * 7 * 365 days per year Online Onsite services support during the tenure of seven years contract. Bidder should ensure the vendor’s key personnel with relevant skill are always available to the Bank and ensure the professional standard, quality and delivery of services. Escalation process should be in place for unresolved issues. Segregation of duties in the support and administration of the Infrastructure is required to be implemented. Deliver the services within the TAT : Time taken to fix the problem The selected bidder to provide the resources based on the following profile : Grade Qualification Experience Project Leader*

BE/BTech/MCA/MSc in Computer Science + PMP

10 years which includes the Solution Architect exposure.

Senior BE/BTech/MCA/MSc in Computer Science Three years IT experience

Junior BE/BTech/MCA/MSc in Computer Science One year IT experience

*Bidder shall appoint an experienced Leader i.e. Project Manager dedicated to the project execution. The bidder should provide CV of Project Manager that demonstrates proven experience in executing pro jects similar in scope and complexity] The OATS services will include Administration, Configuration, Customisation/enhancement/upgrade (except where additional efforts permitted in RFP), Maintenance, Performance Tuning, Monitoring, compliance of security and risk guidelines, Troubleshooting and fixing issues with Software Solutions, Hardware Infra, Operating Environments and Network including coordination with OEMs for fixing Hardware level issues and Third Party Software related issues. Following are broad guidelines and are illustrative but not exhaustive :

9.1. Project Leader :

• Designing of Solutions as an Solution Architect

• Central and Clients License Management • Project Management • Single Point of Contact for the Bank


P a g e 99 | 120

• Periodic Updates to Bank Management - Daily/ Weekly / Monthly - Submission, Review, Documentation and dealing with exceptions

• Overall responsible for coordination amongst the OATS and resolutions of issues

• Timely augmentation / release of onsite resources

• Timely delivery of new functionalities/reports/invoices/efforts estimates/Functional Specifications Documents or any other required information within acceptable timeframe.

• Monitoring of SLA and SLA Compliance report.

• Gap Analysis and Resolution Steps (High level)

• Arrange for Police Verification of Onsite Resources. • Realignment/reassignment of resources to various tasks as per the

requirement of Bank and / or Ensure optimum utilisation of onsite resources.

• Requirement gathering and submission of Functional Specification document and detailed design document for new features/enhancement including Web application and Mobile application

9.2. Database Administration and Management:

• All systems and infra Databases etc. should be configured as per the Banks security policy.

• Database Maintenance Activities (Necessary DBA should be made available)

• Logs Review, analysis and reporting. Logs would play an important role in the detection of malicious activities. In case of a malicious activity the same should be alerted to the Bank and intrusion management procedure would be triggered

• Administration, Control, Management, Maintenance, Monitoring, backup management, patch management, troubleshooting and its performance improvement/upgradation of database/version upgrades etc

• Manage Database, Servers and Storages for sizing, purging, archiving, fine tuning, performance optimizing, de-duplication, compression, patch, trouble shooting, coordination with Vendor etc. and maintain version control.

• Installation, configuration, migration, upgradation of databases as per requirement.

• Coordination with OEM.

• Implement Bank’s prescribed security configurations documents, which shall be subjected to continuous/periodical security review/upgradation and as such vendor must close vulnerabilities from time to time on top priority. Secure Configuration document implementation on databases.

• All Databases Monitoring on daily basis like: Scheduling/checking/validating backup, Add Tablespace / Data files, Error troubleshooting / Performance tuning, Hardware fault monitoring, DBA job creation/scheduling, Tablespace / Data files usage check, Prod – DR sync check/troubleshoot, File system space monitoring /Script


P a g e 100 | 120

creation/execution, CPU/memory load monitoring, Check for zombie/defunct processes, User management /Resource utilization tracking, Log shipping / Backup

• Root Cause Analysis of each problem, RCA Submission to the Bank and quick resolution to minimize the adverse impact of these issues

• Backup, Online Log Checking, Backup Verification at DR and DC and Pre-production

• Backup, Recovery and Verification Operations as per Banks policy [including backup of all the components eg DB etc • Take Scheduled and ad hoc backups

• Monitoring of backups and restart of failed backups • Maintain proper backup schedule

• Restore and recover data as requested • Conduct restoration drills at regular intervals • Restoration of earlier backups as and when required for different kind

of environments (Dev/UAT/DC/DR/Pre-Prod/Training). • Facilitate onsite and off-site storage of tapes

• Maintain and submit periodic and ad hoc Backup reports. "

• Change Management - Approval of Bank, Production Movement and deployment, Implementation / Post-implementation Review / Roll-back / Resolution etc

• Provide Audit Trails for all activities

• Providing any MIS reports as and when required by the Bank • Priority Resolution of various issues like Bug Fix, VA/PT, Audit

Observations, issues flag by the Bank in respect of Database etc

9.3. Design, Testing, Development and Software Management:

• Designing and modification/configuration of screens • Designing and modification/configuration Campaigns • Campaign design and Screen Designers :

• To make required changes in configuration scripts for pushing the policies on to the endpoints after due testing / UAT.

• Change management: version control needs to be implemented for all components and maintain necessary documentation, Production Release with complete documentations. Implementation any production movement through respective OATS team and resolve the any issue notified by them.

• System Integration Testing

• User acceptance Testing

• Integration with banks other systems/channels/SOC and its implementation through respective OATS team.

• Priority Resolution of various issues like Bug Fix, VA/PT, Audit Observations, issues flag by the Bank and its implementation through respective OATS- database/production /Hardware-Network team.


P a g e 101 | 120

• Maintenance UAT, Training and Development Setup/environment/solutions and its up-to-date documentation for solutions

• Support for testing at ATM Lab. • Design New Dashboard or Modification of existing Dashboards, Input

forms for data collections, reports as and when required by the Bank from time to time and its implementation to respective OATS Team.

• Any customisation which requires man-days up to 5 days will form part of OATS at no additional cost to the Bank

• Providing any reports / MIS as a Web based or extract based on the availability of data elements as and when required by the Bank from time to time.

• Asset Management of All solutions, its components, version control

• Design HTML, JPEG,BMP based endpoints screens as well as inputs Based on User Experience and / or the Bank's brand guidelines and/or required by the Bank from time to time.

• Designing and Modification of transaction flows

• Any other activity relating to designing of screen/campaigns/transaction flow.

• Implement Bank’s prescribed security configurations documents, which shall be subjected to continuous/periodical security review/upgradation and as such vendor must close vulnerabilities from time to time on top priority.

9.4. eJ Management :

• Scheduled and adhoc/immediate upload of e-Journals. • Upload of e Journals • EJ pulling and ensure that module works.

• Pulling of the video footage and archiving as per requirement • Start EJ Pulling from the date of making the ENDPOINT operational and /

or takeover of endpoints

• Vendor shall upload 100% EJ (i.e. no missing transaction) within t+1 day from the transaction date.

• EJ disabled and EJ disconnected cases shall be resolved within t+1 day. • All EJs pulled must be stamped with the ‘Event Time’. All EJs must contain

information regarding Counterfeit Notes detected and impounded.

• Any liability to the Bank arising out of disputes in case of non-availability of EJ shall be recovered from the Vendor, along with penalty.

• Resolution of any issue related to EJ Pulling • ENDPOINT-wise EJs shall be stored in the EJ Server at a centralized

location for a minimum period of 6 months. ENDPOINT-wise EJs pulled shall be spooled separately and pushed to the designated server on daily basis. EJ date before purging needs to be archived and backup taken. The EJ data may be purged by the Vendor, after seeking confirmation of the Bank.

• Resume EJ jobs which have not started automatically, after resolving relevant line/network/ATM Issues.


P a g e 102 | 120

• Providing any MIS reports as and when required by the Bank • Provide audit trail of all activities

• Analyse EJ Logs(for exception cases) using native EJ Viewer or developed EJ Viewer and provide reports for all exception issue.

9.5. Infra, Hardware and Network Management :

• Services as specified in Appendix-11 G : Hardware • Coordinate and implement patches / upgrades /version upgrades/ updates

for Hardware, OS etc. as and when release by the Vendor/OEM or as per requirements of the Bank for the Central Solutions

• All systems and infra (hardware, network etc.) should be configured as per the Banks security policy.

• Periodic reviews on the actual DC/DR Infrastructure must be performed & the properly documented results must be published. A comparative summary report (Taking previous results) may a lso be presented for the use by project steering committee.

• Logs Review, analysis and reporting. Logs would play an important role in the detection of malicious activities. In case of a malicious activity the same should be alerted to the Bank and intrusion management procedure would be triggered. Online Log Checking

• Server Administration and Housekeeping • Storage Management and Monitoring • Resolve any issues relating to storage.

• Performance tuning at the storage level • Storage Allocation: Maintenance and Creation of LUNs / File system etc.

and allocation to the respective server environment. • Troubleshooting issues relating to Storage. • Capacity management and planning

• Raising issues with the OEM vendor and arrange for resolution • Equipment Availability & Performance Tuning and Monitoring • Any activities relating to Hardware, Network and Infrastructure

Management • Network Management, Monitoring and Alerts

• Management of IPs. • Coordination with the Network Team.

• Management of SAN/NAS/LB equipment.

• Raising issues with the OEM vendor and arrange for resolution in case of Hardware level failure or any other such issues.

• Administration configuration and Management of Load balancing systems • Load Balancers configuration as per the application requirement. • Security configuration of LB

• WAF configuration of LB • DoS Protection configuration at LB

• Cluster configuration at LB • Deployment of AppWall Cluster + Node (Physical or Virtual) at LB


P a g e 103 | 120

• SSL, Compression, Fastview and other such configurations at LB • Handling Data Centre Operations/Activities, Management of Datacenter,

coordination with DC Team for various activities, Installation / movement of equipment / components within / to and from DC. Cabling

• Asset Management inventory : Clear & distinct identification of the asset , Location of Asset Security/ risk classification, IT asset group ,Owner ,Last updated (Date) ,Changes made ,Timeline of the changes/updates made, Designated custodian ,Name of each server , Operating system , Make and model ,Number of CPUs ,Speeds, Memory, Disk capacity ,NIC cards and speeds, Labeling of equipment. "

• Management and maintenance of DR Infra • Physical Health Check up and infrastructure monitoring

• Backup, Recovery and Verification Operations as per Banks policy [including backup of all the components eg OS, etc.

• Take Scheduled and ad hoc backups • Monitoring of backups and restart of failed backups

• Maintain proper backup schedule

• Restore and recover data as requested • Conduct restoration drills at regular intervals • Restoration of earlier backups as and when required for different kind of

environments (Dev/UAT/Prod). • Facilitate onsite and off-site storage of tapes

• Maintain and submit periodic and ad hoc Backup reports. " • Change Management - Approval of Bank, Production Movement and

deployment, Implementation / Post-implementation Review / Roll-back / Resolution etc

• Providing any MIS reports as and when required by the Bank

• Provide Audit Trails for all activities • Configuration / parameter changes at the Infra

• "Implement Bank’s prescribed security configurations documents, which shall be subjected to continuous/periodical security review/upgradation and as such vendor must close vulnerabilities from time to time on top priority.

• Secure Configuration document implementation on Infrastructure viz Hardware, Network, Load Balancers etc"

• Priority Resolution of various issues like Bug Fix, VA/PT, Audit Observations, issues flag by the Bank in respect of OS, Hardware, Network , Load Balancers etc

• Preventive maintenance.

9.6. Production Control, Monitoring and Management:

• Coordinate and implement patches / upgrades / updates for Software / Middleware / Version upgrades etc. as and when release by the Vendor/OEM or as per requirements of the Bank for Central Solutions and maintain solutions/software version control.


P a g e 104 | 120

• Solution/Software Management: • To configure necessary policies as per Bank’s requirement.

• To implement patches / upgrades / updates /version upgrades for Software/ Solutions / OS /Agents etc. as and when re lease or as per requirements of the Bank on the endpoints through remote pushing

• Bidder should obtain a written permission from the Bank before applying any of the patches / upgrades / updates.

• "Implement Bank’s prescribed security configurations documents, which shall be subjected to continuous/periodical security review/upgradation and as such vendor must close vulnerabilities from time to time on top priority.

• All systems and infra (applications, OS etc.) should be configured as per the Banks security policy. "

• Deployment, Scheduling, Monitoring transaction flow downloads to endpoints and its management

• Middleware, WEB and Application Administrators.

• Management of Interfaces with the solutions, troubleshooting of the issues related to all modules and interfaces to the solutions

• Logs Review, analysis and reporting. Logs would play an important role in the detection of malicious activities. In case of a malicious activity the same should be alerted to the Bank and intrusion management procedure would be triggered. Online Log Check

• Preventive maintenance

• Alert and resolve any performance issues and notify end-users relating to Storage

• "Services Monitoring of applications/Middleware/OS

• Solution Availability & Performance Tuning and Monitoring

• Scheduled Jobs Monitoring • Backup Monitoring Applications/Middleware

• Utilization of resources like Percentage used per CPU, Percentage used Memory, Memory Paging, Job queues, Long Running Queues, Disk I/Os, Actual Network speed etc

• Response time: System response time. " • DR Management

• Ensuring consistency between DC, Failover and DR setups. • Managing Operation from DR in case of associated incident/drills.

• Bidder should ensure that the DC and DR are in sync as per policy decided by Bank. DR site should be available and made live in the event of a disaster at the Primary site. And the operation has to be handled from the DR location.

• Bidder is also required to assist in the DR drills for the applications in scope or the application interfaced with the applications in scope as and when required by the bank.

• Administration and Maintenance Production, DR, Pre-Production and DR setup, environments, solutions (including web applications and mobile applications) and its up-to-date documentation for solutions, DR drill activity Escalation matrix


P a g e 105 | 120

• "Problem and incident Management • Responding to alerts and / or tickets that are either auto-generated or user

raised

• Resolving the issue based on Incident and Problem Management guidelines

• Provide support, advice and guidance to bank users on server related issues

• Root Cause Analysis of each problem, RCA Submission to the Bank and quick resolution to minimize the adverse impact of these issues

• Take Preventive Measures

• Prepare and put up RCA for approval. • Coordinating with the OEMs for resolution and long term solution of the

Issues

• A process should be deployed for Problem/Incident Management. " • Software and screen distribution from a central source to facilitate

individual configuration and screen displays • Scheduling download and installation at desired times and loading of any

Software agent. • Monitoring Job status online. • Screen downloading.

• "Backup, Recovery and Verification Operations as per Banks policy [including backup of all the components App, Web, Middleware etc

• Management and Administration of Backup solution • Management and Administration of Backup software (Server/Clients). • Take Scheduled and ad hoc backups

• Monitoring of backups and restart of failed backups • Maintain proper backup schedule • Restore and recover data as requested

• Conduct restoration drills at regular intervals • Restoration of earlier backups as and when required for different kind of

environments (Dev/UAT/Prod). • Facilitate onsite and off-site storage of tapes • Maintain and submit periodic and ad hoc Backup reports. "

• Deployment, Scheduling, Monitoring screens downloads to endpoints and its management

• Deployment, Scheduling, Monitoring of Campaigns to endpoints and its management

• Downloading of the campaigns as per the schedule given by the bank

• Software and screen distribution from a central source

• Change Management - Approval of Bank, Production Movement and deployment, Implementation / Post-implementation Review / Roll-back / Resolution etc

• downloading of new/ modified screens within a stipulated time. • Designing and implementation of Security Policies at the endpoints.

• Log analysis of all FCR/EPIC/HTC performed during the day.

• Providing any MIS reports as and when required by the Bank


P a g e 106 | 120

• Configuration / parameter changes at the Solutions • "Implement Bank’s prescribed security configurations documents, which

shall be subjected to continuous/periodical security review/upgradation and as such vendor must close vulnerabilities from time to time on top priority.

• Secure Configuration document implementation on Solutions/applications"

• Priority Resolution of various issues like Bug Fix, VA/PT, Audit Observations, issues flag by the Bank in respect of Solutions/applications/Middleware etc

9.7. Support for Endpoints:

• User Account administration and Management • Resolving the issue for endpoint not getting live because of Network issue

with active liaison with Network Service Provider for which the resource should have adequate knowledge of Network

• Resolution of all technical ENDPOINT issues which can be handled centrally in a time bound manner attending the te lephonic calls or escalated by branches/circles/ENDPOINT supplier/MS vendor/ENDPOINT OEM vendor/Network service providers related to endpoint

• Resolution of technical faults generated for endpoints in the Incident Management within 15 minutes.

• Remotely troubleshoot as well as extend support to the engineer for the installation, reinstallation and troubleshoot for any issue relating to Multi-Vendor and endpoint protection solutions or any agent provided by the Bank at the endpoint.

• Addition/migration/Configuration of ENDPOINTs • Remotely trouble shooting faults at the endpoints in cases where it can be

resolved centrally eg giving download, remote rebooting of endpoints , remote resetting services etc

• Extend the support/provide response to the queries to the Branches/Channel Managers/Circles/Vendors related to endpoints

• Coordinate and escalate unresolved issues to respective OATS Team/Vendors and ensure its resolution.

• Providing the MIS report to Bank as and when required.

• Resolve any issue relating to endpoints.

9.8. Requirements relating to Onsite Advance Technical resources/staff:

Selected bidder will have to provide the resources with the required qualification and experienced required by the Bank as given OATS and will also provide the detailed bio-date of all the resources to be deployed at the Bank site. On boarding of resources would be done after due diligence and acceptance by the Bank. Proper on boarding and off boarding processes are required to be fo llowed

Bank reserves the right to interview all the staff including Project Leader to be deployed for support services at Bank’s DC and DR and re ject if not


P a g e 107 | 120

found suitable for the project. At a later stage, also if any of the staff are found unsuitable or any of the staff violates any of the Bank guidelines, Bank may seek removal of all such staff.

Vendor is required to obtain prior permission from the Bank before removing any of the staff from the project.

The vendor shall have the right to replace the specific person(s) who are equally competent and qualified but Bank will retain the right to set reasonable conditions on its acceptance of such replacement(s).

Bank expects to build a strong team and there should be no single point of dependency on any one individual. Bank’s services should always remain immune to any such dependencies. Bank expects staff to constantly keep upgrading their skills.

The staff’s skills, experience, certification and competence in Hardware, OS, and all other components involved in the Solution and software product specialists will impact on quality of delivery for the services. Hence, Bidder should ensure deployment of academically good, technically sound and competent personnel for support Services at the bank’s sites

Selected Bidder should be willing to transfer skills to relevant Banking Personnel and endpoint suppliers by means of training and documentation.

Staff should work in 24 * 7 * 365 days a year environment and should be able to work in shifts and flexible working hours.

The team should be adequate to ensure the unhindered 24 * 7 * 365 days a year operations and support.

As soon as Bank adopts a newer version of an existing technology or a new technology altogether Bank expects the existing staff working in the project to get certified on the same. Or the vendor should arrange for the additional resources with requisite qualifications/certifications.

All the staff are required to abide by the Bank’s acceptable usage policy and Bank’s access rules.

Bidder to submit the Police verification report in respect of staff. The confidentiality and integrity of the data and information in the Solution

must be ensured at all times. Any incident of compromise shall attract highest penalty and other punitive actions by the Bank. Selected bidder must give utmost comfort to the Bank on the said aspects.

Bank should be provided with a dedicated and exclusive team. A detailed shift roster should published at the start of the month in

consultation with the Bank. The Selected bidder shall be responsible for compliance with all laws,

rules, regulations, orders, notifications, and directions applicable in respect of its personnel (inc luding, but not limited to, the Contract Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act 1986, the Payment of Bonuses Act 1965, the Minimum Wages Act 1948, the Employees' Provident Fund Act 1952, and the Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923, and shall maintain all proper records, including, but not limited to, accounting records required under the Applicable Laws, or any code, practice or corporate policy applicable to it from time to time.


P a g e 108 | 120

Entire scope of work and other actionable / deliverables / compliance mentioned in the RFP shall be achieved within the commercials arrived at in the Reverse Auction.

Shift Timing and its terms:

Period Timings Shift I 7.00 AM to 3.00 PM

Shift II 3.00 PM to 11.00 PM Shift III 11.00 PM to 7.00 AM General Shift 10.00 AM to 6.00 PM

• Shift timings above are subject to change as per Bank’s requirement.

• Vendor to arrange for the resources on Sunday if required by the Bank. • Please note that resources should be available at the desk except

permissible half an hour recess per shift. Further, recess should be staggered, so that continuous support is ensured.

• However, the bidder will provide the onsite resource in case of emergency/moving from PR to DR and DR to PR without any additional cost to the bank.

• The bidder shall substitute onsite resource in case of any leaves/absence.

• Periodical review of resources shall be done by the Bank and the Bank may reduce the resource if the resources are not fully utilized or increase the resource, if required.

• Additional resource shall be procured, if required by the Bank in future¸ at the same rate as quoted in the price bid.

• The resource rate would be increased by 5% per year on the price quoted in the price bid. E.g. If Rs. 100 is price quoted, 2nd year it will be Rs. 105, third year it will be Rs. 110 and so on.

• Further, the bank reserve the right to reduce the number of resources during the term of the contract on review of same with corresponding reduction of payment

Sr No Scenario Payment will be considered A 24 * 7 * 365 days a year

service For One additional resource for every 6 resources (Shift I, II and III) [i.e.2 resources in each shift] to take care of weekly off in addition to 6 resources.

B Shift : I / II / III / General [Other than 24 * 7 * 365 days a year]

1 man month per resource. Sunday is considered as weekly off.

Rate for additional resource called on Sunday by the Bank for one shift [Not

Per day rate =


P a g e 109 | 120

applicable in 24 * 7 * 365 days a year] Man month rate --------------------------------------- [ No. of days in month less No. of Sunday in the month] Eg. Man month rate is X amount and resource required for support for two Sundays in the month for one shift in October, 2016 X Amount ------------* 2 = Two days Amount [31-5]

Resource Requirements: Sr No

Tasks 24*7

Shift General Total

Y/N I II III 1 Project Leader N 1 1

2 Database Administration and Management

N 1 (S) 1

3 Design, Testing, Development and Software Management

N 3 (S) 3

4 EJ Management Y 1 (J) 1 (S) 2 (J) 4

5 Infra, Hardware and Network Management

1 (J) 1 (S) 2

6 Production Control, Monitoring and Management

Y 3 (S) 3 (S) 3 (S) 9

7 Support for Endpoints@ Y 2 (J) 2 (J) 1 (J) 5 8 DR Location 1 (S) 1 Total 7 7 6 6 26

Junior 4 2 3 9 Senior 3 5 3 5 16

Project Leader 1 1 @ Resources shall be considered for increase @ one resource per 2500 endpoints on roll-out of solutions beyond 5000 endpoints and upto 40000, as and when each 2500 roll-out, solely at the Bank’s discretion subject to optimum utilisation of the resource. Hence, Bank could increase over period of time additional 14 resources. NB : Shift will be decided by the Bank. However, price bidding for the resource is considered 23 Junior (9+14), 16 Seniors and 1 Project Reader for 84 months. Bank shall request for additional resources for utilisation of its services for Support for endpoints at each interval of crossing 2500 roll-out of solutions at endpoints beyond 5000 till 40000 and will consider for payment on actual utilisation of resources.


P a g e 110 | 120

The resources will remain the same irrespective of increase in no. of endpoints during the remaining period of contract once solutions rolled-out at 40000. 10. Hardware, Software and other component requirements: Hardware to be provided should conform to the Open Architecture. Hardware sizing should be given separately for following environment : (a) DC (b) DR (c) Development (d) Training (e) UAT (f) Pre-Production Sizing of Development, Training, UAT and Pre-Production : Bidder should decide and share the optimum setup commensurate with the respective environmental requirements for its smooth and efficient functioning and bid commercial accordingly. Details to be provided for each of the environment of DC,DR, UAT, Pre-Production, training and Development as per Appendix-18 as per the sizing given and a ll items as a part of BOM to be provided by the selected Bidder except Oracle. Initially selected bidder will be issued a letter of intent with a request to supply the DC, DR, Development and UAT infra. Post successful completion of pilot at endpoints, successful commissioning and acceptance certification for hardware and solutions along with Purchase Order will be issued wherein selected bidder will be advised to provide the infra for Training and Pre-Production and payment for Infra supplied as per LOI will be released as per payment terms. Details to be provided for each of the environment of DC,DR, UAT, Pre-Production, training and Development as per Appendix 18

1. The Vendor warrants that the products supplied under the Contract are new, unused, of the most recent or current model and they incorporate all recent improvements in design and / or features. The Vendor further warrants that all the Products supplied under this Contract shall have no defect, arising from design or from any act of omission of the Vendor that may develop under normal use of the supplied products in the conditions prevailing in India.

2. Warranty (one year) and AMC (six years) for Hardware and infra Components supplied by Bidder : Onsite comprehensive warranty and AMC for all the hardware components including free replacement of spares, parts, kits as and when necessary will be 84 months from date of issuance of issuance of Purchase Order.

3. Warranty and AMC for the System Software/off-the-shelf Software will be provided to the Bank as per the general conditions of sale of such software.


P a g e 111 | 120

4. The Vendor shall in addition comply with the performance guarantees specified under the Contract. If, for reasons attributable to the Vendor, these guarantees are not attained in whole or in part, the Vendor shall make such changes, modifications and / or additions to the Products or any part thereof as may be necessary in order to attain the contractual guarantees specified in the Contract at its own cost and expense and to carry out further performance tests.

5. On-site comprehensive warranty and AMC: The warranty and AMC would be on-site and comprehensive in nature and back to back support from the OEM. The vendor will warrant all the hardware and software against defects arising out of faulty design, materials and media workmanship etc. for a period of seven years from the date of issuance of Purchase Order. The vendor will provide support for Operating Systems and other preinstalled software components during the warranty and AMC period of the hardware on which these software & operating system will be installed. The Vendor shall repair or replace worn out or defective parts including all plastic parts of the equipment at his own cost including the cost of transport.

6. During the term of the contract, the VENDOR will maintain the equipment

7. in perfect working order and condition and for this purpose will provide the following repairs and maintenance services:

a) Free maintenance services during the period of warranty and AMC. Professionally qualified personnel who have expertise in the hardware and system software supplied by the vendor will provide these services.

b) The Bidder shall rectify any defects, faults and failures in the equipment and shall repair/replace worn out or defective parts of the equipment during working hours i.e. from 8.00 A.M. to 8.00 P.M. on all working days (viz. Monday to Friday and working Saturday). In case any defects, faults and failures in the equipment could not be repaired or rectified during the said period, the engineers of the VENDOR are required to accomplish their duties beyond the said schedules in case of any situation if it warrants. In cases where unserviceable parts of the equipment need replacement, the VENDOR shall replace such parts, at no extra cost to the BANK, with brand new parts or those equivalent to new parts in performance. For this purpose the VENDOR shall keep sufficient stock of spares at Bank’s premises and at the premises of The VENDOR.

c) The VENDOR shall ensure that faults and failures intimated by Bank as above are set right within four hours of being informed of the same. In any case the equipment should be made workable and available not later than the Next Business Day.


P a g e 112 | 120

d) The VENDOR shall ensure that the full configuration of the equipment is available to the BANK in proper working condition viz. uptime of 99.95 % of the time on a 24 x 7 x 365 basis.

e) For purpose of calculating penalty and penalties for SLA uptime is as per Appendix-11.

f) The VENDOR shall ensure that the meantime between failures (including any malfunctioning, breakdown or fault) in the equipment or any part thereof, as calculated during any and every quarter (period of three consecutive months) is not less than 90 days.

g) Preventive maintenance: the VENDOR shall conduct Preventive Maintenance (including but not limited to inspection, testing, satisfactory execution of all diagnostics, cleaning and removal of dust and dirt from the interior and exterior of the equipment, and necessary repair of the equipment) once within first 15 days of the installation once within the first 15 days of every alternate month during the currency of this agreement on a day and time to be mutually agreed upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing the VENDOR recognizes Bank’s operational needs and agrees that Bank shall have the right to require the VENDOR to adjourn preventive maintenance from any scheduled time to a date and time not later than 15 working days thereafter.

h) All engineering changes generally adopted hereafter by the VENDOR for equipment similar to that covered by this AGREEMENT, shall be made to the equipment at no cost to the Bank.

i) Qualified maintenance engineers totally familiar with the equipment shall perform all repairs and maintenance service described herein.

j) The Bank shall maintain a register at its site in which, the Bank’s operator / supervisor shall record each event of failure and / of malfunction of the equipment. The VENDOR’s engineer shall enter the details of the action taken in such register. Additionally every time a preventive or corrective maintenance is carried out, the VENDOR’S engineer shall make, effect in duplicate, a fie ld call report which shall be signed by him and thereafter countersigned by the Bank’s official. The original of the fie ld call report shall be handed over to the Bank’s official.

k) The VENDOR shall provide replacement equipment if any equipment is out of the premises for repairs.

8. Any worn or defective parts withdrawn from the equipment and replaced by

the VENDOR shall become the property of the VENDOR and the parts replacing the withdrawn parts shall become the property of Bank.


P a g e 113 | 120

9. The VENDOR’s maintenance personnel shall, be given access to the equipment when necessary, for purpose of performing the repair and maintenance services indicated in this agreement.

10. However if Bank desires to shift the equipment to a new site and install it

thereof urgently, the VENDOR shall be informed of the same immediately. THE Bank shall bear the charges for such shifting and the VENDOR shall provide necessary arrangement to Bank in doing so. The terms of this agreement, after such shifting to the alternate site and reinstallation thereof would continue to apply and binding on the VENDOR.

11. Bank shall arrange to maintain appropriate environmental conditions, such as

those relating to space, temperature, power supply, dust within the acceptable limits required for equipment similar to that covered by this Agreement.

12. NO term or provision hereof shall be deemed waived and no breach excused,

unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived or consented. Any consent by any party to or waiver of a breach by other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute a consent to or waiver of or excuse for another different or subsequent breach.

13. If, in any month, the VENDOR does not fulfill the provisions of clauses (b), (c),

(d), (e) and (g) only the proportionate maintenance charges for that period during the month will be considered payable by Bank without prejudice to the right of the Bank to terminate the contract. In such event the VENDOR was credited without deducting the proportionate maintenance charges for that month, the Bank can deduct the same from future payments payable or the VENDOR shall refund the amount forthwith to Bank on demand by Bank.

14. On account of any negligence, commission or omission by the engineers of

the VENDOR and if any loss or damage caused to the Equipment, the VENDOR shall indemnify/pay/reimburse the loss suffered by the BANK.

15. Future additions of Hardware / Software: .

15.1. The Bank would have the right to:

a) Shift supplied systems to an alternative site of its choice.

b) Disconnect / connect / substitute peripherals such as printers, etc. or devices or any equipment / software acquired from another vendor.

c) Expand the capacity / enhance the features / upgrade the hardware /

software supplied, either from the vendor, or another vendor, or developed in-house.


P a g e 114 | 120

provided such changes or attachments do not prevent proper maintenance, from being performed or unreasonably increase the VENDOR cost of performing repair and maintenance service.

15.2. The warranty and AMC terms would not be considered as violated if any of (a), (b) or (c) above takes place. Should there be a fault in the operations of the system, the vendor, would not unreasonably assume that the causes lie with those components / software not acquired from them.

16. In the event of failure of the Service Provider to render the Services or in the event of termination of agreement or expiry of term or otherwise, without prejudice to any other right, the Bank at its sole discretion may make alternate arrangement for getting the Services contracted with another vendor. In such case, the Bank shall give prior notice to the existing Service Provider. The existing Service Provider shall continue to provide services as per the terms of contract until a ‘New Service Provider’ completely takes over the work. During the transition phase, the existing Service Provider shall render all reasonable assistance to the new Service Provider within such period prescribed by the Bank, at no extra cost to the Bank, for ensuring smooth switch over and continuity of services. If existing vendor is breach of this obligation, they shall be liable for paying a penalty of 10 % of contract value of infra cost of price bid on demand to the Bank, which may be settled from the payment of invoices or Performance Bank Guarantee for the contracted period.

17. Solution Provider will provide the following services (the "Services"):

1.1.1. Type of Services :

Mission Critical Support for all the Hardware and related software provided for all the environments to the Bank and 24x7 support

1.1.2. Scheduling of shifts :

Following is Solution Provider’s anticipated schedule for the Services: 24*7 Support 365 Days Solution Provider’s anticipated staffing of this engagement is as follows:

• Resident Engineer Support : Two Shift coverage from Monday to Sunday (7 days from 7.00AM to 11.00PM )

• (These Support has been covered in the OATS under Infra, Hardware and Network Management, Hence, no commercial to be built up as a part of Hardware)


P a g e 115 | 120

1.1.3. Responsibilities, Dependencies & Key Assumptions :

a) Solution Provider's Responsibilities

i. Solution Provider will provide 24x7 support for these systems. ii. Solution Provider will support, maintain and repair these systems

and ensure minimum uptime 99.95% . iii. In the event of any device failure, Solution provider will arrange for

replacement.

b) Bank's Responsibilities i. Bank will provide space, power, rack and required infrastructure for

the resident engineers ii. Bank will provide necessary approval for any changes to be made

on these systems in event of any new request or installation, replacement of device and configuration changes.

1.1.4. Deliverables :

The final work product(s) ("Deliverables") for this engagement are as follows:

Mission Critical Service Deliverables

• Coverage: 24*7 Support 365 Days • Response Time: 2 hours on-site for On-call basis support • Resident Engineer Support : Two Shift coverage from Monday to

Sunday (7 days) from 7.00AM to 11.00PM (These Support has been covered in the OATS under Infra, Hardware and Network Management, Hence, no commercial to be built up as a part of Hardware)

• Repair Commitment: Within 4 hours (CTR) Call To Repair commitment

• System Heath Check (Annual) and implementation of the findings

• Patch Analysis and Implementation (analysis on quarterly basis and implementation using Proactive Select Credits (Technical Service Days))

• Firmware Analysis and Implementation (analysis on quarterly basis and implementation using Proactive Select Credits (Technical Service Days))

• Technical Service Days

o Performance Analysis during the peak transaction periods along with recommendations

o Implementation of recommendations in Performance Analysis report


P a g e 116 | 120

o Backup/Recovery Assessment and Improvement advice o Operational Improvement activities (automating the system admin

tasks, system management activities, etc.) o Service Improvement activities to identify and eliminate Single Point

of Failures o Technical Support for documenting the environment/setup o Securing the system basis the ISD guidelines/requirements

• Proactive support and advice/guidance from IT service improvement perspective (guidelines to improve application performance, how to automate application tasks, security guidelines, best practices implementation, identify areas of improvement in delivering IT service in joint discussions with customer and application team)

• Named Account Support Manager

• Mission Critical Hardware Specialist • Environment Site Check

• Critical Spares Stocking in local warehouse for Mission Critical customers • Call to Repair commitment • Proactive updates on critical patches/fixes in setup, information on new

products, features, Support EOSL notifications • Education Services (training for customer team)

• Software Support • Software Updates • Proactive Monitoring Tool (Insight Remote Support Advanced Tool)

• Critical Event Management (CEM) / Accelerated Escalation Management • Account Support Plan, Support Activity Reviews (to understand and align to

customer’s Business/IT goals)

18. Considering the requirement of the solutions, hardware should be of high-

End and reputed make and should meet the following configuration at least for Production and DR :

Sl. No.

Features Description

Requirement Additional Info

1 Processor Type

The processor type should be one among these (Intel x86, AMD x86, IBM

Power Series, Oracle Processors, HP Processors). However, if appliances are used for servers, other processor types would also be accepted based on fulfilling other eligibility criteria. Note: The processor used should

belong to latest series of processor from the respective OEM as on date of release of RFP.

i) For SAN solution, the

enterprise class of SAN solution (of the latest series) should be provided. ii) For appliance based LB/ Network device solution, the latest

series of hardware should be provided.


P a g e 117 | 120

2 Processor Config

Every unit of server should have minimum 8 processor cores. However

based on the overall sizing requirement, the number of cores per server could be more.

For appliances, the number of cores should be maximum as supported in the appliance

3 Memory

Every unit of server should have minimum 128 GB memory (minimum DDR3) for every 8 Cores configured in

the server. However based on the overall sizing requirement, the memory per server could be more (upto the

maximum memory supported in the server). For appliances, the configured memory

should be maximum as supported in the appliance

4 Disk Space

Every unit of server should have

minimum usable 300 GB Disk space with RAID - 1 configuration. The disk type used should be SAS or higher performance disks. For appliances, the configured disk space should be maximum as supported

in the appliance

5 I/O

i) Every unit of server should have minimum 2 LAN cards supporting 1/10

Gig over Fiber, with each LAN card having minimum 2 ports. ii) Every unit of server should have minimum 2 HBA Card of 16 Gbps with each card having minimum 2 ports iii) Every unit of server should have minimum one management port

For appliances, all I/O modules should be fully populated as supported in the appliance

i) For SAN solution, SFP for all the controller ports should be provided. Ii) For Appliance based LB solution/ Network

devices, SFP/Connectors for all the ports provisioned in

the solution should be provided

6 Cables

i) 3 meter patch cord cables should be provided for each LAN ports provided in the server solution ii) 10 meter Fiber cables with connectors should be provided for each port in HBA

cards provisioned in the server solution


P a g e 118 | 120

7 Local High

Availability

Any single server failure, should not impact the operation/ cause any

disruption and sufficient local High Availability in terms of additional server/hardware should be provisioned.

Note: This is different from DR setup

8 Capacity

The capacity of the server/hardware solution should be sufficient to cater to

the 2500 TPS (Transaction Per Second) requirement of 100000 endpoints with 85 million transactions per day while

carrying out operations as mentioned in the RFP specification. Sizing of DC and DR should be same .

Also at any given time, the overall average resource utilization of the configured server/hardware should not

cross 70%. (Note: any spike of 70% or more consistent for around 5 minutes and more than 10 times in a week is

considered to be overall utilization of 70% or above) If the utilization crosses 70%, additional server/hardware provisioning should be done at no cost to the bank to bring the utilization below 70%.

11. Project Plan, delivery and Schedule:

Table : I

Activity Sub-Activity Owner R A C I No. of Days

Letter of

Intent

Issue of Letter of

Intent

Bank R X

Installation

of Central

Solution

Provision of

Hardware for Pilot

testing

Solution

Provider

R A X+21

Installation and

configuration of PR, DR , UAT and

Development Environment

Solution

Provider

R A X+30

All information/clarificati

ons gathering including MVS,EPS

Solution Provider

Bank

R A

C

X+30


P a g e 119 | 120

and Online

Monitoring Solutions

Finalisation of test

cases for each solution (MVS and

EPS)

Solution

Provider

Bank / Existing Endpoint

Provider

R A

C

X+30

X- The date of issuance of Letter of Intent (LOI) to L1. LOI will be issued to L2 conditionally

that PO will be issued to L2 only after issuance of PO to L1 subject to L1 solutions are acceptable to Bank.

Table : II

Activity Sub-Activity Number of terminals to be

covered

Owner No. of

Days

Pilot Customisation,

Integration, installation

and testing (including

end to end

UAT/SIT/Security

Review) by the Solution

Provider bidder for MVS, Endpoint

protection Solution,

Online Monitoring

Solution and rollout in

production

(i) L1 should provide, pro

bono, 5 Endpoints of the model

that they intend to supply.

(i) L2 should provide, pro

bono, 2 Endpoints of the model

that they intend to supply.

Both the above would be deployed in live environments

and tested.

(iii) L1 should test two (2)

endpoints of each of the

existing makes and models that

the Bank has acquired in

Phases X, XI and XII. This

testing will be done in a live,

running environment.

Solution

Provider

X+120

days

Live Pilot Testing, Monitoring and

Observations

SP + EP + Bank

X+150 days

The Bank shall provide finite test cases each under functional and technical areas which will be designed based upon the Scope of Work and other requirements mentioned in this RFP.

The L1 bidder will have to demonstrate successfully all the test cases for all the machines that are selected for the pilot run. On successful completion of this testing, the Bank shall issue

Purchase Order to the L1 bidder for supply of CDs, hardware and Solutions and to the L2

bidder for supply of CDs. The date of issue of the Purchase Order will be Y.

If the Bank is not satisfied with the outcome of the testing during the pilot, the Bank shall, at its discretion, cancel this procurement exercise.

If the Bank is satisfied with the outcome of the testing during the pilot, the L1 and L2 bidders

will have to deploy as per the timeline given below:

Table : III


P a g e 120 | 120

Phase Capex : New

MVS+EPS (L1)

Capex : New

MVS+EPS (L2)

Capex : Existing

MVS+EPS

BLA+TOM :

EPS

Timelines

(Days)

I 875 375 8750 9000 Y+90

II 875 375 8750 9000 Y+120

III 875 375 8750 Y+150

IV 875 375 8750 Y+180

Total 3500 1500 35000 18000*

*This is provided the Bank decides to deploy the solution on BLAs and TOM.

*********************

Indicative Commercial Bid Appendix-7

1A B C D E F G H I K G

2Sr.

No

Sub-

No

Details Unit

Rs/%|Year|Qty

Unit Rate Period Quantity Amount Max Proportion to Total Cost

3TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP (TCO)

=I5+I8+I10+I15+I21+I34+I38+I42+I51+I55 =K5+K8+K10+K15+K21+K34+K38+K42+K51+K55

4 1 =SUM(I6:I7) =ROUND(I5/$I$4*100,0)

5 a Procurements of Cash Dispensors with one year Warranty Rs. | - | Qty 0 5000 =F6*H6 300000 =ROUND(I6/$I$4*100,0)

6 b AMC for 6 years on CDs - % p.a. on Amount of item 1.a % p.a.|Year|Qty 0 6 =H6 =I6*G7*J7 6 % =ROUND(I7/$I$4*100,0)

7 2 =SUM(I9:I9) =ROUND(I8/$I$4*100,0)

8 a ATS for 7 years on CDs Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 =H6 =H9*G9*F9 5000 =ROUND(I9/$I$4*100,0)

9 3 =SUM(I11:I14) =ROUND(I10/$I$4*100,0)

10 a Perpetual Client License - MVS (All Clients) with one year Warranty Rs. | - | Qty 0 =35000+5000 =H11*F11 6000 =ROUND(I11/$I$4*100,0)

11 b Perpetual Client License - EPS (All clients) with one year Warranty Rs. | - | Qty 0 58000 =H12*F12 3000 =ROUND(I12/$I$4*100,0)

12 c AMC for 6 years on MVS Client License :Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of MVS Client Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 6 =35000+5000 =H13*G13*F13 10% =ROUND(I13/$I$4*100,0)

13 d AMC for 6 years on EPS Client License : Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of EPS Client Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 6 58000 =H14*G14*F14 10% =ROUND(I14/$I$4*100,0)

14 4 =SUM(I16:I20) =ROUND(I15/$I$4*100,0)

15 a Replenishment of consumables Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 5000 =H16*G16*F16 3500 =ROUND(I16/$I$4*100,0)

16 b Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 5000 =H17*G17*F17 4800 =ROUND(I17/$I$4*100,0)

17 c Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s) Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 5000 =H18*G18*F18 3000 =ROUND(I18/$I$4*100,0)

18 d Management Center Activities Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 5000 =H19*G19*F19 25000 =ROUND(I19/$I$4*100,0)

19 e Cash Replenishment / Evacuation Services (Bank may or may not avail services) Rs.p.a.|Year|Qty 0 7 2000 =H20*G20*F20 60000 =ROUND(I20/$I$4*100,0)

20 5 =I22+I26+I30 =ROUND(I21/$I$4*100,0)

21A MulI-Vendor SoJware SoluIon (MVS) :License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.

=SUM(I23:I25) =ROUND(I22/$I$4*100,0)

22 a DC : MVS [License Cost ] Rs. | - | - 0 =F23 =ROUND(I23/$I$4*100,0)

23 b DR : MVS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : MVS [License Cost] Rs. | - | - 0 =F24 10% =ROUND(I24/$I$4*100,0)

24 c MVS Enviornment Setup ImplementaIon cost:UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR-Should not exceed 2 % of DC:MVS-LC Rs. | - | Qty 0 =F25 2% =ROUND(I25/$I$4*100,0)

25

B Endpoint ProtecIon Security soluIon (EPS) :License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.

=SUM(I27:I29) =ROUND(I26/$I$4*100,0)

26 a DC : EPS [License Cost] Rs. | - | - 0 =F27 =ROUND(I27/$I$4*100,0)

27 b DR : EPS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : EPS [License Cost] Rs. | - | - 0 =F28 10% =ROUND(I28/$I$4*100,0)

28 c EPS Enviornment Setup ImplementaIon cost : UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR - Should not exceed 2 % of DC:EPS-LC Rs. | - | - 0 =F29 2% =ROUND(I29/$I$4*100,0)

29

C Online Monitoring SoluIon (OMS) :License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.

=SUM(I31:I33) =ROUND(I30/$I$4*100,0)

30 a DC : OMS [License Cost] Rs. | - | - 0 =F31 =ROUND(I31/$I$4*100,0)

31 b DR : OMS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : OMS [License Cost] Rs. | - | - 0 =F32 10% =ROUND(I32/$I$4*100,0)

32 c OMS Enviornment Setup ImplementaIon Cost :UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR -Should not exceed 2 % of DC:OMS-LC Rs. | - | - 0 =F33 2% =ROUND(I33/$I$4*100,0)

33 6 =SUM(I35:I37) =ROUND(I34/$I$4*100,0)

34 a MVS - on cost of License (DC/DR) -ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost % p.a.|year | - 0 6 =G35*I22*F35/100 10% =ROUND(I35/$I$4*100,0)

35 b EPS - on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost % p.a.|year | - 0 6 =G36*I26*F36/100 10% =ROUND(I36/$I$4*100,0)

36 c OMS- on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost % p.a.|year | - 0 6 =G37*I30*F37/100 10% =ROUND(I37/$I$4*100,0)

37 7 =SUM(I39:I41) =ROUND(I38/$I$4*100,0)

38 a Project Leader Rs.|Month | No 0 84 1 =H39*G39*F39 500000 =ROUND(I39/$I$4*100,0)

39 b Senior resources Rs.|Month | No 0 84 16 =H40*G40*F40 160000 =ROUND(I40/$I$4*100,0)

40 c Junior resources Rs.|Month | No 0 84 23 =H41*G41*F41 135000 =ROUND(I41/$I$4*100,0)

41 8 =I43+I50 =ROUND(I42/$I$4*100,0)

42 A Hardware Cost with one year warranty =SUM(I44:I49) =ROUND(I43/$I$4*100,0)

43 a Production Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F44*1 =ROUND(I44/$I$4*100,0)

44 b DR Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F45*1 =ROUND(I45/$I$4*100,0)

45 c UAT Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F46*1 =ROUND(I46/$I$4*100,0)

46 d Pre-Production for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F47*1 =ROUND(I47/$I$4*100,0)

47 e Development for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F48*1 =ROUND(I48/$I$4*100,0)

48 f Training for MVS/EPS/OMS Rs. | Entire Setup 0 =F49*1 =ROUND(I49/$I$4*100,0)

49 B AMC for Hardware for 6 years - On Total cost of 8.A.a to 8.A.f % p.a.|year | - 0 6 =I43*G50*F50/100 8% =ROUND(I50/$I$4*100,0)

50 9 =SUM(I52:I54) =ROUND(I51/$I$4*100,0)

51 a Pre-Implem. Support cost for Testing,Integration and pilot at endpoints with solutions Rs. | - | No model 0 10 =H52*F52 600000 =ROUND(I52/$I$4*100,0)

52 b Implementation/roll-out of solutions at endpoints Rs. | - | No model 0 35000 =H53*F53 1300 =ROUND(I53/$I$4*100,0)

53 c ATS : Post Implementation Support : MVS/EPS/Other - CD/CDM/Cash Recyclers Rs.p.a.|year|Qty =F9 5 35000 =H54*G54*F54 5000 =ROUND(I54/$I$4*100,0)

54 10 =I56 =ROUND(I55/$I$4*100,0)

55 a Site Installation / Modification Services Rs. | - | - 0 5000 =F56*H56 =F56 =ROUND(I56/$I$4*100,0)

Onsite Advanced Technical Support

Infra (including all Hardware/Software and its components) Cost

Support cost for Existing Makes and Models (Future make and model at same unit rate)

Site Installation / Modification Services

Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensors) - with Warranty and AMC

Annual Technical Support for 7 years for endpoints procured under this RFP

Perpetual Client License Existing and current RFP (Future licenses to be provided as same unit rate)

Managed Services for existing and current RFP endpoints for 7 years (Future endpoints MS, as same unit rate)

Enterprise wide Perpetual licence with unlimited users ( with one year warranty)

Annual Technical Support for 6 years for solutions

Tax Rate Appendix-7-1 @ other than Income tax,Corporate Taxes and Custom duty

1A B C D

2 Sr.

No

Sub-

No

Details Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive Exclusive

3 Custom

Duty

GST Excise Octroi Specify Tax@Specify tax@Specify tax

4 1 Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensors) with Warranty and AMC

5 a Procurements of Cash Dispensors with one year Warranty

6 b AMC for 6 years on CDs

7 2 Annual Technical Support for 7 years for endpoints procured under this RFP

8 a ATS for 7 years on CDs

9 3 Perpetual Client License Existing and current RFP (Future licenses to be provided as same unit rate)

10 a Perpetual Client License - MVS

11 b Perpetual Client License - EPS

c AMC for 6 years on MVS Client License :Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of MVS Client

d AMC for 6 years on EPS Client License : Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of EPS Client

12 4 Managed Services for existing and current RFP endpoints for 7 years (Future endpoints MS, as same unit rate)

13 a Replenishment of consumables

14 b Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding

15 c Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s)

16 d Management Center Activities

17 e Cash Replenishment / Evacuation Services (Bank may or may not avail services)

18 5 Enterprise wide Perpetual licence with unlimited users ( with one year warranty)

19 A Multi-Vendor Software Solution (MVS) :

License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev, training env.

20 a DC : MVS [License Cost ]

21 b DR : MVS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : MVS [License Cost]

22 c MVS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost:

UAT,Pre-Prod,Development,training,DC,DR

23 B Endpoint Protection Security solution (EPS) :


24 a DC : EPS [License Cost]

25 b DR : EPS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : EPS [License Cost]

26 c EPS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost :


27 C Online Monitoring Solution (OMS) :


28 a DC : OMS [License Cost]

29 b DR : OMS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : OMS [License Cost]

30 c OMS Enviornment Setup Implementation Cost :


31 6 Annual Technical Support for 6 years

32 a MVS - on cost of License (DC/DR) -ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost

33 b EPS - on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost

34 c OMS- on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training are at no cost

35 7 Onsite Advanced Technical Support

36 a Team Leader

37 b Senior resources

38 c Junior resources

39 8 Infra (including all Hardware/Software and its components) Cost

40 A Hardware Cost with one year warranty

41 a Production Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS

42 b DR Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS

43 c UAT Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS

44 d Pre-Production for MVS/EPS/OMS

45 e Development for MVS/EPS/OMS

46 f Training for MVS/EPS/OMS

47 B AMC for Hardware for 6 years - On Total cost of 8.A.a to 8.A.f

48 9 Support cost for Existing Makes and Models (Future make and model at same unit rate)

49 a Pre-Implem. Support cost for Testing,Integration and pilot at endpoints with solutions

50 b Implementation/roll-out of solutions at endpoints

51 c Post Implementation ATS Support : MVS/EPS/Other - CD/CDM/Cash Recyclers

52 10 Site Installation / Modification Services

53 a Site Installation / Modification Services

Duty

Included

in Price

Taxes not to be included in the price while bidding price

Site Installation / Modification Services - SIS Appendix-7-2

Sl Items Element Preferred Specifications Job Specs Qty Unit Unit Rate

Rs.

Total

Cost

(Rs.)

(QtyxUni

t Rate)

1 Standard Vitrified Tiles Providing & fixing flooring with vitrified tiles joint-free of minimum 9mm

thickness, size 24" x 24", 4” skirting, all fixed in 1:5 cement mortar,

complete with cutting and filling joints with white cement. Make of tiles

Johnson / Bell / Euro / Asian/Nitco/Naveen /Somani or equivalent.

Ivory /Shade or as specified by the Bank.

Providing &

fixing

90 Sq.ft.

2 Standard False ceiling GI tiles metal sheet plain (Armstrong or Interarch or equivalent) of

size 600 cm x 600 cm non-perforated made out of 0.3 mm Galvanised

steel non perforated with powder coated finish. GI sections for grid

suspension system. Cut-outs to be made for accommodating lighting

fixtures.

Providing and

Fixing

80 Sq.ft.

3 Standard Panelling in the

CD room

Providing & fixing in position. ACP (Aluminium Composite Pane) with

framing of Aluminium Tube sections of min 1.5"x 1" and 20 gauge 2'-

0" C/C both ways. ACP to be in 2' wide panels or distributed equally.

Panels to be fixed to the frame with 3M or equi-valent adhesive. Joints

to be finished with Silicon based sealant.ACP thickness of 3 mm min.

Aluminum foil thickness to be min 0.20 mm on both sides. Alubond,

Eurobond, Fujibond, Alcobond or equivalent ISO certified or approved

brands to be used. Bright silver Shade to be as per bank's approval.

Additional Sections to be provided to fix the Indoor AC units. Both AC

units to be installed near the machine area at the highest position.

Providing &

Fixing

240 Sq.ft.

4 Standard Main door with

film and

customised door

handle.

Providing and fixing Aluminium door comprising of approximate

83.5mm vertical members, approximate 85-90 mm top & bottom,

approximate 83.5 mm middle member, Black powder coated.

Thickness of section not less than 1.5 mm. Godrej / Dorma / /Hafele/

Ingersol Rand/Insta Floor spring (for 100 kg weight and rated for min

0.3 million cycles) and Pivot on top. 4 mm clear polycarbonate sheet

with scratch free film on both sides. Suitable rubber beading. Wool

pile/ Weather strip on one vertical member. Providing and fixing colour

customised door handle to fit on Aluminium section. The door size is

3'6" X 7'

Supply &

installation

23 Sq.ft.

5 Standard Aluminium

panels with 6

mm glass

Providing and fixing Aluminium panel openable comprising of

approximate 83.5mm vertical members, appropriate top & bottom and

middle members, Black powder coated. Thickness of section not less

than 1.5 mm. 6 mm clear glass to be used. The door (specs given

above) in all cases will always be 3'6"X7'. Depending on the width of

the façade, one or two panels may be made. One panel will work as

an emergency door with minimum width of 2' on the side of the

floorspring to be openable with 4 Nos of 3" Stainless steel hinges one

edge and towerbolt on the top and bottom on the other edge.

Providing &

Fixing

40 Sq.ft.

6 Standard Signage

2'6''X8'

MS Square Pipe of ¾” x ¾” 18 gauge for framing with one coat of red

oxide & two coats of oil paint to avoid rusting.

Powder coated 24 gauge GI sheets on all top, bottom & sides. The

bottom sheet to have rust-proof screws at every foot to facilitate easy

maintenance. 26 gauge GI sheet at the back.

L Angle system. Electrical - Power LEDs (OEMs: Seoul Semi-

conductor, GE, Osram, Kree, Seoul Opti Devices or equivalent)

Lucifer, Wipro, Instapower India, Permlight, Vin, GE, BinayOpto or

equivalent. Distributed evenly. LEDs aggregating 48 W.

Min Lux on white facia 400, on blue 60 & green 40. Warranty from

principals for LEDs-min 3 years. Rated for min 50000 hours. ISI FRLS

wiring -- Finolex, RR Cables or equivalent.

Backlit. Film: Avery Dennison / Dupont / 3M / LG or equivalent. With

comprehensive warranty from manufacturer of vinyl &subtrate for

Indian weather & dust conditions without any restrictive sub clauses.

Copy of valid warranty to be provided to the Bank. In case of any

failure within 5 years from date of install-ation, principal manufacturer

of flex & vinyl should replace the complete fascia (flex and vinyl).

Providing &

Fixing

20 Sq.ft.

7 Standard Signage Wiring Providing & fixing of 3 x 1.5 mm copper wire & 19 mm dia PVC 2mm

thick ISI conduit with all accessories like saddles, bends etc. 10 m

Lumpsum 1 No

8 Standard Conduiting for

VSAT / leased

lines

Providing & fixing of 25 mm dia PVC 2 mm thick conduit of ISI make

with saddling complete for connectivity.

Providing &

Fixing

20 R. Metre.

9 Standard Anti-skid vitrified

tiles

Providing & Fixing Anti Skid Vitrified Tile for Steps, Sills & threshold.

Minimum 10mm thickness. Size 300 x 300 mm. Kajaria, HR Jhonson,

Asian or equivalent. Dark shade as approved by Bank

Providing and

fixing

30 Sq.ft.



Rs.

Total

Cost

(Rs.)

(QtyxUni

t Rate)

10 Standard Lighting fixture -

LEDs in 2'X2'

frame

Lighting Fixture 2'x2' with Power LED Lights. LED's of Seoul

Semiconductor, GE, Osram, Kree, Seoul Opti Devices or equivalent.

Max 30W. All LED's to be connected to UPS power supply. Warranty

from principals for LEDs-- min 3 years. Rated for min 50000 hours.

Min 175 Lux. Lighting. Lucifer, Wipro Instapower India, Permlight, Vin,

GE or equivalent. To be propped with additional ceiling support.

Supply &

Installation

1 No

11 Standard Electric DB for 3

phase to be

fitted in the Back

Room. In case

Back Room not

feasible it shall

be on the Rack

or other suitable

place.

Modular distribution board comprising of Incomer 63 A Isolator (4

pole). One Double Pole 32 A MCB at incomer & 3 outgoing 16A SP

MCB controlled for CD, Emergency Light. 4 Nos UPS 6/16A Modular

Switch Socket Output. 2 Nos, 20A Metal Clad Socket should be

provided for UPS Incoming & Outgoing. One more Double Pole 32 A

MCB at incomer for 02 Nos 20A Metal Clad for ACs. One No 16A SP

MCB should feed the supply to one no. 16A timer switch at night glow

day off mode. 1 Nos. 16A SP MCB should be available for general

light & 01 No 16A SP MCB should feed the supply 2Nos 6/16A

Modular Switch Socket at Raw Power.All wiring of ISI FRLS cables.

Lighting points including circuit wiring with 1.5 Sq mm copper wire and

for UPS and AC input and output wiring 4 Sq mm copper wire through

cable manager. All neutral & earth links should be of minimum 63A.

All switches, MCBs, ELCBs, cables to be ISI make: Legrand, GE, MK,

L&T, Anchor Roma, Indokrupp, Crabtree, Finolex, Siemens or an

equivalent standard/ make having the required service support.Single

line diagram showing the lighting, power & UPS power distribution in

CD room with size and ratings of wires, etc. to be provided.

Providing &

Fixing

1 set

12 Standard Maintenance-

Free chemical

Earthing

Based on Earthing Electrode with inbuilt copper strip/GEL/GAF based.

Should have resistance< 1 Ohm and should be < 2V between neutral

and earth. Suitable electrode be used as per the site requirements.

Earth enhanced compound powder (Gel) with hardener to be provided

minimum 20Kg per site/ Back Fill/Site Filled compound (BFC/BSC)-

100 Kg. Earthing Warranty for 5 years. The electrode should be

minimum 60mm dia and 3 Meter length or 80 mm dia and 2 meter

length. Dedicated earthing for CD.

Supply &

Installation

1 No

13 Standard Earthing wire 6 mm solid copper PVC insulated wire for extending from the earth pit

to CD room using a 2 mm thick PVC 19 mm dia conduit.

supply and

installation

15 metre

14 Standard Light under the

porch area

Providing & Fixing recessed downlighter 4 W Power LEDs. Min Lux

125. Lucifer, Instapower, Vin, Permlight, GE, Wipro, BinayOptoor

equivalent OEMs: Seoul Semiconductor, GE, OsramOpto

Semiconductor, Kree, Seoul Opti Devices or equivalent

Providing &

Fixing

1 No

15 Standard Grouting(All

machines to be

grouted)

Moving/tilting of machine for removing existing leveling screws.

Drilling 8”-10” holes in the existing flooring using concrete drill bits.

Hammering metal sleeves in these holes. Repositioning the machines

over the existing markings. Putting in Anchor fasteners - min. 6” long

anchor fasteners, preferably of Fischer make. Applying resin adhesive

(Araldite) over the finished bolt positions for improved bonding &

Repairing broke tiles, if any.

1 No

16 Standard Mains cabling /

wiring

4 core - 10 sq mm copper cable of ISI make Providing

&Fixing

5 metre

17 Standard Wiring for UPS,

ACs

4 sq mm copper flexible cable of approved ISI make. With conduit. Providing

&Fixing

10 metre

18 Standard Plastic Paint Providing and Fixing plastic paint of Asian /Nerolac/ ICI / JNN or

equivalent make with surface preparation, primer and putty complete.

Providing &

applying

80 Sq.ft.

19 Standard CFL lamp with

holder

Providing & Fixing CFL lighting fixture with holder mounted on wall. Providing &

fixing

1 No

20 Standard Main Switch Main switch 63 A 415 V TPN with HRC fuse. Providing &

fixing

1 No

21 Standard 15 Amp Switch

with sockets

15 Amps Modular Switches and sockets of MK / Havells / Crabtree or

equivalent make concealed type of ISI Standards (Within CD Room).

Includes cabling up to 5 meters.

Providing &

fixing

1 No

22 Standard Rough granite

for steps and

threshold

Making steps of black rough granite 18mm thick. Fixing in cement

mortar 1: 5, complete with cutting and joints filling and moulding.

Providing &

Fixing

8 Sq.ft.

23 Standard Data Cabling Data Cabling with CAT5E cable with conduiting Providing &

fixing

10 metre

24 Standard Information

outlet

Information outlet Providing &

fixing

2 No

25 Fixed

Component

Visual

Merchandising

Designer level customised branded Information Panel, Waste Bin and

storage space for house-keeping material as per banks' design.

Set 1 Set



Rs.

Total

Cost

(Rs.)

(QtyxUni

t Rate)

26 Fixed

Component

s

Poster Frames -

Wall Hung

2 sheets of 36” x 24” clear acrylic (poster to be sandwiched in

between). Outer sheet is 5 mm thick and bevelled crystal edge

polished for ¾” at 8-10 degrees on all sides in the front. Rear sheet is

5 mm thick flat. Rate inclusive of S1 grade aluminium.

Providing &

Fixing

2 No

27 Fixed

Component

s

Back Room

(mandatory)

Note:Rack

shall be

provided if

construction

of Back Room

is not at all

feasible. Also,

rack shall be

provided if the

site condition

so demands.

In these

situations,

rack shall be

as per item C

(Optional

Item).

Providing & fixing in position. ACP (Aluminium Composite Panel) with

framing of Aluminium Tube sections of min 1.5" x1" and 18 gauge 2'-

0" C/C both ways. ACP to be in 2' wide panels or distributed equally.

The panels to be fixed to the frame with 3M or equivalent adhesive.

Joints to be finished with Silicon based sealant. ACP thickness of 2

mm min. Aluminum foil thickness to be 0.20 mm. ACP only on the CD

side with thickness of 3mm minimum. No panelling to be done on the

back wall of the Room. Alubond, Eurobond, Fujibond, Alcobond or

equivalent approved brands to be used. Shades to be as per bank's

approval. ACP Door 3'X7' made of Aluminum frame. For back room

an ordinary battery stand will be provided and no rack needs to be

provided. MS Metal Shelves to be provided to house the other

equipments. No flooring needs to be done in the back room.

Providing &

fixing

80 Sq.ft.

28 Fixed

Component

Aircon Louvers P and F 6” powder coated aluminium louvers of approved colour. Providing &

Fixing

1 Sq.ft.

29 Fixed

Component

s

Shutter boxing

with trap door

Providing & fixing in position Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP) with

framing of Aluminium Tube sections of min 1.5" x 1" and 20 gauge 2'-

0" C/C both ways. Mirror screws to be used. Joints to be finished with

Silicon based sealant. ACP thickness of 3 mm minimum. Aluminium

foil thickness to be min 0.20 mm., 2'-0" C/C both ways. ACP to be in 2'

width panels or distributed equally. Alubond, Eurobond, Fujibond,

Alcobond or equivalent ISO certified brands to be used. Shades to be

as per bank's approval. Trap door will be made of same ACP with

Aluminium framing

Providing &

fixing

80 Sq.ft.

30 Fixed

Component

s

Shutter painting Providing and applying three coats of 1st

quality enamel paint

including scraping the surface clean.

Providing &

Fixing

80 Sq.ft.

31 Fixed

Component

Battery stand MS painted rack to house minimum 8 batteries (120AH), Dimensions

are H 800 x W- 420 X D - 750 in mm

Providing 1 No

32 Grand Total (Should be equal to Unit Rate of Appendix-7

Sr.No.10a)

Payment Terms Appendix-7a

1A B C D E

2 Sr.

No

Sub-

No

Details Payment terms Payment Authority

3

4 1 Procurement of Endpoints (Cash Dispensors) with Warranty and AMC

5 a Procurements of Cash Dispensors with one year Warranty 100 % on installation of the machine, the vendor will submit

an Installation Certificate with an undertaking to dispose of

existing endpoint as per e-waste policy subject to

confirmation by the concerned Branch Manager/ Authorised

Bank official as per the format

Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

6 b AMC for 6 years on CDs Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

7 2 Annual Technical Support for 7 years for endpoints procured under

this RFP8 a ATS for 7 years on CDs Payment will be made quarterly in arrears. Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

9 3 Perpetual Client License Existing and current RFP (Future licenses to

10 a Perpetual Client License - MVS Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears for

the additional license used in the roll-out during the quarter.

IT-ATM Department at GITC.

11 b Perpetual Client License - EPS Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears for

the additional license used in the roll-out during the quarter.


c AMC for 6 years on MVS Client License :Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of

MVS Client

Proportionate payment will be made on yearly basis in

arrears


d AMC for 6 years on EPS Client License : Should not exceed 10 % p.a. of

EPS Client

Proportionate payment will be made on yearly basis in

arrears


12 4 Managed Services for existing and current RFP endpoints for 7 years

(Future endpoints MS, as same unit rate)


13 a Replenishment of consumables Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

14 b Housekeeping for endpoint and immediate surrounding Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

15 c Maintenance and Management of peripherals / allied equipment(s) Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

16 d Management Center Activities Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

17 e Cash Replenishment / Evacuation Services (Bank may or may not avail Proportionate Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

18 5 Enterprise wide Perpetual licence with unlimited users ( with one

year warranty)

19 A Multi-Vendor Software Solution (MVS) :

License cost for DC and DR & No Licensing cost for UAT, Pre-Prod,Dev,

20 a DC : MVS [License Cost ] Payment will be made Quarterly in arrears with reference to

installation at the endpoint as under : Cost of License

(DR:MVS) / 40000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


21 b DR : MVS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : MVS

[License Cost]

Payment will be made Quarterly in arrears with reference to


(DR:MVS) / 40000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


22 c MVS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost:


100 % payment on set up of each of the enviornment subject

to delivery of all the requirements as per Scope of work and

Technical requirements and successful pilot roll-out at

endpoints.



1A B C D E

2 Sr.

No

Sub-

No


3

23 B Endpoint Protection Security solution (EPS) :


training env.24 a DC : EPS [License Cost] Payment will be made Quarterly in arrears with reference to


(DC/EPS) / 58000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


25 b DR : EPS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : EPS [License

Cost]



(DR:EPS) / 58000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


26 c EPS Enviornment Setup Implementation cost :





endpoints.


27 C Online Monitoring Solution (OMS) :


training env.28 a DC : OMS [License Cost] Payment will be made Quarterly in arrears with reference to


(DC:OMS) / 40000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


29 b DR : OMS [License Cost ] - Should not exceed 10 % of DC : OMS

[License Cost]



(DR:OMS / 40000 x no. of endpoints where MVS is

implemented.


30 c OMS Enviornment Setup Implementation Cost :





endpoints.


31 6 Annual Technical Support for 6 years

32 a MVS - on cost of License (DC/DR) -ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training

are at no cost

Payment will be made quarterly in arrears after one year of

warranty on actual license cost paid proportionately


33 b EPS - on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training

are at no cost




34 c OMS- on cost of License (DC/DR)-ATS for UAT,Pre-Prod,Dev,Training

are at no cost




35 7 Onsite Advanced Technical Support

36 a Team Leader Payment will be made quarterly in arrears proportionately IT-ATM Department at GITC.

37 b Senior resources Payment will be made quarterly in arrears proportionately IT-ATM Department at GITC.

38 c Junior resources Payment will be made quarterly in arrears proportionately IT-ATM Department at GITC.

39 8 Infra (including all Hardware/Software and its components) Cost

40 A Hardware Cost with one year warranty

41 a Production Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful

commissioning and acceptance of solutions with pilot roll out

at endpoints



1A B C D E

2 Sr.

No

Sub-

No


3

42 b DR Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful


at endpoints


43 c UAT Setup for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful


at endpoints


44 d Pre-Production for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful


at endpoints


45 e Development for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful


at endpoints


46 f Training for MVS/EPS/OMS Payment will be made on release of PO on successful


at endpoints


47 B AMC for Hardware for 6 years - On Total cost of 8.A.a to 8.A.f Payment will be made after one year quarterly in arrears IT-ATM Department at GITC.

48 9 Support cost for Existing Makes and Models (Future make and model

at same unit rate)

49 a Pre-Implem. Support cost for Testing,Integration and pilot at

endpoints with solutions

Payment will be paid on successful pilot for atleast 30 days. IT-ATM Department at GITC.

50 b Implementation/roll-out of solutions at endpoints Payment will be made quarterly in arrears provided Bank

avails the services of Solution Provider.


51 c Post Implementation ATS Support : MVS/EPS/Other - CD/CDM/Cash

Recyclers

Payment will be made quarterly in arrears Respective CMCS Department at LHO.

52 10 Site Installation / Modification Services

53 a Site Installation / Modification Services Payment will be made on successful completion certificate

issued by the Bank


Appendix-8

FORMAT FOR EMD BANK GUARANTEE

To: ------------------- -------------------

Dear Sir,

EMD BANK GUARANTEE FOR NAME OF SOFTWARE SOLUTION/ SERVICES TO STATE BANK OF INDIA TO MEET SUCH REQUIRMENT AND PROVIDE SUCH SOFTWARE SOLUTION/ SERVICES AS ARE SET OUT IN THE RFP NO.SBI:xx:xx DATED dd/mm/yyyy SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF COMPUTER HARDWARE, SOFTWARE & PERIPHERALS AS ARE SET OUT IN THE SBI WHEREAS State Bank of India (SBI), having its Corporate Office at Nariman Point, Mumbai, and Regional offices at other State capital cities in India has invited Request for Proposal for supply, installation, testing and commissioning of _____________________________ and to develop, implement and support ………………… (name of Software Solution/ Service) as are set out in the Request for Proposal SBI:xx:xx dated dd/mm/yyyy. 2. It is one of the terms of said Request for Proposal that the Bidder shall furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs.__________/-(Rupees ___________________Only) as Earnest Money Deposit. 3. M/s. ________________________, (hereinafter called as Bidder, who are our constituents intends to submit their Bid for the said work and have requested us to furnish guarantee in respect of the said sum of Rs.__________/-(Rupees _____________________ only) 4. NOW THIS GUARANTEE WITNESSETH THAT We _____________________________ (Bank) do hereby agree with and undertake to the State Bank of India, their Successors, assigns that in the event of the SBI coming to the conclusion that the Bidder has not performed their obligations under the said conditions of the RFP or have committed a breach thereof, which conclusion shall be binding on us as well as the said Bidder, we shall on demand by the SBI, pay without demur to the SBI, a sum of Rs.__________/- (Rupees _____________________ Only) that may be demanded by SBI. Our guarantee shall be treated as equivalent to the Earnest Money Deposit for the due performance of the obligations of the Bidder under the said conditions, provided,



however, that our liability against such sum shall not exceed the sum of Rs.__________/- (Rupees _____________________ Only).

5. We also agree to undertake to and confirm that the sum not exceeding Rs.__________/- (Rupees _____________________ Only) as aforesaid shall be paid by us without any demur or protest, merely on demand from the SBI on receipt of a notice in writing stating the amount is due to them and we shall not ask for any further proof or evidence and the notice from the SBI shall be conclusive and binding on us and shall not be questioned by us in any respect or manner whatsoever. We undertake to pay the amount claimed by the SBI within 24 hours from the date of receipt of the notice as aforesaid. We confirm that our obligation to the SBI under this guarantee shall be independent of the agreement or agreements or other understandings between the SBI and the Bidder. This guarantee shall not be revoked by us without prior consent in writing of the SBI.

6. We hereby further agree that –

a) Any forbearance or commission on the part of the SBI in enforcing the

conditions of the said agreement or in compliance with any of the terms and conditions stipulated in the said Bid and/or hereunder or granting of any time or showing of any indulgence by the SBI to the Bidder or any other matter in connection therewith shall not discharge us in any way our obligation under this guarantee. This guarantee shall be discharged only by the performance of the Bidder of their obligations and in the event of their failure to do so, by payment to us of the sum not exceeding Rs.__________/- (Rupees _____________________ Only)

b) Our liability under these presents shall not exceed the sum of Rs.__________/- (Rupees _____________________ Only)

c) Our liability under this agreement shall not be affected by any infirmity or irregularity on the part of our said constituents in tendering for the said work or their obligations there under or by dissolution or change in the constitution of our said constituents.

d) This guarantee shall remain in force upto 180 days provided that if so desired by the SBI, this guarantee shall be renewed for a further period as may be indicated by them on the same terms and conditions as contained herein.

e) Our liability under this presents will terminate unless these presents are renewed as provided herein upto 180 days or on the day when our said constituents comply with their obligations, as to which a certificate in writing by the SBI a lone is the conclusive proof, whichever date is later.

f) Unless a claim or suit or action is filed against us within six months from that date or any extended period, a ll the rights of the SBI against us under



this guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all our obligations and liabilities hereunder.

Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove:

(a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs……….………/- (Rupees …………………….only)

(b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ……………………….

(c) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before ……………………

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of

__________________________ Authorized official. (Note: This guarantee will require stamp duty as applicable in the State where it is executed and shall be signed by the official(s) whose signature and authority shall be verified)

Appendix-9

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

(TO BE STAMPED AS AN AGREEMENT)

THIS PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE AGREEMENT executed at ……..this…….day of ……….. 201 by ……………. (Name of the Bank)……….. having its Registered Office at …………….and its Branch at …………………………………………….(hereinafter referred to as "the Guarantor", which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the subject, meaning or context thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) IN FAVOUR OF State Bank of India, a Statutory Corporation constituted under the State Bank of India Act, 1955 having its Corporate Centre at State Bank Bhavan, Nariman Point, Mumbai and one of its offices at------------------ (procuring office address), hereinafter referred to as "SBI" which expression shall, unless repugnant to the subject, context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and assigns).

WHEREAS M/s__________________________________________, incorporated under __________________________________ Act having its registered office at __________________________________ and principal place of business at __________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Service Provider/ Vendor” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall include its successor, executor & assigns) has agreed to supply of hardware/software and/ or services and to develop, implement and support ………………… (name of Software Solution/ Service) (hereinafter referred to as “Services”) to SBI in accordance with the Request for Proposal (RFP) No. SBI:xx:xx dated dd/mm/yyyy.

WHEREAS, SBI has agreed to avail the Services from the Service Provider for a period of ______ year(s). WHEREAS, in accordance with terms and conditions of the RFP/Purchase order/Agreement dated……………, Service Provider is required to furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs.__________/- (Rupees _________ only) for due performance of the obligations of the Service Provider in providing the Services, in accordance with the RFP/Purchase order/Agreement guaranteeing payment of the said amount of Rs.__________/- (Rupees __________ only) to SBI, if Service Provider fails to fulfill its obligations as agreed in RFP/Agreement. WHEREAS, the Bank Guarantee is required to be valid for a total period of _____ months and in the event of failure, on the part of Service Provider, to fulfill any of its commitments / obligations under the RFP/Agreement, SBI shall be entitled to invoke the Guarantee.



AND WHEREAS, the Guarantor, at the request of Service Provider, agreed to issue, on behalf of Service Provider, Guarantee as above, for an amount of Rs.___________/- (Rupees ___________ only). NOW THIS GUARANTEE WITNESSETH THAT

1. In consideration of SBI having agreed to entrust the Service Provider for rendering Services as mentioned in the RFP, we, the Guarantors, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that Service Provider shall fulfill its commitments and obligations in respect of providing the Services as mentioned in the RFP/Agreement and in the event of Service Provider failing to perform / fulfill its commitments / obligations in respect of providing Services as mentioned in the RFP/Agreement, we (the Guarantor) shall on demand(s), from time to time from SBI, without protest or demur or without reference to Service Provider and not withstanding any contestation or existence of any dispute whatsoever between Service Provider and SBI, pay SBI forthwith the sums so demanded by SBI in each of the demands, subject to a cumulative maximum amount of Rs.__________/- (Rupees ____________only).

2. Any notice / communication / demand from SBI to the effect that Service Provider has failed to fulfill its commitments / obligations in respect of rendering the Services as mentioned in the Agreement, shall be conclusive, final & binding on the Guarantor and shall not be questioned by the Guarantor in or outside the court, tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be and all such demands shall be honoured by the Guarantor without any delay.

3. We (the Guarantor) confirm that our obligation to the SBI, under this

guarantee shall be independent of the agreement or other understandings, whatsoever, between the SBI and the Service Provider.

4. This guarantee shall not be revoked by us (the Guarantor) without prior consent in writing of the SBI.

WE (THE GUARANTOR) HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE THAT-

(i) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of SBI to Service Provider or any

indulgence of any kind shown by SBI to Service Provider or any change in the terms and conditions of the Agreement or the Services shall not, in any way, release or discharge the Bank from its liabilities under this Guarantee.

(ii) This Guarantee herein contained shall be distinct and independent and shall be enforceable against the Guarantor, notwithstanding any Guarantee or Security now or hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

(iii) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or absence or irregularity in the execution of this Guarantee by and / or on behalf of the



Guarantor or by merger or amalgamation or any change in the Constitution or name of the Guarantor.

(iv) The guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of SBI or Service Provider or winding up / liquidation of Service Provider, whether voluntary or otherwise

(v) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee during its validity period and the SBI can make its claim in one or more events within the total liability of the Guarantor mentioned herein.

(vi) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect for a period of __ years from the date of the issuance i.e. up to _________ Unless a claim under this Guarantee is made against us within three (3) months from that date i.e. on or before _____ , all your rights under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and discharged from all liabilities there under.

(vii) This guarantee shall be governed by Indian Laws and the Courts in Mumbai, India alone shall have the jurisdiction to try & entertain any dispute arising out of this guarantee.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein above:

(a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs……….………/- (Rupees …………………….only) (b)This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto………………………. c) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if SBI serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before …………………… (date which is 3 months after date mentioned at (b) above.

Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of Bank. __________________________ Authorised official

Appendix-10a

Installation Certificate of Endpoint

Customer Name: Customer

ID:

ATM ID: Installation

Date:

Bank Detail

Base Branch:

Address :

City :

Pincode :

Contact Person(Branch :

Mgr/Channel Mgr)

Contact No. :

Email ID :

Place of Installation

Address :

City :

Pincode :


Mgr/Channel Mgr)

Contact No. :

Email ID :

Purchase Order / Dispatch Details

Purchase Order No. : PO Date : Dispatch Date: Delivery Date:

Physical condition of machine at time of deliver :

Good Partially Damaged

Completely Damaged Item Missing

Warranty Period : Warranty Start Date: Warranty Expiry Date:

Hardware Configuration

Machine Serial No. :

Part No. Part Description Quantity

Software Configuration

Application Version

MVS

EPS

XFS

OS

Network Configuration

Machine IP : Subnet Mask : Gateway:

Remote IP : Remote Port :

Disposal of ATM as per e-Waste Bank’s Policy

We undertake that Machine Serial No. _______________________ ATM ID ____________ Make _________________

Model _____________________ have been decommissioned, lifted and shifted to our location as per RFP. We, hereby

undertake that we shall dispose of the same as per the e-waste policy of the Bank.

Certificate Compliance and submission (Attached)

PCI-PTS Certificate (EPP,PinPads) Yes/No

EMVCo L1 LoA, MC,Visa , Rupay Certificates (Card Readers and EMV) Yes/No

TIS/SIS (If in Scope)

Date when clear Site made available: AC Installed UPS Installed

Reasons for delay if any : Hard Disk of old Factory Settings/Password for dual

ATM/CD returned combination electronic lock changed

To the branch

Date of SIS Completion:

We confirm that default BIOS password has been changed and endpoint have been integrated with the Switch and

Central MVS/EPS/Other Solutions and admin control taken over by Central solution.

Following keys were handed over and received by: ______________________ Signature : _______________

Cash out Cassette & RR Cassette key No. : Addition Cassette Key No. : Hood Door key

Safe Key Received : Yes No

Elect. Lock Combination changed and set to dual user: Yes No

Operation Training given to : _________________________________ Signature : _____________________

Engineer Name : _________________________________ Signature : _____________________

Branch Manager/ Channel Manager: _________________________________ Signature : _____________________

Appendix-10b

PROFORMA OF CERTIFICATE TO BE ISSUED BY THE BANK AFTER SUCCESSFUL COMMISSIONING AND ACCEPTANCE

OF THE HARDWARE/SOFTWARE SOLUTION/ SERVICES

Date: M/s.--------------- ------------------------- Sub: Certificate of commissioning of Solution RFP No : GITC/ATM/2017-18/ dated _________ 1. This is to certify that the Equipment, Software Solution and Services as

detailed below has/have been successfully installed and commissioned/ received in good condition along with a ll the standard and special accessories (subject to remarks in Para No. 2) in accordance with the Contract/specifications.

Deliverables Successful as per RFP

Terms Y/N

Date of success

Central Solutions : MVS*

Central Solutions : EPS* Central Solutions : OMS* Endpoints with MVS and EPS and other agents at pilot @ *

All infra (includes all hardware and software components) for DC,DR, UAT and Development

* Successful completion of following activities : (a) Functionalities defined in Scope of Work – MVS, EPS, OMS (b) Functionalities defined in Scope of Work - Services (b) Functional and technical requirements as per RFP (except where Bank has deferred ); (c) All the test cases defined by the Bank (d) Pass on UAT

RFP for Procurement of Cash Dispensers (CDs) with Multi-Vendor Software Solution and Support Services


(e) Information Security cleared by Bank. (f) Performance Benchmark Certificate (@2500TPS, 100000 Endpoints) (g) Pilot on following terminals

(i) 5 Endpoints(new) provided by L1 (ii) 2 Endpoints(new) provided by L2 (iii) 20 Endpoints(existing) provided by existing vendors/OEMs.

Further, following certificates have been submitted :

1) EndPoint Installation Certificate(EPIC) 2) PCI-PTS Certificate (EPP/PinPads) 3) EMVCo L1 LoA, MC/Visa Certificates (Card Readers) 4) EMVCo L2 LoA,, MC/Visa/Rupay Certificates (EMV Kernel) 5) Default Passwords Reset (BIOS, System, etc.) 6) MVS Solution (as part of EPIC) 7) PA-DSS Certificate (for MVS) 8) Disposable e-waste Certificate (DEC), if applicable

2. Details of specifications of Equipment, Software Solution and Services not yet

supplied/commissioned and recoveries to be made on that account: S.No. Description Amount to be recovered 3. The acceptance test has been done to our entire satisfaction and Staff have

been trained to operate the Equipment, Software Solution and Services. 4. The Vendor has fulfilled his contractual obligations satisfactorily*

or The Vendor has failed to fulfill his contractual obligations with regard to the

following: (a) (b) (c) 5. The amount of recovery on account of non-supply of Equipment, Software

Solution and Services is given under Para No. 2. 6. The amount of recovery on account of failure of the Vendor to meet his

contractual obligations is as indicated in endorsement of the letter.

Signature _______________________

RFP for Procurement of Cash Dispensers (CDs) with Multi-Vendor Software Solution and Support Services


Name _______________________

Designation with stamp __________________

______________________________________ * Explanatory notes for filling up the certificates: (a) The Vendor has adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in in

dispatching the Equipments /providing the required Software Solution / Manuals pursuant to Technical Specifications.

(b) The Vendor has supervised the commissioning of the Equipments/ Software

Solution in time i.e., within the period specified in the contract from the date of intimation by the Bank in respect of the installation of the Equipments/Software Solution.

(c) Training of personnel has been done by the Vendor as specified in the

Contract. (d) In the event of Manuals having not been supplied or installation and

commissioning of the Software Solution having been delayed on account of the Vendor, the extent of delay should always be mentioned.

Appendix : 11

SLA Terms and Penalties for Non-Compliance

Table of Contents

1. Procurement of Endpoints, Warranty and AMC : Endpoint Provider ..............................2 2. Annual Technical Support : Solution Provider ....................................................................4 3. Managed Services : Solution Provider : ..................................................................................5 4. Existing and future Endpoint Supports : Solution Provider .......................................9 5. Solutions : Solution Provider ..........................................................................................9 6. Online Advance Technical Support : Solution Provider .................................. 17 7. Hardware : Solution Provider .............................................................................. 20 8. Penalties for Reputational and Business Loss :.................................................................. 22 9. Transition Penalty : .................................................................................................................. 23 10. Liquidated Damages :......................................................................................................... 23



In case where penalty amount cannot be serviced through payment being made to endpoint provider/solution provider, penalty will be paid by the endpoint provider/solution provider through a cheque within 15 days from the close of the quarter. If the endpoint provider/solution provider fails to pay, the Bank may realise the penalty amount by either invoking the BG submitted by the endpoint provider/solution provider or recovering from any other payment due to the endpoint provider/solution provider. 1. Procurement of Endpoints, Warranty and AMC : Endpoint Provider

1.1. Downtime :

1.1.1. Calculation of Downtime :

A endpoint will be considered “down” when it cannot receive/dispense cash. "Down Time" shall mean the interval between the times of reporting of failure to completion of repair. "Percentage Downtime" shall mean the aggregate of downtime of the particular endpoint during a quarter expressed as a percentage of total available time in a quarter -- actual number of days to be taken into account X 24 hours). For example, if the aggregate downtime of a endpoint works out to 15 hours during a quarter, then the percentage downtime shall be calculated as follows:

15 x 100

No of days in quarter x 24

The downtime will be calculated on endpoint basis and not the entire network for the purpose of implementing penal provisions.

If a endpoint is shut down or is unavailable to the public during pre-determined specific periods as announced by the Bank, for reasons not attributable to the Endpoint Provider, such time period of unavailability will be excluded from the denominator while calculating the downtime percentage. Downtime will have the exclusions as detailed in “Exclusions to Bidder’s liability for penalty”.

"Down Time" shall mean the interval between the time of reporting of failure to the time of completion of repair. The Branch Manager of the Branch or the Channel Manager has the discretion to decide regarding the exclusions which shall be final and binding on Bidder. In the matter of calculation of penalties, Bank will not rely only on the Endpoint Provider’s report but will also cross-check the data through independent



verification from its ATM switch, ATM Monitoring Solution/ Tool or any other mechanism deployed by the Bank.

1.1.2. Penalty for Downtime :

Bidder shall ensure that the full configuration of the endpoint is available to Bank in proper working condition and ensure minimum uptime of 99%, and maximum downtime per instance for each endpoint and / or services required under scope of work as under with penalty thereon :

Category Resolution Time/ TAT Penalty

VIP endpoints 2 Hours : Irrespective of the


Rs.1200 per endpoint per hour



ii. 6 Hours : At Rural locations


The downtime will be computed from the time of ticketing of the relative fault at the Bank’s Online Monitoring Solution.

Additionally, Penalty for not maintaining uptime of 99% on account of hardware faults will be as under: 97% to 99% : 5% of pro rata AMC for the month 95% to > 97% : 10% of pro rata AMC for the month 91% to > 95% : 25% of pro rata AMC for the month Less than 91% : 50% of pro rata AMC for the month

1.1.3. Exclusions to Endpoint Provider’s liability for penalty :

The following exclusions would be taken into account in computing penalty:

A maximum of 3 hours for quarterly Preventive Maintenance

Actual Supervisory Time (which should be reasonable & in tune with

national average)

Actual downtime on account of the Switch and network connectivity.

Core Banking Solution Host outages

Vandalism

Non-availability of access to the CD.

Force Majeure cases

Uncontrollable circumstances which shall be decided by the Bank and shall

be binding on Endpoint Provider.



In the state of Jammu and Kashmir and the North Easter states, the ATM

Operations under DGM (CS and CM) at respective LHOs may expressly

allow maximum time not exceeding 24 hours for those specific locations

which are considered difficult to reach for the reasons of inaccessible terrain

and / or insurgency

1.2. In case, endpoint provider (L1 or L2) who have supplied the endpoints with

Window 7 and fails to upgrade the same to Windows 10, penalty shall be charged Rs.1000/- per endpoint per day w.e.f. 01st January, 2019.

1.3. In addition to the penalties mentioned elsewhere in this RFP penalty will also be levied in case materials/endpoints/equipments used are not in conformity with specifications laid down unless exemption has been obtained from the Bank. Penalty could include free replacement plus 25% deduction of the cost of the materials/endpoints/equipments.

1.4. On account of any negligence, commission or omission by the engineers of the Endpoint Provider and if any loss or damage caused to the endpoint, the Endpoint Provider shall indemnify/ pay/ reimburse the loss suffered by the Bank.

1.5. If the Endpoint Provider fails to carry out Preventive Maintenance of a

endpoint during a quarter, a penalty of Rs.500/= per day per endpoint will be levied from the date of close of the quarter till the date it is carried out, will be levied.

1.6. Any delay in installation/ operationalisation of endpoints on account of endpoint provider’s dispute with Government Authority on any count shall be reckoned as part of delay and penalty shall be as applicable as in cases of delay in supply/ insta llation. In this connection, in case the endpoint is unable to deliver/ install endpoints in reasonable time, Bank reserves the right to review/ cancel the order and redistribute the same in a suitable manner.

2. Annual Technical Support : Solution Provider

2.1. If the vendor fails to provide the DVSS footage, when required by the Bank within 180 days of the incident, for any reason including settlement of complaints within a reasonable time, the vendor will be liable to pay a penalty of Rs.1,000/= per instance or the amount of loss suffered by the Bank on account of non-availability of such DVSS footage, whichever is higher.

2.2. Solution Provider to ensure that EJ agent at the endpoint remains connected with central solutions and if found disconnected, immediately ensure to get it connected. For cases, where Central Solution is unable to pull ej log, solution provider to resolve the issue without delay within four hours failing



which a penalty of Rs.1,000 for every four hours or part thereof will be imposed on the Solution Provider.

2.3. Solution Provider shall provide required services (irrespective of no. of visits to the endpoints) furnished under the ATS – Annual Technical Support under the Scope of work , on oral/ telephonic/ email/ SMS / Mobile Application or Tickets/Incidents reported at Banks’ Online Monitoring System any other mode of communication by the Bank through its qualified expert personnel wherever the endpoints are installed with following resolution time, otherwise will be subject to penalty mentioned thereagainst : Category Resolution Time/ TAT Penalty VIP endpoints 2 Hours : Irrespective of the






locations



The above timelines are applicable for third party components also.

3. Managed Services : Solution Provider :

3.1. For any delay in operationalization of full-fledged Managed Services (MS) of existing endpoints beyond 10 days from the date of installation solution with enquiry txn, a penalty of Rs. 1000/- per day (from the 11th day onwards) per endpoint will be charged..

3.2. For any delay in operationalization of full-fledged Managed Services (MS) of newly installed (future/endpoints to be provided under this RFP/endpoints to be provided in this RFP other than Solution provider) endpoints beyond ten days from the date of installation with enquiry txn, a penalty of Rs. 1000/- per day (from the 11th day onwards) per endpoint will be charged.

3.3. State Bank Group desires to provide world-class services at its ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers with high 24x7x365 availability to customers. The Solution Provider is, therefore, expected to maintain the target availability at a ll levels as stipulated by the Bank in subsequent paragraphs.

3.3.1. Online Monitoring Solution web login access will be extended to

Solution Provider’s Management Center to know the status of endpoint real-time and prompt action is required to be taken by Management



Center based on the incident-ticketing solution in the Online Monitoring Tool.

3.3.2. The Solution Provider to publish monthly availability report based on the Online Monitoring Tool Circle-wise and Bank as whole.

3.3.3. The Solution Provider will have to maintain availability at individual endpoint level as well as for the entire channel.

3.3.4. The endpoints have been classified into two different categories – VIP endpoints and Regular endpoints :

Category Minimum targeted Uptime

/ Availability per month VIP- endpoints 95% Regular endpoints 92 %

3.4. Availability :

3.4.1. Total time when endpoint was supporting cash withdrawal and/or cash deposit transactions depending on the nature of the endpoint i.e. ATM will be considered available if it is dispensing cash and CDM will be considered available only if it is accepting cash. Cash Recycler will be considered available only if both withdrawal and deposit functionalities are simultaneously available.

There will be no exclusion to availability, except force majeure case like flood, earthquake, natural calamities and vandalism cases.

3.4.2. Penalty for not maintaining target availability

The Solution Provider will have to achieve the availability targets for endpoints at individual level - ‘VIP Endpoints’ and the Regular Endpoints. The penalty for not maintaining target availability will be applicable for individual Endpoints level. NB : Charges payable means Sum of ATS+ MS in Price Bid item (2a+4a+4b+4c+4d) calculated monthly.

VIP endpoints

Availability Penalty amount

93.0% to less than 95.0% 5% of Charges Payable 90.0% to less than 93.0% 10% of Charges Payable less than 90.0% 25% of Charges Payable

Regular endpoints :




90.0% to less than 92.0% 5% of Charges Payable 85.0% to less than 90.0% 10% of Charges Payable less than 85.0% 25% of Charges Payable

3.4.3. Incentive and rewards for maintaining Higher Uptime.

VIP endpoints

Availability Incentive amount 96.0% to less than 97.0% and monthly average financial transactions of at least 250

5% of Charges Payable

above 97.0% and monthly average financial transactions of at least 250


Regular endpoints :

Availability Incentive amount 92.0% to less than 95.0% and monthly average financial transactions of at least 250




Transactions will be limited to Cash withdrawal and cash deposit only. Non-Financial transactions will not be considered for incentive/reward purpose.

3.5. Housekeeping :

SLA : Maintenance of endpoint site clean and in proper condition. Cleaning of the site twice a day including floor/glass/walls etc for regular endpoints and thrice a day for VIP endpoints. Penalty : For Regular endpoints : Rs.2000/- per one instance. For VIP endpoints, penalty will be flat Rs.3000/- per instance.

3.6. Consumables : SLA : Consumables are required to be replenished well before it gets over.



Penalty : Rs.1000/- per incident shall be levied if consumable are not made available within four hour from the time information available in Online Monitoring Solution or complaint lodged by Bank official at the portal and/ or advised by Channel Manager or by the Bank official in this regard.

3.7. Cash Management

Penalty for not maintaining target FoS :

“Factor of Safety (FoS)”, i.e. the ideal amount of Cash that should be

present in the ATM to prevent Cash out and idle cash situation.

FoS will be fixed at 2.0 i.e. for every Rs.100 withdrawn, there should be upto

Rs.200 in the endpoint. It can be calculated as:

[Opening cash in the ATM + Amount of cash replenished] --------------------------------------------------------------------- = 2 Net cash withdrawn by customer during the day

FoS will be calculated on Daily basis at every individual ATM level wherever

cash replenishment is outsourced (except days prior to the Bank Holiday)

The FoS will be 2 for such instances, i.e. 2 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM

FoS is applicable to only those endpoints where cash replenishment/

services are outsourced.

There shall be a relaxation on days prior to the holiday because cash may not be available from the Bank on Sundays/ Holidays.

The FoS will be 2.5 for such instances, i.e. 2.5 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM

If FoS is more than 2 or 2.5 as mentioned above, then interest @ 12% will be levied on the excess cash found above the prescribed norm.

The following formula shall be used by the Bank to arrive at the amount of excess cash:



Excess cash=opening balance + cash replenished - Ideal cash;

where Ideal cash = Cash dispensed * Target FoS The Vendor shall not hold or retain in their vault more than 15% of the total cash taken from Bank on monthly basis. If the retention is more than 15%, a penalty of 12% per annum shall be levied on the excess cash retained in the vault during the month. However, there will be no FoS penalty for first three months for any newly installed ATM. This relaxation is provided to understand the dispensing pattern of the newly installed ATM for the initial period of three months.

3.8. Cash Out :

For Cash Out penalty shall be charged as under:- (i) Rs.1000/- per endpoint upto 10 hours. In case the cash out extends beyond 10 hours, then Rs.1000 for each hour. (ii) Additional Rs.5000/- if cash out continues beyond 12 hours, for each block of 4 hours. Example: If a cashout incident is closed within 10 hours, the penalty shall be Rs. 1000/- only. However, if it it is closed in 26 hours, the penalty would be Rs. 21000/- (Rs. 1000/- for 10 hours +Rs. 5000/- x 4 for next 12 hours) Bank shall levy penalty of Rs.1000 per incident, if Reject Bin full is not cleared within 4 hours The penalty for cashout shall be applicable only where cash activity has been outsourced to the Vendor.

4. Existing and future Endpoint Supports : Solution Provider

4.1. Annual Technical Support : Same as given above for 2 : Annual Technical Support

4.2. Managed Services :

Same as given above for 3 : Managed Services

5. Solutions : Solution Provider



Multi-Vendor, Endpoint Protection and Online Monitoring : Solution Provider

5.1. The penalty arising out of breach in SLA will be calculated on the basis of “Criticality Matrix Table” given here under.

Table : I Activity Sub-Activity Owner No. of Days Penalty if the

delay is attributable to Solution Provider

Letter of Intent

Issue of Letter of Intent

Bank X

Installation of Central Solution

Provision of Hardware for Pilot testing

Solution Provider

X+21 @Rs 10000/- per day delay if the delay is attributable to Solution Provider

Installation and configuration of PR, DR , UAT and Development Environment

Solution Provider

X+30 @Rs 10000/- per day delay if the delay is attributable to Solution Provider

All information/clarifications gathering including MVS,EPS and Online Monitoring Solutions

Solution Provider Bank

X+30 ----

Finalisation of test cases for each solution (MVS and EPS)

Solution Provider Bank / Existing Endpoint Provider

X+30 -----

X- The date of issuance of Letter of Intent (LOI) to L1. LOI will be issued to L2 conditionally that PO will be issued to L2 only after issuance of PO to L1 subject to L1 solutions are acceptable to Bank.

Table : II



Activity Sub-Activ ity Number of terminals to be covered

Owner No. of Days

Penalty if the delay is attributable to Solution Provider

Pilot Customisation, Integration, installation and testing (including end to end UAT/SIT/Security Review) by the Solution Provider bidder for MVS, Endpoint protection Solution, Online Monitoring Solution and rollout in production

(i) L1 should provide, pro bono, 5 Endpoints of the model that they intend to supply. (i) L2 should provide, pro bono, 2 Endpoints of the model that they intend to supply. Both the above would be deployed in live environments and tested. (iii) L1 should test two (2) endpoints of each of the existing makes and models that the Bank has acquired in Phases X, XI and XII. This testing will be done in a live, running environment.

Solution Provider

X+120 days

@Rs 10000/- per day delay

Live Pilot Testing, Monitoring and Observations

SP + EP + Bank

X+150 days

----

The Bank shall provide up to 30 test cases each under functional and technical areas which will be designed based upon the Scope of Work and other requirements mentioned in this RFP. The L1 bidder will have to demonstrate successfully all the test cases for all the endpoints that are selected for the pilot run. On successful completion of this testing, the Bank shall issue Purchase Order to the L1 bidder for supply of CDs, hardware and Solutions and to the L2 bidder for supply of CDs. The date of issue of the Purchase Order will be Y. If the Bank is not satisfied with the outcome of the testing during the pilot, the Bank shall, at its discretion, cancel this procurement exercise. If the Bank is satisfied with the outcome of the testing during the pilot, the L1 and L2 bidders will have to deploy as per the timeline given below:



Table : III Phase Capex :

New MVS+EPS (L1)

Capex : New MVS+EPS (L2)

Penalty for L1/L2

Capex : Existing MVS+EPS

BLA+TOM : EPS

Timelines (Days)

I 875 375 Rs.1000 per

endpoint per day

8750 9000 Y+90

II 875 375 Rs.1000 per

endpoint per day

8750 9000 Y+120

III 875 375 Rs.1000 per

endpoint per day

8750 Y+150

IV 875 375 Rs.1000 per

endpoint per day

8750 Y+180

Total 3500 1500 35000 18000* *This is provided the Bank decides to deploy the solution on BLAs and TOM. Criticality Matrix Table Sr #

Problem Type

Definition Time period within which to address

Penalty

1. Fatal Problem (Severity-4) Work has come to halt

Non-availability of the solution/service for more than 1296 seconds in a month TERMINAL-wise.

To be addressed immediately

Rs.5 per TERMINAL for non-availability/disruption of every 30 seconds or part thereof after an initial 1296 seconds in a month.

2. Major Problem (Severity-3)

TERMINAL transactions are not affected but internal processes are adversely impacted.

Within 4 hours

0.05% of the AMC payment due for respective quarter for each four-hour delay in resolution or part thereof. Duration of delay in resolution will be



cumulative for the calendar month.

3. Minor Problem (Severity-1)

Any delay in the scheduled / planned activity like patch implementation / fix pack implementation / Secure Configuration implementation, etc

Within 24 hours

0.05% of the AMC payment due for respective quarter for each 24-hour of delay in resolution or part thereof. Duration of delay in resolution will be cumulative for the calendar month.

4. Non Compliance of responsibility

Non Compliance of responsibility as defined in the Scope of Work e.g. Campaign design/distribution, screen/design distribution, customisation etc.

Within 7 days

0.05% of the payment due for respective quarter for each instance of non-compliance during the quarter.

5. Liquidated Damages

For failure to deliver any or all of the products or perform the services within the time period(s) specified in the Contract

As detailed in RFP.

0.25% contracted price per week of delay or part thereof, maximum 10% of contract price.

6. Fatal Problem (Severity-2) Work has come to halt On account of the terminal agent application

Non-availability of the terminal to the customer more than four hours in metro/urban centres and six hours in other centres

Rs.500 per incident per hour beyond the six/four hours as the case may be.



5.2. The selected vendor shall supply, implement, integrate, and roll out the

solution and related infrastructure in production with completion of security

review; UAT and closure of vulnerabilities / observations in the reports

thereof and pilot roll out at 10 endpoints within 90 days from the date of

issuing Letter of intent by the Bank for the endpoints supplied under this

RFP and 60 days from the date of request in respect of each model of

existing / future endpoint to be procured.

Non achievement of above shall attract penalty of 1% of value of Reverse auction i.e. tota l cost of ownership on weekly basis subject to maximum amount of ten (10) percent of Reverse auction i.e. total cost of ownership.

5.3. Penalties for uptime SLA shall be as under:

S. No.

Uptime range (calculated on monthly basis)

Penalty

1. 99.5% No Penalty

2. 99.0 to < 99.5 Rs.10,000/- 3. 98.5 to < 99.0 Rs.15,000/- 4. 98.0 to < 98.5 Rs.20,000/- 5. * Less than 98.0 Rs.20,000/- + Rs.10000/- for every .5 %

drop in uptime.

* Bank also reserves the right to terminate the contract.

Formula

Uptime (%) will be calculated as indicated in the adjoining column

Calculation

Uptime (%) = (Sum of total hours during month – Sum of downtime hours during month)/ Sum of total hours during month x 100.

Total hours during the month = 24xdays in the month

Measurement Interval Monthly

Measurement Tool

Based on the system logs or incident raised by the Bank. The service provider will submit a montly MIS report as per the bank’s demand.



S. No.

Functionality running (calculated on monthly basis)$

Resolution time

Penalty if resolution not done within resolution time

1. Critical functionalities 30 Mins - Rs. 10000 per hour for first one hour for each functionality - Beyond 1 hour – Rs.20000 per hour for each functionality - Beyond 2 hours – Rs.30000 per hour for each functionality - Beyond 4 hours – Rs.50000 per hour for each functionality

2. Medium functionalities 4 hours - Rs. 5000 per hour for first 2 hours - Beyond 2 hours – Rs.10000 per hour - Beyond 4 hours – Rs.20000 per hour - Beyond 6 hours – Rs.30000 per hour

3. Low functionalities 24 hours - Rs. 10000 per first 2 days - Beyond 2 days – Rs.15000 per day - Beyond 4 days – Rs.20000 per day - Beyond 6 days – Rs.30000 per day

$ Above functionalities’ list in this section is indicative. Bank will categorize other functionalities in Critical/Medium/Low severity as per its discretion and the same will be binding on the vendor. However, high level definition of each category is given as below: Critical: Any malfunctioning of the provided software solution or service which results in downtime of terminals e.g. multi-vendor incompatibility, error/bug/malfunctioning of White-listing/FHDE/Centralised Access Management Solution etc. Medium: Any module or feature (excluding reports) like White-listing Solution/FHDE not performing as expected but not impacting terminal availability.



Low: Reports module of centralised solution is not able to fetch reports. Solution Provider shall categorize all incidents/events that have an adverse impact on the system as Critical, medium or low based on the broad definition given above and share the same with the Bank. The bank shall decide upon whether or not to accept Solution Provider’s classification and the bank may re-classify where considered necessary. The Bank’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding. Exclusion :

• Planned downtime,

• power/ networking if not attributed to Solution Provider,

• extended schedule downtime, A reason will be considered not attributed to Solution Provider if it is attributed to another party and that party accepts it as attributable to it. However, downtime will include the slowness of site/solution/module etc. Delay in Reporting of incidents/events to the Bank :

S. No.

Functionality running (calculated on monthly basis)$

Reporting timeline

Penalty if incidents/events within the reporting time :

1. Critical functionalities Immediately Rs.5000 for every working hour of delay

2. Medium functionalities 1 hour Rs.2500 for every working day of delay.

3. Low functionalities 1 hour * Rs.500 for every working day of delay.

Except incidents/events which occurred during 10 pm to 6 am may be advised within 12 hours. Solution Provider should provide the source code of the entire application and all the applications developed by them in time at quarterly intervals to the Bank.

Rs.10000 for each day of delay after 30 days of close of the previous quarter.

Solution Provider shall share the documents pertaining to all modules, functionalities, CRs and extensions to the Bank as soon as possible after completion of the task. Documents shall include flow charts, design, documents, operational manuals, standards, source codes and specifications, test reports etc



For each day of delay in sharing the document after 7 days of release / completion of the task, penalty will be Rs.5000 for each delay

6. Online Advance Technical Support : Solution Provider

6.1. Penalty related to EJ Pulling :

Following penalties shall be applicable for non-performance/ delayed performance of EJ related activities due to non-working of EJ module of MVS or entire MVS . Bank shall levy a penalty of Rs.500/- per instance per day in case of : a) Non-uploading of EJ within T+1 days from the date of transaction, and/or b) Uploaded file not having 100% transactions c) EJ enabled and EJ disconnected cases not resolved within T+1days. d) However, no penalty shall be levied if the Vendor is not able to access

the endpoint due to connectivity issues like ‘no network” or ‘low bandwidth” or endpoint is down beyond the control of solution provider provided Solution Provider arranges the EJ through engineers under ATS within 3 days at the Central Location through logging call in Online Monitoring Solution.

e) In case EJ data is not complete at endpoint itself, penalty shall be charged for actual amount of claim received, for which bank is liable to make good the claim, on account of non-submission of EJ.

6.2. Other penalties :

SLA Penalty for non-compliance 1 Solution provider will define roles

and responsibilities of its resources in sufficient detail to enable the Bank to monitor the work performed each resource

Unless, this is received, the bills raised by Solution Provider will not be paid

2 Solution Provider will send report of daily activity performed by its all resources for roles advised by the Bank as per designed format : Delay (Working days) >= 3 days but < 7 days > 7 days

Penalty at the rates given below Penalty Rs.1000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day Rs.5000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day.



3 Solution Provider will arrange for periodical training of its resources and report the same to SBI. Each resource will undergo training atleast once in a year for at least 5 days in an area of relevance for that resource

Rs.5000 for each resource not trained. (Resources who have worked for less than 3 months during the year will be excluded from this computation) . Same should be submitted alongwith Invoice.

4 Start Date-End date of all running modules/CRs will be provided to the Bank by Solution Provider alongwith Work breakdown Structure. Delay in providing after the Module/CR has been signed off : > = 3 days but < 5 days > = 5 days but < 10 days > = 10 days but < 15 days > = 15 days

Penalty at the rates given below : Penalty for each Module/CR Rs.1000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day. Rs.5000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day Rs.10000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day Rs.15000 per day for each day of delay from the 1st day

5 Penalty for delay in delivery (not attributable to the Bank) / rectification of defect detected / FAS issue / Process failure / Process issue :

Penalty at the rates given below :

6 Delay Module/ Project Delay

CR Delay Defect Rectification (eg Process failure, FAR issue, Bug, Defects etc)

Upto 2 days Rs.5000 Rs.1000 Rs.2500 3 days to 10 days Rs.10000 Rs.5000 Rs.10000

10 days to 30 days Rs.25000 Rs.10000 + Rs.1000 per day thereafter

Rs.25000 + Rs.5000 per day thereafter



> 30 days Rs.25000 + Rs.5000 per day thereafter

Exclusions :

a. Delay in delivery dates and change in priority is permissible with written prior approval from the Bank.

b. Delay due to change in requirements from Banks end. c. Duration of delay in testing on account of dependencies on Core /

Merchant / Network etc. d. Changes arising, which are out of the scope of the given

requirement. e. Delay due to infrastructure failure in staging and other dependable

environments like staging, core, switch, network of other departments.

7 Penalty for defects (post release) on the part of Service Provider : For every defective module or CR, solution provider shall pay a penalty

Penalty at the rates given below :

8 Category of defect Module / Project CR Minor Rs.2000 Rs.1000 Medium Rs.5000 Rs.2000 Major Rs.10000 Rs.5000

Critical Rs.100000 Rs.50000 Minor means : Where defect is very small and it does not affect Bank’s business or the functionality of the product eg. typo errors, etc Medium means : Where business is likely to get impacted or it affects the functionality of the product eg errors in tables, errors in facts/figures Major means : Where business gets impacted immediately and/or it affects the associated integrations of the functionality. Critical means : Where the Bank’s image has been impacted adversely or the Bank was exposed to reputational risk or the Bank has been exposed to a financial loss or a risk of possibility of financial loss. The categorization of minor, medium, major or critical shall be done by Solution Provider. However, Bank may not accept the categorization done by Solution Provider and reclassify the defect Bank’s decision in this regard will be final.

9 Non availability of staff :

Penalty for non-availability as under : Double the amount of rate per hour :



Solution Provider shall ensure that the staff on duty is available during the hours when they should have been on duty.

(Monthly resource rate / no. of working days in the month / 8 hours per day) * No. of hours of non-availability * 2

10 Solution Provider will have to complete the task and share the details with the Bank within the given time frame and give a certificate to the effect

If at a la ter date it is detected that some Module /CR was not shared then penalty @ Rs.25000 per Module /CR would be recovered in addition to fulfilment of the requirements.

11 Solution Provider ensure that tickets raised in the Incidence/events at the Incident are closed within 30 minutes except delay due to third party

Penalty will be Rs.1000 per ticket per one hour beyond 30 minutes

7. Hardware : Solution Provider

7.1. Delivery of all equipment should be within two weeks from date of placing letter of intent. In the event of the any or all equipment(s) not being delivered, installed, tested and commissioned within a period of four weeks from date of letter of intent, a penalty of one (1) percent of the total cost of equipments for each week or part thereof the delay, subject to maximum amount of ten (10) percent of the total cost of equipments will be charged to vendor. This amount of penalty so calculated shall be deducted at the time of making final payment after successful installation and commissioning of hardware.

7.2. Non-upgrading the Hardware beyond 2 months after intermittent crossing of 50 % resource utilization for a period of 30 days, a penalty of one (1) percent of the total cost of equipments for each week or part thereof the delay, subject to maximum amount of ten (10) percent of the total cost of equipments will be charged to vendor.

Penalty Clause:

i. Service

Criteria Penalty for non-compliance

Penalty in respect of Services

being rendered will be applicable if

Solution Provider fails to provide the agreed

service

levels of 24x7 support coverage with

4 hours call to repair under the

Scope of this contract.

Penalty applicable will be 1 % of Annual

Contract Value per hour or part thereof for every

incident with a maximum cap of 100 % of

Annual Contract Value.



Submission of Attendance Report on Monthly basis for Onsite Resident Engineer for two shifts

coverage

For non-availability engineer for any shift penalty of Rs.10000/- per day per shift shall be applicable

Submission of the Report for Proactive Services

like –System Health Check Report as per the agreed schedule

For late-submission of the Report penalty of

Rs.5000/- would be applicable for any report

ii. Availability: In case of unplanned system downtime, the penalty shall be

levied as under:

Uptime (Monthly) Penalty on total cost of the AMC for one year

>=99.95 NIL

>=99.94 and <99.95 0.50%

>=99.93 and <99.94 1.00%

>=99.92 and <99.93 1.50%

>=99.91 and <99.92 2.00%

>=99.90 and <99.91 2.50%

<99.9 5.00%

The penalty levied by regulatory bodies will be recovered by the Bank from the Vendor on actual basis regardless to any kind of cap for maximum applicable penalty. The amount will be recovered in Indian Rupees at the prevailing rate of the respective currency, in case the penalty is levied in a foreign currency. NOTE: The penalty arising out of violation of SLA and the one levied by regulatory bodies, whichever is higher, will be recovered from the vendor.

Formula

Uptime (%) will be calculated as

indicated in the adjoining column

Calculation

Uptime (%) = (Sum of total hours during

month – Sum of downtime hours during month)/ Sum of total hours during month x

100.

Total hours during the month = 24xdays in the

month

Measurement Interval Monthly

Measurement Tool

Based on the system logs the service provider

will submit a montly MIS report as per the

bank’s demand or alternatively non happening of transactions due to the HPE Non-stop

failure.



Bank will have right to recover any opportunity loss or monetary loss incurred by the Bank due to malfunctioning of software/application faults/ system failure / negligence of bidder etc during project execution/implementation. NB : The total penalties which can be levied for of the above categories (1) to (7) under various clauses will be capped to the maximum of revenue during the year accrued/earned by the Service Provider in the respective category. 8. Penalties for Reputational and Business Loss :

8.1. "Notwithstanding anything contained in the Request for Proposal/Service Level Agreement, the service provider hereby agrees and undertake that following losses incurred by the Bank/accrued to the bank, if any on account of reasons attributable to the service provider may be recovered from its invoices/or will be made good by the service provider:- a. Actual loss on account of errors/bugs/deficiencies In development/support activities attributable to the service provider. b. Any loss accrued to the Bank on account of loss of business during the period of outage of application developed/maintained . c. Reputational loss due to the reasons attributable to the service provider.

8.2. The service provider understand the provision(s) of penalty and matrix of

calculation thereof given in this document. The decision of the Bank shall be final and binding in this regard. Such Penalties shall not restrict the Bank for availing any other remedy/action available in law or in equity.

8.3. Actual loss as well as penalties for business loss and reputational loss incurred by the Bank on account of deficiencies in services attributable to the IT Partners will have to be recovered in full with a cap on penalties as follows:-

Actual loss No cap. Actual Loss Penalty on account of Reputational loss to the Bank^

Additional 10% [per quarter] of annual maintenance cost, i.e., 40% of the annual maintenance cost.

[a] State Level news paper(s) and/or in State level TV channel(s)/discussions in the State Assembly, etc. : 1 % [b] National news paper(s)/magazines and/or in National TV channel(s) i.e in 2 or more regions/discussions in the Parliament : 2%

Penalty on account of

Additional 10% of annual maintenance cost.

1 % of the Annual Maintenance Cost.



Business loss to the Bank^ ^ Penalties are over and above the cap on penalties built in the SLAs.

9. Transition Penalty :

In the event of failure of the Service Provider to render the Services or in the event of termination of agreement or expiry of term or otherwise, without prejudice to any other right, the Bank at its sole discretion may make alternate arrangement for getting the Services contracted with another vendor. In such case, the Bank shall give prior notice to the existing Service Provider. The existing Service Provider shall continue to provide services as per the terms of contract until a ‘New Service Provider’ completely takes over the work. During the transition phase, the existing Service Provider shall render all reasonable assistance to the new Service Provider within such period prescribed by the Bank, at no extra cost to the Bank, for ensuring smooth switch over and continuity of services. If existing vendor is breach of this obligation, they shall be liable for paying a penalty of 10 % of the respective line item of price bid on demand to the Bank, which may be settled from the payment of invoices or Performance Bank Guarantee for the contracted period.

10. Liquidated Damages :

If Solution Provider/Endpoint Provider fails to provide the services as per the requirement specified in the RFP and amendment thereof, Bank shall charge penalty of @ 0.5 % per week of delay in delivery of respective line item of the price bid where penalties have not been explicitly specified subject to maximum of the 10 % of the Total cost of project. The liquidated damage is apart from and in addition to other applicable penalties. *********

1

AGREEMENT FOR ENDPOINTS (CASH DISPENSERS)

BETWEEN

State Bank of India, ATM (I&S) DEPARTMENT

AND

____________________________________________

Date of Commencement : __________________

Date of Expiry :___________________

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AGREEMENT-----------------------------------------------3

RECITALS------------------------------------------------4

1. DEFINITIONS & INTERPRETATIONS------------------------5

2. COMMENCEMENT & TERM----------------------------------7

3. SCOPE OF SERVICES:-----------------------------------8

4. PRODUCT & DELIVERABLES:-----------------------------16

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES----------------------18

6. CONFIDENTIALITY-------------------------------------21

7. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES--------------------28

8. SUB-CONTRACTING-------------------------------------29

9. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE & PENALTY---------------------30

10. FORCE MAJEURE--------------------------------------31

11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS-------------------------------32

12. RIGHT TO AUDIT-------------------------------------33

13. FEES, TAXES DUTIES & PAYMENTS----------------------35

14. GENERAL INDEMNITY----------------------------------36

15. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY----------------------------38

16. TERMINATION----------------------------------------39

17. CONTINGENCY PLANS & CONTINUITY ARRANGEMENTS--------42

18. DISPUTE RESOLUTION & ARBITRATION-------------------44

19. GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION-----------------------46

20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT-----------------------------------46

21. SEVERABILITY---------------------------------------48

22. NOTICES--------------------------------------------49

3

23. MISCELLANEOUS--------------------------------------50

ADDENDUM, ANNEXURE, SCHEDULE, ETC.-----------------55-180

AGREEMENT

This agreement for Procurement of Endpoints (Cash

Dispensers) (hereinafter ‘the Agreement’) made on

____________________ day of ______.

Between

State Bank of India, constituted under the State Bank of

India Act, 1955 having its Corporate Centre and Central

Office at State Bank Bhavan, Madame Cama Road, Nariman

Point, Mumbai-21 and through its ATM (I&S) Department at

State Bank Global IT Centre, Sector-11, CBD Belapur, Navi

Mumbai-400706, hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”

which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or

meaning thereof shall include its successors & assigns of

the First Part

And

__________________________________________, incorporated

under __________________________________ Act having its

4

registered office at __________________________________

and principal place of business at

__________________________________ hereinafter referred

to as “Service Provider” which expression shall unless

repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall include

its successor, executor & permitted assigns of the Second

Part.

The Bank and the Service Provider are sometimes

individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively as

“Parties” throughout this Agreement, and the words Party

and Parties shall be construed accordingly.

RECITALS

WHEREAS

(i) The Bank is desirous of Procuring ENDPOINTS,

(also referred to as ‘Cash Dispensers’ ‘CDs’

and ‘Machines’ in this document), for

installation at a location of its choice,

across the length and breadth of the country;

and Availing the services related to

maintenance and upkeep of the CDs under Annual

Maintenance Contract (AMC), as mentioned in

this Agreement or the related RFP for

procurement of the CDs;

and

(ii) The Service Provider is in the business of

providing the machines and service as mentioned

above and has agreed to provide the services as

may be required by the Bank mentioned in the

Request of Proposal (RFP) No. _____________

dated _____________ issued by the Bank,

referred hereinafter as a “RFP” and same shall

be part of this Agreement.

5

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants,

undertakings and conditions set forth below, and for

other valid consideration the acceptability and

sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties

hereby agree as follows:

1 DEFINITIONS & INTERPRETATIONS

1.1 Capitalized Terms: The following capitalized terms,

unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the

meaning set forth below for all purposes of this

Agreement1:

1.1.1 “Agreement” means this agreement including all

its Annexure, Schedules, Appendix and all amendments

therein agreed by the Parties in writing.

1.1.2 “The Bank” shall mean the State Bank of India

(including domestic branches and its subsidiaries

and Joint Ventures located in India,

1.1.3 “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean, on a

worldwide basis, any and all: (a) rights associated

with works of authorship, including copyrights

&moral rights; (b) Trade Marks; (c) trade secret

rights; (d) patents, designs, algorithms and other

industrial property rights; (e) other intellectual

and industrial property rights of every kind and

nature, however designated, whether arising by

operation of law, contract, license or otherwise;

and (f) registrations, initial applications,

renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or

reissues thereof now or hereafter in force

(including any rights in any of the foregoing).

1.1.4 “Project Cost” means the price payable to the

Service Provider under the Agreement for the full

1 Please define the necessary terms, properly.

6

and proper performance of its contractual

obligations.

1.1.5 “Request for Proposal (RFP)” shall mean RFP NO.

_____________ dated _____________ along with its

clarifications/ corrigenda issued by the Bank time

to time.

1.1.6 “Service” means services to be provided as per

the requirements specified in the Agreement and any

other incidental services and other obligations of

the Service Provider covered under the Agreement.

1.1.7 The Project means supply, installations,

testing and commissioning CD/Hardware/Software and

services with 1 year onsite warranty.

1.2 Interpretations:

1.2.1 Reference to a person includes any individual,

firm, body corporate, association (whether

incorporated or not) and authority or agency

(whether government, semi government or local).

1.2.2 The singular includes the plural and vice

versa.

1.2.3 Reference to any gender includes each other

gender.

1.2.4 The provisions of the contents table, headings,

clause numbers, italics, bold print and underlining

is for ease of reference only and shall not affect

the interpretation of this Agreement.

1.2.5 The Schedules, Annexures and Appendices to this

Agreement shall form part of this Agreement.

1.2.6 A reference to any documents or agreements

(and, where applicable, any of their respective

provisions) means those documents or agreements as

amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time

provided they are amended, supplemented or replaced

7

in the manner envisaged in the relevant documents or

agreements.

1.2.7 The terms not defined in this Agreement shall

be given the same meaning as given to them in the

RFP. If no such meaning is given technical words

shall be understood in technical sense in accordance

with the industry practices.

1.2.8 A reference to any statute, regulation, rule or

other legislative provision includes any amendment

to the statutory modification or re-enactment or,

legislative provisions substituted for, and any

statutory instrument issued under that statute,

regulation, rule or other legislative provision.

1.2.9 Any agreement, notice, consent, approval,

disclosure or communication under or pursuant to

this Agreement is to be in writing.

2 COMMENCEMENT & TERM

2.1 This Agreement shall commence from its date of

execution mentioned above/ deemed to have commenced

from _______ (Effective Date).

2.2 This Agreement shall be in force for a period of

______ year(s), unless terminated by the Bank by

notice in writing in accordance with the termination

clauses of this Agreement.

2.3 The Bank shall have the right at its discretion to

renew this Agreement in writing, for a further term

of _____ years on the same terms and conditions.

2.4 Unless terminated earlier in accordance with this

Agreement, the Agreement shall come to an end on

completion of the term specified in the Agreement or

on expiration of the renewed term.

2.5 Expiry of this Agreement shall not tantamount to

automatic expiry of the Services Addendum(s) and the

8

provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply

to such Services Addendum (s).

3 SCOPE OF SERVICES:

3.1 The scope and nature of the work which the Service

Provider has to provide to the Bank (Services) is as

follows:

Supply, integration, testing, installation, commissioning

and maintenance of endpoint (Front Access Cash

Dispensers)

3.2 The Bank is looking for Bidders who can supply,

integrate, test, install commission and maintain

Endpoints (Cash Dispensers: 5000) on turnkey basis.

Bidders should note that Endpoints will be deployed

across the length and breadth of the country as per

requirements of business and the bidder will have to

guarantee that support will be available for the

endpoints across the country for a minimum period of

7 years, which can be extended up to 10 years at the

discretion of the Bank.

3.3 Bidders should offer model of endpoints with the

Operating System Windows 10 and CEN XFS 3.0 and

higher compliance layer, that is state of the art

machines capable of running Multi-Service Provider

Software and endpoint protection solution and which

will have to be supported for a minimum period of 7

years after installation / operationalization,

extendable up to a period of 10 years at the

discretion of the Bank. The Bank wants advanced,

9

multifunctional, energy-efficient system. In case,

endpoint with Windows 10 is not ready, bidder can

submit the bid for model compatible with Window 7

(with a license of Windows 10) subject to condition

that endpoint supplied/installed should be upgraded

with Windows 10 well before 31st December, 2018

without any additional cost to the Bank. L2 bidder

shall be considered for supply of only endpoints with

Window 7 (with a license of Windows 10) subject to

condition that endpoint supplied/installed should be

upgraded with Windows 10 well before 31st December,

2018 and bears all the related incidental cost

including one-time cost discovered under RFP for

testing and pilot at two locations on Windows 10. If

during the period of warranty, a particular endpoint

is frequently becoming out of order for technical

reasons for more than three times in a month and for

two consecutive months, the Bank may ask the bidder

to replace the endpoint with another new endpoint at

no extra cost to the Bank. The selected bidder should

update /supply/ install necessary changes in

Endpoints, if any, due to regulatory compliance, the

same should be available at no additional cost to the

Bank irrespective whether it being minor or major

modifications.

3.4 Endpoints with technology and functionalities like

touch screen, Triple DES enabled, EMV certified, dip

smart card reader, etc. should be supplied and

installed at sites decided by the Bank. The endpoints

should have capability / features for remote

monitoring of their all-round health / status.

Electronic journals must be pulled to a central site.

Along with Endpoints, accessories and Digital Video

10

Surveillance System, various sensors alarm system

etc., will also have to be supplied, integrated,

tested, installed and maintained, wherever required

by the Bank.

3.5 All endpoints should be enabled for the visually

challenged so that the Endpoint must be suitable for

the visually challenged persons. All endpoints must

also be suitable for wheel chair based operations by

physically challenged persons.

3.6 The present procurement is intended for replacement

of existing endpoints with unsupported OS Windows XP.

The old endpoint must be removed by the Service

Provider and disposed-off in a proper manner with a

view to protecting the environment, reducing

pollution by toxic gases / greenhouse emissions and

other non-biodegradable substances caused by e-waste

disposal, an undertaking to be submitted by bidder

for buyback and disposal of existing endpoint as per

e-waste policy of the Bank / Government. Bank shall

not pay any decommissioning / de-grouting cost and

shifting cost of existing endpoint from the endpoint

location in respect of endpoint under buyback clause

of this RFP. As the deployment of Endpoints will be

all over the country, the applicant will necessarily

have to undertake installations at all locations.

3.7 Endpoint Provider must ensure that the Hard Disk

Drive of the Endpoint being replaced, is handed over

to the Branch Manager / his representative and this

should be recorded in the Installation Report to be

signed by the Endpoint Provider and the Bank. The

Endpoint Provider should also give an undertaking

11

that the integrity of the data on the Hard Disk will

not be compromised and put to any misuse, causing

financial / reputational loss to the Bank.

3.8 The selected bidders will have to provide the

endpoints as per the technical specifications

mentioned elsewhere in this RFP.

3.9 Deviations from technical specifications, if any, may

be clearly indicated. Though the Bank has laid down

the minimum configuration of both hardware and

software of Endpoint to meet present requirements,

the Endpoint should be upgradable to support any

statutory/ regulatory compliance requirements, the

same should be available at no additional cost to the

Bank irrespective whether it being minor or major

modifications and / or change of configuration etc.

3.10 Modification of the software pertaining to Endpoint

for enhancing the functionality will be done by the

bidder at mutually agreed cost. However, no cost will

be payable for minor modifications, change of

configuration, etc.

3.11 Bank proposes to procure fully functional Endpoints

in terms of both the hardware and software for the

entire life of the machines i.e. minimum 7 years.

Responsibility for and the costs involved in,

ensuring that the Endpoints run on legal and

supported hardware and software, including Operating

Systems, rests with the bidder, for the entire life

of the machines. All operating system upgrades /

proprietary software upgrades / patches/ licenses

will be provided free of cost and installed in all

12

the Endpoints at no extra cost to the Bank during the

period of the Contract/Agreement. OS Hardening should

be done for the Endpoints. The bidder is responsible

for ensuring that system does not get affected by

virus/ malware. Endpoints should be configured as per

the Bank’s Secured Configuration Document (SCD) from

time to time. Latest Secured Configuration Documents

shall be shared with selected Bidder.

3.12 The bidders shall indicate the upgrade options

available for various models of Endpoints. Machine

should be capable of central upload/ download.

3.13 The Endpoints need to be energy efficient. The

Endpoints to be supplied have to be fully functional

in extreme weather conditions (Temperature: 5 to 45

degree C, Humidity: 5% to 95%, dust, etc.) within the

country.

3.14 A complete write up on security features of the

Endpoints must be provided with the relative

technical bid.

3.15 The system should be enabled for eJ pulling and all

software required for eJ pulling must be factory

loaded or loaded at no extra cost at the time of

installation of the Endpoint or as and when required.

The Service Provider will be responsible for loading

the Bank approved software agent. The Service

Provider must coordinate with the Managed Services

Service Provider so that eJ pulling is enabled on the

day of making the Endpoint operational.

13

3.16 No charges shall be payable by the Bank for

installation any software / agent / patches / upgrade

whatsoever at all endpoints normally during the

calendar quarterly preventive maintenance visits or

any time in case of Bank’s urgent requirement.

3.17 Preventive maintenance of Endpoint should be done at

least once in three months. Such visits could also be

covered in visits for trouble shooting provided

preventive maintenance is also done.

3.18 The Service Provider will ensure that at the time of

delivery of Endpoints they are not affected by virus/

malware and will ensure that the Service Provider’s

employees attending to the Endpoints during warranty

period/ AMC period do not introduce virus/ malware

and in the case of any dispute Bank’s decision will

be final.

3.19 The Bank may test the Endpoints at no cost to the

Bank before placing the order. Bank reserves the

right to conduct Pre-Delivery Audit (PDA) of the

Endpoints before dispatch from the warehouse of the

selected bidder at Bank’s own cost.

3.20 Grouting of endpoints: Selected bidder will have to

necessarily install endpoint with good quality

grouting of Endpoints, as under:

“Moving / tilting of endpoint for removing

existing levelling screws. Drilling 8”-10”

holes in the existing flooring using concrete

drill bits. Hammering metal sleeves in these

holes. Repositioning the endpoints over the

14

existing markings. Putting in Anchor fasteners

- min. 6” long anchor fasteners, preferably of

Fischer make. Applying resin adhesive

(Araldite) over the finished bolt positions for

improved bonding & Repairing broke tiles, if

any”.

3.21 Warranty and Annual Maintenance Contract by Endpoint

Provider:

The endpoints supplied under the RFP will be subject to

the comprehensive Warranty one year and Annual

Maintenance Contract (AMC) for six years (which is

extendable at the discretion of the Bank for another

period of 3 years). Further, following support services

are also included under warranty and AMC, irrespective

of no. of visits at the site/endpoint, without any

additional cost to the Bank:

3.21.1 Testing of endpoint at LAB:

Selected bidder(s) will have to make available at

Bank’s ATM Lab:

(a) one Endpoint of each models provided to

the Bank after 23.08.2013;

(b) one endpoint to be supplied under

this RFP and

(c) the Services of an experienced and

qualified resident engineer with full

knowledge of technical aspects of

endpoints (e.g. Any functionalities,

security testing, software testing,

integration testing, interface testing,

15

support UAT etc) required by the Bank

during the general shift on all days

except Sunday. In exceptional

circumstances, services should be

available for extended working hours to

meet the high priority time bound

requirements without any additional cost.

3.21.2 Pre-Implementation- Integration, Testing and

Pilot (L1 – 5 endpoints, other than L1 – 2

endpoints) at Endpoints with all required

functionalities:

3.21.2.1 To provide end to end support for Solutions

integration, testing at the endpoints provided,

under the testing environment and successful pilot

at (L1 – 5 endpoints, other than L1 – 2 endpoints)

Endpoints under the production environment.

3.21.2.2 To share with Solution Provider Single Point

Contact along with Escalation matrix for Solutions

Support.

3.21.2.3 To share the make-model-variants with Solution

Provider and share complete ATM-ID wise details

(make-model) well before initiation of testing of

respective Endpoint.

3.21.2.4 To share the following details and any other

details required in connection with Endpoints

supplied to the Bank, with Solution Provider and to

the Bank in connection with testing of all the

functionalities, proper error codes, health status

16

messages, device status messages etc. at the

Endpoint e.g.:

3.21.2.4.1 Support for Operating System

3.21.2.4.1.1 Windows 7 or 10, patches, service packs

etc.

3.21.2.4.1.2 Windows XP, Service pack 3, patches,

Service Pack 3, upgradation of Browser to IE8.

3.21.2.4.1.3 Changes in Operating System configuration

(e.g. environment variable, parameter changes,

enabling / disabling services etc.)

3.21.2.4.1.4 End-user License Agreement(EULA)

3.21.2.4.1.5 Any other relevant information including

Best Practices

3.21.2.4.2 CEN XFS Layer:

3.21.2.4.2.1 XFS software compliant with CEN XFS 3.0 or

higher specifications.

3.21.2.4.2.2 End-user license Agreement (EULA)

3.21.2.4.2.3 CEN XFS Layer CD to be provided.

3.21.2.4.2.4 Any other relevant information including

Best Practices

3.21.2.4.3 Hardware / software (both CEN XFS

Compliant and Non-CEN XFS compliant)

3.21.2.4.3.1 Technical Specifications,

3.21.2.4.3.2 Documentations,

3.21.2.4.3.3 Drivers,

3.21.2.4.3.4 Terminal Diagnostic Tools/Utilities

3.21.2.4.3.5 Configuration / Parameter details,

3.21.2.4.3.6 Components,

3.21.2.4.3.7 Services

3.21.2.4.3.8 Patches, updates and upgrades

17

3.21.2.4.3.9 EMVCo/PCI certificates

3.21.2.4.3.10 Any other relevant information

3.21.2.4.3.11 Functional test cases (Positive and

negative)

3.21.2.4.3.12 Error codes, Health Status Messages,

Device status messages.

3.21.2.4.3.13 Illustrative List of XFS Devices are as

under:

1) Printer and Scanners

2) Card Readers (incl. EMV

Contact/Contactless)

3) Cash Dispensers

4) Personal Identification Number Keypads

(PIN pads)

5) Check Readers and Scanners

6) Depository Units

7) Screen Displays (including Touch Screens)

8) Vandal Shields

9) Text Terminal Units

10) Sensors and Indicators Units

11) Service Provider Dependent Mode

12) Cameras

13) Card Embossing Units

14) Alarms & Sensors

15) Cash-In Modules

16) Card Dispensers

17) Barcode Readers

18) Biometric Readers

19) Item Processing Modules

3.21.2.4.4 To extend all the required support for

testing of each Model and its variant supplied to

the Bank which includes onsite physical visit of

18

expert for loading software up to CEN XFS Layer

and to ensure support of engineers as and when

required, with one day notice.

3.21.2.4.5 To provide second hard disk if the

endpoint model is provided in the Bank’s test lab.

If the model is not provided, arrange to provide

endpoint model with two hard disks in case of

existing model supplied to the Bank.

3.21.2.4.6 Installation and Configuration of Endpoint

on to the two separate hard disks to have smooth

testing under the following testing environments:

3.21.2.4.6.1 With Solutions environment

3.21.2.4.6.2 Without Solution(s) environment but with

existing native software supplied

3.21.2.4.7 Full support for CEN XFS layer required in

connection with integration with Solutions

3.21.2.4.8 Support the Solution Provider with respect

to any clarifications and resolution sought

regarding the platform behaviour or compliance to

the CEN XFS Specifications.

3.21.2.4.9 Fixing of bugs / issues raised during the

pre-implementation and pilot phase.

3.21.2.4.10 To conduct functionality tests to avoid

any operational level issues.

3.21.2.4.11 Maintaining ATM-Wise version control of

Solutions with granularity.

19

3.21.2.4.12 Pilot Implementation at Endpoints of

respective models/processors and its variants at

live sites identified by the Bank.

3.21.2.4.13 To provide sign off post completion of

functionality tests with Solution Provider.

3.21.2.4.14 To share all statutory or RBI compliance

and security features as may be applicable on

Effective Date incorporated in Endpoint-OEMs

native software along with required technical

details/drivers/components and test the same with

the Solutions.

3.21.3 Implementation and Post Implementation Support:

Endpoint Provider shall provide repair, spares

replacements and maintenance service (response and

resolution), on oral/ telephonic/ email/ SMS / Mobile

Application or any other mode of communication by the

Bank or through its own service personnel or any

service provider or any monitoring system through its

own expert service resource wherever the endpoints are

installed.

4 PRODUCTS & DELIVERABLES

4.1 Professional Services & Deliverables

Bank may acquire Professional Services such as

consulting, research and program design services from

Service Provider through a Statement of Work (SOW), which

would also identify specific items as Deliverables. Upon

the provision / supply of any of the Products, Service

20

Provider shall grant Bank a non-transferable, non-

exclusive, worldwide, fully paid up license to use non-

software Deliverables for internal use and not for the

commercial use of any third party. Deliverables Service

Provider obtains from third parties are subject to any

terms imposed by those suppliers. All licenses and rights

Service Provider grants are in compliance with all terms

in the Order, this Agreement and Addenda to this

Agreement. It is agreed that Service Provider is free to

perform similar Services for itself and others, provided

that it does not disclose Bank’s Confidential Information

or incorporate Bank’s trademarks, or other proprietary

marks/rights.

4.2 Software License

Subject to receipt of the full applicable license fees,

Service Provider grants Bank a perpetual non-

transferable, non-exclusive, fully paid up license for

Bank’ internal commercial end-user use of the Software on

the single processing unit of the class and model for

which Bank originally licensed them by the Order and so

long as hardware on which such software is so used is

owned by Bank. Software bearing the logo or copyright

notice of a third party (third party software) is subject

to the third party’s license terms. Bank shall not copy,

transfer, disclose, sub-license or distribute Software to

any other party or use it other than as allowed by the

Order. Software remains the property of Service Provider

and/or its licensors. Bank agrees to retain copyright

notices and proprietary legends on all copies of

Software. Bank shall not take any steps (e.g., reverse

assembly or reverse compilation) to derive a source code

equivalent of Software. Bank may disclose particulars of

software to its internal system/IT auditors or to

regulatory authorities, if so required under law. Service

21

Provider represents that it has necessary rights and/or

ownership to grant the licenses in respect of all

software including, but not limited to third party

software, to Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

4.3 Delivery, Title & Risk of Loss

4.3.1 Service Provider shall deliver Products to the

location identified by Bank in India by the delivery

date(s) specified in an Order. Service Provider shall

ensure that the Hardware to be supplied by them is

insured against all risks of loss or damages from the

date of shipment till such time the same is delivered and

further for 30 days from the date of installation /

deemed installation of the CDs.

Certificates of the comprehensive insurance cover shall

be submitted to Bank for verification / examination and

record, as and when required.

4.3.2 No extra charge / tax shall be paid for those

locations where road permit is required. Service Provider

only shall arrange for road permit at his own cost, with

the help of its own manpower. The LHO of Bank / HO of

Associate Banks shall only provide those papers which

will facilitate issuance of road permit at the request of

Service Provider.

4.3.3 Bank reserves the right to change / modify

locations for supply of the CDs / items. In the event of

any change / modification in the locations where the CDs

and other equipment items are to be delivered, Service

Provider in such case shall deliver, install, commission

and maintain at the modified locations at no extra cost

to Bank, provided the diversion order is for a location

falling in the same state. For inter-state change in

locations, mutually agreed charges will be applicable.

However, if the CD and other equipment items are already

delivered, and if the modifications in locations are made

22

after delivery, Service Provider shall carry out

installation, commission and maintain at the modified

locations and Bank in such cases shall bear the shifting

charges. The warranty / AMC shall be applicable to the

modified locations also.

4.4 Warranty, Maintenance & Other Services

During the term of a warranty, Service Provider shall

provide the services in accordance with Order / Addendum.

Warranty/Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) upgrades may

be available and shall be governed by the Order. Service

Provider shall provide other Services, such as

installation and maintenance services, as set out in an

Order.

4.5 Bank’s Product Obligations

Unless otherwise agreed in an Order, the Bank’s

obligations include: (a) determining whether the Products

are suitable for its requirements; (b) obtaining

necessary governmental permits and consents; and (c)

providing and maintaining an operating environment that

conforms to published specifications and documentation

for the Products.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Warranty services for the entire CD system with

accessories shall be free of cost for 2 (two) years and

shall commence upon installation certificate being issued

by Service Provider or 15 (fifteen) days from the date of

delivery whichever is earlier and shall be for a period

of two years. After the expiry of the warranty service

period of 2 (two) years, second line maintenance (annual

maintenance contract) shall be effective.

5.1 Each of the Parties represents and warrants in

relation to itself to the other that:

23

5.1.1 It has all requisite corporate power and

authority to execute, deliver and perform its

obligations under this Agreement and has been fully

authorized through applicable corporate process to

do so.

5.1.2 The person(s) signing this agreement on behalf

of the Parties have the necessary authority and

approval for execution of this document and to bind

his/their respective organization for due

performance as set out in this Agreement. It has

all necessary statutory and regulatory permissions,

approvals and permits for the running and operation

of its business. Any contract entered / to be

entered with any other person / organization, by the

Service Provider, shall not affect its performance

of the services to be rendered under this agreement.

5.1.3 It has full right, title and interest in and to

all software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks,

service marks, logos symbols and other proprietary

marks (collectively ‘IPR’) (including appropriate

limited right of use of those owned by any of its

Service Providers, affiliates or subcontractors)

which it provides to the other Party, for use

related to the services to be provided under this

Agreement.

5.1.4 It will provide such cooperation as the other

Party reasonably requests in order to give full

effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

5.1.5 The execution and performance of this Agreement

by either of the Parties does not and shall not

violate any provision of any of the existing

Agreement with any of the party and any other third

party.

24

5.2 Additional Representation and Warranties by Service

Provider

5.2.1 The Service Provider shall perform the Services and

carry out its obligations under the Agreement with due

diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with

generally accepted techniques and practices used in the

industry and with professional standards recognized by

international professional bodies and shall observe sound

management practices. It shall employ appropriate

advanced technology and safe and effective equipment,

machinery, material and methods.

5.2.2 The Service Provider has the requisite technical

and other competence, sufficient, suitable, qualified and

experienced manpower/personnel and expertise in providing

the Services to the Bank.

5.2.3 The Service Provider shall duly intimate to the

Bank immediately, the changes, if any in the constitution

of the Service Provider.

5.2.4 As on the effective date of this Agreement, to the

actual knowledge of the Service Provider the products

provided by it to the Bank do not infringe any patent,

copyright, trademarks, trade secrets or other

intellectual property rights of any third party.

5.2.5 The Service Provider shall ensure that all persons,

employees, workers and other individuals engaged by or

sub-contracted by the Service Provider in rendering the

Services under this Agreement have undergone proper

background check, police verification (as and when

required) and other necessary due diligence checks to

examine their antecedence and ensure their suitability

for such engagement. No person shall be engaged by the

Service Provider unless such person is found to be

suitable in such verification and the Service Provider

25

shall retain the records of such verification and shall

produce the same to the Bank as when requested.

5.2.6 If, during the warranty period, a Product does not

conform to the specifications to its warranty and the

Bank provides Service Provider with notice of such non-

conformance, Service Provider shall replace or repair

non-conforming components or otherwise correct the non-

conformity in accordance with the agreed terms and

specifications free of cost.

5.2.7 Service Provider warrants that: (a) Deliverables

shall materially conform to the specifications

included in an Order; (b) Except for Service

Provider's right as a unpaid seller, if any, title to

Equipment and Supplies shall be clear at time of

delivery; (c) Equipment, supplies and software media

shall be free from defects in material and

workmanship; and (d) Equipment, supplies and software

shall materially conform to published documentation

delivered with them.

6 CONFIDENTIALITY

6.1 For the purpose of this Agreement, Confidential

Information shall mean (i) information of all kinds,

whether oral, written or otherwise recorded including,

without limitation, any analyses, compilations,

forecasts, data, studies or other documents, regarding

the past, current or future affairs, business, plans or

operations of a Party to which the other Party will have

access, (ii) the existence of the contemplated terms and

the fact that discussions or negotiations are taking

place or have taken place between the Parties concerning

the contemplated terms, (iii) any and all information

regarding the contemplated terms and any agreements that

may be entered into in relation thereto and (iv) any

26

customer details or other data received by a Party from

the other Party or its customer(s) or otherwise shared

between the Parties in connection with the Service.

6.2 In consideration of each Party providing the other

Party or its’ representatives with the Confidential

Information, the Parties agree as follows:

6.2.1 Each Party shall keep confidential and shall

not, directly or indirectly, disclose, except as

provided in sub-clauses below, in any manner

whatsoever, in whole or in part, the Confidential

Information without the other Party’s prior written

consent.

6.2.2 Each Party shall hold the Confidential

Information in confidence and shall exercise all

reasonable diligence in ensuring that the

Confidential Information is not disclosed to third

parties and will refrain from using the

Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever

other than for the purposes of this Agreement or

for the purpose for which such information is

supplied.

6.2.3 Notwithstanding the above, each Party may

reveal the Confidential Information to those of its

representatives, those of its’ holding company and

those of its subsidiaries who are involved in the

negotiation or evaluation of the Project, and shall

procure and ensure that each of them complies with

the obligation to keep the Confidential Information

secret, private and confidential and strictly

observes the terms of this Agreement.

6.2.4 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply

to such portions of the Confidential Information

(other than the Customer details/ data of the Bank)

which one of the Parties can demonstrate (i) are or

27

become generally available to the public other than

as a result of any breach of this Agreement, (ii)

were in its possession on a non-confidential basis

prior to the date hereof or (iii) have been

rightfully received from a third party after the

date hereof without restriction on disclosure and

without breach of this Agreement, said third party

being under no obligation of confidentiality to the

other Party with respect to such Confidential

Information.

6.2.5 In the event that a Party becomes legally

compelled pursuant to any statutory or regulatory

provision, court or arbitral decision, governmental

order, or stock exchange requirements to disclose

any of the Confidential Information, the compelled

Party, as far as possible will provide the other

Party with prompt written notice. In any case, the

compelled Party will furnish only that portion of

the Confidential Information which is legally

required and will exercise all reasonable efforts

to obtain reliable assurance that confidential

treatment will be accorded to the Confidential

Information.

6.2.6 In the event of termination or expiry of this

Agreement, each Party shall either (i) promptly

destroy all copies of the written (including

information in electronic form) Confidential

Information in its possession or that of its

representatives; or (ii) promptly deliver to the

other Party at its own expense all copies of the

written Confidential Information in its possession

or that of its representatives, provided, however,

that (i) no notes, memoranda, analyses, studies or

other documents prepared by it or its advisers in

28

connection with the Services shall be returned or

destroyed, but they shall be disposed in accordance

with any specific directions in this Agreement or

held and kept confidential, and that (ii) each

Party shall be permitted to retain one copy of the

Confidential Information for the purposes of

dispute resolution, compliance with regulatory

agency or authority and internal compliance

procedures, provided such copies being held and

kept confidential.

6.2.7 By furnishing the Confidential Information, no

Party makes an express or implied representation or

warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the

Confidential Information that it has disclosed and

each Party expressly disclaims any liability that

may be based on the Confidential Information,

errors therein or omissions there from, save in the

case of fraud or wilful default.

6.2.8 Except as required by law, the parties shall

keep confidential the terms and conditions of

Orders, including pricing. However, without

revealing any specific terms of an Order, Bank may

disclose that Service Provider is Bank’s Service

Provider and Service Provider may disclose that

Bank is a Service Provider’s customer, the Products

Bank has purchased under an Order, and a general

description of Bank’s intended use of those

Products.

6.2.9 Either party may disclose Confidential

Information (excluding Bank’s data values stored in

computers), strictly as a need basis to perform any

obligation under this Agreement, to its majority-

owned subsidiaries who agree to the terms of the

Order, and to its subcontractor’s employees who

29

agree in writing to confidentiality obligations

consistent with this Agreement.

6.3 The Service Provider shall not, without the Bank’s

prior written consent, disclose the Agreement, or

any provision thereof, or any specification, plan,

drawing, pattern, sample or information furnished by

or on behalf of the Bank in connection therewith, to

any person other than a person employed by the

Service Provider in the Performance of the Contract.

Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made

in confidence and shall extend only so far, as may

be necessary to purposes of such performance.

6.4 The Service Provider shall not, without the Bank’s

prior written consent, make use of any document or

information received from the Bank except for

purposes of performing the services and obligations

under this Agreement.

6.5 Any document received from the Bank shall remain the

property of the Bank and shall be returned (in all

copies) to the Bank on completion of the Service

Provider’s performance under the Agreement.

6.6 The obligations set out in this Article shall

continue even after the termination/ expiry of this

Agreement. Confidentiality obligations of the

Service Provider in respect of any customer data/

details of the Bank shall be absolute, unconditional

and without any time limit, irrespective of the

expiry/ termination of the Agreement.

6.7 Service Provider will ensure Bank’s data

confidentiality and shall be responsible for

liability arising in case of breach of any kind of

security and/or leakage of confidential

customer/Bank’s related information to the extent of

loss so caused to the Bank.

30

6.8 Service Provider agrees to indemnify and hereby

keeps the Bank indemnified against all actions or

claims, loss or damages, Costs, Charges, expenses

(including Attorney / Advocate fees and legal

expenses) which the Bank may suffer or incur on

account of breach of confidentiality obligations as

per this Agreement by Service Provider or its

employees, agents, representatives, Sub-Contactors.

Service Provider further agrees to make good the

loss suffered by the Bank. For any third party claim

Bank will give Service Provider (a) prompt written

notice of the claim; (b) all requested information,

available with the Bank, about the claim; (c)

reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d) Sole

authority to defend and settle the claim. However,

in addition to the above, the Bank may at its

discretion engage an additional attorney to attend

such third party claim at its own cost and expenses.

6.9 Bank may also disclose Confidential Information to

its external consultants solely to further its

business purposes, provided the consultants agree in

writing to be bound by the terms of the Order,

including its intellectual property and

confidentiality provisions. Service Provider agrees

to maintain and keep updated contract register at

Bank containing details of all subcontractors such

as name, address, contact numbers, contact person

and services rendered.

6.10 Service Provider acknowledges that all material and

information which has and shall come into its

possession or knowledge in connection with this

agreement or the performance thereof, whether

consisting of confidential and proprietary data or

not, whose disclosure to or use by third parties

31

may be damaging or cause loss to Bank shall all

times be held by it in strictest confidence and it

shall not make use thereof other than for the

performance of this agreement and to release it

only to employees requiring such information, and

not to release or disclose it to any other party.

Service Provider agrees to take appropriate action

with respect to its employees to ensure that the

obligations of non-use and non-disclosure of

confidential information under this agreement are

fully satisfied. Service Provider shall not use the

logo of Bank or other IPRs including the name of

the Bank or any of its documents during any

publicity without the prior written permission of

Bank. In the event of any loss to Bank in divulging

the information by the employees of the Service

Provider, Bank shall be indemnified by the Service

Provider. Service Provider agrees to maintain the

confidentiality of Bank’s information after the

termination / expiry of the agreement also.

6.11 Service Provider shall not use any information or

know-how gained in this contract/agreement for

another organization whose business activities are

similar in part or in whole to any of those of Bank

anywhere in the world without prior written consent

of the Bank for a period of three years from the

date of termination / expiry of the contract.

6.12 Service Provider / Bank shall treat as confidential

all data and information about the Bank / Service

Provider / Contract, obtained in the execution of

this agreement / tender including any business,

technical or financial information, in strict

confidence and shall not reveal such information to

any other party.

32

7 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

7.1 It is specifically agreed that the Service Provider

shall act as independent Service Provider and shall not

be deemed to be the Agent of the Bank except in respect

of the transactions/services which give rise to Principal

- Agent relationship by express agreement between the

Parties.

7.2 Neither the Service Provider nor its employees,

agents, representatives, Sub-Contractors shall hold out

or represent as agents of the Bank.

7.3 None of the employees, representatives or agents of

Service Provider shall be entitled to claim permanent

absorption or any other claim or benefit against the

Bank.

7.4 This Agreement shall not be construed as joint

venture. Each Party shall be responsible for all its

obligations towards its respective employees. No

employee of any of the two Parties shall claim to be

employee of other Party.

7.5 All the obligations towards the employees of a Party

including that on account of personal accidents occurred

while working in the premises of the other Party shall be

with the respective employer and not on the Party in

whose premises the accident occurred.

7.6 It is agreed between the parties that during the

currency of this Agreement and for period of one year

thereafter, neither party shall offer to or entice away

the employees of the other who are directly involved in

the performance of this Agreement. However, this clause

shall not be applicable for any regular recruitment as

per the recruitment policy of either party and not

targeted for the employees of the other party.

8 SUB-CONTRACTING

33

8.1 Service Provider agrees to obtain prior

approval/consent of the Bank of the use of subcontractors

by the Service Provider for any part of the Services.

Notwithstanding approval of the Bank for the use of sub-

contractors Service Provider shall be liable for

fulfilment of all the terms and conditions of this

Agreement andService Provider shall be solely responsible

for all acts of omission and commission of such sub-

contractors and shall be liable to the Bank for

maintaining quality of the work and conformance to

statutory requirements and government regulations for the

works undertaken by them. Service Provider shall be

responsible for managing the activities of its personnel

or sub-contracted personnel and shall hold itself

responsible for any misdemeanors.

8.2 Before engaging Sub-Contractor, the Service Provider

shall carry out reasonable due diligence process on sub-

contracting/ sub-contractor and shall comply with Bank’s

instructions and requirements issued in this regard, if

any, and Bank shall have access to such records.

8.3 In the event of sub-contracting the Service Provider

shall ensure that suitable documents including

confidentiality agreement are obtained from the sub-

contractor and the Service Provider shall ensure that the

secrecy and faith of Bank’s data / processes is

maintained.

8.4 In respect of that part of the services where chain

outsourcing and sub-contractors are permitted by the

Bank, the sub-contractor should have same level of

obligations as that of the Service Provider and the

Service Provider agrees to obtain suitable documents in

this regard from the sub-contractor.

8.5 The Bank reserves the right to ask Service Provider

and Service Provider shall change / amend the clause(s)

34

entered between Service Provider and Subcontractor which

are contrary to the provisions of this Agreement.

9 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE & PENALTY

9.1 The Service Provider shall furnish two performance

guarantees one for an amount of Rs. 8,30,03,000/-

(Rupees Eight Crore Thirty Lakhs and Three Thousand

only) as per Exhibit-A and the other one for an

amount of Rs.2,15,05,000/- (Rupees two crores

fifteen lakhs five thousand only)as per Exhibit-B

from a Scheduled Commercial Bank other than State

Bank of India or its Associate Banks.

9.2 Performance of the obligations under the Agreement

shall be made by the Service Provider in accordance

with the time schedule / within the specified period

of time given in this Agreement.

9.3 Any unexcused delay by the Service Provider in the

performance of its Contract obligations shall render

the Service Provider liable to Termination of the

Contract for default.

9.4 If at any time during performance of the Contract,

the Service Provider should encounter unexpected

conditions impeding timely completion of the

Services under the Agreement and performance of the

services, the Service Provider shall promptly notify

the Bank in writing of the fact of the delay, its

likely duration and its cause(s). As soon as

practicable, after receipt of the Service Provider’s

notice, the Bank shall evaluate the situation and

may at its discretion extend the Service Provider’s

time for performance, in which case the extension

shall be ratified by the Parties by amendment of the

Agreement.

35

9.5 The Service Provider shall be liable to pay penalty

at the rate mentioned in this agreement including

its annexure, addendum and exhibit in respect of any

delay beyond the permitted period in providing the

Services.

10 FORCE MAJEURE

10.1 Notwithstanding anything else contained in the

Agreement, neither Party shall be liable for any

delay in performing its obligations herein if and to

the extent that such delay is the result of an event

of Force Majeure.

10.2 For the purposes of this clause, 'Force Majeure'

means and includes wars, insurrections, revolution,

civil disturbance, riots, terrorist acts, public

strikes, hartal, bundh, fires, floods, epidemic,

quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, declared

general strikes in relevant industries, Vis Major

Act of Government, impeding reasonable performance

of the Contractor and / or Sub-Contractor but does

not include any foreseeable events, commercial

considerations or those involving fault or

negligence on the part of the party claiming Force

Majeure.

10.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Service

Provider shall promptly notify the Bank in writing

of such conditions, the cause thereof and the likely

duration of the delay. Unless otherwise directed by

the Bank in writing, the Service Provider shall

continue to perform its obligations under the

Agreement as far as reasonably practical, and shall

seek all reasonable alternative means for

performance not prevented by the Force Majeure

event.

36

10.4 If the event of Force Majeure continues for a

period more than 30 days, the Bank shall be entitled

to terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter.

Neither party shall have any penal liability to the

other in respect of the termination of this Contract

as a result of an Event of Force Majeure. However,

Service Provider shall be entitled to receive

payments for all services actually rendered up to

the date of the termination of this Agreement.

11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

11.1 Service Provider hereby agrees and declares that it

shall be the sole responsibility of Service Provider

to comply with the provisions of all the applicable

laws, concerning or in relation to rendering of

Services by Service Provider as envisaged under this

agreement.

11.2 Service Provider shall procure and maintain all

necessary licenses permissions, approvals from the

relevant authorities under the applicable laws

throughout the currency of this Agreement.

11.3 Service Provider shall be solely liable &

responsible for compliance of applicable Labour Laws

in respect of its employees, agents, representatives

and sub-Contractors and in particular Laws relating

to terminal benefits such as Pension, Gratuity,

Provident Fund, Bonus or other benefits to which

they may be entitled and the Laws relating to

Contract Labour, Minimum Wages, etc., and the Bank

shall have no liability in these regards. Further,

the Service Provider would defend and indemnify to

the Bank for any third party claims against the Bank

arising out of any non-compliance as above

obligations. The Bank will give Service Provider (a)

37

prompt written notice of such non-compliance or

claim; (b) all requested information, available with

the Bank, about such non-compliance or claim; (c)

reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d) sole

authority to defend and settle such non-compliance

or claim.

11.4 Service Provider confirms that it has full authority

to enter into this Agreement and render the Services

as envisaged under this Agreement and all Corporate

or other necessary approvals have been obtained for

entering into this Agreement with the Bank. Further,

the persons executing this Agreement on behalf of

the Service Provider have full authority and power

to execute this Agreement and bind Service Provider.

12 RIGHT TO AUDIT

12.1 It is agreed by and between the parties that the

Service Provider shall get itself annually audited

by external empanelled Auditors appointed by the

Bank/ inspecting official from the Reserve Bank of

India or any regulatory authority, covering the risk

parameters finalized by the Bank/ such auditors in

the areas of products (IT hardware/ software) and

Services etc. provided to the Bank and the Service

Provider shall submit such certification by such

Auditors to the Bank. The Service Provider and or

his / their outsourced agents /sub – contractors (if

allowed by the Bank) shall facilitate the same. The

Bank can make its expert assessment on the

efficiency and effectiveness of the security,

control, risk management, governance system and

process created by the Service Provider. The Service

Provider shall, during business hours and on working

days whenever required by such Auditors, furnish all

38

relevant information, records/data to them. All

costs for such audit shall be borne by the Bank.

12.2 Where any deficiency has been observed during audit

of the Service Provider on the risk parameters

finalized by the Bank or in the certification

submitted by the Auditors, it is agreed upon by the

Service Provider that it shall correct/ resolve the

same at the earliest and shall provide all necessary

documents related to resolution thereof and the

auditor shall further certify in respect of

resolution of the deficiencies. It is also agreed

that the Service Provider shall provide

certification of the auditor to the Bank regarding

compliance of the observations made by the auditors

covering the respective risk parameters against

which such deficiencies observed.

12.3 Service Provider further agrees that whenever

required by the Bank, it will furnish all relevant

information, records/data relating to services

performed under this Agreement to such auditors

and/or inspecting officials of the Bank/ Reserve

Bank of India and or any regulatory authority

required for conducting the audit. The Bank reserves

the right to call and/or retain for any relevant

material information / reports including audit or

review reports undertaken by the Service Provider

(e.g., financial, internal control and security

reviews) and findings made on the Service Provider

in conjunction with the services provided to the

Bank.

13 FEES, TAXES DUTIES & PAYMENTS

13.1 Service Provider shall be paid in the manner

detailed in the Agreement subject to deduction of

39

income tax thereon wherever required under the

provisions of the Income Tax Act by the Bank.

13.2 All expenses, stamp duty and other charges/ expenses

in connection with execution of this Agreement shall

be borne by Service Provider.

13.3 Service Provider shall invoice for Services and

Deliverables in accordance with the Order /

Addendum. Any services other than those mentioned in

the order or addenda shall be provided on a time and

materials basis (T&M) and travel and living expenses

as applicable shall be paid for by Bank within 30

(thirty) days of receipt of Service Provider’s

invoice. However, all such charges and traveling and

living expenses shall be approved by Bank in

advance. Equipment, Software and Supplies shall be

invoiced and paid in accordance with the Order /

Addendum. The prices for the Products and Services

shall be as indicated in the respective Appendix

/Addendum.

13.4 Bank and Service Provider agree and understand

that the prices and the configuration of CDs to be

supplied under this Agreement as well as the

Warranty / AMC charges in respect thereto may be

changed / modified / revised after mutual

discussions between the parties. It is agreed that

the mutually agreed change in the prices and the

configuration shall then be exchanged in the form of

a letter. The parties further agree that all such

letters exchanged by and between parties shall be

annexed and made part of this agreement. Until the

changes are mutually agreed, the prices /

configuration stated in the agreement / addendum /

order shall be binding.

40

14 GENERAL INDEMNITY

14.1 Service Provider agrees and hereby keeps the Bank

indemnified against all claims, actions, and shall

pay all losses damages, and costs, expenses,

charges, including legal expenses (Attorney,

Advocates fees included) which the Bank may suffer

or incur on account of any acts of negligence or

misconduct on the part of employees, agents,

representatives or Sub-Contractors of Service

Provider under this agreement. For any third party

claim Bank shall give Service Provider (a) prompt

written notice of the claim; (b) all requested

information, available with the Bank, about the

claim; (c) reasonable cooperation and assistance;

and (d) sole authority to defend and settle the

claim. Service Provider agrees to make good the loss

suffered by the Bank.

14.2 Service Provider further undertakes to promptly

notify the Bank in writing any breach of obligation

of the agreement by its employees or representatives

including confidentiality obligation as soon as such

breach comes to the knowledge of Service Provider

and in such an event, the Bank will in addition to

and without prejudice to any other available

remedies be entitled to immediate equitable relief

in a Court of competent jurisdiction to protect its

interest including injunctive relief.

14.3 Bank shall own all intellectual property rights to

all design, software and/or systems created

specifically for implementation at Bank under this

Agreement. Notwithstanding anything mentioned

herein, Service Provider shall, indemnify and keep

indemnified the Bank at all times at its expense

against all legal actions, claims, any loss or

41

damages, at its expense, any claim or suit brought

against the Bank alleging that a Product infringes

a, trade mark, trade name, patent, copyright, trade

secrets of any other IPR, industrial design or any

other intellectual property rights of the third

party(“IP Claim”) and shall pay all cost, legal fee

and monetary damages awarded against the Bank in a

preliminary, interim or final order of the court

or on Bank’s behalf in a settlement of IP Claim that

Service Provider has agreed to in writing, subject

to the following condition(s) mentioned in clause

14.3.1:

14.3.1 (a)The Bank shall (a) promptly notify the

Service Provider in writing of any IP Claim or

allegations of infringement of which it has notice

(“Claim Notice”);(b) gives Service Provider

reasonably requested information within its

knowledge and cooperation and authority to defend

and settle the IP Claim without prejudice to the

rights of Bank. (c) The Bank shall not make any

admission of claims against such claims without the

Service Provider’s prior written consent.

14.3.2 In handling the IP Claim, Service Provider

shall endeavour to obtain for Bank the right to

continue using the Product or replace or modify the

Product, without materially impacting or affecting

Bank’s intended use of the Product, so that it

becomes non-infringing. If Service Provider

determines that neither of the foregoing is

available, upon Service Provider’s written request

to Bank, Bank shall promptly return the Product to

Service Provider at Service Provider’s cost and

expenses, and Service Provider shall promptly refund

42

Bank the charges Bank paid Service Provider for the

Product.

14.3.3 However, obligations set forth in clause 14.3

shall not apply if the alleged infringement arises

from (a) Service Provider’s compliance with any of

Bank’s designs, specifications, or instructions; (b)

any modifications or changes in the Product by the

Bank (c) combination or use of the Product with any

other product not provided by the Service Provider

to the Bank.

14.3.4 Service Provider undertakes that all software

residing on the CD have been rightfully acquired.

14.4 This clause 14.3 sets forth Service Provider’s

entire obligations, and Bank’s exclusive remedies,

with respect to intellectual property infringement,

including any IP Claim.

15 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

15.1 For breach of any obligation mentioned in this

agreement, subject to clause 15.3, in no event

Service Provider shall be liable for damages to the

Bank arising under or in connection with this

agreement for an amount exceeding the total amount

payable by the Bank to the Service Provider under

this Agreement.

15.2 Neither Party shall be liable to the other

Party for indirect, consequential, incidental or

special damages, loss of profits, revenue and

business.

15.3 The limitations set forth herein shall not

apply with respect to:

43

(i) claims that are the subject of

indemnification pursuant to infringement

of intellectual property rights,

(ii) damage(s) occasioned by the gross

negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of

Service Provider,

(iii) damage(s) occasioned by Service

Provider for breach of Confidentiality

Obligations,

(iv) Loss occasioned by Non-compliance of

Statutory or Regulatory Guidelines.

16 TERMINATION

16.1 The Bank may, without prejudice to any other remedy

for breach of contract, written notice of not less than

thirty days sent to the Service Provider, terminate the

Agreement in whole or in part:

(a) if the Service Provider fails to deliver any or

all the obligations within the time period

specified in the Agreement, or any extension

thereof granted by the Bank;

(b) if the Service Provider fails to perform any

other obligation(s) under the Agreement;

(c) on the happening of any termination event

mentioned herein above in this Agreement;

(d) for convenience.

Termination under clause 16.1 (a) and (b) may be effected

only through written notice by the Bank to the Service

Provider, which notice shall specify the breach on which

termination is based. Following receipt of such notice

the Service Provider shall have 30 (thirty) days to cure

such breach. This Agreement and/or the Order shall

terminate upon notice given by the Bank in the event such

breach is not cured by the end of such period or such

longer period as determined by the Bank.

44

16.2 The Bank shall have a right to terminate the

Agreement immediately by giving a notice in

writing to Service Provider in the following

eventualities :

16.1.1 If any Receiver/Liquidator is

appointed in connection with the

business of the Service Provider or

Service Provider transfers substantial

assets in favour of its creditors or

any orders / directions are issued by

any Authority / Regulator which has

the effect of suspension of the

business of Service Provider.

16.1.2 If Service Provider applies to

the Court or passes a resolution for

voluntary winding up of Service

Provider or any other creditor /

person files a petition for winding up

or dissolution of Service Provider.

16.1.3 If Service Provider is unable to

pay its debts or discharge its

liabilities in normal course of

business.

16.1.4 If Service Provider is unable to

render the services up to the mark as

envisaged under this agreement upon a

reasonable assessment of the

circumstances by the Bank which affect

rendering of the services by Service

Provider as envisaged under this

agreement.

16.1.5 If any acts of commission or

omission on the part of Service

Provider or its agents, employees,

45

sub-contractors or representatives, in

the reasonable opinion of the Bank

tantamount to fraud or prejudicial to

the interest of the Bank or its

customers.

16.1.6 If Service Provider is owned/

controlled wholly/ partly by any other

bank operating in India

16.1.7 If any officer/ employee/

director of Service Provider or their

relatives as defined in Section 2 (77)

of the Companies Act, 2013 becomes a

director of the Bank.

16.2 In the event the Bank terminates the

Contract in whole or in part, it may procure,

upon such terms and in such manner as it deems

appropriate, Products and Services similar to

those undelivered, and Service Provider shall

be liable to the Bank for any reasonable

excess costs, if any paid by the Bank for

procuring such similar Products or Services.

However, Service Provider shall continue

performance of the Contract to the extent not

terminated.

16.3 In the event of the termination of the

Agreement, Service Provider shall be liable

and responsible to return to the Bank all

records, documents, data and information

including Confidential Information pertains to

or relating to the Bank in its possession.

16.4 In the event of termination of the

Agreement for any reason, Bank shall have the

right to give suitable publicity to the same

46

including advising the Indian Bank’s

Association / Reserve Bank of India.

16.5 In the event of termination of the

Agreement or on the expiry of the term/

renewed term of this Agreement, the Service

Provider shall render all reasonable

assistance and help to the Bank and any new

contractor engaged by the Bank for the smooth

switch over and continuity of the Services or

if so required by the Bank take all necessary

steps to bring the Services to a close in a

prompt and orderly manner.

16.6 Upon termination or expiration of this

Agreement, all rights and obligations of the

Parties hereunder shall cease, except:

i. such rights and obligations as may have accrued

on the date of termination or expiration;

ii. the obligation of confidentiality and

indemnity; and

iii. any right which a Party may have under the

Applicable Law.

16.8 Unless otherwise specified expressly,

termination of this Agreement shall not tantamount

to automatic termination of the Services

Addendum(s) and the provisions of this Agreement

shall continue to apply to such Services Addendum

(s).

17 CONTINGENCY PLANS & CONTINUITY ARRANGEMENTS

17.1 The Service Provider shall arrange and ensure

proper contingency plans to meet any unexpected

obstruction to the Service Provider or any

employees or sub-contractors of the Service

47

Provider in rendering the Services or any part of

the same under this Agreement to the Bank.

17.1 The Service Provider agrees for the

following continuity arrangements to ensure

the business continuity of the Bank-

17.1.1 In the event of this Agreement

comes to end on account of termination

or by the expiry of the term/ renewed

term of the Agreement or otherwise,

the Service Provider shall render all

reasonable assistance and help to the

Bank and to any new contractor engaged

by the Bank, for the smooth switch

over and continuity of the Services.

17.1.2 In the event of failure of the

Service Provider to render the

Services or in the event of

termination of agreement or expiry of

term or otherwise, without prejudice

to any other right, the Bank at its

sole discretion may make alternate

arrangement for getting the Services

contracted with another Service

Provider. In such case, the Bank shall

give prior notice to the existing

Service Provider. The existing Service

Provider shall continue to provide

services as per the terms of contract

until a ‘New Service Provider’

completely takes over the work. During

the transition phase, the existing

Service Provider shall render all

reasonable assistance to the new

Service Provider within such period

48

prescribed by the Bank, at no extra

cost to the Bank, for ensuring smooth

switch over and continuity of

services. If existing Service Provider

is breach of this obligation, Bank may

invoke the Performance Bank

Guarantees.

18 DISPUTE RESOLUTION / ARBITRATION

18.1Any and all disputes, controversies and

conflicts ("Disputes") arising out of this

Agreement or in connection with this Agreement or

the performance or non-performance of the rights

and obligations set forth herein, or the breach,

termination, invalidity or interpretation thereof

shall be referred for arbitration in terms of the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996

(Arbitration Act) or any amendments thereof. Prior

to submitting the Disputes to arbitration the

parties shall make all endeavours to settle the

dispute/s through mutual negotiation and

discussions. In the event that the said dispute/s

are not settled even after a reasonably long

period of the arising thereof as evidenced through

the first written communication from any party

notifying the other regarding the disputes, the

same shall finally be settled and determined by

arbitration as above.

18.1 The place of arbitration shall be at

Mumbai and the language used in the arbitral

proceedings and that of all documents and

communications between the parties shall be

English. Arbitration shall be conducted by a

mutually appointed sole arbitrator. If the

Parties are unable to agree upon a sole

49

Arbitrator, each Party shall appoint one

arbitrator and the two arbitrators so

appointed by the Parties shall appoint the

third arbitrator, who shall be the Chairman of

the Arbitral Tribunal.

18.2 The arbitral award shall be in writing and

subject to the provisions of the Arbitration

and Conciliation Act, 1996 Act shall be

enforceable in any court of competent

jurisdiction.

18.3 Pending the submission to arbitration and

thereafter, till the Arbitrator or the

Arbitral Tribunal renders the award or

decision, the Parties shall, except in the

event of termination of this Agreement or in

the event of any interim order/award is

granted under the afore stated Act, continue

to perform their obligations under this

Agreement.

18.4 The decision of the majority of

arbitrators shall be final and binding upon

both parties. The cost and expenses of

Arbitration proceedings shall be paid as

determined by the arbitral tribunal. However,

the expenses incurred by each party in

connection with the preparation, presentation,

etc., of its proceedings as also the fees and

expenses paid to the arbitrator appointed by

such party or on its behalf shall be borne by

each party itself;

50

19 GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION

19.1 The Agreement shall be governed and

construed in accordance with the Laws of

Republic of India.

19.2 The Parties agree to submit to the

exclusive jurisdiction of the appropriate

court in Mumbai in connection with any dispute

between the Parties under the Agreement.

20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

20.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire

agreement between the Parties with respect to

the subject matter hereof and supersedes all

prior written agreements, undertakings,

understandings and negotiations, both written

and oral, between the Parties with respect to

the subject matter of the Agreement, except

which are expressly annexed or attached to

this Agreement and saved by this Agreement.

No representation, inducement, promise,

understanding, condition or warranty not set

forth herein has been made or relied upon by

any Party hereto.

20.2 This Agreement comprises this Agreement

and the related Request for Qualification

(RFQ) dt.26.04.2016 and its amendment

dt.07.05.2016, Request for Proposal

dt.05.07.2016 and its amendment dt.22.07.2016,

Bank’s clarificationdt.07.05.2016 (RFQ

related) and dt.22.07.2016 (RFP related) to

applicants / bidders / Service Providers’

queries and the following Appendices/

Addendums/Annexure/Schedules/ Exhibit and the

51

Parties shall be bound by the terms and

conditions contained therein:

Annexure/ Particulars Page No.

Addendum

Addendum A – CD Order and Prices……………………………………………………………58

Appendix A – Technical Configuration of CD…………………………………66

Appendix B- Other terms and conditions for CD and SIS……74

Exhibit A – BG Format (for CD related obligations)……………81

Exhibit B – BG Format (for SIS related obligations)…………87

Exhibit C – Installation/ Acceptance Certificate…………………92

Exhibit D – Format of Site Completion Certificate………………93

Exhibit E – Deliverables Status for CD Installation…………94

Addendum B – Site Installation Services (SIS)……………………… 96

Exhibit F – Format of Site Feasibility Report…………………107

Appendix C – Rates for SIS…………………………………………………………………………111

Addendum C- Hardware Warranty / SLM Services…………………………145

Exhibit G – Preventive Maintenance Check List………………………167

Addendum D- Site Maintenance Services……………………………………………169

Addendum E- Allocation of CDs…………………………………………………………………176

Appendix D- Machine & Site Details………………………………………………… 177

20.3 This Agreement together with the related

RFQ & RFP (along with all their amendments)

and Bank’s clarifications to the

applicants/bidders/Service Providers’ queries

constitutes the entire understanding between

the Parties with respect to the subject matter

hereof. In the event of any conflict between

the terms of RFQ/RFP/their amendments/Bank’s

clarification to the bidders’ queries and the

terms of this Agreement, the terms of

Agreement shall prevail. In the event of any

conflict between the Agreement and its

52

Annexures / Schedules / Addenda / appendix /

Exhibit, the terms of the latter shall

prevail.

21 SEVERABILITY

If any part or any provision of this Agreement is

or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, that

part or provision shall be ineffective to the

extent of such invalidity or unenforceability

only, without in any way affecting the validity or

enforceability of the remaining parts of said

provision or the remaining provisions of this

Agreement. The Parties hereby agree to attempt to

substitute any invalid or unenforceable provision

with a valid or enforceable provision, which

achieves to the greatest extent possible the

economic, legal and commercial objectives of the

invalid or unenforceable provision.

22 NOTICES

22.1 Any notice, invoice, approval, advice,

report or any other communication required to

be given under this Agreement shall be in

writing and may be given by delivering the

same by hand or sending the same by prepaid

registered mail / courier to the relevant

address set forth below or such other address

as each Party may notify in writing to the

other Party from time to time. Any such

notice given as aforesaid shall be deemed to

be served or received at the time upon

delivery (if delivered by hand) or upon actual

receipt (if given by telegram or facsimile) or

53

seven (7) clear days after posting (if sent by

post).

22.2 A notice shall be effective when it is

delivered or on the effective date of the

notice, whichever is later.

22.3 Address for communication to the Parties

are as under:

22.3.1 To the Bank

The General Manager (AC)

State Bank of India

Corporate Centre, 09th Floor

Air India Building, Nariman Point

Mumbai – 400 021

With an additional copy to

The Dy. General Manager (ATM-I&S)


‘A’ Wing, Ground Floor

Sector -11, CBD Belapur

Navi Mumbai - 400614

22.3.2 To the Service Provider

54

23 MISCELLANEOUS

23.1 Failure to enforce any term in an Order is

not a waiver of future enforcement of that or

any other term.

23.2 Service Provider shall abide by the job

safety measures prevalent in India and shall

defend and indemnify the Bank from all third

party claims, demands or liabilities arising

from accidents or loss of life, the cause of

which is the Service Provider’s negligence

under this Agreement and shall not hold the

Bank responsible or obligated if Bank gives

the Service Provider (a) prompt written notice

of the claim; (b) all requested information,

available with the Bank, about the claim; (c)

reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d)

sole authority to defend and settle the claim.

23.3 Service Provider shall work closely with

the Bank’s staff, act within its own authority

and abide by directives issued by the Bank and

implementation activities.

23.4 Service Provider shall be responsible for

and obliged to conduct all contracted

activities in accordance with the contract /

Agreement using state-of-the-art methods and

economic principles, and exercising all means

available to achieve the performance specified

in Contract / Agreement.

23.5 Any provision of this Agreement may be

amended or waived, if, and only if such

amendment or waiver is in writing and signed,

in the case of an amendment by each party, or

in this case of a waiver, by the Party against

whom the waiver is to be effective.

55

23.6 No failure or delay by any Party in

exercising any right, power or privilege

hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof

nor shall any single or partial exercise of

any other right, power of privilege. The

rights and remedies herein provided shall be

cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or

remedies provided by law.

23.7 Neither this Agreement nor any provision

hereof is intended to confer upon any person/s

other than the Parties to this Agreement any

rights or remedies hereunder.

23.8 The Service Provider shall execute and

deliver such additional documents and perform

such additional actions, as may be necessary,

appropriate or reasonably requested to carry

out or evidence the transactions contemplated

hereby.

23.9 In case of any change in applicable laws

that has an effect on the terms of this

Agreement, the Parties agree that the

Agreement may be reviewed, and if deemed

necessary by the Parties, make necessary

amendments to the Agreement by mutual

agreement in good faith.

23.10 If this Agreement is signed in

counterparts, each counterpart shall be deemed

to be an original.

23.11 The Service Provider shall not assign or

transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or

obligations under this Agreement without the

approval of the Bank. The Bank may, at any

time, assign or transfer all or any of its

56

rights, benefits and obligations under this

Agreement.

23.12 All plans, drawings, specifications,

designs, reports and other documents prepared

by the Service Provider in the execution of

the Agreement shall become and remain the

property of the Bank, and before termination

or expiration of this Agreement the Service

Provider shall deliver all such documents,

prepared under this Agreement along with a

detailed inventory thereof to the Bank.

23.13 The Service Provider agrees that they

shall not use the logo, trademark, copy rights

or other proprietary rights of the Bank in any

advertisement or publicity materials or any

other written communication with any other

party, without the prior written consent of

the Bank.

23.14 The Service Provider agrees to preserve

the documents and data in respect of the

Services for such period in accordance with

the legal/regulatory obligation of the Bank in

this regard.

23.15 The Parties agree that the Bank shall have

the right, but without any obligation to

monitor and assess the Services to enable the

Bank to take necessary corrective measures,

provided any such monitoring shall not amount

to supervision of any of the jobs of the

Service Provider or the employees of the

Service Provider.

23.16 The Bank should have right to conduct

surprise check of the Service Provider’s

activities in respect of the Services.

57

23.17 The Service Provider agrees that the

Complaints/feedback, if any received from the

customers of the Bank in respect of the

Services by Service Providers shall be

recorded and Bank/Reserve Bank of India shall

have access to such records and redressal of

customer complaints by the Service Provider.

23.18 The Service Provider agrees that the Bank

shall have the right to disclose the details

of this Agreement and the details of Services

covered herein to the Reserve Bank of India

and Indian Banks Association.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this

Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized

representatives as of the date and day first mentioned

above.

State Bank of India Service Provider

By: By:

Name: Name:

Designation: Designation:

Date: Date:

WITNESS:

1. 1.

2. 2.

58

ADDENDUM, ANNEXURE, SCHEDULE, ETC.

ADDENDUM - A

CD ORDER AND PRICES

During the period from ……………………… to ………………………, Bank shall

procure and Service Provider shall supply CDs, to the

Bank as per the terms and conditions of this Appendix and

Purchase order to be issued by the Bank. Cash Dispensers

shall be energy efficient.

TECHNICAL CONFIGURATION OF CDs to be supplied under this

Addendum is specified in Appendix – A.

1. Though Bank has laid down the minimum configuration of

both Hardware and Software of CD to meet present

requirements as detailed in this Addendum, the CD shall

be upgradable to support i) any statutory/ regulatory

compliance requirements at mutually agreed cost and ii)

additional services (refer ‘Rate for Spares’ below for

additional services) that Bank may introduce at a later

date during the committed support period of seven years.

Service Provider shall ensure that the CDs run on legal

and supported hardware & software and support Cash

Dispenser (including the operating system) for a minimum

period of 7 (seven) years from the date of installation

irrespective of the position whether the parts are

manufactured by the Service Provider or outsourced by

them.

2. Modification of the software pertaining to CD for the

purpose of enhancing the functionality shall be done by

Service Provider at mutually agreed cost. No cost shall

be payable for minor modifications, change of

configuration, etc.

59

3. All operating system updates / upgrades / patches

/service packs and proprietary software upgrades / bug-

fixes / licenses to ensure that the Software meets the

specifications and functionalities stated in this

Agreement and released till the completion of warranty

and during annual maintenance) shall be provided free of

cost and also installed in all the CDs at no cost to Bank

for the entire period of support committed i.e. for a

period of 7 (seven) years after installation. OS

hardening has to be done for all CDs. The cost of the

visit of service personnel for uploading patches, MS

agents, upgrade of Operating Systems, etc. shall be borne

by the Service Provider. Service Provider shall be

responsible for ensuring that Product does not get

affected by virus/ malware.

4. Service Provider shall ensure that at the time of

delivery of Cash Dispenser they are not affected by

virus/malware, bugs and covert channel in codes, (of the

version of application / software being delivered as well

as any subsequent version / modification done) and is

free from OWASP vulnerabilities for web applications /

softwares therein. Service Provider shall also ensure

that the Service Provider’s employees attending to the

Cash Dispensers during warranty period / AMC period do

not introduce virus/malware.

5. The system shall be enabled for EJ pulling and all

software required for EJ pulling must be factory loaded

or loaded at no extra cost at the time of installation of

the Cash Dispensers, Service Provider shall be

responsible for loading Bank approved software agent and

must coordinate fully with the Managed Service Service

Provider so that EJ pulling is enabled on the day of

operationalization of the Cash Dispensers. No charges

shall be paid by Bank for installation of ej pulling

60

software, any other software / patches at all Cash

Dispensers, requiring up to 5 visits per annum including

the quarterly visits for preventive maintenance. During

preventive maintenance if eJ agent is found to be

disabled / disconnected Service Provider shall restore it

with no extra cost to the Bank. For cases, where MS

Service Provider shall unable to pull ej log with status

‘call logged’ and matter is escalated to the Service

Provider to resolve the issue, Service Provider shall

resolve the issue without any cost to the Bank. Service

Provider shall attend to EJ disconnect calls within 12

hours of the call logging by the MS Service Provider

failing which a penalty of Rs.1000/- for every 24 hours

or part thereof will be imposed on the Service Provider /

OEM. Preventive maintenance of Cash Dispensers shall be

done at least once in three months. Such visits could

also be covered in visits for trouble shooting provided

preventive maintenance is also done. Machine shall be

capable of central download/upload.

6. If a particular CD is frequently becoming out of

order for technical reasons for more than three times in

a month and for two consecutive months, Bank may ask the

Service Provider to replace the CD with another new CD at

no extra cost to Bank. Service Provider shall update /

supply / install necessary changes in CDs, if any, due to

statutory / regulatory compliance at mutually agreed

cost.

7. The Cash Dispensers supplied shall be fully functional

in extreme weather conditions conditions (Temperature: 5

to 45 degree Celsius; Humidity : 5 to 95, dust etc).

8. All CDs shall be enabled for visually challenged and

physically challenged. All CDs to have Voice Guidance

Support with internal speakers, Head–phone jack, Braille

stickers, Text to speech device and related software. The

61

CD shall be suitable for wheel chair based operation by

physically challenged persons / for the visually

challenged and further a ramp is required mandatorily at

all sites for physically challenged except for those

sites where construction of ramp is not possible due to

certain reasons for which Service Provider have to submit

a certificate jointly signed by the Branch Manager

specifying the reasons.

9. Service Provider, installing a model of CD Machine

which was cleared after User Acceptance Tests but does

not conform to all functionalities in live environment

for which it was tested and cleared, shall be penalized

at the rate of Rs.1000/- per machine per day from the

date of such detection till the rectification of the

problem.

A. PRICE OF CD

Model :

Note: i) The rate for buy back of one unit of old /

damaged / vandalized machine:

ii) Service Provider shall reduce the cost

of buy back from the final price in cases where the

LHOs / Associate Banks choose to exercise the buy-

back option.

The price quoted are for factory fitted items. For field

upgrades on existing units refer to prices given in table

‘B. Rate for Spare Parts’.

62

B. RATES FOR MAJOR SPARES / OPTIONAL ITEMS

(To arrive at the price of each spare part through this

RFP, the Bank will reserve the right to make a reference

to the prices of spares finalized in the RFP for Phase-

XI. The Bank may cancel the RFP in case it feels that the

rates for Spares are unreasonable and exorbitantly high/

disproportionate to the quoted price of the CD, despite

negotiations.)

Sl

.

No

.

Spare Part Price

per unit

in Rs.

Sl.

No.

Spare Part Price

per

unit

in Rs.

1 15” LCD Monitor 14

a

MAS Hamilton Lock

2 Receipt Printer 14

b

S & G Lock

3 Printer Head 15 EPP

4 Fascia 16 PC Core

Motherboard

5 PC Core SMPS 17 Chest door

6 PIV 2 GHz or

higher,

1 GB RAM, DVD

Writer, 2X500GB

(or higher)

18 MS Windows 7 or

higher with latest

Service Pack

7 500 GB HDD 19 Bar Code Reader

8 DVSS system with

Camera & Software

& 2X160GB HDD

20 Power supply unit

9 DVSS Camera 21 DVD Writer

10 Shutter Assembly 22 Reject Bin

Removable

11 DIP Smart Card

Reader

23 Cassette Connector

Harness

12 Harness 24 Push Latch

13 Touch Screen 25 Biometric Module

Hardware &

Softaware

63

(The bidder should also quote names and prices of

specific spare parts exclusively used for their make of

machines in addition to the illustrative list appended

above.)

The above prices are valid till ……………………… except for the

items given in ‘A’ above which shall be valid up to

……………………… These prices are inclusive of all taxes except

sales tax /WCT/ VAT / Service tax / octroi / entry tax

and any other taxes in lieu of these, which shall be paid

additionally by Bank at applicable rates. Any increase in

the duties/levies shall be borne by the Bank and in case

of any decrease, the same shall be passed on to the Bank.

Service Provider shall arrange for the entry permits.

The rates for the spares for the ATMs/CDs as stated above

are applicable for Bank’s existing ATMs / CDs also

irrespective of their date of procurement. The rates for

spares stated above are inclusive of charges for their

installation. No additional call charges or labour

charges are payable when spares are replaced during the

warranty period and maintenance period.

C. RATES FOR LABOUR

Sl Item Amount

(Rs)

1 Loading software at a Cash Dispensers (CDs)

which is chargeable

2 Taking back up of DVSS images

3 Taking Backup of EJ

4. Breaking open the safe lock

5 Shifting of ATM/ CD/ CDM/ Recycler, UPS, AC

(same city)

6 Shifting of ATM/ CD/ CDM/ Recycler, UPS, AC

(another city in the same State/ Adjoining

State)

64

7 Shifting of UPS (same city)

8 Shifting of UPS (other city)

9. Shifting of AC (same city)

10. Shifting of AC (other city)

11. De-installation & re-installation of ATM/ CD/

CDM/ Recycler & all related equipment, i.e.

(ATM/CD/CDMs/Recyclers+AC+UPS)

12. Cost of Visit for Site Feasibility Report for

site found totally non-feasible

D. WARRANTY FOR CDs

The CDs with configuration as specified in Appendix A

shall carry a warranty of 12 months from the date of

installation / deemed installation /15 (fifteen) days

from date of delivery whichever is earlier. During the

warranty period, Service Provider shall provide the

services in accordance with Addendum – C. No separate

consideration shall be payable by Bank for services

rendered by Service Provider in accordance with Addendum

– C during this period.

E. SECOND LINE MAINTENANCE (SLM) / ANNUAL MAINTENANCE

CONTRACT (AMC)

After the expiry of the warranty service period of 2

(two) years, Second Line Maintenance (Annual Maintenance

Contract) for a period of 5 (five) years shall be

effective and AMC shall be paid at the rate given below-

i) For 1st year - NIL due to warranty.

ii) For 2nd and 3rd years - @ % of the price of Cash

Dispenser per annum.

iii) For 4thand 5th years - @ % of the price of Cash


iv) For 6th and 7th Year - @ % of the price of the Cash


65

The payment for this service would be made quarterly in

arrears by the LHO. The AMC prices are exclusive of

Service Tax/VAT/or any other tax in lieu of Service

Tax/VAT which shall be paid at actuals by Bank. This AMC

service is to be provided on a 24*7 basis.

• The Second Line Maintenance (SLM) agreement for CDs

is annexed as Addendum C. The services mentioned in

Addendum - C shall be provided as Warranty Services

for 2 (two) years and thereafter as Maintenance

Service under AMC.

• Price for material, not covered under the terms of

AMC, supplied during the course of rendering

services under the AMC shall be paid by Bank along

with applicable taxes.

66

Appendix – A

TECHNICAL CONFIGURATION OF CDs

TO BE SUPPLIED PURSUANT TO ADDENDUM – A

Brand of CD : Service Provider

Manufacturer : Service Provider

Model : ----- Cash Dispenser

Front Access Lobby

Sl.

No.

Features

1 Processor

1.1 6th Generation Intel® Core™ i5 Processor or higher

with minimum 2.9 GHz and 3 MB cache or above

1.2 6 GB DDR2 RAM or higher

1.3 2X 500 GB SATA HDDs or higher

1.4 USB ports in front for front access CDs

1.5 Minimum 16x DVD - RW Drive

1.6 Microsoft Windows 10 or above with latest service

pack. In case supplied OS is declared end of support

by Microsoft, the bidder has to replace the same with

a supported OS without any cost to Bank.

1.7 Software with CEN 3.0 compliant XFS or above and

cross vendor support

1.8 Voice guidance support with internal speakers and

head phone jack

1.9 MPEG - 4 full motion video support

1.10 OS hardening (with Firewall) CD adequately hardened

and only white listed necessary services should run

in the system. No malware including viruses, worms

and Trojans should enter and affect the system.

Hardening guidelines issued by the OS supplier and

the Bank should be strictly followed.

1.11 Application interface facilitating all Admin,

Reconciliation and MIS functions

2 Currency Chest

2.1 UL 291 Level 1/CEN 1 Certified Secure Chest or higher

2.2 S&G / KABA (or an equivalent make, of high

international repute), Centrally / Remote controlled

dual electronic combination lock of 6 + 6 digits with

capability for one-time combination and audit trail

without any hardware change

2.3 All factory settings, including password for dual

combination electronic lock should be changed at the

67

Sl. No.

Features

time of handing over the machine and the same should

be mentioned in the Installation Report. This will be

a pre-requisite for release of payment

2.4 Alarm sensors for temperature status, vibration

status and chest open status while sending

signal/messages to Switch/Management Centre

3 Dispenser

3.1 Friction / Vacuum pick technology

3.2 Multi-media dispenser (ticket/coupon/stamp/ receipt)

with bunch presenter

3.3 Dispense minimum 40 currency notes per txn

3.4 Dispense used notes

3.5 Capable to retract notes but this functionality

should be in disabled mode

3.6 Indication of proper insertion of cassettes

3.7

2 x Double Pick Module, and

4 cassettes with lock & key /latch)

3.8 Divert cassette bin with lock and key or latch

3.9 Each Cassette should hold min. of 2500 notes

3.10 Capable of Multi currency dispensing

3.11 Capable of dispensing Rs.50/-, Rs./100/-, Rs.200/-,

Rs.500/- & Rs.2000/- notes. Should also be capable of

dispensing note of any new denomination issued by the

RBI/ Govt. All cassettes should be capable of

dispensing all denomination Notes.

3.12 Dispense at least 5 notes per second

3.13 Machines should not dispense soiled, mutilated notes

4 Hybrid Dip Reader for Smart Card & Magnetic Stripe

4.1 Dip Smart Card Reader capable to read track 1 & 2

4.2 1.1.1 Smart Card/ Chip Card EMV Version 4.0 or later,

as certified, Level 2 approved terminal

resident application

4.3 1.1.2 Software/firmware/license for using smart card

on CD

4.4 1.1.3 CD should be ready for using the new EMV Chip

Cards i.e. EMV Chip Card Reader enabled. The

vendor has to make the machine ready for using

EMV Chip based cards without any additional

cost to the Bank. All testing / certifications

will have to be done/ facilitated by the

vendor(s) at their own cost.

4.5 Dip Smart Card Reader with anti-skimming device

68

Sl. No.

Features

installed and integrated with the card reader of the

CD. Details of the anti-skimming technology / device

to be enclosed.

The bank is looking for a comprehensive skimming

protection solution which achieves the following:-

i) Senses unauthorized attachment of any device on

the card reader module,

ii) Sends the signal to switch and further to the

Remote ATM Management Centre of the vendor,

iii) Capable of enabling the switch and/or Remote ATM

Management Centre to put the machine Out-Of-Service

as well as block the card reader from accepting any

more card insertions.

4.6 1.1.4 CD must also have biometric authentication

capability with finger-print reader as per

Aadhar specifications or any other regulatory

specified database. The vendor has to make the

machine ready for using biometrics without any

additional cost to the Bank. All testing /

certifications will have to be done/

facilitated by the vendor(s) at their own cost.

4.7 1.1.5 Contactless Card integration ready (Hardware

and Software). CD should be ready to integrate

QR code scanner reader for requirements of

scanning QR code from mobile phones by simply

attaching a reader. The vendor has to make the

machine ready for using these facilities

without any additional cost to the Bank. All

testing / certifications will have to be done/

facilitated by the vendor(s) at their own cost.

5 Customer Interface on CD

5.1 15” LCD/ LED or higher touch screen with standard

bright and full screen display and Graphic Cards

5.2 Vandal screen with Privacy filter

5.3 Rugged spill proof Triple DES enabled keyboard with

polycarbonate tactile/stainless Steel EPP pin pad.

EPP Keypads to be PCI compliant with sealed metal

keypad. EPP should be designed so as to prevent

overlaying of fake pin pad. Forcible removal of EPP

should bring the machine down resulting in loss of

69

Sl. No.

Features

data stored in the EPP, so as to prevent compromise

even with high end decryption. Please provide details

of the technology / solution

5.4 Touch Screen and FDK (Function Defined Keys) (with

support for visually handicapped through Function

Keys / EPP wherever required). Braille stickers and

text speech device on all devices as per requirement

to support the visually challenged

5.5 All devices to have features as per requirements to

support the visually challenged as per IBA/ RBI

guidelines. All CDs to meet the requirement of

‘Talking ATMs’ as per IBA/ RBI guidelines should be

made operational on the machines without any

additional cost the Bank.

5.6 Trilingual Screen Support alongwith trilingual voice

voice guidance support should be made available

without any additional cost to the Bank.

5.7 Voice guidance support with internal speakers &

headphone jack 5 (hardware as well as software both

to be provided with CD). Capable of voice guidance to

the customer and digitalized wave files in the Indian

accent for the same in Hindi, English and regional

languages to be provided by the vendor. There should

be support for text to speech for full fledged voice

guidance solution implementation without any extra

cost to the Bank.

6 DES Chip / Security

6.1 Capable of Remote Key Management - Triple DES/RSA

6.2 Triple DES chip with encryption/ verification/

validation software. Should support AES without any

additional hardware

6.3 CD should be with in-built security features to

trigger alarm in case of fire, hammering/tilting of

the machine

7 Integrated CD Surveillance Solution

7.1 Solution must be motion-sensitive and capable of

capturing image of the person while doing transaction

in the CD. Camera should be suitably positioned to

take image of the person even under extreme /

difficult lighting conditions. It shall be the

responsibility of the bidder to ensure that the

images so captured are able to identify the persons

entering the ATM room. The cameras should be pilfer-

proof.

The second camera should be installed within the ATM

Room to capture the overall ATM site and store the

images within the machine for a minimum period of 6

70

Sl. No.

Features

months. At no point of time the camera shall capture

the key-pad.

7.2 Solution should be able to store the images in a

digital format for minimum 6 months at an average of

400 transactions per day. The back-up should be taken

at quarterly intervals or earlier as per requirement

by the Bank and supervised by the MS Vendor. The

images will be stored on one of the 2 Hard Disks in

the machine.

7.3 The resolution of the camera should be sufficient

enough to capture the quality image of the object for

clear identification

7.4 Solution must provide an interface to browse, search

and archive the stored images on hard disk or

external media.

7.5 Solution must be able to capture & stamp the

transaction information on the images.

7.6 The solution must have a search facility to locate an

image/event by date & time, card no., transaction

reference no. and ATM/CD ID.

7.7 The solution must be capable of monitoring from a

central location.

7.8 The image surveillance solution must not degrade the

performance of ATM/ CD, e.g. speed of normal

transaction. The solution should be able to pull the

required images from the Central Location and share

the same over e-mail with Bank officials, as and when

required.

7.9 The image surveillance hardware should be integrated

within the CD.

7.10 Solution must be configurable to suit different site

requirements and must be capable of performing under

extreme conditions. Temperature: 5 to 45 degree

Celcius;

Humidity: 5 to 95.

7.11 Rear view mirror at machine

8 Software Agent

8.1 Bidder should have their own software agent for EJ

pulling and Remote Monitoring Software support for

the CD to monitor its functions from a Central site.

The CD should be capable of supporting a third party

software agent such as SDMS/ Infobase/ Radia, etc.

The bidder also agrees to install any software

selected by the Bank at no cost to the Bank.

8.2 Should be capable of interface with Bank’s Switch

i.e. Base 24 or any other Switch introduced by the

Bank in future.

8.3 Software for reading the EMV Chip Cards. Smart Card/

71

Sl. No.

Features

chip Card EMV version 4.0 or above, Level 2 approved

terminal resident application.

8.4 Remote diagnostic agent to diagnose problems with the

machine including but not limited to predicting part

failures. This service including proactive

rectification of problems reported by remote

diagnostic agent will have to be provided by the

bidder / OEM mandatorily at no extra cost to the

Bank. The bidder also agrees to install any software

selected by the Bank at no cost to the Bank.

9 Connectivity

9.1 Should have Network Interface Card 10/100/ 1000 Mbps

or above

9.2 CD must support TCP/IP and DNS

10 Others:

10.1 Minimum 40 column Graphic Thermal Receipt printer

with dual mode printing

10.2 Machine should print customer slip in HINDI and

English. In addition, it should have capability to

print in regional language also, if required.

10.3 Electronic journal to be written on CD hard disk and

replicated on the second hard disk which records

images. The solution should include a EJ viewer.

10.4 Support centralised EJ Pulling

10.5 EJ should be non-editable with encryption or with

checksum or any other solution to prove the

authenticity of EJ before a third party such as the

Regulator (RBI), Courts, Banking Ombudsman, Police

Authorities etc.

10.6 Low media warning for all items viz. currency notes,

consumer printer roll etc.

10.7 In-built SMPS to work on 230V 50 Hz power supply.

10.8 Support input voltage of 230V AC /50 Hz with +/- 5%

variation.

10.9 Should provide hardware, software and MIS (Keyboard,

Mouse etc.) for day to day operations required by the

custodian.

10.10 CD should have Low Carbon Footprint i.e. Low Power

consumption in operation as well as in idle

condition.

11 Transactions to be made available at the CD (this

list is illustrative only and Bank may introduce other functionalities in future)

11.1 Display of graphics/animation/scrolling/ date and

time

11.2 Withdrawal from SB/CA/OD (at least 6 accounts) from

any Bank account

11.3 Fast cash / My favourite option

72

Sl. No.

Features

11.4 PIN change facility

11.5 Transfer of funds from one account to another

11.6 Card to Card Transfer

11.7 Card to Account Transfer

11.8 Mini – Statement

11.9 Utility Payment facility

11.10 Account balance enquiry

11.11 Cardless and Card based transactions

11.12 Payment of taxes, bills, etc.

11.13 Biometric finger print reader with software (UIDAI

approved standard)

11.14 Mobile Number Registration

11.15 Aadhar Number Seeding

11.16 Instant Money Transfer (IMT)

11.17 All available and proposed value added services

12 OPTIONAL FUNCTIONALITIES

12.1 Bar Code Reader capability

13 Interface for Banking Software & CD Switch

Connectivity

13.1 Software required for connecting the CD to Bank’s own

ATM Network shall be provided by the vendor

13.2 Vendor to provide utility for converting the CD

files, containing transaction details, into ASCII

format.

13.3 CD should be preloaded with CEN XFS 3.0 or above,

compliant layer and should be capable of running

multi vendor software without any hardware changes.

In case Bank decides to go for multi vendor software,

the vendor has to install and operationalise the same

without any cost to the Bank.

14.1 Bidder to integrate – where required -- the alarm

sensors of the CD to the branch siren/hooter without

any additional cost to Bank.

14.2

Bidder to confirm ability to demonstrate proof of

concept about CD software being capable of supporting

all the applications currently developed for the Bank

such as CD Locator, Railway ticketing, Campus fees

payment, Mobile Recharge & other Utility Bill

Payments.

14.3 CD should have Rear View Mirrors covering major area

of the site which allow users to see what is

happening behind to avoid shoulder surfing

14.4 CD should have PIN pad shield covering all three

sides to avoid shoulder surfing and capture by the

external cameras.

14.5 CD should have Integrated Power Management Solution.

The CD software must be capable of inter-facing with

the Bank's UPS systems and query the battery status,

73

Sl. No.

Features

in -line power and temperature, taking the machine

out of service if the battery capacity is too low,

perform scheduled power offs and automatically start

up at the configured date and time. The solution must

shut down gracefully to allow completion of the

ongoing transaction in the event of complete battery

discharge. The above power management functionality

must be controllable remotely. In this situation, CD

should have the capability of generating message of

low battery status and should send the same to the

switch.

14.6 CD capable of One to One Marketing. Client when

Loaded on CD should be able to interact with

different CRM sources using open standard messaging

standards

14.7 Machine should be capable of accepting central

downloading of Software / Patches/ upgrades and idle

screen and content distribution.

74

APPENDIX - B

OTHER TERMS & CONDITIONS APPLICABLE FOR

CD SUPPLY AND SITE INSTALLATION SERVICES

1. BANK GUARANTEE

1.1 Service Provider shall submit two omnibus Bank

Guarantees as under-

i) As per Exhibit-A (for due performance of supply,

installation, commissioning and maintenance of Cash

Dispensers of Bank within the stipulated time frame of

the Bank and for warranty thereof).

Bank Guarantee shall be 10% of the total value of order

based on value of CDs with a validity period of 24

(twenty four) months plus 3 (three) months’ claim period.

Further, till the completion of the project, Service

Provider shall keep the Bank Guarantee valid by

extension.

ii) As per Exhibit-B (for due performance in respect of

Site Implementation Services for CDs of Bank within the

stipulated time frame of the Bank and for warranty

thereof).

Bank Guarantee shall be 10% of the total value of order

based on value of SIS (Standard Model Site) with a

validity period of 12 (twelve) months plus 3 (three)

months’ claim period. Further, till the end of the

warranty of all sites, Service Provider shall keep the

Bank Guarantee valid by extension.

1.2 Both Bank Guarantees should be issued from a

Scheduled Commercial Bank other than State Bank of India

or its Associate Banks in a format provided/ approved by

the Bank. Bank Guarantees shall be denominated in Indian

Rupees and should be acceptable to the Bank.

1.3 After completion of the rollout, but at least 15

(fifteen) days before the expiry of existing Bank

75

Guarantee, a fresh bank guarantee of 10% of the total

order based on value of CD (Exhibit-A) and/or SIS

(Standard Model Site) as per Exhibit-B shall be taken to

cover the warranty requirements. Upon Service Provider

failing to submit a fresh Bank Guarantee before the

expiry of existing Bank Guarantee, Bank may invoke the

existing Bank Guarantee.

1.4 The proceeds of the Bank Guarantee shall be payable

to Bank as compensation for any loss resulting from the

Service Provider’s failure to complete its obligations

under the Agreement/Contract. Bank Guarantees may also be

invoked as per the provisions given in the Agreement

under heading “CONTINGENCY PLANS & CONTINUITY

ARRANGEMENTS”.

1.5 Service Provider may furnish only one Bank Guarantee

for the entire Bank (including Associate Banks).

2. TIME FOR COMPLETION

2.1 Site feasibility shall be done and the report

submitted within 10 days of the request made by Bank.

2.2 Service Provider shall complete Site Implementation

Services (in accordance with Addendum-B) and install and

commission the CD within the period stated hereunder from

the Start Date.

2.2.1 The metropolitan and urban areas – within 30

(thirty) days;

2.2.2 Other cities / places not covered in 2.2.1 –

within 40 (forty) days.

2.3 For the purpose of this Appendix:

“Start Date” means the date when Bank hands over a

Clear Site (as defined in Addendum – B) to Service

Provider. Where Bank has placed order for CD

without SIS services then the Start Date means the

76

date of receipt of respective site order by Service

Provider. If the site order from Bank is received on

a Friday /1st, 3rd& 5th Saturdays after 2 p.m.,

Saturday (2nd& 4th) or Sunday, then the Start Date for

such order shall be succeeding Monday.

“Installation of CD” the installation of CD and

Digital VSS camera is said to be completed when

i) a balance enquiry transaction is completed

ii) Digital VSS camera is made operational and an

image is captured for the first time (with the

transaction details) evidenced by installation

certificate issued by Service Provider.

Circles shall not wait for cash loading to be

completed on the CD to sign the Installation

Certificate.

“Deemed Installation”: If for reasons not

attributable to Service Provider the balance enquiry

transaction and DVSS image cannot be completed

within the 7 (seven) days of site completion, or

delivery of CD in case where Bank has issued order

without SIS, then the CD shall be deemed to have

been installed and accepted by Bank upon expiry of

the said period of 7 (seven) days of site

completion/delivery as the case may be. The reasons

not attributable to Service Provider includes (i)

switch connectivity not available, (ii) power supply

(3 phase) not available, (iii) statutory approvals

not received, (iv) non- arrival of admin cards etc.

Service Provider shall provide services for

installation of CDs after the receipt of

confirmation from Bank that all the above activities

have been completed by Bank.

77

3. PENALTY FOR DELAY

3.1 (a) If there is any delay, which is attributable to

Service Provider in completion of SIS and installation of

CD within the time lines stated in Clause above, then

Bank shall be entitled to levy penalty @Rs.1000/- (Rupees

One Thousand only) per machine per day from the 31st day

for metro and urban area/ 41st day for other areas, which

shall be recovered / realized from the invoice submitted

for that machine. Site handover date shall be reckoned as

the start date for calculation of penalty.

3.1 (b) No penalties shall be levied for delays not

attributable to Service Provider or delays on account of

uncontrollable circumstances which shall be decided by

Bank and shall be binding on the Service Provider.

3.1 (c) Penalties shall be deducted only on the base

value of the Invoice, i.e. excluding taxes, and not on

order value or approved estimates. Service Provider shall

submit the reason for delays on account of Bank

dependencies via e-mail/fax twice a week for verification

and confirmation by Bank. In case Bank does not do so

within 15 days of receipt of such communication, this

shall be a valid document for exclusion of penalties.

3.2 Site feasibility shall be done and the report

submitted within 10 days of the request made by Bank.

Penalty @ Rs.200/- per day shall be levied thereafter.

Circle / Associate Banks shall place order for carrying

out Site Feasibility for any numbers up to their

allocation but the order shall be treated as 35 sites per

week for the purpose of calculation of penalty.

3.3 OTHER PENALTIES

i) In addition to the penalties mentioned elsewhere in

this Agreement, penalty shall also be levied in case

materials/equipments used are not in conformity with

specifications laid down unless exemption has been

78

obtained from Bank. Penalty could include free

replacement plus 25% deduction of the cost of the

materials/equipments.

ii) On account of any negligence, commission or omission

by the engineers of the Service Provider during delivery

of Product and Services if any loss or damage caused to

the Equipment, Service Provider shall

indemnify/pay/reimburse the loss suffered by Bank.

iii) Service Provider shall abide by the job safety

measures prevalent in India and shall defend the Bank

against all demands or responsibilities arising from

accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the

Service Provider’s negligence under this Agreement.

Service Provider shall defend and indemnify the Bank

against all claims, loss, damages which the Bank may

suffer or incur arising from for such incidents and

shall not hold the Bank responsible or obligated if the

Bank gives the Service Provider (a) prompt written

notice of such accidents or loss of life; (b) all

requested information, available with the Bank, about

such accidents or loss of life; (c) reasonable

cooperation and assistance; and (d) sole authority to

defend and settle the claim relating to such accidents

or loss of life.

4. TERMS OF PAYMENT FOR CDs & SITE INSTALLATION SERVICES

(SIS)

A. 50% of the order value for CD & SIS shall be

paid upon delivery of the machine and site

completion (where order includes SIS) along with the

undernoted documents

a. Copy of the relative purchase order;

b. Invoice (invoice for UPS to include

make, model, KVA rating, No. of hours of backup;

79

c. Bill of Material for site, description for AC to

include make, Model and tonnage;

d. Site Completion cum Handover Certificate; (as per

Exhibit-D); and

e. Quality Audit certificate for site signed by

Quality Manager/Engineer.

All factory settings, including password for dual

combination electronic lock shall be changed at the

time of handing over the machine and the same shall

be mentioned in the Installation Report. This is a

pre-requisite for release of payment.

B. Remaining 50% of the order value for CDs/SIS

within 15 days of installation / deemed installation

of the CD upon submission of the following-

i) CD Installation Certificate signed by Service

Provider and concerned Branch Manager/ authorised

Bank official along with a copy of the Balance

Enquiry receipt and a copy of a DVSS image; (as

per Exhibit–C). Installation shall be considered

“deemed installation” if the Service Provider

remains unable to facilitate an enquiry

transaction because of unavailability of power,

connectivity or for any other reason for which the

Service Provider is not responsible.

ii) In case of deemed installation, the following need

to be submitted: Certificate (Exhibit E) and Site

Completion Report (Exhibit D) from Service

Provider stating the reasons on account of which

(i) site could not be completed and/or (ii) the CD

could not go live on the network in cases where

installation cannot be completed for reasons not

attributable to Service Provider; countersigned by

SBI LHO AGM ATM (Operations or Alternate Channel).

The Deemed Installation cases shall be considered

80

on the basis of MIS sent by Service Provider and

confirmed and countersigned by the AGM ATM within

7 days.

5. TERMS OF PAYMENT FOR ACCESSORIES/OPTIONAL ITEMS/

SPARE PARTS

Accessories/optional items (Listed in Addendum A) shall

be procured for the CDs as per the requirements by the

Local Head Offices/Associate Banks on the basis of the

indents placed on Service Provider. Such indents may be

placed by delivery of letters / fax / email through

respective Local Head Offices/Associate Banks. The rates

applicable shall be as per the details mentioned in

Addendum A. The payment term for Accessories shall be

100% within 30 days of installation of accessories.

Bank may place indents for the spares for the existing

ATMs/CDs also. The indents for such spares may be placed

by delivery of letters / fax / email through respective

Local Head Offices of the Bank / HO of the Associate

Banks. The payment terms for the spares shall be 100%

within 30 (thirty) days of installation of spares.

6. TAX & COMPLIANCE

For both CD and SIS, providing

clarifications/particulars/documents etc. to the

appropriate tax authorities for assessment of tax,

compliance with labour and other laws, including payment

of minimum wages, etc. shall be the responsibility of the

Service Provider at his cost. Service Provider shall

defend and indemnify Bank against any third party claim

arising out of violation of minimum wages act or

violation of any other labour laws, tax laws or other

applicable laws / law of land. Bank will give (a) prompt

written notice of the claim; (b) all requested

information, available with the Bank, about the claim;

81

(c) reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d) sole

authority to defend and settle the claim.

Bank is not assessed for any tax relating to the purchase

of equipment. Consequently, any claim from local or

central govt. against the Bank relating to tax for these

purchases/ site implementations/ AMC, etc shall have to

be defended/settled by Service Provider. In case of

failure to do so, Bank reserves the right to make the

payment demanded by the authorities and adjust it from

payments due to Service Provider.

It shall be Service Provider’s responsibility to comply

with local/ central tax requirements/ laws. Bank on its

part shall not withhold providing any document that may

be required under the law.

Any delay in installation / operationalization of

ATMs/CDs on account of Service Provider’s dispute with

government authority on any count shall be reckoned as

part of delay and penalty shall be as applicable in cases

of delay in supply/ installation. In this connection, in

case Service Provider is unable to deliver/ install CDs

in reasonable time, Bank reserves the right to

review/cancel the order and redistribute the same in a

suitable manner.

82

EXHIBIT –A

FORMAT FOR BANK GUARANTEE (for CD related obligations)

This Guarantee Agreement is made at ______________ on

this _____day of__________ by _______________ Bank,

having its head/registered office at

_________________________ and among others a branch

office at -------------------------------- (hereinafter

called “the Bank” which expression shall unless repugnant

to the context or meaning thereof shall mean and include

its successors & assigns) in favour of State Bank of

India, a body corporate constituted under State Bank of



Point, Mumbai – 400021 and among others a department i.e.

ATM (I&S)Department at Global IT Centre at Plot No.

9,10,11 Sector -11, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai –

400614(hereinafter referred to as SBI which expression

shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof

shall mean and includes its Associates, subsidiaries,

nominees, representatives, successors, in interest and

permitted assigns and administrators)

WHEREAS ………………………………, a company incorporated /

registered under -------------------------------- Act,

1956 / 2013, having its Registered Office at

…………………………………………… and principal place of business at ---

--------------------------------(hereinafter referred to

as ‘Service Provider’, which expression shall, unless

repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean

and include its successors, executor and assigns) has

accepted LOI letter no…………………………. dated ………………………, issued

by the Bank (“Order”) whereby Service Provider has agreed

to supply, install, commission and maintain ----- Cash

Dispensers (CDs) for State Bank of India (SBI) and

83

entered into an Agreement dated _____________(hereinafter

referred to as “the Agreement”).

AND WHEREAS, SBI has agreed to avail the services of the

Service Provider for the supply and installation of …………

CDs under rollout Phase-XII (2016).

AND WHEREAS, in accordance with terms and conditions

of the Order and Agreement dated ………………… (hereinafter

referred to as “Agreement”), Service Provider is

required to furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs.

…………………………………only) for due performance of their

obligations as regard to supply, installation,

commission and maintenance of ----- CDs and regarding

warranty for these Cash Dispensers for SBI guaranteeing

payment of the said amount of Rs. ……………………………… only to

SBI, if Service Provider fails to fulfil its obligations

under the Order and Agreement. Such Bank Guarantee is

required to be valid for a total period of 24 (twenty

four) months plus 3 (three) months claim period. In the

event of failure, on the part of Service Provider, to

fulfil its commitments / obligations in respect of

supply, installation, commission and maintenance -----

CDs and regarding warranty for these CDs rolling under

Phase-XII (2016) for SBI under the Order and Agreement

the SBI shall be entitled to invoke the Guarantee.

AND WHEREAS, the Bank, at the request of Service

Provider, agreed to issue guarantee as above, on behalf

of the Service Provider, in favour of SBI, for an amount

of Rs. ……………………………… only).

NOW THIS GUARANTEE WITNESSETH THAT

l. (a) In consideration of SBI having agreed to entrust

the Service Provider for rendering Services as mentioned

in the Agreement, We (-------Bank) hereby

unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that Service

Provider shall fulfil all its commitments and

84

obligations as regard to supply ,installation,

commission and maintenance of----- CDs for SBI, and CDs

shall conform to the specifications and shall work /

perform in accordance with the said agreement and in the

event of Service Provider failing to perform its said

commitments / obligations, we (------------Bank) shall

merely on written demand(s) from time to time from SBI

without protest or demur or without reference to Service

Provider and notwithstanding any contestation or

existence of any dispute whatsoever between Service

Provider and SBI, pay to SBI in each of its demand , not

exceeding an aggregate amount of Rs.--------------------

(Rupees----------------------------only)

(b) Any notice / communication / demand from SBI to the

effect that Service Provider has failed to fulfil its

commitments / obligations in respect of rendering the

services as mentioned in the Order and Agreement shall

be conclusive, final & binding on the Bank and shall not

be questioned by the Bank in or outside the court,

tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be

and all such demands shall be honoured by the Bank

without any delay.

. 2. We, ………., HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE THAT:

(a) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of the SBI to

Service Provider or any indulgence of any kind shown by

SBI to Service Provider or any change in the terms and

conditions of the said Order and Agreement shall not,

in any way, release or discharge the Bank from its

liabilities under this guarantee.

(b) This Guarantee herein contained shall be distinct

and independent and shall be enforceable against the

Bank, notwithstanding any Guarantee or Security now or

hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

85

(c) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any

infirmity or absence or irregularity in the exercise of

this Guaranteeing by and / or on behalf of the Bank or

by merger or amalgamation or any change in the

Constitution or name of the Bank.

(d) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change

in the constitution of the SBI or Service Provider or

winding up / liquidation of Service Provider, whether

voluntary or otherwise.

(e) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee

during its validity period and the SBI can make its

claim in one or more events within the total liability

of the Bank mentioned herein.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein

above:

(i) The Bank’s overall liability under this Bank

Guarantee shall not exceed Rs.

………………………………………. only);

(ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid for a

total period of ------------- months (i.e. upto

…………………………………) including 3 months claim period;

(iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed

amount or any part thereof under this Bank

Guarantee only and only if SBI serves the Bank

claim or demand on or before ………………...

(iv) TheBank has, under its constitution, powers to

give this guarantee and …………………………………. and ----

----------------------signatories) Official(s)

/ Manager(s) of the Bank who has / have signed

this guarantee has / have powers / authority to

do so.

(v) This Guarantee can be invoked in

full or parts during the validity period.

86

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank has caused these presents to

be signed at the place and on the date, month and year

first hereinabove written through its duly authorised

official.

Signed and Delivered )

__________________ )

87

EXHIBIT–B

FORMAT FOR BANK GUARANTEE (for SIS related obligations)

This Guarantee Agreement is made at ______________ on

this _____day of__________ by _______________ Bank,

having its head/registered office at

_________________________ and among others a branch

office at -------------------------------- (hereinafter

called “the Bank” which expression shall unless repugnant

to the context or meaning thereof shall mean and include

its successors & assigns) in favour of State Bank of

India, a body corporate constituted under State Bank of



Point, Mumbai – 400021 and among others a department i.e.

ATM (I&S)Department at Global IT Centre at Plot No.

9,10,11 Sector -11, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai – 400614

(hereinafter referred to as SBI which expression shall

unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof shall

mean and includes its Associates, subsidiaries, nominees,

representatives, successors, in interest and permitted

assigns and administrators)

WHEREAS ………………………………, a company incorporated /

registered under -------------------------------- Act,

1956 / 2013, having its Registered Office at

…………………………………………… and principal place of business at ---

--------------------------------(hereinafter referred to

as ‘Service Provider’, which expression shall, unless

repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean

and include its successors, executor and assigns) has

accepted LOI letter no…………………………. dated ………………………, issued

by the Bank (“Order”) whereby Service Provider has agreed

to supply, instal, commission and maintain ----- Cash

Dispensers (CDs) for State Bank of India (SBI) and

88

entered into an Agreement dated _____________(hereinafter

referred to as “the Agreement”).

AND WHEREAS, SBI has agreed to avail the services of Site

Implementation Services (SIS) in respect of the Cash

Dispensers (CDs) rolling out under Phase-XII (2016).


Provider, agreed to issue guarantee as above, on behalf

of the Service Provider, in favour of SBI, for an amount

of Rs. ……………………………… only).

AND WHEREAS, in accordance with terms and conditions of

the Order and Agreement dated ………………… (hereinafter

referred to as “Agreement”), Service Provider is required

to furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs.

……………………………………. only) for due performance of their

obligations as regard to Site Implementation Services

(SIS) and warranty thereof for SBI guaranteeing payment

of the said amount of Rs. ……………………………… only to SBI, if

Service Provider fails to fulfil its obligations under

the Order and Agreement. Such Bank Guarantee is required

to be valid for a total period of 12 (twelve) months plus

3 (three) months claim period. In the event of failure,

on the part of Service Provider, to fulfil its

commitments / obligations in respect SIS and warranty

thereof for SBI under the Order and Agreement the SBI

shall be entitled to invoke the Guarantee.


Provider, agreed to issue in favour of SBI, Guarantee as

above, for Rs. ……………………………… only).


l. (a) In consideration of SBI having agreed to

entrust the Service Provider for rendering Services as

mentioned in the Agreement we (-------Bank) hereby

unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that Service

Provider shall fulfil all its commitments and

89

obligations as regard to SIS for SBI shall conform to

the specifications and shall work / perform in

accordance with the said agreement and in the event of

Service Provider failing to perform its said commitments

/ obligations, we (------------Bank) shall merely on

written demand(s) from time to time from SBI without

protest or demur or without reference to Service

Provider and notwithstanding any contestation or

existence of any dispute whatsoever between Service

Provider and SBI, pay to SBI in each of its demand , not

exceeding an aggregate amount of Rs.--------------------

(Rupees----------------------------only)

(b) Any notice / communication / demand from SBI to the

effect that Service Provider has failed to fulfil its

commitments / obligations in respect of rendering the

services as mentioned in the Order and Agreement shall

be conclusive, final & binding on the Bank and shall not

be questioned by the Bank in or outside the court,

tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be

and all such demands shall be honoured by the Bank

without any delay.

2. We, ………., HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE THAT:

(a) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of the SBI to

Service Provider or any indulgence of any kind shown by

SBI to Service Provider or any change in the terms and

conditions of the said Order and Agreement shall not,

in any way, release or discharge the Bank from its

liabilities under this guarantee.

(b) This Guarantee herein contained shall be distinct

and independent and shall be enforceable against the

Bank, notwithstanding any Guarantee or Security now or

hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

(c) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any

infirmity or absence or irregularity in the exercise of

90

this Guaranteeing by and / or on behalf of the Bank or

by merger or amalgamation or any change in the

Constitution or name of the Bank.

(d) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change

in the constitution of the Bank or M/s …………………. or

winding up / liquidation of Service Provider, whether

voluntary or otherwise.

(e) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee

during its validity period and the SBI can make its

claim in one or more events within the total liability

of the Bank mentioned herein.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein

above:

(i) The Bank’s overall liability under this Bank

Guarantee shall not exceed Rs.

………………………………………. only);

(ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid for a

total period of ------------- months (i.e. upto

…………………………………) including 3 months claim period;

(iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed

amount or any part thereof under this Bank

Guarantee only and only if SBI serves the Bank

claim or demand on or before ………………...

(iv) The Bank has, under its constitution, powers

to give this guarantee and …………………………………. and -

-------------------------signatories)

Official(s) / Manager(s) of the Bank who has /

have signed this guarantee has / have powers /

authority to do so.

(v) This Guarantee can be invoked in full or

parts during the validity period.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank has caused these presents to

be signed at the place and on the date, month and year

91

first hereinabove written through its duly authorised

official.


__________________ )

92

Installation/ Acceptance Certificate

(Exhibit- C)

93

Exhibit-D

94

Exhibit - E

Status of Bank's Deliverables for CD Installation

Br Code

Site Details Linked Branch Details

Address 1: Address 1:




City: City:

Pin Code: Pin Code:

Tel. No: Fax / Tel.

No:

Contact Person: Contact

Person:

CD ID:

Product

Description:-

Model Serial No.

Site completed on CD delivered

on

Reasons for non-installation of CDs

Status

1 3 Phase power pending Yes/No

2 Non-availability of connectivity -

VSAT, Leasline, CDMA, etc

Yes/No

3 Cash loading

pending

Yes/No

4 Non availability of TM keys Yes/No

5 LAN cabling pending Yes/No

6 Any other reason _______________________________________

_____

95

(Signature of

................

Representative)

(Stamp and Signature of

SBI Representative)

Name Name

Designation Designatio

n

Date: Date:

96

ADDENDUM - B

SITE INSTALLATION SERVICES

1. SCOPE OF SERVICES

Bank may require Site Implementation Services, partly or

wholly, at most of the sites where CDs are to be

installed. There may also be instances where old sites

have to be refurbished and where CDs have to be relocated

involving some amount of site work. Service Provider

understood that as the deployment of CDs shall be all

over the country, Service Provider undertake the work at

all locations. Service Provider shall have own personnel

to coordinate SIS activities.

This document details Service Provider’s Site

Installation Services (“SIS”) for CD at various locations

in India. This service shall include End to End Project

management for site preparation activities as follows:

i. Performing site visits as per the sites identified

by Bank.

ii. Providing site feasibility report - which involves

checking CD site’s prerequisites and highlighting

sites related discrepancies which can potentially

delay the site preparation work.

iii. Submission of cost estimate.

iv. Service Provider shall submit cost estimate for site

installation services (based on specifications and

rates approved by Bank’s Corporate Centre) to the

Bank’s LHOs / HO of the Associate Banks. The

estimate submitted by Service Provider shall be

countersigned by the Bank’s LHOs / HO of the

Associate Banks. Bank acknowledges that the

estimates are on a best effort basis and the final

invoice shall be on actual quantity/measurements.

97

v. Once Bank approves the estimation and provides a

clear site to Service Provider, Service Provider

shall take over the site to start necessary site

preparation activities.

vi. Complete management of subcontractors to supply

services in readiness for the CD installation.

vii. Liaison with Bank in relation to the schedule and

escalation

viii. Stage-wise monitoring; Quality audit by Service

Provider’s Civil engineer/ Architect.

ix. Provide the quality certificate for the work done.

x. Single point of contact with proactive escalation

2. SITE FEASIBILITY, ESTIMATES, SITE ORDERS AND START

DATE FOR SITE PREPARATION SERVICES

2.1 Bank through its LHOs / Associate Bank’s Head Offices

shall provide its monthly rollout plan to the Service

Provider. Subsequently the LHOs / Head Offices of the

Associate Banks shall provide a list of tentative CD

sites having all the pre–requisites as stated in clause

6.7 where site preparation service is to be performed.

Service Provider shall, upon receipt of such list, make a

visit to these CD sites in order to determine if these CD

sites qualify to be feasible and Clear Sites.

2.2 Based on the site visit as stated in 2.1 above, a

Site Feasibility Report (SFR) shall be prepared by the

Service Provider and submitted to the concerned

representative / officer of Bank’s LHO within 10 days of

the receipt of list of tentative sites failing which Bank

shall be entitled to charge penalty @ Rs.200/- per day

for each day of delay beyond 10 days. Circle / Associate

Banks shall place order for carrying out Site Feasibility

for any numbers up to their allocation but the order

shall be treated as 35 sites per week for the purpose of

calculation of penalty. The SFR so submitted shall be

98

substantially in the form appended to this Addendum as

Exhibit – F. The SFR shall state if the CD site is

feasible and a Clear Site for commencing the site

preparation work. If the SFR reports a particular CD site

as non-feasible / not a clear site then no estimates

shall be submitted for such sites. The cost of visit for

Site Feasibility Report for site found totally non-

feasible would be payable by the Bank as per the Addendum

A (rate for labour).

2.3 For the feasible and Clear Sites, Service Provider

shall submit the site drawing and cost estimates to

concerned Branch(s) or AGM(AC) or AGM ATM (Operations) at

LHO of Bank for their confirmation. The cost estimates

shall be based on the rates as agreed in Appendix – C to

this Addendum.

2.4 Based on such confirmation Bank’s LHO / Head Offices

of the Associate Banks shall issue site orders to Service

Provider for commencing the site preparation work.

2.5 Start Date

Site preparation services for each site shall begin from

(i) the next day of the receipt of site order from Bank

or (ii) the date of handover of Clear Site whichever is

later. If the site order from Bank is received on a

Fridays which falls before 2nd& 4th Saturdays and on a 1st,

3rd& 5th Saturday after 2 p.m. or Sunday, then the Start

Date for such order shall be succeeding Monday.

2.6 Clear Site

Clear Site shall mean CD site (a) that conforms with all

the pre– requisites mentioned in clause 6.7; (b) is free

from all encumbrances evidenced by Site take over

certificate (in the form attached) signed by Service

Provider or its subcontractor representative; and (c) on

which Service Provider, its contractors / subcontractors

99

and agents can carry out site preparation service without

any restrictions or hurdles round the clock i.e.

available for all 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

2.7 End date

End date for metro/urban areas shall be 30 (thirty) days

from start date and 40 (forty) days in other cases from

the date of handing over of clear site by Bank (complete

room with 3 phase power connection) or placement of the

order, whichever is later.

3. ADDITIONAL VISITS

Wherever it is required to make extra visits due to

changes in site address by Bank or for the reasons not

attributable to Service Provider, additional fees shall

be charged to Bank for every extra visit as per mutually

agreed rates. Also return visits to complete the

installation for reasons that are not attributable to

Service Provider e.g. Civil modifications, Location

identification for AC, Earth pit, 3-phase supply,

Landlord Agreement, No single phase availability

(temporary power) shall be charged to Bank. In case Bank

drops the site after Site visit and/or submission of

estimate, the effort for the same shall be charged extra

at mutually agreed price.

4. PERSONNEL

4.1 Service Provider Resources - Service Provider

shall normally, at its sole discretion, determine the

number of personnel and the appropriate skill sets,

necessary to complete Site Implementation. Service

Provider has identified the following initial resource

levels for this Implementation, which may be subject

to change:

100

Service Provider Project Manager - Service Provider

shall appoint a Project Manager (s) who shall be

responsible for overall management of Service

Provider’s (and Service Provider’s contractors, if

any) obligations for site implementation service. The

Project Manager (s) Shall work with Bank to clearly

define and document the requirements of Bank and on an

ongoing basis shall perform implementation project

reviews.

4.2 At Bank’s ATM Department at Corporate Office, Asst.

General Manager (ATM-I & S), and at Bank’s LHOs, Asst.

General Manager (AGM) ATM Operations or AGM (Alternate

Channel) shall be points of contact on behalf of BANK who

shall be regularly available with Service Provider team

responsible for delivery on matters pertaining to site

implementation services. The AGM (ATM-I&S) of Bank shall

procure, manage and direct BANK’s resources as defined in

this Addendum.

5. SERVICE PROVIDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1 Service Provider shall conduct implementation

updates and regular project reviews with Bank.

5.2 Service Provider shall allocate appropriate

resources, and use all reasonable efforts to avoid

delay in the schedule.

5.3 Service Provider shall provide a final invoice

along with the bill of material and site completion

report upon completion of site.

5.4 Service Provider shall not be liable for any loss

of material and equipments belonging to Bank or any of

its Service Providers kept at the CD site.

5.5 Service Provider shall update Bank’s Project

Manager, through email / written communication, about

the incidences related to site held up for reasons not

101

attributable to Service Provider such as non

availability of site power / landlord permissions /

permissions from statutory authorities etc.

5.6 Service Provider shall ensure that power points and

connectivity points are not accessible to the public.

6. BANK’S RESPONSIBILITIES

6.1 Bank shall provide, in a timely manner, tentative

list of CD sites enabling Service Provider to commence

site feasibility study and shall co-operate with

Service Provider while conducting site visits.

6.2 Bank shall provide to Service Provider personnel

and Service Provider’s sub-contractors with reasonable

access, working space and facilities, including heat,

light, ventilation, free electric current outlets,

clean water supply and telephone facility.

6.3 Bank shall provide twenty four [24] hour access to

sites to allow Service Provider to perform the site

preparation service.

6.4 Bank shall co-operate with Service Provider and its

contractors/sub-contractors /agents and third party

Service Providers to avoid delay in the schedule.

6.5 Prompt resolution by Bank on the escalation by

Service Provider of the complaints related to the

delays in the completion of the work (including the

escalations raised by Service Provider under section

5.5 by the agencies directly appointed by Bank to

facilitate execution of the work by Service Provider

or their sub-contractors

6.6 Bank shall undertake all structural and RCC works,

water proofing, anti termite / pest control

treatments, all approvals and permissions and liaison

work incidental to site implementation service.

6.7 Unless otherwise agreed, the responsibilities and

prerequisites to be provided by Bank for site

102

implementation service in order to determine an CD

site as clear site are as under :

i. CD site shall be a minimum of rectangular with a

height of 10 feet floor to floor and minimum

carpet dimension of the CD site to be 8’-0” wide x

10’ – 0”clear height . These dimensions shall not

be reduced without the prior written consent of

Service Provider. Three phase power supply to

cater minimum 5 KVA load through a separate

electric meter to be made available up to each CD

site. Bank to provide mains cabling from the

electric source to meter room and terminate the

same into a breaker switch.

ii. Location for digging earth pits of size 4’-0” x

4’- 0” on the immediate /surrounding ground with

proper access for maintenance.

iii. Permanent location for installation of condenser

units adjacent to ATM/CD site along with drainage

arrangement.

iv. Two nos. network points with data cabling, cord,

conduiting to be provided by Bank.

v. Site implementation does not include VSAT/ Leased

Line/CDMA connectivity and related works like

conduiting, crimping, cabling etc. This shall be

done by Bank. However, Service Provider shall

provide a conduit sleeve through the wall for the

entry of such cables at appropriate location.

vi. Bank at its sole discretion, in order to maintain

security of the Branch premises of an onsite CD,

may undertake the brick work.

vii. Bank shall ensure landlord permissions, including

but not limited to obtaining relevant

government/local authority approvals etc.

103

6.8 If for reasons not attributable to the Service

Provider, the site implementation services needs to be

suspended and if such suspension continues for a

period of 10 days, then Bank agrees to pay Service

Provider immediately for the work completed till such

suspension and such suspension shall not attract any

penalty.

7. SITE COMPLETION AND HANDOVER

Upon completion of the site preparation services, Service

Provider shall submit a site completion report /

Certificate vide Exhibit D to Addendum A) to the

concerned branch of Bank. The said branch office of Bank

shall acknowledge the receipt of the site completion

report evidencing the completion of site implementation

service.

8. DEFECT LIABILITY

8.1 There shall be a twelve (12) month defect liability

period from the date of site handover to Bank. Service

Provider shall remedy defects attributable due to

Service Provider’s fault of workmanship in site

preparation service at no charge to Bank. Such

defects shall be remedied within the mutually agreed

reasonable period. The defect liability shall be

restricted to rectification or repair of the work

executed by Service Provider under this Addendum.

8.2 The defect liability shall not cover removable

items in the backroom and lobby including but not

limited to tube lights, bulbs, dustbin, surveillance

system, signages, VM’s Stickers, poster frames, door

handles, plastic parts of AC etc.

8.3 Service Provider shall not be liable for any defect

liability for any product of any other Service

Provider/ supplier of Bank.

104

8.4 It is agreed by and between Bank and Service

Provider that all major components like UPS, air-

conditioners, wiring, switches shall bear ISI

certification (or made by ISO certified company).

8.5 During the warranty and subsequent AMC period for the

site, the time for attending to and rectifying faults in

sites shall be up to one working day for metro / urban

centres & up to two working days in other places except

for UPS and AC for which the response and resolution time

shall be 4 hours in metro/urban centres and 6 hours at

other centres as these are the critical items for the

service support. Penalties @ Rs.200/- per day shall be

levied for delays in rectifying the faults – provided the

site fault does not result in downtime of the CD. For

site faults that result in CD downtime, the penalties

applicable for CD downtime shall be levied. No penalties

shall be levied for delays on account of force majeure.

8.6 Defects liability period and terms for third

party component

a. Air Conditioner and UPS shall carry 1 (one)

year warranty whereas it shall be 18 months for UPS

Batteries.

b. The break fix service during the defects

liability period shall, and thereafter may be

provided by respective third party / supplier /

Service Provider.

c. The service level for maintenance of these

components during defects liability period shall be

as per the warranty / maintenance service terms of

the respective manufacturers.

d. The scope of services during the Defects

liability period for ACs does not include the

following:-

Plastic parts

105

a. Rear casing

b. Front casing

c. Front Grill

d. Control board housing.

e. Blower

f. Fan

g. Filter for IDU

h. All EPS (Thermocol) parts.

i. All other plastic parts

Sheet metal parts

a. Out Door Unit (ODU) casing,

b. In Door Unit (IDU) mounting plate

c. All other sheet metal parts

e. The scope of services during the Defects liability

period for UPS does not include the break downs

necessitated due to site related problems such as

a. Mains failure – more than the backup

hours

b. Inputs low (less than 340v AC – Phase

to Phase)

c. Input high (above 460v AC – Phase to

Phase)

d. Phase sequence reversal/ phase

failure

e. Phase & Neutral reversal / Neutral &

Earth reversal

f. Short circuit between Phase & Neutral

– Phase & Earth, Neutral open

g. Voltage between Neutral & Earth more

than 5v

9. OTHER PENALTIES

i) Penalty shall be levied in case material/equipment

used are not in conformity with specifications laid down

unless exemption has been obtained from Bank. Penalty

106

could include free replacement plus 25% deduction of the

cost of the material/equipment/machines.

ii) On account of any negligence, commission or

omission by the engineers of the Service Provider in

delivery of Product and Services if any loss or damage

caused to the Equipment/machine, Service Provider shall

indemnify/pay/reimburse all loss suffered by Bank

iii) Service Provider shall abide by the job safety

measures prevalent in India and shall defend and

indemnify the Bank from all third party claims, losses,

demands against the Bank arising from accidents or loss

of life, the cause of which is the Service Provider’s

negligence under this Agreement and shall not hold the

Bank responsible or obligated if the Bank gives (a)

prompt written notice of the incidence; (b) all requested

information available with the Bank about the incidence;

(c) reasonable cooperation and assistance; and (d) sole

authority to defend and settle the claim relating to such

incidence.

10. SITE MAINTENANCE SERVICES

After expiry of defects liability period of 12 (twelve)

months, Bank may place an order on Service Provider for

providing SIS annual maintenance services @ 5% of the

cost of SIS. The scope of services during such

maintenance period shall be as per Addendum D. Service

Provider shall not be obligated to provide site

maintenance services unless Bank has raised purchase

order.

108

Layout of the CD site

IN CASE OF NON-FEASIBILITY,

PLEASE CHECK �ONE OF THE ATTRIBUTES BELOW OR

CITE A REASON AGAINST “OTHERS” COLUMN AT THE BOTTOM

1 Branch under litigation/any notice from Landlord

that can affect CD site work

2 Geometry / Dimensions of Site

3 Branch is Shifting

4 Earthing Pit Location ( more than 70 ft. from

109

site) not finalized/approved

5 Landlord Approval /Lease Deed Pending

6 Relocation of existing counter/Cabin or

alteration of existing temporary structures

7 Network Not Available

8 Signs of moisture seepage present OR site has got

marks of pest/white ant infested area

9 3 Phase Power Supply Not Available

10 Approved location for Aircon outdoor unit is not

available

11 Congestion in Current Layout

12 Enclosure has temporary construction – E.g.,

asbestos or MS roof etc.

13

Others (details)

Site Rating – Please tick as per site feasibility. �

A B C D

A = Clear Site with no approval issues where work

can start within 1 week after submission of

Estimate.

B = Sites having approval issues like Landlord

approval/Roof top rights pending etc. and can take

2-3 weeks to resolve.

C = Sites requiring Municipal clearance/major

alteration in Branch premises to make ATM/CD Room/

construction work for ATM/CD room etc, which can

take 1 month’s time to resolve.

D = Site not feasible.

110

Additional Requirements/Remarks of the Branch Manager at

the said Site Premises based on the drawing/site survey

submitted:

1.

2.

3.

For Service Provider

For State Bank of India

Signature : Checked By

Co-ordinator TIS – MANAGER

SIGNATURE & RUBBER STAMP

111

APPENDIX - C

RATES FOR SITE IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES (SIS)

Sl Element Preferred

Specifications

Job

Specs

Qty Uni

t

Rate

(In

Rs.)

Cost

A. STANDARD ITEMS

1 Vitrifi

ed

Tiles

Providing &

fixing

flooring with

vitrified

tiles joint-

free of

minimum 9mm

thickness,

size 24" x

24", 4”

skirting, all

fixed in 1:5

cement mortar,

complete with

cutting and

filling joints

with white

cement. Make

of tiles

Johnson / Bell

/ Euro /

Asian/Nitco/Na

veen /Somani

or equivalent.

Ivory /Shade

or as

Providi

ng &

fixing

112

specified by

the Bank.

2 False

ceiling

GI tiles

metal sheet

plain

(Armstrong or

Interarch or

equivalent) of

size 600 cm x

600 cm non-

perforated

made out of

0.3 mm

Galvanised

steel non

perforated

with powder

coated finish.

GI sections

for grid

suspension

system. Cut-

outs to be

made for

accommodating

lighting

fixtures.

Providi

ng and

Fixing

3 Panelli

ng in

the CD

room

Providing &

fixing in

position. ACP

(Aluminium

Composite

Pane) with

Providi

ng &

Fixing

113

framing of

Aluminium Tube

sections of

min 1.5"x 1"

and 20 gauge

2'-0" C/C both

ways. ACP to

be in 2' wide

panels or

distributed

equally.

Panels to be

fixed to the

frame with 3M

or equi-valent

adhesive.

Joints to be

finished with

Silicon based

sealant.ACP

thickness of 3

mm min.

Aluminum foil

thickness to

be min 0.20 mm

on both sides.

Alubond,

Eurobond,

Fujibond,

Alcobond or

equivalent ISO

certified or

approved

brands to be

114

used. Bright

silver Shade

to be as per

bank's

approval.

Additional

Sections to be

provided to

fix the Indoor

AC units. Both

AC units to be

installed near

the machine

area at the

highest

position.

4 Main

door

with

film

and

customi

sed

door

handle.

Providing and

fixing

Aluminium door

comprising of

approximate

83.5mm

vertical

members,

approximate

85-90 mm top &

bottom,

approximate

83.5 mm middle

member, Black

powder coated.

Thickness of

section not

less than 1.5

Supply

&

install

ation

115

mm. Godrej /

Dorma /

/Hafele/

Ingersol

Rand/Insta

Floor spring

(for 100 kg

weight and

rated for min

0.3 million

cycles) and

Pivot on top.

4 mm clear

polycarbonate

sheet with

scratch free

film on both

sides.

Suitable

rubber

beading. Wool

pile/ Weather

strip on one

vertical

member.

Providing and

fixing colour

customised

door handle to

fit on

Aluminium

section. The

door size is

3'6" X 7'

116

4

a

Cabin

Door

Multiple

machine sites

to have

multiple doors

commensurate

with the

number of

machines in

the cabin

5. Alumini

um

panels

with 6

mm

glass

Providing and

fixing

Aluminium

panel openable

comprising of

approximate

83.5mm

vertical

members,

appropriate

top & bottom

and middle

members, Black

powder coated.

Thickness of

section not

less than 1.5

mm. 6 mm

clear glass to

be used. The

door (specs

given above)

Providi

ng &

Fixing

117

in all cases

will always be

3'6"X7'.

Depending on

the width of

the façade,

one or two

panels may be

made. One

panel will

work as an

emergency door

with minimum

width of 2' on

the side of

the

floorspring to

be openable

with 4 Nos of

3" Stainless

steel hinges

one edge and

towerbolt on

the top and

bottom on the

other edge.

6 Signage

2'6''X8

'

MS Square

Pipe of ¾” x

¾” 18 gauge

for framing

Providi

ng &

Fixing

118

with one coat

of red oxide &

two coats of

oil paint to

avoid rusting.

Powder coated

24 gauge GI

sheets on all

top, bottom &

sides. The

bottom sheet

to have rust-

proof screws

at every foot

to facilitate

easy

maintenance.

26 gauge GI

sheet at the

back. L Angle

system.

Electrical -

Power LEDs

(OEMs: Seoul

Semi-

conductor, GE,

Osram, Kree,

Seoul Opti

Devices or

equivalent)

Lucifer,

Wipro,

Instapower

India,

119

Permlight,

Vin, GE,

BinayOpto or

equivalent.

Distributed

evenly. LEDs

aggregating 48

W. Min Lux on

white facia

400, on blue

60 & green 40.

Warranty from

principals for

LEDs-min 3

years. Rated

for min 50000

hours. ISI

FRLS wiring --

Finolex, RR

Cables or

equivalent.

Backlit.

Film: Avery

Dennison /

Dupont / 3M /

LG or

equivalent.

With

comprehensive

warranty from

manufacturer

of vinyl

&subtrate for

Indian weather

120

& dust

conditions

without any

restrictive

sub clauses.

Copy of valid

warranty to be

provided to

the Bank. In

case of any

failure within

5 years from

date of

install-ation,

principal

manufacturer

of flex &

vinyl should

replace the

complete

fascia (flex

and vinyl).

7 Signage

Wiring

Providing &

fixing of 3 x

1.5 mm copper

wire & 19 mm

dia PVC 2mm

thick ISI

conduit with

all

accessories

like saddles,

bends etc. 10

m

Lumpsum

121

8 Conduit

ing for

VSAT /

leased

lines

Providing &

fixing of 25

mm dia PVC 2

mm thick

conduit of ISI

make with

saddling

complete for

connectivity.

Providi

ng &

Fixing

9 Anti-

skid

vitrifi

ed

tiles

Providing &

Fixing Anti

Skid Vitrified

Tile for

Steps, Sills &

threshold.

Minimum 10mm

thickness.

Size 300 x 300

mm. Kajaria,

HR Jhonson,

Asian or

equivalent.

Dark shade as

approved by

Bank

Providi

ng and

fixing

10 Lightin

g

fixture

- LEDs

in

2'X2'

frame

Lighting

Fixture 2'x2'

with Power LED

Lights. LED's

of Seoul

Semiconductor,

GE, Osram,

Kree, Seoul

Opti Devices

Supply

&

Install

ation

122

or equivalent.

Max 30W. All

LED's to be

connected to

UPS power

supply.

Warranty from

principals for

LEDs-- min 3

years. Rated

for min 50000

hours. Min 175

Lux. Lighting.

Lucifer, Wipro

Instapower

India,

Permlight,

Vin, GE or

equivalent.

To be propped

with

additional

ceiling

support.

11 Electri

c DB

for 3

phase

to be

fitted

in the

Back

Room.

In case

Modular

distribution

board

comprising of

Incomer 63 A

Isolator (4

pole).

One Double

Pole 32 A MCB

at incomer & 3

Providi

ng &

Fixing

123

Back

Room

not

feasibl

e it

shall

be on

the

Rack or

other

suitabl

e

place.

outgoing 16A

SP MCB

controlled for

CD, Emergency

Light. 4 Nos

UPS 6/16A

Modular Switch

Socket Output.

2 Nos, 20A

Metal Clad

Socket should

be provided

for UPS

Incoming &

Outgoing. One

more Double

Pole 32 A MCB

at incomer for

02 Nos 20A

Metal Clad for

ACs. One No

16A SP MCB

should feed

the supply to

one no. 16A

timer switch

at night glow

day off mode.

1 Nos. 16A SP

MCB should be

available for

general light

& 01 No 16A SP

MCB should

124

feed the

supply 2Nos

6/16A Modular

Switch Socket

at Raw

Power.All

wiring of ISI

FRLS cables.

Lighting

points

including

circuit wiring

with 1.5 Sq mm

copper wire

and for UPS

and AC input

and output

wiring 4 Sq mm

copper wire

through cable

manager. All

neutral &

earth links

should be of

minimum 63A.

All switches,

MCBs, ELCBs,

cables to be

ISI make:

Legrand, GE,

MK, L&T,

Anchor Roma,

Indokrupp,

Crabtree,

125

Finolex,

Siemens or an

equivalent

standard/ make

having the

required

service

support.

Single line

diagram

showing the

lighting,

power & UPS

power

distribution

in CD room

with size and

ratings of

wires, etc. to

be provided.

12 Mainten

ance-

Free

chemica

l

Earthin

g

Based on

Earthing

Electrode with

inbuilt copper

strip/GEL/GAF

based. Should

have

resistance< 1

Ohm and should

be < 2V

between

neutral and

earth.

Suitable

Supply

&

Install

ation

126

electrode be

used as per

the site

requirements.

Earth enhanced

compound

powder (Gel)

with hardener

to be provided

minimum 20Kg

per site/ Back

Fill/Site

Filled

compound

(BFC/BSC)- 100

Kg. Earthing

Warranty for 5

years. The

electrode

should be

minimum 60mm

dia and 3

Meter length

or 80 mm dia

and 2 meter

length.

Dedicated

earthing for

CD.

13 Earthin

g wire

6 mm solid

copper PVC

insulated wire

for extending

from the earth

supply

and

install

ation

127

pit to CD room

using a 2 mm

thick PVC 19

mm dia

conduit.

14 Light

under

the

porch

area

Providing &

Fixing

recessed

downlighter 4

W Power LEDs.

Min Lux 125.

Lucifer,

Instapower,

Vin,

Permlight, GE,

Wipro,

BinayOpto or

equivalent

OEMs: Seoul

Semiconductor,

GE, OsramOpto

Semiconductor,

Kree, Seoul

Opti Devices

or equivalent

Providi

ng &

Fixing

15 Groutin

g

(All

machine

s to be

grouted

)

Moving/tilting

of machine for

removing

existing

leveling

screws.

Drilling 8”-

10” holes in

the existing

128

flooring using

concrete drill

bits.

Hammering

metal sleeves

in these

holes.

Repositioning

the machines

over the

existing

markings.

Putting in

Anchor

fasteners -

min. 6” long

anchor

fasteners,

preferably of

Fischer make.

Applying resin

adhesive

(Araldite)

over the

finished bolt

positions for

improved

bonding &

Repairing

broke tiles,

if any.

16 Mains

cabling

/

4 core - 10 sq

mm copper

cable of ISI

Providi

ng

&Fixing

129

wiring make

17 Wiring

for

UPS,

ACs

4 sq mm

copper

flexible cable

of approved

ISI make. With

conduit.

Providi

ng &

Fixing

18 Plastic

Paint

Providing and

Fixing plastic

paint of Asian

/Nerolac/ ICI

/ JNN or

equivalent

make with

surface

preparation,

primer and

putty

complete.

Providi

ng &

applyin

g

19 CFL

lamp

with

holder

Providing &

Fixing CFL

lighting

fixture with

holder mounted

on wall.

Providi

ng &

fixing

20 Main

Switch

Main switch 63

A 415 V TPN

with HRC fuse.

Providi

ng &

fixing

21 15 Amp

Switch

with

sockets

15 Amps

Modular

Switches and

sockets of MK

/ Havells /

Crabtree or

Providi

ng &

fixing

130

equivalent

make concealed

type of ISI

Standards

(Within CD

Room).

Includes

cabling up to

5 meters.

22 Rough

granite

for

steps

and

thresho

ld

Making steps

of black rough

granite 18mm

thick. Fixing

in cement

mortar 1: 5,

complete with

cutting and

joints filling

and moulding.

Providi

ng &

Fixing

23 Data

Cabling

Data Cabling

with CAT5E

cable with

conduiting

Providi

ng &

fixing

24 Informa

tion

outlet

Information

outlet

Providi

ng &

fixing

TOTAL FOR A -- STANDARD ITEMS

B. FIXED COMPONENTS

1 1 T

Split

Aircond

itioner

s

(includ

1.0T High Wall

Split ACs with

Five Star

rating, EER

3.5 and above,

cordless

Supply &

Installati

on

131

ing

piping)

remote of

Service

Providers of

repute (e.g.

Voltas Vertis

Gold, Hitachi,

Carrier, Blue

Star or of any

equivalent

make and

having a good

service

network across

the country.

Copper, drain

pipe length

not exceeding

3 Mtr.

2 Stand

for A/C

condens

er

units

M.S Stand. 50

mmX50 mm X 6

mm duly

painted with

enamel paint.

Providing

& Fixing

3 Aircon

extra

Copper

Piping

Copper Piping

if more than 3

mtrs

Providing

& Fixing

4 Aircon

extra

Drain

Piping

Drain Piping

if more than 3

mtrs

Providing

& Fixing

5 Stabili

zer for

AC

Compact

Stabiliser 3

KVA. ISI make

Supply &

Installati

on

132

or from ISO

certified

company-1 No

for both the

ACs

6 2 KVA

UPS

with 4

hours

SMF

battery

back

up.

Microprocessor

/ DSP based

Online UPS 2

KVA Single

Phase with

Isolated

output,

SNMP enabled

with Software

to facilitate

completion of

last

transaction

before

gracefully

shutting down

the CD.

Technical

Specifications

:

Input Voltage

Tolerance:

120-290 V.

Input

Frequency

Tolerance:

47Hz to 53Hz

Output

Voltage: 230

Supply &

Installati

on

133

V +/- 1% No

Load to Full

Load.

Output

Frequency:

Mains

Synchronised /

50Hz+/- 0.05%

in free

running mode.

Overall

efficiency: >

90% AC to AC.

Recharge Time:

< 12 Hours up

to 90%

Capacity.

Overload

Capacity: 110%

for 1Minute,

130% for 1Sec

Total Harmonic

Distortion: <

4%,

Output

Filtration :

RC & EMI

Protections:

Short Circuit,

Overload, Low

Battery, Over

Charge.

With Audible

Alarm for low

134

battery and

inverter trip.

Temperature

tolerance: 10

to 45 degree C

for the UPS

Humidity

tolerance: </=

90% Non

Condensing

Indications

Digital

Display:

AC I/P O/P

Voltage, AC

I/P O/P

Current, DC

Voltage, DC

Current &

Battery

Status

Special

Requirement:

Auto restart

at Mains after

Low Battery or

Overload, Cold

start at 90%

of the rated

load.

4 hours

battery back-

up. Min VAH:

8600.

135

UPS Makes:

Numeric,

Epoch,

Novateur,

Tritronics,

APC, DB,

Emerson, E &

C, Techser,

Aplab or of

any equivalent

make and

having a good

service

network across

the country.

SMF batteries

of Hitachi,

Rocket,

Panasonic,

Exide

powersafe,

AmaraRaja,

Amco Best,

Numeric,

U_PLUS, HBL,

CSB, Newmax

(all with 18

months

warranty) or

of any

equivalent

make and

having a good

service

136

network across

the country.

7 Visual

Merchan

dising

Designer level

customised

branded

Information

Panel, Waste

Bin and

storage space

for house-

keeping

material as

per banks'

design.

Set

8 Poster

Frames

- Wall

Hung

2 sheets of

36” x 24”

clear acrylic

(poster to be

sandwiched in

between).

Outer sheet is

5 mm thick and

bevelled

crystal edge

polished for

¾” at 8-10

degrees on all

sides in the

front. Rear

sheet is 5 mm

thick flat.

Rate inclusive

of S1 grade

aluminium.

Providing

& Fixing

137

9 Timer Timer 20 A for

the two ACs.

L&T, Siemens

or equivalent

Providing

& Fixing

10 Back

Room

(mandat

ory)

Note:Ra

ck

shall

be

provide

d if

constru

ction

of Back

Room is

not at

all

feasibl

e.

Also,

rack

shall

be

provide

d if

the

site

conditi

on so

demands

. In

Providing &

fixing in

position. ACP

(Aluminium

Composite

Panel) with

framing of

Aluminium Tube

sections of

min 1.5" x1"

and 18 gauge

2'-0" C/C both

ways. ACP to

be in 2' wide

panels or

distributed

equally. The

panels to be

fixed to the

frame with 3M

or equivalent

adhesive.

Joints to be

finished with

Silicon based

sealant. ACP

thickness of 2

mm min.

Aluminum foil

thickness to

Providing

& fixing

138

these

situati

ons,

rack

shall

be as

per

item C

(Option

al

Item).

be 0.20 mm.

ACP only on

the CD side

with thickness

of 3mm

minimum. No

panelling to

be done on the

back wall of

the Room.

Alubond,

Eurobond,

Fujibond,

Alcobond or

equivalent

approved

brands to be

used. Shades

to be as per

bank's

approval. ACP

Door 3'X7'

made of

Aluminum

frame. For

back room an

ordinary

battery stand

will be

provided and

no rack needs

to be

provided. MS

Metal Shelves

139

to be provided

to house the

other

equipments. No

flooring needs

to be done in

the back room.

11 Aircon

Louvers

P and F 6”

powder coated

aluminium

louvers of

approved

colour.

Providing

& Fixing

12 Shutter

boxing

with

trap

door

Providing &

fixing in

position

Aluminium

Composite

Panel (ACP)

with framing

of Aluminium

Tube sections

of min 1.5" x

1" and 20

gauge 2'-0"

C/C both ways.

Mirror screws

to be used.

Joints to be

finished with

Silicon based

sealant. ACP

thickness of 3

mm minimum.

Providin

g & fixing

400/-

140

Aluminium foil

thickness to

be min 0.20

mm., 2'-0" C/C

both ways. ACP

to be in 2'

width panels

or distributed

equally.

Alubond,

Eurobond,

Fujibond,

Alcobond or

equivalent ISO

certified

brands to be

used. Shades

to be as per

bank's

approval. Trap

door will be

made of same

ACP with

Aluminium

framing

13 Shutter

paintin

g

Providing and

applying three

coats of 1st

quality enamel

paint

including

scraping the

surface clean.

Providing

& Fixing

160/-

14 Battery MS painted Providing 750/-

141

stand rack to house

minimum 8

batteries

(120AH),

Dimensions are

H 800 x W-

420 X D -

750 in mm

TOTAL FOR B - FIXED COMPONENTS

GRAND TOTAL (A + B)

C. OPTIONAL ITEM

1. Floor

standing

rack for

housing UPS,

batteries,

distribution

board and

keeping all

stabilsers,

routers,

etc.

Width Min 600mm;

depth min 800mm;

Height 36U for

housing UPS with

2/4 hours battery

back up. To be

able to take 600

kg weight.

Frame: 16 gauge

CRCA Steel.

Front Door: CRCA

sheet steel plain

door perforated,

(Hinge fitting RH

or LH, freely

selectable on

site). Hinges

with captive

hinge pins, door

opening angle.

Front door

numeric lock of

Godrej or

Supply &

Installation

142

equivalent make.

Service door at

the rear or side

depending on

site. Door: CRCA

sheet steel plain

perforated door,

(Hinge fitting RH

or LH, freely

selectable on

site). Rear /side

door Lockable.

All doors/side

panels to be 18

gauge. Power

strip with min 6

No 5/15 universal

power points. For

sides CRCA sheet

steel perforated.

Five 16 gauge

sheet CRCA

shelves (all

shelves can be

pulled out and

placed at any

height) for

keeping

equipment. No

castors. Proper

Cable management

system.

A set of 4 fans

mounted on the

143

top for forced

ventilation.

NOTE : OTHER TERMS

1. The SIS specifications may undergo a change in

future. If so, any differential in the cost for each

site shall be borne by the Bank on actual basis.

2. The rates are inclusive of all duties/levies except

sales tax/WCT/VAT/service tax/ octroi/entry tax/any other

tax in lieu of these, which shall be paid extra by Bank

at the applicable rates.

3. All major components like UPS, air-conditioners,

electrical items including cables, wiring, switches etc

shall bear ISI certification (or made by ISO certified

company). All major items like UPS and air conditioners

are to be procured only from reputed Brands with all

India service support. Brand names given for UPS, ACs or

other items are illustrative only and not exhaustive.

Service Provider may supply/install these items apart

from these all other equivalent makes with good service

network across the country.

4. Specifications for Visual Merchandising and designer

strip shall be as per Bank’s requirements.

5. The cost of construction of ramps for the aid of

physically-challenged shall have to be approved by the

concerned Circle/Associate Bank as per their approved

rates.

6. Bank may undertake a quality test check of CD sites

within 60 (sixty) days by its own or external auditors of

its choice to ascertain adherence by the Service Provider

to the technical specifications (both civil and

electrical) at its own cost. If any deviation from the

technical specifications (civil and/or electrical), is

found / reported, the Service Provider shall be allowed

144

90 (ninety) days to regularise the position, failing

which he shall be liable for penalty.

7. The quantum of such penalty shall not exceed (a) the

cost for conducting such audit plus (b) the actual cost

incurred in or the estimated cost for upgrading /

restoring the site to the specified level plus (c) 10% of

(a + b). The amount stated above (a + b + c) shall be

deducted from any future payment due to the Service

Provider from the Bank.

8. All deviations shall be subject to approval.

145

ADDENDUM - C

HARDWARE WARRANTY AND SECOND LINE MAINTENANCE SERVICES

This Addendum describes the warranty and maintenance

services (“Services”) that Service Provider shall provide

in respect of the CDs supplied by the Service Provider to

the Bank.

The services mentioned in this Addendum shall be provided

as warranty services during the warranty period of 2

(two) years following Warranty Effective Date and

maintenance service after expiry of the warranty period.

Both these services shall be in the nature of AMC.

Service Provider shall provide maintenance services at

the agreed rates for 5 (five) years after the expiry of

warranty period.

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. “CD Loss” means loss of Valuables from a single CD

in respect of which the services are provided pursuant to

this Addendum. The amount of a CD Loss is the face value

of the Currency, plus the reasonable cost of

reconstructing the negotiable instruments or other items

of value (including re-issuance and stop-payment fees),

stolen, lost or destroyed as a direct result of the

Occurrence. CD Losses do not include any loss of

Valuables occurring outside the immediate physical

proximity of the CD, including but not limited to losses

occurring while such Valuables are in transit or are in

storage at a vault or similar location.

The amount of an CD Loss does not include the face value

of stolen, lost or destroyed negotiable instruments or

other items of value, or any loss of any nature to the

extent such loss results from (a) CD equipment

malfunction in respect of non-Service Provider machines;

(b) mistakes in CD loading including, without limitation,

Currency dispensed due to mis-loaded denominations, mis-

146

configured cassettes, or mis-loaded cassettes; (c)

discrepancies between network reports and CD bill counter

totals (in the event of such discrepancies, bill counter

totals shall be deemed conclusive); (d) Bank’s mistakes

in verification; (e) burglary; or (f) damage from

breakage and (g) vandalism.

1.2. “CD Loss Liability Limit” means the maximum amount

of Service Provider’s liability for a CD Loss. The CD

Loss Liability Limit is Rs.75,00,000/- (Rupees seventy

five lacs only) per Cash Dispenser.

1.3. “Business Day” means a day which is not a 2nd& 4th

Saturday, Sunday or Public Holiday.

1.4. “Warranty Effective Date” means the date when the

installation certificate is issued by Service Provider or

15 days from the date of delivery whichever is earlier.

1.5. "Equipment" shall mean the ATM/CD (including Digital

VSS camera) (with the configuration as specified in

Appendix A to Addendum A) supplied by the Service

Provider.

1.6. "Maintenance Effective Date" shall the date

immediately succeeding the completion of Warranty Period.

1.7. “Warranty Period” shall mean a period of 2 (two)

years from the Warranty Effective Date.

1.8. "Maintenance Renewal Date" shall mean 5 (five) years

from the Maintenance Effective Date and each anniversary

thereafter.

1.9. "Maintenance Services" shall have the meaning

ascribed thereto in Section 3 hereof.

1.10."Maintenance Premium / Charges" shall have the

meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8 hereof.

1.11. "Preventive Maintenance" shall have the meaning

ascribed thereto in Section 3.2.3 hereof.

147

1.12. “Public Holidays” shall mean public holidays, at

the place where the Equipment is located, when banks are

closed for business.

1.13. "Remedial Maintenance" shall have the meaning

ascribed thereto in Section 3.2.1 hereof.

1.14.“Call Handling Process” shall have the meaning

ascribed thereto in Schedule A hereof.

1.15. “Call Rate” means then current Service

Provider’s labour / services rate presently estimated as

Rs. 650/- per hour with minimum of two hours.

2. TERMS AND TERMINATION

2.1 The initial term of this Addendum ("Initial Term")

shall begin on the Warranty Effective Date indicated

above and shall continue for a period of 7 (seven) years

from the date of handover of the site. Thereafter, this

Addendum may be renewed on mutually agreed terms and

conditions.

2.2 Either party may terminate this Addendum in whole or

in part at any time by notice in writing to the other

party upon the happening of the following events:-

a. if the Service Provider fails to comply with the

terms and conditions of this Addendum, provided that

the Service Provider has been given 30 (thirty) days

written notice prior to the proposed termination and

during such notice period Service Provider has

failed to commence to correct the breach in

accordance with the terms of this Addendum;

b. failure of Bank to pay within 60 (sixty)days

following written notice of a payment being past

due, if in that notice Service Provider indicates

that this Addendum is terminated if payment is not

received. At its option, Service Provider may elect

to suspend Services in whole or in part, rather than

terminating this Addendum under this Section.

148

2.3 Termination of this Addendum between the parties

shall be without prejudice to the rights and

obligations of the parties accrued prior to and

including the date of termination of the Addendum.

2.4 Termination clause of the Main Agreement shall

also be applicable.

3. SCOPE OF SERVICES

3.1 The scope of the Services covered under this

Addendum shall be as described herein. The rates

and terms of services beyond the scope described

herein shall be mutually agreed before Service

Provider undertakes such services.

3.2 Standard Services consist of Remedial Hardware

Maintenance, Replacement Parts and Preventive

Maintenance, as described in this Addendum.

3.2.1 Remedial Hardware Maintenance: Remedial

Hardware Maintenance, during warranty and AMC, shall

cover replacement of spares as well as labour

required to repair a malfunctioning CD and return it

to good operating condition. Remedial Hardware

maintenance includes software support (and software

reload) only to the extent required to repair failed

or malfunctioning hardware.

3.2.2 Replacement Parts: Service Provider shall

install CD parts on an exchange basis. Installed

parts may be new or reconditioned by a Service

Provider certified CD parts rework facility.

Replacement parts become the Bank’s property and

replaced parts becomes the property of Service

Provider.

3.2.3 Preventive Maintenance:

(a) Preventive Maintenance shall be provided to ensure

that the Equipment is maintained in good operating

condition as per the Equipment Specifications during

149

the term of the Addendum and includes the provision

of labour, service parts as deemed necessary by

Service Provider and travelling time at no charge to

Bank. Preventive Maintenance needs to be scheduled

by Bank or its managed Service Provider at a time

convenient to Service Provider and Bank/its managed

Service Provider or may be performed during remedial

maintenance. Preventive maintenance shall be

performed at such intervals (minimum once in a

quarter) as may be necessary from time to time.

Preventive maintenance includes but not limited to

inspection, testing, satisfactory execution of all

diagnostics, cleaning and removal of dust and dirt

from the interior and exterior of the Equipment and

necessary repairing of the Equipment if required.

(b) Service Provider shall share quarterly schedule

of Preventive Maintenance (ATM ID wise) with the ATM

(Operations Dept.) of the Circle / Head Office of

the Associate Banks at least 15 days in advance.

Service Provider shall submit a report to Bank

regarding preventive maintenance as per Exhibit G.

(c) If the Service Provider fails to carry out

Preventive Maintenance of a machine during a

quarter, a penalty of Rs.500/- per day per machine

shall be levied from the date of close of the

quarter till the date it is carried out, shall be

levied.

3.2.4 Services include releases and software code

corrections for the current software version to support

existing functionalities of the Equipment listed in

Appendix A to Addendum A which shall be provided free of

cost and also installed in all the CDs at no cost to Bank

and the last release of the prior software version for

Service Provider Equipments. Version level software

150

upgrades are available from Service Provider for a

separate charge. All engineering changes generally

adopted hereafter by the Service Provider for equipment

similar to that covered by this agreement, shall be made

to the machine/equipment at no cost to the Bank.

Qualified maintenance engineers totally familiar with the

machines shall perform all repairs and maintenance

service described herein.

3.2.5 Bank shall maintain a register at its site in

which, the Bank’s operator/ supervisor shall record each

event of failure and / of malfunction of the equipment.

Service Provider’s engineer shall enter the details of

the action taken in such register. Additionally every

time a preventive or corrective maintenance is carried

out, Service Provider’s engineer shall make, effect in

duplicate, a field call report which shall be signed by

him and thereafter countersigned by the Bank’s official.

The original of the field call report shall be handed

over to the Bank’s official.

3.2.6 Service Provider shall provide replacement machine

/ equipment if any machine / equipment is out of the

premises for repairs.

3.3 Service Provider shall ensure that Services support

for all the Equipment for a period of seven (7) years,

from the date of installation.

3.4 Service Provider shall provide training to Bank’s

CD custodians while installing and commissioning the

Equipment. The training shall primarily cover the

administration and End of Day (EOD) process which

comprises two sections i.e. (a) counters update for

cash during cash replenishment; and (b) Comparing Base

24/ Opus (Host) cash totals and balancing the CD. In

addition Service Provider shall also provide training

151

on paper loading (receipt roll) and changing of

combination locks.

3.5 The scope of Services for Digital VSS is

exclusively covered by this section. The scope of

services for Digital VSS under this Addendum covers the

following:

3.5.1. At the time of CD preventive maintenance

services, check if image is captured correctly;

3.5.2. Using Service Provider’s VSS menu under

supervisor mode to check that images captured are

getting stored in the hard disk drive of CD;

3.5.3 Checking camera status, image capturing and data

storage at every preventive maintenance of CD.

3.5.4 (a) Digital VSS hardware and software maintenance

– In the event of failure take appropriate actions

to rectify the same.

i. Change of cable if bad

ii. Change of camera if bad

iii. Change of HDD if bad

iv. Reload s/w in case of s/w crash or change

of HDD

(b) With submission of AMC bill for payment, a

copy of DVSS image along with others is must as a

proof for doing the preventive maintenance of

DVSS.

(c) Penalty for not providing DVSS footage

If the Service Provider fails to provide the DVSS

footage, when required by the Bank within 180 days

of the incident, for any reason including

settlement of complaints within a reasonable time,

Service Provider shall be liable to pay a penalty

of Rs.1000/- per instance or the amount of loss

suffered by the Bank on account of non-

152

availability of such DVSS footage, whichever is

higher.

(d) Service Provider shall arrange to store DVSS

footages up to a period of 180 days / 6 months.

4. SERVICES EXCLUSIONS

4.1 The following services are not covered by scope

of Services and are billable to Bank on a “Per Call”

basis at Call Rate. Per Call services are billed upon

performance and are subject to personnel and material

availability.

(a) any service which is beyond the Scope of the

Services as described above;

(b) any service for ATM/CD equipment or locations not

covered under the definition of Equipment;

(c) services relating to de-installation, and re –

installation of Equipment at the request of Bank;

(d) service resulting from causes such as movement of

the ATM/CD by anyone other than Service Provider;

failure of equipment not maintained by Service

Provider; improper use of or failure to use

supplies by any person other than Service

Provider; use of supplies not meeting the ATM/CD

manufacturer’s specifications; acts of third

parties; fire originating outside of Service

Provider-furnished equipment; water; acts of God;

vandalism;

(e) services for loading and on-going maintenance of

encryption keys;

(f) service like IP address changes, changing

currency cassettes configuration, changing

combination lock setting etc,

(g) any other Bank’s preventable calls;

4.2 S&G lock / KABA lock, hood keys, purge bin,

currency cassettes and other plastic parts in the CD,

153

vandal doors, CD safe, print heads, levers - which are

used by Bank’s custodians to release the cassettes, pull

the journal roll or receipt roll, etc are non-serviceable

items. When required to be replaced, Service Provider

shall charge Bank extra in addition to the Call Rate. The

cost of combination lock if required to be

replaced,(except for reasons attributable to Bank such as

mishandling, misuse, force majeure conditions) during

warranty period shall be borne by Service Provider. Such

defective lock shall be broken open by Service Provider

at their cost.

4.3 Services do not include clearing of paper, card,

envelope and currency jams, the replenishment of media

and supplies (paper, ribbons, ink cartridges, and print

heads), or general administrative maintenance

(“Administrative Maintenance”), including retrieval of

mutilated cash from the divert cassette, retrieval of

captured cards, changing of safe combination codes, image

archival and retrieval activity, keeping in view the

transaction volumes, stocking consumable media like CDR,

floppy etc., incidents from failure to perform or

improperly performed replenishment activities including

both cash and supplies, use of supplies or cash not

meeting the manufacturers specifications, improper use by

the consumer (e.g. depositing poor quality cash or

checks, incorrectly inserted or overstuffing deposits or

using a damaged card).

4.4 In the event Equipment has been subject to

alterations or attachments by any party other than

Service Provider, Service Provider shall have the option

of refusing to provide maintenance in respect of the

same. Further, Service Provider shall not maintain

Equipment if an Alteration or Attachment creates a safety

hazard or renders maintenance or repair impractical. An

154

"Alteration" is a change made to the physical,

mechanical, or electrical arrangement of hardware,

whether or not additional devices or parts are required,

and an "Attachment" is a mechanical, electrical, or

electronic interconnection to Service Provider hardware

of non- Service Provider hardware marketed by others. If

an Alteration, Attachment, use of supplies not meeting

the Equipment manufacturer's specifications, use of

unsupported software, use of software not furnished by

Service Provider, or modifications to Service Provider-

supported software not performed by Service Provider

result in an increase in maintenance costs, Service

Provider and Bank shall mutually agree to increased

maintenance charge for that CD.

4.5 Excess Currency (commonly called “side cash”) stored

in the ATM/CD is not authorized. If side cash is found

by Service Provider while at the CD site, Service

Provider reserves the right to re-schedule service at a

later time and shall not be obligated to continue service

until the side cash has been removed.

5. BANK’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS

5.1 Bank (or its managed services provider as the case

may be) is responsible for initially determining that the

Equipment requires Service, classifying the call as

either FLM or SLM and following Service Provider’s

service request procedures. If Bank incorrectly

identifies a service request, Service Provider may

invoice Bank at Call Rate Service Provider utilizes

electronic dispatch tools to improve service efficiency.

If Service Provider offers to implement such tools on

Bank’s network, then Bank agrees to implement the

electronic interface necessary to enable them.

5.2 Bank has a duty to secure all valuables that may be

present in or about the Equipment / CD being serviced by

155

Service Provider. It is not Service Provider’s duty to

provide security for Bank’s property. In the event that

other persons authorized by Bank (including but not

limited to the Bank’s cash-in-transit provider/ATM/CD

custodians, managed services provider or their

subcontractors) are present at the Equipment site, they

shall at all times be deemed to have care, custody and

control of the Equipment, its contents and the premises.

5.3 Bank is responsible for ensuring the currency

cassettes are configured correctly by the Bank’s

custodian / its appointed agency during the installation

or during an upgrade or migration to new platform and is

excluded from the scope of Services. Bank agrees that

Service Provider shall not be liable or responsible for

any loss caused by the incorrect configuration of

currency cassettes.

5.4 It is agreed that Service Provider does not

recommend opening of the Safe/combination by use of force

and the same is not included in the scope of Services.

However, in the event the safe is required to be opened,

for any reason whatsoever during the warranty or post-

warranty period, Bank shall be required to arrange the

same at its own cost. It is further agreed that such

instances shall not be included for downtime

calculations.

5.5 Service Provider shall only perform Services

requiring access to the vault or other secure area of the

Equipment only if Service Provider is met at the

Equipment site by the Bank’s authorized representative

who has the means to open the vault and who shall be

deemed at all times to have care, custody, and control of

the contents of the Equipment (“Escorted Access

Services”)

156

5.6 All efforts must be made by Bank to avoid screen

burning on monitors. Screen burning can be avoided by

incorporating screen savers, proper idle loop screens &

reverse screen images. Replacement of screen burned

monitors is not covered under general maintenance and

Bank would bear the charges for replacing screen burned

CRT’s.

5.7 Bank shall be responsible for the removal, de-

installation, re-installation and transportation of the

Equipment, devices and attachments when changing the site

location of the Equipment. Service Provider may, at the

request of Bank, provide such services at Service

Provider’s then current Call Rates.

5.8 If service is required on Equipment under

circumstances which could jeopardize the safety of

Service Provider’s employees (including but not limited

to any call to an CD housed in a manner requiring work in

the open), Service Provider reserves the right, but is

not obligated to, reschedule service to other times in

the presence of a security escort at Bank’s expense.

Service Provider agrees to use its best efforts to notify

Bank immediately if the above circumstances apply.

Security escorts where feasible and lawful shall be

armed.

5.9 In case Bank intends to shift and/or move the

Equipment covered under this Addendum, Bank shall

intimate 15 days in advance to Service Provider of any

such shifting and/or movement, as the case may be and

further shall provide the complete details of the new

location, if any. Service Provider may provide de-

installation and/or re-installation services if required

for shifting and/or movement of such Equipment at the

Call Rate.

157

5.10 Bank or its authorised agent shall call Service

Provider’s customer care centreon toll free service

numbers or any other number as may be provided to Bank

from time to time for maintenance service requirement

during the maintenance period and shall obtain the work

order number. For locations not covered under toll free

service number, Bank shall contact Service Provider’s

and/or its authorised Service Provider’s local office for

maintenance services. Prior to placing a request for

Service Provider service, Bank is responsible for

isolating the problem as one requiring Services under

this Addendum, ensuring that it is not a procedural,

network, electrical, power, communications, or host

software problem.

5.11 Service Provider shall maintain service logs of each

incident of Equipment malfunction, date and time of

commencement and successive completion of repair work

performed on the Equipment together with a description of

the cause for work, either by description of the

malfunction or as regularly scheduled Preventive

Maintenance. Bank shall use the same log for recording

the nature of faults and failures observed in the

Equipment, the date and time of their occurrence, and the

date and time of their communication to Service Provider.

Bank or its representatives shall acknowledge a call slip

for each and every maintenance service performed.

5.12 Bank shall be responsible for all electrical work

which is external to the Equipment.

5.13 In respect of Digital VSS, Bank is responsible

for:-

i. maintain proper lighting at ATM/CD site to

capture face of the customer transacting;

ii. checking of images and data capture during

every end of day / replenishment process;

158

iii. report problems, if observed during end of

day/ replenishment process, to Service

Provider similar to any other remedial

maintenance call;

iv. ensuring the camera window is kept clean;

v. incident based image archival;

vi. transferring the required images and data

from ATM/CD to portable devices (viz. USB

Pen Drive / USB HDD/ Floppy Disk); and

vii. archival of images and/or data.

6. PRINCIPAL PERIOD OF MAINTENANCE, RESPONSE TIMES AND

PENALTIES

6.1 For the purposes of this Addendum, the Principal

Period of Maintenance shall mean maintenance support

provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. In other words,

such services shall be made available to Bank round the

clock throughout the year including 2nd& 4th Saturdays,

Sundays and Holidays. While Cassettes shall have a two

years warranty, they shall not form part of the AMC.

Maintenance under this agreement shall cover, inter alia,

free provision of spares, parts, kits, software,

including EJ pulling, as and when necessary to ensure

that the Equipment function in a trouble-free manner. EJ

shall be pulled by the Managed Services Service Provider

(MS Service Provider). Service Provider shall correct any

faults and failures in the Equipment and shall repair and

replace worn out defective parts of the Equipment as and

when requested by Bank, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. In

cases where unserviceable parts of the machine need

replacement on account of product malfunction caused by

circumstances not attributable to the Bank, Service

Provider shall repair/ replace such parts at no extra

cost to the Bank.

159

6.2 Service Provider shall provide repair and maintenance

service (response and resolution) during the warranty and

subsequent AMC period, on oral

/telephonic/email/communication by the Bank or through

its own service personnel / MS Service Provider or

through any other mode of communication. For spare parts

/ accessories ordered by Bank for CD breakdown, impacting

the operation of CD, the response and resolution time

shall be 4 (four) hours in metro/urban centers and 6

(six) hours at other centers and for all other items (CD

non-breakdown calls), which do not impact the operations

of the CD, 2 (two) working days. Penalties shall be

levied @ Rs.800/-per incident per hour for incidents

which affect the working/operations of the CDs. The

penalties shall be recovered from any payment due to the

Service Provider under any contract with the Bank. No

penalties shall be levied for delays on the account of

any Force Majeure events e.g. fire, flood, earthquake,

public strike, riots, public disorders and other

incidents such as vandalism etc. However, only in case of

the state of Jammu and Kashmir and the North Eastern

states, the ATM (Operations) department at respective

LHOs may expressly allow maximum time not exceeding 24

hours for those specific locations which are considered

difficult to reach for reasons of inaccessible terrain

and / or insurgency. Service Provider shall provide

necessary clarification from the concerned branch

official / Channel Manager.

6.3 In cases where unserviceable parts of the Equipment

need replacement on account of product malfunction caused

by circumstances not attributable to Bank, Service

Provider shall repair/ replace such parts at no extra

cost to Bank.

160

6.4 Bank shall arrange to maintain appropriate

environmental conditions such as those relating to

temperature, power supply, dust, within the acceptable

limits required for equipment similar to that covered by

this Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of

Service Provider to monitor such environmental conditions

and bring to the notice of Bank changes required, if any,

well in advance to arrange for rectification.

6.5 The cost of the visit of service personnel for

uploading patches, MS agents, upgrade of Operating

Systems, etc. shall have to be borne by the Service

Provider.

6.6 All AMC for CDs shall be paid by the LHOs/Associate

Banks.

7. PENALTY FOR DOWNTIME

7.1 Service Provider shall ensure that the full

configuration of the machine / equipment is available to

Bank in proper working condition and ensure minimum

uptime of 99%, and maximum downtime for each CD shall be

less than four hours (at locations in metro/urban

centres) / six hours (at locations in other centres) per

instance, counted by Bank from the time Bank or its

managed services provider reports the fault. If any of

these conditions is not fulfilled, a penalty of Rs.1000/-

(Rupees one thousand only) per hour per instance shall be

deducted by Bank for the period in excess of four / six

hours as the case may be, from the Annual Maintenance

Charges due to the Service Provider under any contract

with the Bank.

7.2 Additionally, penalty for not maintaining uptime of

99% on account of hardware faults will be as under:

97% to 99% : 5% of pro rata AMC for the

month

161

95% to > 97 : 10% of pro rata AMC for the

month

91% to > 95% : 25% of pro rata AMC for the

month

Less than 91% : 50% of pro rata AMC for the

month

7.3 As Service Provider would have received full payment

of the machine and no AMC shall be payable during the 2

years warranty period, the downtime penalty during the

warranty period of the machine shall be paid by the

Service Provider through a cheque within 15 days from the

close of the quarter. If the Service Provider fails to

pay, the Bank may realise the penalty amount by either

invoking the Bank Guarantee submitted by the Service

Provider or recovering from any other payment due to the

Service Provider.

7.4 The downtime shall be computed from the time of call

logged at the Service Provider’s Management Centre or

reported by Bank / its authorised agent at Service

Provider’s Management Centre whichever is earlier.

7.5 If a particular CD is frequently becoming out of

order for technical reasons for more than three times in

a month and for two consecutive months, Bank may ask the

Service Provider to replace the CD with another new CD at

no extra cost to Bank.

7.6 The following exclusions would be taken into account

in computing penalty:

a) A maximum of 3 hours for quarterly

Preventive Maintenance

b) Actual Supervisory Time (which shall be

reasonable & in tune with national

average)

162

c) Actual downtime on account of the Switch

and network connectivity.

d) Core Banking Solution host outages.

e) Vandalism

f) Non-availability of access to the CD.

g) Force Majeure cases

7.7 Service Provider, in all such cases, shall inform

Bank regarding the same and shall seek confirmation of

Bank for its non-liability for penalty.

7.8 Other Penalties:

7.8.1 In addition to the penalties mentioned elsewhere

in this agreement penalty shall also be levied in case

materials/equipments used are not in conformity with

specifications laid down unless exemption has been

obtained from Bank. Penalty could include free

replacement plus 25% deduction of the cost of the

materials/equipments.

7.8.2 On account of any negligence, commission or

omission by the engineers of the Service Provider during

delivery of Product and Services and if any loss or

damage caused to the machine / equipment, Service

Provider shall indemnify pay/reimburse the loss suffered

by Bank

7.8.3 Service Provider shall abide by the job safety

measures prevalent in India and shall defend the Bank

from all demands or responsibilities arising from

accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the

Service Provider’s negligence under this Agreement.

Service Provider shall defend and indemnify the Bank

against all claims, losses, damages which Bank may suffer

or incurarising from such incidents and shall not hold

the Bank responsible or obligated if the Bank gives the

Service Provider (1) prompt written notice of the claim

163

(2) all requested information, available with the Bank,

about the claim; (3) reasonable cooperation and

assistance; (4) sole authority to defend or settle the

claim;

7.9 Calculation of Downtime

7.9.1 The CD is considered “down” when it cannot dispense

cash. "Percentage Downtime" shall mean the aggregate of

downtime of the particular CD during a quarter expressed

as a percentage of total available time in a quarter --

actual number of days to be taken into account X 24

hours). For example, if the aggregate downtime of a CD

works out to 15 hours during a quarter, then the

percentage downtime shall be calculated as follows:

15 x 100

_________________________

No of days in quarter x 24

7.9.2 The downtime shall be calculated on CD basis and

not the entire network for the purpose of implementing

penal provisions.

7.9.3 If a CD is shut down or is unavailable to the

public during pre-determined specific periods as

announced by Bank, for reasons not attributable to the

Service Provider, such time period of unavailability

shall be excluded from the denominator while calculating

the downtime percentage.

7.9.4 “Down Time” shall mean the interval between the

times of reporting of failure to the time of completion

of repair. The Branch Manager or the Channel Manager of

Bank has the discretion to decide regarding the

exclusions which shall be final and binding on Service

Provider.

164

7.9.5 In the matter of calculation of penalties, Bank

shall not rely only on the Service Provider’s report but

shall also cross-check the data through independent

verification from its ATM switch, ATM Monitoring Solution

/ Tool or any other mechanism deployed by the Bank OR

shall calculate the penalties on the report generated by

ATM Monitoring Solution / Tool or any other mechanism

deployed by the Bank.

8. CHARGES, INVOICING AND PAYMENT

8.1 The Maintenance charges payable by Bank to Service

Provider for hardware maintenance services for the

Equipment as described in Addendum A shall be payable at

quarterly intervals in arrears released by LHOs of the

Bank / HO of the Associate Banks. Bank shall make such

payment within 30 days of the receipt of invoice from

Service Provider. Maintenance charges are payable after

the expiry of Warranty Period. Maintenance charges do

not include service tax, works contract or other taxes

imposed on the services or materials furnished by Service

Provider and Bank hereby agrees to pay such taxes extra,

were applicable.

8.2 The maintenance charges after completion of the

Initial Term shall be mutually agreed by Service Provider

and Bank.

8.3 Service Provider shall submit to Bank their

invoice(s) for payments to Bank’s LHO / Associate Bank’s

Head Office.

9. LIABILITY FOR CD LOSS

9.1 If an employee of Service Provider is determined, by

clear and convincing evidence, to have directly caused an

CD Loss through his or her act, while providing the

Services under this Addendum, then Service Provider shall

165

be liable to Bank for the amount of actual CD Loss which

shall in no event exceed the CD Loss Liability Limit.

Upon payment of any loss hereunder, Service Provider

shall be subrogated to all of Bank’s rights and remedies

therefore.

9.2 The above liability of Service Provider for payment

of CD Loss to Bank is subject to (a) Bank ensuring that

effective controls are in place on the use of combination

code / keys of CD vault e.g. changing the combination

code / keys at regular intervals; (b) Bank ensuring that

its custodians performs the EOD process and day to day

reconciliation is timely completed; and (c) the events

giving rise to claims of CD Loss are reported in writing

to Service Provider immediately but not later than 90

(ninety) days of the happening of such event.

9.3 Other than as expressly stated in this Addendum, in

no event Service Provider shall be liable for any loss of

valuables including, but not limited to, those resulting

from burglary, robbery, fire, flood, or other external

cause.

9.4 The provisions of this Addendum govern Service

Provider’s liability for any claim of lost, missing,

damaged, or stolen valuables and, with respect to such

losses, supersede any inconsistent provision in this

agreement.

10. ACCESS TO BANK’S NETWORK AND REPORTING OF SECURITY

INCIDENTS

10.1 In terms of Bank’s security guidelines and

acceptable usage policy, if Service Provider’s personnel

need to have connectivity to the internal network, it can

be done through their laptops or via desktops provided by

Bank. If the desktop is provided by Bank, these shall

be built as per secure configuration document (SCD) for

desktop and it shall be ensured that only software needed

166

for the job is installed. If access is provided via

Service Provider’s personnel laptop, Service Provider

shall ensure that anti-virus protection is enabled and

all necessary security patches are installed. If the

connection is required for more than one week, Service

Provider personnel’s laptop shall be installed with the

anti-virus solution used by Bank to ensure timely updates

and to facilitate monitoring.

10.2 If Service Provider’s personnel notice any

incidences of computer virus attack when they are working

within the Bank’s internal network, then the same shall

be reported to Bank.

167

Exhibit G

Sl PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECK LIST Done

1 Verify the device logs and tallies to know the module

performance

2 Check CD Input Voltage i.e. Phase Vs Neutral

VsEarthing

3 Verify all fans are operating correctly and are not

noisy

4 Ensure shutter assemblies and guides are fully

tightened on to the fascia

5 Using a vacuum cleaner, vacuum all internal surfaces

including all modules

6 Clean the vacuum filter, Replace if necessary

7 Clean the LVDT sensor wheels with cotton buds and

alcohol

8 Check and replace the stacker wheels and gears if

found damaged

9 Replace all the gears and bearing using DPM kit

10 Replace all suction cups and check and replace Pick

line if found broken

11 Ensure pick and presenter modules are aligned

correctly (D wheel, Pick-Pick & Pick - Presenter)

12 Ensure pick frame and cassette latches operate

correctly and lock cassette into position

13 Check purge bin micro switch, latch & shutter

operates correctly

14 Ensure presenter mouth is aligned to the safe door

15 MCRW transport rollers should be cleaned with wet

cloth

16 Clean the card reader transport and head using the

pre-soaked cleaning card

17 Clean and align MCRW pre head sensor, Replace if

168

required

18 Check and adjust the shutter mechanism and align with

fascia

19 Check and clean all sensors in depository including

anti-fishing sensor

20 Clean the print head flex cable contacts and check

the print head holder for proper operation

21 Check the auxiliary transport drive gear meshes

properly with the main transport drive gear

22 Clean and lubricate JP print head carrier and replace

ribbon drive spring, if required

23 Clean and lubricate JP Reel guide for smooth

operation, if required replace

24 Clean thermal print head and transport belts with wet

cloth

25 Clean EPP, Touch screen & FDK's with cloth dipped in

IPA

26 Ensure Mechanical lock dialer and reference plate are

fixed and working properly

27 Clean camera lens and mirror, Check USB cable are

intact at both ends

28 Check cabinet lock and door hinges, replace if

required

29 GBNA/GBRU Preventive maintenance as per Service

manual

30 Check and ensure that Cash retraction is disabled

31 Grouting done or not done

32 LAN Cables connection checked

33 Air Conditioner in working condition

34 Power Supply cleaned using brush or vacuum.

35 Check Currency Cassette Pressure

36 Cross Check the Cash Dispenser completely packed to

avoid rodent entry

169

37 Check and remove foreign material like paper roll,

ribbon and unwanted paper bits

38 Latest Software loaded. Mention the software version

in the PM report

39 Check for proper operationalisation of combination

lock

POST PM Check List

1 Card reader and receipt printer mouth aligned with

fascia slot

2 Align monitor display and calibrate touch screen

3 Check dispenser shutter test in loop and ensure

proper operation

4 Do stack and clear test with 40 bills for multiple

times, Ensure dispenser work properly

5 Run print alignment test for both printer and ensure

for good quality print

6 Check camera / DVSS for good quality images with

transaction details imposed

7 Ensure EJ setting and cash retraction patch work

properly / EJ software is working properly

8 Check card reader for track read and speed test,

replace the module if required

9 Clear tallies at end of the PM

10 DVSS is working properly

11 Environmental condition of CD Good/Bad

170

ADDENDUM - D

SITE MAINTENANCE SERVICES

There shall be a twelve months warranty for the site from

the date of site hand over. Service Provider shall remedy

defects attributable solely due to Service Provider at no

charge to Bank. Bank shall decide regarding the same

which shall be final and binding on the Service Provider.

The warranty shall cover the entire site including civil,

electrical, mechanical works, grouting of the CDs,

cabling, furniture, fixtures, false ceiling, flooring,

equipment like UPS, Air conditioners and electrically lit

signage. Service Provider shall rectify the defects /

replace the defective equipment wherever required free of

cost during the said warranty period.

Bank may gives order for Site Maintenance Services after

warranty period of 1 (one) year. In case, Bank gives

order this document details Service Provider’s CD Site

Maintenance Services and states the terms and conditions

under which Service Provider shall provide the CD Site

Maintenance Services. Service Provider shall not be

obligated to provide site maintenance services unless

Bank has raised purchase order.

Scope

1. Service Provider or personnel authorized by Service

Provider shall perform normal proactive measures to

support proper functioning of the site elements (civil,

wooden & electrical).

2. During these visits if any of the site elements is

found inappropriate and need to be replaced / repair,

Service Provider personnel shall intimate the

respective banks site contact in form of an estimate

based on approved price of material.

3. Once the approval is given by Bank’s staff, Service

Provider‘s personnel shall arrange for the necessary

171

repairs / replacement through its Service Provider and

bring back that site element in suitable working

conditions.

4. In the event of any additional maintenance requirement,

Bank’s site in-charge or Bank’s managed services

Service Provider who is responsible for reporting of

such defects, shall intimate Service Provider by

calling Service Provider’s TIS Helpdesk. Upon receipt

of the call Service Provider personnel shall visit the

site and identify the problem and if any of the site

elements is found inappropriate and need to be replaced

/ repaired, Service Provider’s personnel shall intimate

the respective site contact in form of an estimate

based on approved price or at a price mutually

agreeable to both parties for carrying out

refurbishment. Once the approval is given by Bank,

Service Provider shall arrange for the necessary

repairs / replacement through its Service Provider and

bring back that site element in suitable conditions.

The element-wise scope assumed under this proposed

service is:

Main Door

Service to the Main door for closure and adjustment of

floor spring/Door Closure, Adjustment of Door handle,

includes cost of replacement of Floor spring once in a

year if required.

Door Handle

Service to the Main door and Backroom door for closure

and adjustment and replacement of door Handles if

required.

External fixed glazing

Service includes replacement of Glass, if required. The

proposed price excludes cost of Glass and other required

172

fixing material. Glass, if broken by vandalism, etc.

shall be replaced at cost.

Electrical MCBs, ELCB’s

Service proposed includes labour charges for replacement

of existing MCBs, ELCB’s,

Greasing of rolling shutter

Greasing of shutter, inclusive of cost of grease.

Lighting

The LED fixtures supplied shall be covered under the

manufacturer’s warranty. After warranty of 3 years, the

LEDs shall be replaced at cost. Failures due to short

circuits or negligence on bank’s part shall be charged

extra on actual.

A/C

The site maintenance provided for these equipments shall

be as per the contractual term agreed by the original

manufacturer. The scope under this is –

• Any number of break down calls shall be

attended during AMC period

• All spares shall be replaced free of cost

if necessary

• Gas Charging shall be done free of cost

• Compressor shall be replaced free of cost

if necessary.

Scope excludes:

a. MCB, front panel, panel set, plastic spares & outer

cabinet of RAC/split ac are not covered under the A/C

maintenance scheme

b. Wooden panes for room unit, outer cabinet of the

condensing unit, filling of gas and breakages of cooper

pipe lines are not covered under this maintenance and

shall be charged extra as needed.

• If, Remote Control is misplaced or damaged by Bank /

any user, it shall be supplied on chargeable basis.

173

UPS

The maintenance for the UPS shall be provided by the

original equipment manufacturer. All Electric and

Electronic parts shall be covered during AMC. Any damage

due to issues like extremely high voltage or reverse

currents due to causes like lightning, etc shall not be

covered under AMC.

Note: Batteries if required to be replaced by the CD

Service Provider shall be replaced on actual cost and the

same shall have to be borne by Bank.

Signage Maintenance

Manufacturer’s warranty is available for 3 years for LEDs

and 5 years for Signage. After 3/5 years, the replacement

shall be at cost. Physical damage caused by negligent

mishandling, fire and natural calamities shall not come

under AMC.

Service exclusions & Bank’s responsibilities

i) Any alterations, modifications, change of look and

feel, design; change of orientation of the

existing ATM/CD site is out of the scope of this

proposal.

ii) Bank to make arrangements for adequate supply of

electricity at the site for the Service Provider

to deliver these services.

iii) Replacement, maintenance, repair work of Visual

Merchandising items, plastic parts or any other

equipment accompaniments are out of the scope of

this proposal.

iv) Water proofing, leakage and seepage works is

excluded from this service.

v) Any Carpentry repair/replacement works covered under

respective items and shall be limited to as

detailed in service level segment.

174

vi) Any calls logged by Bank for items which are out

of the scope of this contract would attract a fee

which would be mutually agreeable to both the

parties and shall be charged on a per visit basis

to be paid by Bank if the estimate is not approved

for the said work.

vii) Force majeure

Service levels:

i) The site maintenance service shall be available to

Bank 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. In other words

such services shall be made available to Bank

round the clock throughout the year.

ii) The site maintenance work shall be carried out on

best efforts basis, though Service Provider shall

put all necessary efforts to complete the agreed

deliverables at the earliest.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

i) The price quoted for the site maintenance is valid

for six year post 12 months warranty.

ii) The period and these terms are subject to changes

due to changes in terms, conditions and business

environment of the original manufacturer. Any

changes due to this in the contractual terms,

government rules / levies, service levels shall be

applicable to this contract on actual.

iii) All costs for material shall be charged extra and

this price shall be agreed in the beginning of the

contract in form of a price book.

iv) Any other additional services shall be charged at

the applicable Time and Materials rates, shall be

invoiced as incurred and payable within thirty

(30) days of the date of receipt of the invoice.

175

v) Payment for site maintenance shall be made on

quarterly in arrears. Taxes shall be extra as

applicable.

Rate & Penalty

Service Provider shall provide SIS annual maintenance

services for SIS including UPS (excluding batteries),

ACs, etc. as under-

i) For 1st year – NIL due to warranty

ii) For 2nd to 7th years - @5% of the price of site

5. During the AMC period for the site, the time for

attending to and rectifying faults in sites shall be up

to one working day for metro / urban centres & up to two

working days in other places except for UPS and AC for

which the response and resolution time shall be 4 hours

in metro/urban centres and 6 hours at other centres as

these are the critical items for the service support.

Penalties @ Rs.200/- per day shall be levied for delays

in rectifying the faults – provided the site fault does

not result in downtime of the CD. For site faults that

result in CD downtime, the penalties applicable for CD

downtime shall be levied. No penalties shall be levied

for delays on account of force majeure

All AMC for CDs and SIS shall be paid by the LHOs of the

Bank.

176

ADDENDUM - E

Allocation of Cash Dispensers (CDs) Phase-XIII 2017-18

Name of the Circle Service Provider

Total New Replacement

GRAND TOTAL

Note: Allocation of locations/ geographies for supply,

installation, commissioning and maintaining these CDs

shall be at the discretion of the Bank.

177

Appendix- D


ATM ID


OLD ATM id (if Any)


Machine Supplier Service Provider

OEM/manufacturing Service

Provider

MS Service Provider


Phase Phase 13

Installation Location

(Tick if applicable)

Airport Shopping Mall or

Complex/Movie Theatre

Intouch Bus Stands




Petrol Pump



Intouch Onsite


Window E-corner

Intouch




Security Guard Yes, Time shift_________________ No


Are all electrical wires, UPS,

switches, network cables, modem in

back room?

Yes No

178

No. of existing machines at site

(exclude this new machine)

No. of Existing CDs No. of Existing

Recycler/CDM


Full Site Address

District

City

State

Circle as per SBI

Pincode



Cash Replenishment Bank Staff Outsourced Agency

Name____________


Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no


Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no

Connectivity Service Provider TMK Set No.__________________

Machine IP

Gateway IP

Bank Detail

Owner Branch:

Address :

City :

Pincode :


Mgr/Channel Mgr)

Cash-link Branch

Address :

City :

Pincode :


Mgr/Channel Mgr)

179

Appendix - TT

Contact No. :

Email ID :

Contact No. :

Email ID :

Machine Details

Biometric Facility : Yes / No Card Lock door:

DVSS Camera : Operating System :_________________

Braille Friendly: Dip Card:

Hearing impaired friendly (talking ATM): Languages: English (Y/N) Hindi

(Y/N)

Touch Screen : Regional

(Y/N)__________________

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Managed Services Agreement dt……………... for Endpoints (ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recycler) Page 1 of 80

AGREEMENT FOR MANAGED SUPPORT SERVICES

BETWEEN

STATE BANK OF INDIA

AND

------------------------------

Date of Commencement :

Date of Expiry:


CONTENTS

1 Definition & Interpretation 3

2 Scope of Work 5

3 General Terms & Conditions (including Relationship

between the parties, Power to vary or Omit Work, No

waiver of Bank’s right or Service Provider’s liability,

Transition Requirement etc.)

6

4 Liabilities/Obligation 9

5 Rates 9

6 Invoicing and Payment 10

7 Limitation of Liability 10

8 Liability Insurance 10

9 Effective Date, Term & Termination 11

10 Other Terms 12

11 Confidentiality 13

12 Subcontractors and Consultants 15

13 Penalty & Incentive 15

14 Liquidated damages 17

15 Warranties, Indemnity and Guarantee 18

16 Liability, Limitation and Exclusions 20

17 Dispute Resolution 20

18 Miscellaneous Terms (Including Force Majeure, Notices,

Contingency plans, etc.)

21


This Agreement containing ------- pages is made at Mumbai on this ------------ by and between: ---, a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at and having its Managed Services Centre at (hereinafter referred to as “VENDOR”, which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context be deemed to include its successors and assigns) of the ONE PART.

AND

STATE BANK OF INDIA , constituted under the State Bank of India Act, 1955, having its Corporate

Centre at State Bank Bhavan, Madame Cama Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai-400021, India and having its Global IT Centre at Plot No. 9, 10,11, Sector – 11, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai 400614

through its ATM (I&S) Department (hereinafter referred to as “SBI/Bank” which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context be deemed to include SBI and its associates,

subsidiaries, wholly owned affiliate, nominees, representatives, successors in interest, permitted assigns) of the SECOND PART.

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS Bank had issued Request for Proposal dt…………… to submit their proposal for comprehensive Managed Support Services for about 40000 Endpoints (Automated Teller Machines

(ATMs)/Cash Dispensers (CDs)/Cash Deposit Machines (CDMs)/Cash Recyclers and such ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers as to be rolled out in future during the currency of this agreement

in t the Bank.

WHEREAS Bank and Vendor decided to enter into an agreement detailing the terms and conditions governing the comprehensive Managed Support Services for about 40000 Endpoints

(ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers) and further Endpoints to be rolled out during currency of this agreement and accordingly entered into this agreement.. The word ‘Endpoint’ used anywhere in this

agreement would mean ATM and/or CD and/or CDM and/or Cash Recyclers, as the case may be.

NOW THEREFORE BANK AND VENDOR AGREE AS FOLLOWS: 1. DEFINITION & INTERPRETATION A. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

i. “ATM Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of any amount of valuables from the single

endpoint The amount of Endpoint Loss is the face value of the Currency, plus the reasonable cost of reconstructing the negotiable instruments or other items of value (including re-issuance and stop-

payment fees), stolen, lost or destroyed as a direct result of the occurrence. Endpoint losses do not include any loss of valuables occurring outside the immediate physical proximity of the Endpoint,

including but not limited to losses occurring while such valuables are in transit or similar location.

ii) The amount of an Endpoint Loss does not include the face value of stolen, lost or destroyed negotiable instruments or other items of value, or any loss of any nature to the extent such loss results from (a) Endpoint equipment malfunction; (b) Bank’s mistakes in verification; (c) the failure of Bank’s customers to properly seal deposit envelopes; (d) deposit envelopes or deposits opened by Bank and found to contain an incorrect amount; (e) access by third persons, whether authorized or unauthorized, unless Bank and Vendor agree that such access was made possible


by the negligent or intentional act or omission of Vendor (f) the fraudulent use of fake magnetic debit and credit cards by third parties; (g) currency dispensed due to fraudulent instruction

manually or electronically transmitted to the ATM (h) burglary; (i) damage from breakage (j) vandalism, and/or (k) discrepancies between the network reports and ATM bill counter totals (in

the event of such discrepancies, bill counter totals shall be deemed conclusive)

b. “Endpoint Loss Liability Limit” means the maximum amount of Vendor’s liability for a Endpoint Loss. The Endpoint Loss Liability Limit is Rs.75,00,000/- (Rupees Seventy Five Lakhs only) per

incident per Endpoint.

c. “Currency” means cash in the Endpoint.

d. “BANK Preventable Call” means a Service call, which could have been avoided, had Bank

properly undertaken Bank’s obligations hereunder. Bank Preventable Calls include, but are not limited to, calls for FLM to replenish supplies, because Bank (or a CIT directly contracted by Bank)

neglected to do so during normal business hours, at such locations where Managed Services have not been availed of by Bank.

e. “Days” means calendar days unless specified otherwise.

f. “First Line Maintenance” (FLM) is defined in Appendix B.

g. “Occurrence” means a single event or a series of related events resulting in a loss or losses.

h. “Response Time” means the interval between Bank’s call to Vendor and Vendor’s arrival at the Endpoint.

i. “Services” or “Endpoint Services” or “Managed Services” or “Endpoint Managed Services”

or Endpoint Support Managed Services means the Services provided by Vendor under this Agreement and its Schedules and Appendices.

j. “Valuables” means Currency and, if Bank have contracted with Vendor for deposit pickup services, cheques deposited by Bank’s customer

k. “Business day” means a day which is not a 2nd& 4th Saturday, Sunday or Public Holiday

i. “Holiday” means any Bank holiday including but not limited to Independence Day, Republic Day and Gandhi Jayanthi day.

B. Interpretation

a. Any reference herein to any Clause, Annexure, Schedule or Exhibit is to such Clause of or

Schedule, Annexure or Exhibit to this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires. The Schedules, Annexure and Exhibits to this Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this

Agreement. b. The headings or interpretation are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the

construction of this Agreement.


c. Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and pronouns importing a gender include each of the masculine, feminine and neuter

genders. d. The terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire

Agreement or specified clauses of this Agreement, as the case may be.

e. Reference to statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references also to any amendment or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) for the time

being in force and to all statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to such statutory provisions.

f. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Parties' respective obligations. If any time period

specified herein is extended, such extended time shall also be of the essence.

g. Reference to the word “include” or “including” shall be construed without limitation.

h. No Partnership: Nothing herein contained in this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties, and no Party shall hold himself/itself out as an

agent for any other Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Party.

i. Entire Agreement: This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Parties and shall supersede any previous agreement or understanding between all or any of the Parties in relation to all or any such matter contained herein.

j. Counterparts: This Agreement may be executed in any number of documents or counterparts,

each in the like form and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same document, and both parties may execute this Agreement by signing any one or more such

documents or counterparts.

k. Variation: No variation of this Agreement shall be binding on any Party unless, and to the extent that such variation is recorded in a written document executed by such Party, but where any such

document exists and is so signed such Party shall not allege that such document is not binding by virtue of an absence of consideration.

l. Severability: If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, unenforceable or prohibited by law,

this Agreement shall be considered divisible as to such provision and such provision shall be inoperative and shall not be part of the consideration moving from either Party hereto to the other, and the remainder of this Agreement shall be valid, binding and of like effect as though

such provision was not included herein.

2. SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 “Managed Support Services” include:

A Replenishment of Consumables B. Housekeeping for endpointand immediate surrounding

C. Maintenance and Management of peripherals/allied equipment D. Management Centre Activities

i) Central Help Desk at Management Centre ii) Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability


iii) Cash Management Services

E. Cash Replenishment Services/Cash Evacuation Services Vendor shall also ensure that only qualified maintenance personnel familiar with the respective

services shall perform all the services required under the Managed Support Services. There will be no restriction on the number of visits at the site/endpoint. and First Line Maintenance services;

2.2 Deliverables, which means tangible items (e.g. on magnetic media or paper) that Vendor

creates for Bank in the course of providing Managed Support Services, but does not mean equipment, software or Supplies, which means consumables such as paper, ribbons, ink cartridges and the like. 2.3 Vendor may outsource services with the prior approval/consent of the respective Circles of

the Bank, to accredited / reputed agencies who strictly meet and adhere to the criteria laid down by Bank for the said services. Vendor shall be responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement

(SLA) for the Services outsourced by them. Vendor shall ensure that such subcontractors / consultants / outsourced agents possess requisite permission / license for the equipment / Software

market and / or stipulated by Vendor.

2.4 Vendor shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by Subcontractor / Consultants / Outsourced agents as per their respective SLA’s so as to escalate incidents promptly and to

continuously follow up at reasonable intervals till closure of a ticket.

2.5 Vendor shall monitor SLA’s as defined by the Network Service Providers with specific reference to the performance of the ATM network only. The Management Centre shall provide

suitable reports giving details of activity undertaken as above along with exception situations involving breach of related SLA’s.

2.6 The response time for period of rectification as agreed between Vendor and Bank shall also be applicable to Subcontractor / Consultants / Outsourced agents. Vendor shall engage to provide

the necessary support. Vendor shall be responsible for ensuring compliance of the above said timelines.

2.7 Vendor shall be responsible for procuring / maintaining Software agent and Hardware server at

their cost and shall co-ordinate smooth and successful installation / implementation of ATMs at no additional cost to Bank.

2.8 Vendor shall provide for preservation of documents and data in accordance with the

legal/regulatory obligation of the Bank. 3. GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS 3.1 Bank and Vendor have agreed that Vendor shall provide Managed Support Services which would include round the clock centralized remote monitoring with all related field-level support services in respect of the Endpoints to Bank and the contract detailing the terms and conditions shall

consist of this Agreement, and any Schedules and Appendices attached to this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed between the parties in writing, all Managed Services shall be governed by the

terms of this Agreement. The details of the services are as given in the Appendix which shall be reviewed after every three months.


3.2 The terms and conditions in the Request for Proposal (RFP) dated --------------, it’s amendment dt.------- and Bank’s clarifications dt.-- to Vendors’ queries shall form a part and parcel of this

Agreement 3.3 If a conflict exists between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any of the

Schedules / Appendices to this Agreement, the terms & conditions contained in the relevant Schedule / Appendix shall take precedence over the Agreement, in so far as the services pertaining to the

relevant Schedule / Appendix.

3.4 By itself, this Agreement does not constitute an obligation to acquire or avail all the services enumerated in this Agreement; a binding obligation under this agreement shall only be created when the Parties additionally sign a written document, such as, a Schedule or an Appendix, detailing the services availed. Each Appendix stands alone, serves as complete, integrated agreement for the services ordered under it and replaces all other oral or written communications regarding those

services.

3.5 The Subsidiaries of Bank shall be entitled to avail the ATM Managed Support Services from Vendor under this Agreement.

3.6 Vendor shall commence delivery of services of Endpoints as per the schedule communicated

by Bank, based on mutual agreements arrived at between Bank and Vendor.

3.7 The responsibility of collecting all the required information and customization to communicate with the Circleof the Bank shall be with the Vendor and has to be carried out by the Vendor without any


3.8 The cost of leased line and back up connectivity from the Vendor’s Management Centre and DR Site to the Bank’s Switch and DR Site shall be borne by the Vendor.

3.9 The recurring expenditure relating to connectivity referred to under 3.8 shall be borne by the Vendor.

3.10 Cost of licenses/software/ hardware/ services required to provide Managed Support Services

shall be borne by the Vendor.

3.11 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES

i. It is specifically agreed that the Service Provider shall act as independent service provider and shall

not be deemed to be the Agent of the Bank except in respect of the transactions/services which give

rise to Principal - Agent relationship by express agreement between the Parties.

ii. Neither the Service Provider nor its employees, agents, representatives, Sub-Contractors shall

hold out or represent as agents of the Bank.

iii. None of the employees, representatives or agents of Service Provider shall be entitled to claim

any absorption or any other claim or benefit against the Bank.

iv. This Agreement shall not be construed as joint venture. Each Party shall be responsible for all its

obligations towards its respective employees. No employee of any of the two Parties shall claim

to be employee of other Party.


v. All the obligations towards the employees of a Party including that on account of personal

accidents occurred while working in the premises of the other Party shall be with the respective

employer and not on the Party in whose premises the accident occurred.

3.12 POWERS TO VARY OR OMIT WORK

i. No alterations, amendments, omissions, additions, suspensions or variations of the work

(hereinafter referred to as variation) under the Agreement shall be made by Service provider except

as directed in writing by Bank. The Bank shall have full powers, subject to the provision herein after

contained, from time to time during the execution of the Agreement, by notice in writing to instruct

Service provider to make any variation without prejudice to the Agreement. Service provider shall

carry out such variations and be bound by the same conditions, though the said variations occurred in

the Agreement documents. If any suggested variations would, in the opinion of Service provider, if

carried out, prevent them from fulfilling any of their obligations under the Agreement, they shall notify

the Bank, thereof, in writing with reasons for holding such opinion and Bank shall instruct Service

provider to make such other modified variation without prejudice to the Agreement. Service provider

shall carry out such variations and be bound by the same conditions, though the said variations

occurred in the Agreement documents. If Bank confirms their instructions Service provider’s

obligations will be modified to such an extent as may be mutually agreed. If such variation is

substantial and involves considerable extra cost, any agreed difference in cost occasioned by such

variation shall be mutually agreed between the parties. In any case in which Service provider has

received instructions from the Bank as to the requirement of carrying out the altered or additional

substituted work, which either then or later on, will in the opinion of Service provider, involve a claim

for additional payments, such additional payments shall be mutually agreed in line with the terms and

conditions of the order.

ii. If any change in the work is likely to result in reduction in cost, the parties shall agree in writing so

as to the extent of reduction in payment to be made to Service Provider, before Service provider

proceeding with the change.

3.13 NO WAIVER OF BANK RIGHTS OR SERVICE PROVIDER’S LIABILITY

Neither any payment sign-off/payment by the Bank for acceptance of the whole or any part of

the work, nor any extension of time/possession taken by the Bank shall affect or prejudice

the rights of the Bank against Service provider, or relieve Service Provider of their obligations

for the due performance of the Agreement, or be interpreted as approval of the work done, or

create liability on the Bank to pay for alterations/ amendments/ variations, or discharge the

liability of Service Provider for the payment of damages whether due, ascertained, or certified


or not or any sum against the payment of which they are bound to indemnify Bank nor shall

any such certificate nor the acceptance by them of any such paid on account or otherwise,

affect or prejudice the rights of the Service provider, against the Bank.

3.14 TRANSITION REQUIREMENT

In the event of failure of the Service Provider to render the Services or in the event of

termination of Agreement or expiry of term or otherwise, without prejudice to any other right,

the Bank at its sole discretion may make alternate arrangement for getting the Services

contracted with another vendor. In such case, the Bank shall give prior notice to the existing

Service Provider. The existing Service Provider shall continue to provide services as per the

terms of contract until a ‘New Service Provider’ completely takes over the work. During the

transition phase, the existing Service Provider shall render all reasonable assistances to the

new Service Provider within such period prescribed by the Bank, at no extra cost to the Bank,

for ensuring smooth switch over and continuity of Services. If existing vendor is found to be in

breach of this obligation, they shall be liable for paying a penalty of Rs.___________on

demand to the Bank, which may be settled from the payment of invoices or performance

guarantee for the contracted period.

4. LIABILITIES/OBLIGATION A . BANK’S LIABILITIES/RESPONSIBILITIES

i. Bank is responsible for initially determining that the Endpoint require service and shall follow

the service request procedures as may be mutually decided by placing orders.

ii. Bank represents and warrants that at no time shall Bank permit Valuables in excess of the Endpoints Loss Liability Limit to be placed in any ATM.

B. SERVICE PROVIDER’S LIABILITIES

i. To adhere to the service levels documented in this Agreement.

ii. Service provider, if permitted to sub-contract, shall ensure that Service provider personnel and its subcontractors will abide by all reasonable directives issued by the Bank, including those set forth in the Bank’s then-current standards, policies and procedures (to the extent applicable), all on-site rules of behaviour, work schedules, security procedures and other standards, policies and procedures as established by the Bank from time to time.

5. RATES

5.1 The rates for Managed Services are as agreed between Bank and Vendor and specified in Schedule -1 and are inclusive of all taxes, levies as applicable to all such services except GST. The


GST (or any other tax in lieu of GST) shall be paid by Bank at applicable rates. The rates specified are fixed for a period up to ----------------- from the effective date of this Agreement.

5.2 All services which are not specifically priced in the Appendices hereto or otherwise agreed in

writing shall be charged at the mutually discussed and agreed rates.

6. INVOICING AND PAYMENT

6.1 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing, Bank shall pay Vendor for Managed Support Services on a monthly basis in arrears after Tax Deduction at Source. The Monthly Bills shall be accompanied by the SLA Report for verification by the Bank’s authorities. Vendor shall invoice Bank for per call for those services not included in this Agreement. Vendor shall provide appropriate invoices prior to each payment due date. All invoices are payable within 30 days from the date of

submission. Payment for the Services shall be made by the respective Local Head Offices of the Bank. No advance payments shall be made.

6.2 The invoices are required to be accompanied with the Management Centre Takeover

Certificate (only one for each Endpoint at the time of takeover of the Endpoint under Managed Support Services, including the relocated Endpoints), SLA Report, Endpoint – wise Uptime report,.

Certificates/Reports shall be submitted with monthly bill separately for VIP and Regular ATMs.

6.3

The computation of all penalties will be at Circle level and all penalties will be recovered concurrently

from the total bills payable to the vendor for the particular month, subject to the maximum of 50% of

the total bills payable.

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

7.1 If an employee of Vendor is determined, by criminal conviction or clear and convincing

evidence, to have directly caused an Endpoint Loss through his or her negligence, act or omission, or criminal act, then Vendor shall be liable to Bank for the amount which shall in no event exceed the Endpoint Loss Liability Limit per incident. Upon payment of any loss hereunder, Vendor shall be subrogated to all of Bank's rights and remedies thereof to the extent of amount so paid. Vendor hereby agrees to indemnify the Bank against any act as mentioned hereinabove. 7.2 Other than as expressly stated in this Section 7 or in any other part of this Agreement, in no event will Vendor be liable for any loss of Valuables including, but not limited to, those resulting from burglary, robbery, fire, flood or other external cause. 7.3 The provisions of this Section 7 govern Vendor's liability for any claim of loss, missing, damaged or stolen Valuables and with respect to such losses. Appendix attached to this Agreement may contain different liability limitations, which shall be independent of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 with respect to the services provided under those Appendices. 8. LIABILITY INSURANCE Vendor or its contractors shall maintain, at its expense, such insurance as will fully protect it from any claims for damage for bodily injury, including death or for property damage that may arise from operations under this Agreement. Upon request, Vendor shall provide certificates of insurance or


self-insurance for Bank's inspection. Ultimately Vendor shall be responsible to Bank for cost, claims, damages and expenses that may arise from the operations under this Agreement.

9. EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM & TERMINATION

9.1 EFFECTIVE DATE

This Agreement shall be effective from ------------ and is valid till --------------.

9.2 TERM The initial term of this Agreement (“ Initial Term”) shall begin on the Effective Date indicated above and shall continue till --------------------. Bank reserves the right to extend the Agreement for a further period of three years after due consideration following a review in light of the then prevailing

market conditions and Bank’s requirement, if necessary. The duration of the Managed Services shall run concurrent and co-terminus with the Term of this Agreement.

9.3 TERMINATION

9.3.1 Immediately upon termination of this Agreement, Vendor shall cease to extend these

Services covered under this Agreement and explain the procedure for managing the Endpoints and delete from its systems all electronic lock keys (such as Cencon keys) assigned to Bank’s Endpoints.

This action shall prevent issuance of keys or combinations by Vendor to access the locks. Vendor shall thereafter not be obliged to provide administrative support and all responsibility of effecting the

transition of services shall be of Bank.

9.3.2 Termination for default : i) The performance of the Vendor shall be reviewed after every month initially and the Bank reserves

the right to terminate the contract, in whole or in part, at any point of time after giving 30 (thirty) days’ notice on account of any of the following:

a. The services are found to be unsatisfactory and/or there is a consistent failure to maintain the

SLAs; and / or b. the overall average availability of channelfalls below 3% of the target level for three

consecutive months; and/or c. 5% or more of the total Endpoints allocated are not available consistently (except on account

of unforeseen circumstances like bandhs, civil commotion, floods, earthquakes, etc.); and/or

d. If the Vendor fails to deliver any or all of the Products and Services within the period(s)

specified in this Contract/Agreement, or within any extension thereof granted by the Bank;

and/or

e. If the Vendor fails to perform any other obligation(s) under this Contract/ Agreement.

The Bank reserves the right to fix the periodicity of measuring the above. ii) The Bank may terminate one or more services availed of by it or part thereof by giving a notice in writing to the Vendor expressing its intention to do so without assigning any reason whatsoever and without being liable for any liability or damages to the Vendor whatsoever.


9.3.3 Termination for insolvency:

The Bank may, at any time, terminate the Agreement by giving written notice of 30 (thirty) days to the Vendor if the Vendor becomes Bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In this event, termination shall be

without compensation to the Vendor, provided that such termination shall not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy, which has accrued or shall accrue thereafter to the Bank.

9.3.4 Termination for Convenience:

The Bank, by written notice of 30 days sent to the Vendor, may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that termination is for the Bank’s convenience, the extent to which performance of the Vendor under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

9.3.5 In the event of termination for any reason, Bank shall give suitable publicity including advising

the Indian Bank’s Association (IBA)/ Reserve Bank of India (RBI).

9.3.6 Unless otherwise specified expressly, termination of the services as per any Appendices shall not tantamount to automatic termination of the Agreement. Further, in the event of termination

of any Services as provided in the Appendices or this Agreement, Vendor shall have the right to take back all its equipment / components which were provided by Vendor to facilitate Bank to use the

Remote ATM Network Monitoring Services. Bank undertakes to provide all necessary assistance and cooperation to Vendor in removing the equipment/components from its premises and Vendor

taking possession of the same.

9.3.7 In the event of termination of this Agreement during its period/tenure, Bank shall retain the right to take on itself the operation of all the services as stipulated in the Agreement with all sub-contractors/ consultants/outsourced agents of Vendor without any change in the terms and conditions

concerning the service levels and rates, as contained in this Agreement.

9.3.8 In the event Bank terminates the contract in whole or in part, it may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, products and services similar to those undelivered, and

the Vendor shall be liable to the Bank for any excess costs for such similar Products or Services. However, the Vendor shall continue performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.

9.3.9 Vendor shall have the right to terminate the contract only in the event of non-payment by the

Bank of any undisputed money by sending written notice of 30 (thirty) days after the payment due date.

10. OTHER TERMS 10.1 Vendor shall furnish copies of all contracts/sub-contracts, without the commercial clause, to the respective Circles of the Bank on demand. Vendor shall have to maintain a ‘Contract Register’. Further, Bank reserves the right to call regular meetings of all/specific contractors during the tenure of the contract. Vendor shall incorporate suitable clause in respect hereof all contracts/subcontracts

executed with such subcontractors/outsourced agents.

10.2 Bank may conduct monthly or more frequent availability review meetings/ presentations at Corporate Centre, Mumbai/ Local Head Offices (LHOs)/Zonal Offices with participation at sufficiently

senior level official from the Vendor’s side.


10.3 If Vendor acts as an outsourcing agent for multiple Banks, Vendor must ensure that there is no co-mingling of information/documents, records and assets.

10.4 Vendor shall not transfer or assign at any stage, during the currency of this agreement, any

of its duties, responsibilities, obligations and benefits of this agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the Bank, except where Vendor assigns this agreement to an Affiliate or a

Joint Venture or to any entity which acquires the entire or partial stock or assets of Vendor. However, prior notice has to be given to the Bank in all such cases.

10.5 The Bank reserves the right to allot such Endpoints taken away from the Vendor to any other existing Vendor for continuity of operations. 11. CONFIDENTIALITY

11.1.a “Confidential Information” means and includes any and all proprietary information disclosed

by one party to the other, related to the subject of this Agreement. Confidential Information does not include information that is or becomes available to the recipient prior to such disclosure or such

information that is public information in accordance with the applicable laws. Software in human–readable form (e.g. source code) and Bank’s data values and customer details stored in computers

shall be considered Confidential Information whether or not marked as such.

11.1.b The Vendor shall also be exposed by virtue of the contracted activities to internal business information of the Bank and/or business partners. Disclosure of any part of the aforementioned

information to parties not directly involved in providing the services requested, even after the contract expires or gets terminated, could be treated as breach of trust and Bank would be free to initiate any

action deemed appropriate, including premature termination of the contract and/or legal action for breach of trust.

11.1.c The Vendor shall not use the logo of the Bank or other IPRs including the name of the Bank or any of its documents during any publicity without the prior written permission of the Bank.

11.1.d The Vendor acknowledges that all material and information which has and shall come into its

possession or knowledge in connection with the Agreement or the performance thereof, whether consisting of confidential and proprietary data or not, whose disclosure to or use by third parties may

be damaging or cause loss to Bank shall all times be held by it in strictest confidence and it shall not make use thereof other than for the performance of this agreement and to release it only to

employees requiring such information, and not to release or disclose it to any other party.

11.1.e The Vendor shall take appropriate action with respect to its employees to ensure that the obligations of non-use and non-disclosure of confidential information under this agreement are fully satisfied. In the event of any loss to the Bank in divulging the information by the employees of the Vendor, the Bank shall be indemnified. 11.1.f The Vendor shall not use any Information and/or know-how gained in the process of providing Managed Services under this Agreement for any other organization whose business

activities are similar in part or in whole to any of those of Bank anywhere in the world without prior written consent of Bank during the period of contract. Bank shall own all Intellectual Property Rights

(IPR) of design, Software and / or systems created specifically for implementation at the Bank under this Agreement.


11.1.g The Vendor shall either on its own or through its Contractors take adequate measures and exercise due diligence in verifying the background of the employees particularly in those engaging in

providing FLM services.

11.1.h The Vendor shall isolate the Bank's information, Bank's customer information, documents and records and other assets. In adverse conditions, it shall be possible to remove all documents, records

of transactions and information given to the Vendor in order to continue its business operations, or deleted, destroyed or rendered unusable.

11.1.i In instances, where Vendor acts as an outsourcing agent for multiple Banks, Vendor shall ensure that there is no co-mingling of information/documents, records and assets. 11.1.j The Vendor shall maintain the confidentiality of the Bank’s information/customer's information

even after the agreement/contract expires or gets terminated.

11.1.k The Vendor shall preserve the documents and data in accordance with the legal/regulatory obligation of the Bank as well as other statutory requirements in this regard.

11.1.l The Bank shall review and monitor the security practices and control processes of the

Vendor on a regular basis. The Vendor agrees to disclose security breaches immediately, as and when it occurs.

11.1.m The Bank shall immediately notify IBA/RBI in the event of any breach of security and leakage

of confidential customer related information.

11.1.n The Vendor shall comply with all the rules/ regulations of the Bank and other statutory requirements including the guidelines issued by RBI from time to time.

11.2 Obligation and Duration

Each party shall treat the other’s information confidential and shall use reasonable efforts to prevent the disclosure of the other’s Confidential Information to third parties, but may disclose such

information if required by law. It is agreed that all Confidential Information remains the disclosing party’s property. Upon the disclosing party’s request, all Confidential Information (other than materials

that have been licensed to the recipient) shall be returned to the disclosing party. Vendor shall isolate the Bank’s information, documents and records and other assets. In adverse conditions, it shall be

possible to remove all documents, records of transactions and information given to Vendor in order to continue its business operations, or deleted, destroyed or rendered unusable”.

11.3 Confidentiality of Agreement - Customer/Vender References Except as required by law, the parties shall keep confidential the terms and conditions of Agreement including pricing. However, without revealing any specific terms of the Agreement, Bank may disclose that Vendor is Bank’s Vendor and Vendor may disclose that Bank is Vendor’s customer, services of which availed by Bank pursuant to the Agreement.

12. Subcontractors and Consultants


12.1 Either party may disclose Confidential Information (excluding Bank’s data values stored in computers and customer details) to its majority-owned subsidiaries who agree to the terms of this

Agreement, and to its subcontractor and /or their employees who agree in writing to confidentiality obligations consistent with this Agreement with the prior approval of the other party.

12.2 Bank may also disclose Confidential Information to its external consultants, provided that the

business competitor would be engaged with the consent of Managed Services Vendor, solely to further its business purposes, provided the consultants agree in writing to be bound by the terms of

this Agreement, including its intellectual property and confidentiality provisions. Vendor agrees to maintain and keep updated contract register at Bank containing details of all subcontractors such as name, address, contact numbers, contact person and services rendered. Vendor agrees to incorporate in the Agreement/Contract to be executed between Vendor and sub-contractors/ consultants/outsourced agents that in the event of termination of this agreement of managed services

between Bank and Vendor, the Bank shall take on itself the operation of all managed services with all sub-contractors/ consultants/ outsourced agents without any change to the terms and conditions in

the contracts executed between Vendor and sub-contractors/consultants/outsourced agents.

13. PENALTY & INCENTIVE

13. 1 Operationalization

a. For any delay in operationalization of full-fledged Managed Services (MS) of newly installed (future/endpoints to be provided under this RFP/endpoints to be provided in this RFP other

than Solution provider) endpoints beyond ten days from the date of installation with enquiry txn, a penalty of Rs. 1000/- per day (from the 11 th day onwards) per endpoint will be charged.

b. For any delay in operationalization of full-fledged Managed Services (MS) of existing

endpoints beyond 10 days from the date of installation solution with enquiry txn, a penalty of Rs. 1000/- per day (from the 11th day onwards) per endpoint will be charged.

13.2 Availability

a. The Vendor shall maintain the target availability at all levels as stipulated by the Bank in

subsequent paragraphs.

b. Bank has implemented ATM monitoring solution and its web login access shall be extended to Vendor to check the Endpoint status online. Vendor shall take corrective action on the basis of

information displayed in the ATM monitoring solution, if there is a case in which the Vendors’ system has not captured certain faults. c. The Vendor shall maintain raw availability as calculated by ATM monitoring solution at each Circle level separately. The monthly availability report published by ATM monitoring solution shall be considered for above purpose.

d. The Vendor shall maintain availability at individual Endpoint level as well as for the entire channel. For this purpose ‘channel’ will include total number of Endpointsunder MSS in a particular Circle.


e.

i. All machines/endpoints of the Bank will be categorized in 2 types-

VIP Endpoints: installed at Prime/VIP/High-hit locations like Airports, Intouch Branches, E-corners/e-lobby, Railway/Metro Stations, Shopping Malls, Market Areas, Tech Parks, Important/main Bank

Branches or any other location as identified by the Circles. Regular Endpoints : other machines not included in the VIP category.

Category Minimum targeted Uptime / Availability per month

VIP- endpoints 95% Regular endpoints 92 %

There shall be no exclusion to availability, except force majeure cases like flood, earthquake, natural calamities and vandalism cases. ii. Penalty for not maintaining target availability

The Solution Provider will have to achieve the availability targets for endpoints at individual level - ‘VIP Endpoints’ and the Regular Endpoints. The penalty for not maintaining target availability will be applicable for individual Endpoints level.

VIP endpoints


93.0% to less than 95.0% 5% of Charges Payable 90.0% to less than 93.0% 10% of Charges Payable

less than 90.0% 25% of Charges Payable

Regular endpoints :


90.0% to less than 92.0% 5% of Charges Payable

85.0% to less than 90.0% 10% of Charges Payable

less than 85.0% 25% of Charges Payable

f. Incentives/Rewards for maintaining higher uptime

VIP endpoints

Availability Incentive amount 96.0% to less than 97.0% and

monthly average financial transactions of at least 250





Regular endpoints :

Availability Incentive amount

92.0% to less than 95.0% and monthly average financial transactions of at least 250




Transactions will be limited to Cash withdrawal and cash deposit only. Non-Financial transactions will not be considered for incentive/reward purpose.

13.3 Other Penalties

Rs.1000/- per incident shall be levied if consumable are not made available within

four hour from the time information available in Online Monitoring Solution or

complaint lodged by Bank official at the portal and/ or advised by Channel Manager

or by the Bank official in this regard.

13.4 Liquidated Damages

If Solution Provider/Endpoint Provider fails to provide the services as per the requirement specified in

the Agreement/RFP and amendment thereof, Bank shall charge penalty of @ 0.5 % per week of delay in delivery of respective line item price bid subject to maximum of the 10 % of the Total cost of

project. The liquidated damage is apart from and in addition to other applicable penalties.

13.5 Maintenance and Resolution Time

i. a. VIP Endpoints, irrespective of the population group/ category :- 3 hours b. Regular Endpoints at Metro, Semi-urban and urban locations :- 6 hours

c. Regular Endpoints at Rural locations :- 8 hours

Vendor shall maintain turnaround time (TAT) for all endpoints at individual level for each such

instance.

ii. The Vendor is responsible for ensuring minimum time to diagnose and identify problems/problem part or consumable outage and is expected to escalate an event promptly and follow it up

continuously till closure of the ticket. iii. Vendor shall maintain turnaround time (TAT) for all ATMs at individual level for each such instance.

iv. All machines of the bank will be categorized into the following 2 types:

(i) VIP Machines – are those endpoints which have been installed at Prime/

VIP/ High-hit locations like Airports, Intouch Branches, E-corners/ e-lobby,

Railway/ Metro Stations, Shopping Malls, Market Areas, Tech Parks,


Important/ main Bank Branches or any other location as identified by the

Circles.

(ii) Regular machines – are all the other machines not included in the VIP

category.

Category Resolution Time/ TAT Penalty VIP 2 Hours : Irrespective of the



Regular i. 4 Hours : At Metro, Urban



locations



The above timelines are applicable for third party components also.

13.6 Third Party Components

13.6.1 The above timelines are applicable for third party components also. The Vendor is accountable for managing the coordination of incidents that require both single and multiple party

dispatches. The Vendor’s responsibility is to automatically/immediately escalate an incident call to respective Vendors / service providers for all equipments/ services, and to track all incidents at periodic intervals to ensure that the error is rectified within reasonable time. 13.6.2 The Vendor shall escalate incidents promptly and continuously follow up at reasonable intervals till closure of a ticket. In other words, the Management Centre shall be responsible for ensuring compliance of other Vendors as per their respective SLAs. The Network Service Providers

have clearly defined SLAs the monitoring of which is to be done by the MS Vendor, with specific reference to the performance of the ATM network only. The Management Centre shall provide

suitable reports giving details of activity undertaken as above along with exception situations involving breach of related SLAs.

14. WARRANTIES, INDEMNITY AND GUARANTEE

14.1 General Warranty

Vendor warrants that (a) Services shall be provided in a professional manner consistent with industry

standards and policies by trained and experienced personnel; (b) Deliverables shall materially conform to the specifications included in this Agreement / Appendices; (c) The consumables to be provided by Vendor shall be of industry standards and as stipulated by Bank.

14.2 Defense of Infringement Claims

14.2.1 Vendor shall indemnify and keep indemnified Bank against any loss or damages or cost or

expenses suffered by Bank, and fully protect and defend, at its expense, from all legal actions, any


claim, damages from third parties or suit brought against Bank alleging that the software, Designs, processes or Services used by Vendor for providing the Services anywhere in the world infringes

trademark, trade name, patent, copyright, service mark, Intellectual Property right (IPR), industrial design rights or trade secret and shall pay all costs, expenses and damages awarded. The Bank

shall own all intellectual property rights to all design, software and/or systems created specifically for implementation at the Bank under this contract.

14.2.2 In the event of infringement claim as stated above, Vendor shall endeavor to obtain for Bank

the right to continue using the Services or replace or modify the Services to the satisfaction of the Bank, so that it becomes non-infringing. 14.2.3 If the Vendor fails to comply and the Bank is required to pay compensation to a third party resulting from such infringement, the Vendor shall be responsible for the compensation including all

expenses, court costs and lawyer fees. The Bank shall give notice to the Vendor of such claim, if it is made.

14.2.4 However, Vendor is not obliged to indemnify Bank, if the alleged infringement arises in

connection with services not covered by this Agreement. Vendor is also not obligated to indemnify Bank, if any modifications or changes were done by any party other than Vendor, or its duly

authorized subcontractors to products / services which have been supplied as per Vendor’s compliance, with Bank’s designs, specifications or instructions.

14.2.5 Vendor shall ensure while accepting or acting on the instructions or specifications or designs

provided by Bank in accordance with this Agreement that actions as per such design / specification shall not result in infringement of any IPR.

14.2.6 Vendor undertakes that all equipments software, Designs, processes or Services used by them for providing the Managed Services has been rightfully acquired.

14.3 Indemnity

i. Vendor / Sub – Contractors/ Consultants/ Outsourced Agents shall undertake thorough background

check, due diligence in verifying the antecedents of its employees particularly those who engage in providing FLM Services. Vendor shall indemnify and protect Bank against all claims, losses, costs,

damages, expenses, action, suits and other proceedings resulting from:

a. Any actions of the Employees or Sub – Contractors/ Consultants/ Outsourced Agents of Vendor; and

b. Infringement of any law pertaining to patents, trademarks, copyrights etc. or such other statutory infringements in respect of all services and software used by them or the local laws of any state or the labour laws or central /state tax laws.

ii. The Vendor and his outsourced agents/sub-contractors shall be registered and shall have valid licence under Sec. 7 and 12 of the Contract Labour ( Abolition) Act, and necessary registration and licence under the ESI/EPFO Act. Further, Vendor and their Sub – Contractors / Consultants/

Outsourced Agents shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, guidelines etc., like Minimum Wages Act, Shops and Establishment Acts, Contract Labour, etc.

14.4 Performance Bank Guarantee


i) Vendor shall furnish a Performance Bank Guarantee (Appendix - G) from a first class scheduled commercial Bank to this office within 10 days from agreement execution date for an amount

equivalent to 10% of the annual order value for the number of ATMs allotted to Vendor. This shall have a validity till the validity of the MSP Agreement plus 3 months claim period. The Vendor shall

submit extended Bank Guarantee., if needed.

ii) However, the Vendor shall also furnish a separate Bank Guarantees for Cash Related Services to the respective Local Head Offices/Circles of the Bank as specified in Appendix H.

15. LIABILITY, LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS Notwithstanding anything contained under this Agreement, Vendor shall not be liable to Bank for any indirect, incidental, consequential or for loss of profits, revenue, opportunity or data, whether in an

action in contract, tort, product liability, statute, equity or otherwise. Vendor shall not be liable to Bank for special or punitive damages. Vendor shall not be cumulatively liable to Bank for any amount

greater than the Endpoint Loss Liability Limit, except in the case of liability in respect of breach of confidentiality obligations or IPR violations or IPR indemnity mentioned in Clauses 11, 14.2 and 14.3

above. In such cases, there shall not be any limits on the cumulative liability of Vendor.

16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

i. The Bank and the Vendor shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation, any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in connection with the

Contract/Agreement.

ii. If, the Bank and the Vendor have been unable to resolve amicably a Contract dispute even after a reasonably long period, either party may require that the dispute be referred for resolution to the formal mechanisms specified herein below. These mechanisms may include, but are not restricted to,

conciliation mediated by a third party and/or adjudication in an agreed national forum.

iii. The dispute resolution mechanism to be applied shall be as follows:

(a) In case of Dispute or difference arising between the Bank and the Vendor relating to any matter arising out of or connected with this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be settled in

accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. Where the value of the Contract is above Rs.1.00 Crore, the arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 arbitrators, one each to be appointed by the Bank

and the Vendor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by mutual discussion between the Bank and the Vendor. Where the value of the contract is Rs.1.00 Crore and below, the disputes or differences

arising shall be referred to a Sole Arbitrator who shall be appointed by agreement between the parties. (b) Arbitration proceedings shall be held at Mumbai, and the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and communications between the parties shall be English; (c) The decision of the majority of arbitrators shall be final and binding upon both parties. The

cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal. However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with the preparation, presentation, etc.,

of its proceedings as also the fees and expenses paid to the arbitrator appointed by such party or on its behalf shall be borne by each party itself.


(d) The Arbitrators shall have no authority to award punitive damages or other non-compensatory damages or award damages in excess of the limitations and exclusions set forth in this Agreement.

iv. Governing Language: The governing language shall be English.

v. Applicable Law: The Contract /Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union of India and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts at Mumbai.

17. MISCELLANEOUS TERMS

17.1 The Bank reserves the right to customize the contract to meet its requirements. 17.2 Non-waiver, Assignment

Failure to enforce any term in this Agreement/ Appendix is not waiver of future enforcement of that or any other term. Other than as expressly stated in this Agreement/Appendix, neither Party may assign

this Agreement, duties, rights or obligations or benefits of the Agreement under them without written consent from the other, except that either party may assign this Agreement to a wholly owned affiliate

with prior notice to the other Party and Vendor may use Sub-Contractors/ Consultants/ Outsourced Agents or resellers to fulfill some or all obligations.

17.3 Severability

If any provision in an Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining

provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

17.4 Notices All notices (including requests, consents or waivers) made under this Agreement or any Order shall

be in writing and shall be delivered by registered post acknowledgement due. Either party may change its notice address by proper notice.

The notice to be sent to Vendor shall be addressed to:

-----------------------


----------------------

The notice to be sent to Bank shall be addressed to: The General Manager (AC) State Bank of India Corporate Centre, Alternate Channels Department 09th Floor, Air India Building

Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400 021

With an additional copy to The Dy. General Manager (ATM Implementation & Services)



Wing ‘A’, Ground Floor, Sector -11, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai – 400614

17.5 Force Majeure

Except for Bank’s obligations to make payments, neither party shall be liable for delay in performing obligations or for failure to perform obligations, if the delay or failure results from any of the following

(whether happening in India or elsewhere), force majeure, Act of God, or any governmental act, fire, earthquake, explosion, accident, civil commotion, sudden general strikes or anything beyond the

control of either party. The parties shall use all reasonable endeavors to minimize such delay. Upon cessation of the event-giving rise to the delay, the parties shall insofar, as may be practicable under the circumstances, complete performance of their respective obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any of the above-mentioned events shall preclude Vendor from meeting any or all of the obligations hereunder for a period of more than 30 (thirty) days from the date of occurrence of

such act; it shall be open to Bank to rescind such portion of this contract as pertinent to such obligations (and if the same is not inactionable, the entire contract) by giving 1 (one) month’s notice

from the date of expiry of the said period of 30 (thirty) days.

17.6 Survival

Terms intended by the parties to survive termination of this Agreement shall survive such termination.

17.7 Employees

17.7.1 It is agreed between the parties that during the currency of this Agreement and for a period of one year thereafter, neither party shall offer to or entice away the employees of the other who are

either directly, indirectly, or through third party involved in performance of this Agreement except as the parties may agree on a case-by-case basis. However, this clause shall not be applicable for any regular recruitment as per the recruitment policy of a party and not targeted for the employees of the

other party. 17.7.2 The employees of the Vendor (individuals) shall not claim parity of wages with Bank

employees as well as permanent absorption in the Bank as an employee.

17.8 Right to Audit

17.8.1 One or more officers or employees or authorised personnels or auditors (internal and external), from Bank, Reserve Bank of India (RBI), or other regulatory & statutory authorities shall

have unrestricted right and access to inspect and audit the operations, services, software, books and records/account of the Vendor directly related to Endpoints managed support services.

17.8.2 In case any of the services are further outsourced/assigned/ subcontracted to other Vendors, it shall be the responsibility of the Vendor to ensure that the authorities / officials as mentioned above are allowed access to all the Endpoints related services and places for inspection and verification. 17.8.3 The Vendor shall, whenever required, furnish all relevant information, books, records, and data to inspecting officials of the Bank/ RBI/ statutory or regulatory authority.

17.8.4 Bank reserves the right to call for any relevant information/report.


17.8.5 The Vendor shall be under obligation to address all such findings and mitigate the same in co-ordination with the Bank. Bank shall have right to obtain copies of any audit or review reports and

findings made on the MS Vendor in conjunction with the services performed for the Bank.

17.8.6 Reserve Bank of India (RBI) or persons authorized by it shall have access to the Bank's documents, records of transactions, and other necessary information given to, stored or processed by

the Vendor within a reasonable time. 17.9 CONTINGENCY PLANS / Business Continuity Plan (BCP)

i. The Service Provider shall arrange and ensure proper Data Recovery Mechanism, Attrition Plan and other contingency plans to meet any unexpected obstruction to the service provider or any employees or sub-contractors of the service provider in rendering the Services or any part of the same under this Agreement to the Bank. The Service Provider at Banks discretion shall co-operate with the Bank in case on any contingency. ii. The Vendor is having a Business Continuity Plan and recovery procedures. The Vendor shall

submit a copy of the Business Continuity Plan to the related Local Head Offices/ Circleswithin one month from the date of the Agreement.

17.10 Applicability of terms and conditions

Following Appendices and Schedules are attached to and made integral part of this agreement. All

the terms and conditions as contained in these Appendices and Schedules are applicable to provision of services by Vendor.

This Agreement contains the following Appendix and Schedules:

Appendix – A : Replenishment of Consumables

Appendix – B : Housekeeping for Endpoint and Immediate Surrounding

Appendix---C: Maintenance and Management of Peripheral Allied Equipment

Appendix – D: Management Centre Activities i) Central Help Desk at Management Centre

ii) Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability iii) Cash Management Services Appendix – E: Cash Replenishment Services/Cash Evacuation Services

Appendix – F: Management Takeover Certificate

Appendix – G: Format for Performance Bank Guarantee for Managed Support Services

Appendix – H: Format for Performance Bank Guarantee for Cash Replenishment


Services

Annexure-1: Criteria for Selection of CRA/CIT

Annexure-2: Cash Withdrawl Requisition Slip

Annexure-3: Scheduled Cash Order

Annexure-4: End-of-Day Activity Report

Annexure-5: a. Cash Reconciliation & Replenishment Report

b. Overage and Shortage Report

c. Vault Closing Balance Report

Annexure – 6: SLA Report Format

Schedule – 1: Rates for Managed Services

Agreed and Accepted

For State Bank of India For ------------------- Name: ----- Name: Title : Deputy General Manager Title : ----

Date : ------- Date : -------

WITNESS WITNESS 1. 1.


2. 2.


APPENDIX - A

REPLENISHMENT OF CONSUMABLES

a. Supply and Replenishment of consumables such as paper roll, printer ribbons, inkjet cartridge Vendor shall replenish consumables essential to ensure uninterrupted ATM operation as

necessary without limitation on quantity. b. The specification of these consumables shall be as under:

• Ribbons of high tensile strength material – 12.7mm with 24’ length. shall print 5 million

characters approx., if applicable

• Receipt Rolls – 80mm wide x 8” dia approx x 0.7” core dia produced on ATM grade

thermal paper Appleton Alpha 8. The density of sense mark shall be uniform with 1.2 plus & tolerance level of slitting shall be +/- 0.012”.

c. Consumable Management shall be independent of Endpoint make, model, type of network &

Vendor.

d. Stationery, other than specified herein, if required to be procured in future, shall be contracted at

mutually agreed terms.

e. Vendor also shall ensure that only qualified maintenance personnel familiar with the equipment shall perform all replenishment of consumables and First Line Maintenance services;

f. Arrange to get publicity materials, banners, posters etc. supplied by the Bank displayed in the

kiosks as per instructions besides replenishing leaflets, brochures etc.

g. Reporting incidents of vandalism, theft, breakage, fire etc. to police/ Link Branch / LHO and other

appropriate authorities.


APPENDIX-B

HOUSEKEEPING FOR ENDPOINT AND IMMEDIATE SURROUNDING

i. a) Cleaning of both customer area & back room and immediate surroundings; cleaning of all items in kiosk e.g. Endpoint exterior, LCD/CRT screen, air conditioners, visual merchandise,

signage (including external signage), floor, glass, walls, cleaning of waste paper basket, etc., to ensure that the kiosk presents a neat and clean appearance. All surfaces shall be maintained

clean and particularly glass surfaces shall be maintained sparkling clean. b) Cleaning of Signage / Lollypop once a month. ii. All sites shall be cleaned minimum twice a day for Regular endpoints and thrice a day for VIP

endpoints and report through Online Portal or Mobile Application for any non-functioning of the endpoint or any fault or non -availability of connectivity.

iii. Coordination with hardware Vendor for ensuring preventive maintenance once in a quarter,

which includes but not limited to inspection, testing, satisfactory execution of all diagnostics, and necessary repairing of the equipment, if required, and the report will be submitted to the

concerned branch and LHO.

iv. Pest control/anti-rodent treatment shall be undertaken minimum once every half year.

v. Managing display of notices, information and collaterals at Endpoint site. Display of Manage Service Center’s tollfree number etc at the endpoint site for reporting of the problem.

vi. In the process of providing these services, Vendor undertakes to use good/ standard quality cleaning material. No housekeeping material will be kept in the direct view of the customer.

vii. Monitoring Site and reporting any problems relating to following through Online Portal or

Mobile Application: (List is illustrative and not exhaustive)

• Functioning of endpoint

• Door

• Door handle

• External glass

• Visual merchandise

• Access lock

• Electrical fitting

• Earthling

• AC working condition

• Thermostat settings.

• UPSS

• UPSS Batteries

• Electrically fit s ignage

• Painting

• Any civil requirement

• Lighting facility

• Environmental conditions etc


viii. Arrange to get publicity materials, banners, posters etc. supplied by the Bank displayed at the endpoint site as per instructions besides replenishing leaflets, brochures etc.

ix. Reporting incidents of vandalism, theft, breakage, fire etc. to police/ Link Branch / LHO

and other appropriate authorities.

PENALTY

For Regular endpoints : Rs.2000/- per one instance. For VIP endpoints, penalty will be flat Rs.3000/- per instance

consumablesThe above penalties shall be calculated at the ATM level. However, the recovery shall be made from the total bill submitted by the Vendor to LHO for that particular month.


APPENDIX-C

MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF PERIPHERALS/ALLIED EQUIPMENT(S)

1. MS Vendor shall monitor health, repair and maintain UPS and Batteries. Vendor shall check the following parameters during preventive maintenance of UPS:

o Input & output voltage o Input & output current o Input frequency o Battery life

o Battery voltage o UPS internal temperature

2. The cost of replacement of UPS and Batteries, if needed, shall be borne by the Bank.

3. Visits to the site to allow access to the site or to a third party or to provide facilities management such as adjusting thermostat settings


APPENDIX - D

MANAGEMENT CENTRE ACTIVITIES

A) Central Helpdesk at Management Center:

The Helpdesk services will broadly cover the following illustrative list but not exhaustive:

1. Solution Provider shall provide Managed Services which would include round the Clock Centralised remote monitoring with all related field-level support services in respect of endpoints.

2 Solution Provider should ensure vendor’s key personnel with relevant skill are always available

at the Management Center and ensure the professional standard, quality and delivery of services

3.Solution Provider’s support staff should be well trained to effectively handle queries raised by the Bank customer / employees / service providers etc.

4.The expected time of resolution should be average 3 minutes per call which are of routine

nature.

5.Help Desk with Toll free telephone number with multiple lines (minimum 100) ( 24 * 7 * 365 days a year) as single point of contact for endpoint issues and manual lodging of issue in the

Incident Management Ticketing available in Monitoring System on receipt of requests over toll free number. Single Point of Contact for engineer’s phoning for help, wanting feedback on the

status of a problem or managing multiple parties to resolve problems. Receive telephone call from external customer, identify the caller, log and create the incident ticket and assign the

incident priority.

6. Must be the single point of contact with multiple lines for Bank for help, checks on status of endpoint problem, endpoint / endpoint equipment problems, managing multiple

parties/resources for Testing, installation, operationalization, reinstallation, upgradation, bug fixing, resolution of any issue and troubleshooting the endpoint or its components or its

accessories or software stack (which includes any agent eg Multi-Vendor Software Agent, endpoint protection solution agent(s), EJ agent or agent provided by the Bank etc) with a view

to ensure smooth functioning or its operationalization or to ensure proper reporting or to ensure the uptime or any other specific activity required by the Bank as per RFP.

7. Escalation process should be in place for unresolved issues

8. Considering expected number of call which depends upon the knowledge gap about the solution / defects in the solution / suggestion for improvement etc, the help desk should

be manned adequately with dedicated resource for the same.

9. Vendor must provide with a dedicated and exclusive team at the Management Center


10. Maintenance of up-to-date documentation on SOP for day-to-day activities,

11. Providing on the call support to provide the One-Time-Password to service provider at the endpoint site using the Centralised Access Management Solution after ensuring the legitimacy of the service provider from the Inventory.

12. Management and Administration of Help Desk.

13. Managing Vendor and Third-Party Service Providers. Solution provider is accountable for

managing the coordination of incidents that required both single and multiple party dispatches. The Solution Provider’s responsibility is to automatically / immediately

escalate an incident call to respective vendors / service providers for all equipments / services, and to track all incidents at periodical intervals to enable that the error is

rectified within reasonable time.

14. The Solution Provider shall escalate incidents promptly and continuously follow up at reasonable intervals till closure of a ticket. In other words, the Management Center shall

be responsible for ensuring compliance of other vendors as per their respective SLAs. The Network Service Providers have clearly defined SLAs, the monitoring of which is to be done by Solution Provider, with specific reference to the performance of the endpoint network only. The Management Centre shall provide suitable reports giving details of activity undertaken as above with exception situations involving breach of related SLAs.

15. All incidents which are either auto logged / manually logged under the Incident

Management System should be followed up till resolution of problems.

16. Based on Incident Management System manage the coordination of incidents that require both single and multiple third-party dispatches. Vendor shall monitor (i) receipt of

an incident, (ii) arrival on-site, (iii) repair time and (iv) total resolution time from start to finish.

17. In case of communication error, Vendor shall take up with the connectivity Service

Provider immediately and follow up rigorously till the fault is rectified

18. For such equipment not supplied and installed by Vendor like UPS, Access Lock, PC, Air conditioner, Surveillance System, installed at existing endpoint locations, Vendor shall dispatch an incident call to the respective supplier’s central location. Bank’s LHOs shall

provide Vendor’s details of their central location at the Online Portal and the Toll Free numbers of the suppliers for Vendor to log the calls. It shall be the responsibility of

Vendor to ensure that the calls logged by them for rectification of certain deficiencies shall be closed. Till closure Vendor shall continue to follow up with Vendors / Suppliers.

19. Based on the Online portal made available as required under RFP for auto-

generation/reporting of tickets/faults at the endpoint, Vendor as a part of warranty, immediately arrange for dispatch of skilled personnel and ensure to resolve the faults

within the stipulated resolution time.

20. Monitoring the status of endpoints for non-compliance of Multi-Vendor Software and endpoint protection solution (will require coordination with various vendors in respect of existing endpoints).


21. Proactive and reactive review of hardware performance and service providers’

performance in relation to SLAs

22. Proactive problem resolutions.

23. Supplemental support for variations in business patterns.

24. Scheduled Maintenance Jobs.

25. Use of data analysts for improving uptime of endpoint and its implementation. 26. Providing various reports detailing performance of the network on pre-agreed criteria. 27. Management reporting, including exceptions for SLAs of all connected service providers

28. Assistance in meaningful analysis of performance for improving uptime and availability of Endpoints

B) Monitoring and ensuring improved uptime/availability

Vendor is required to provide the following services / ensure the following:

1. Remote Monitoring

i. Use reliable, dedicated IP connection with backup. ii. Endpoint/ATM cash forecasting. Daily order recommendation

iii. Potential cash out/cash full warning for endpoint iv. Centralized monitoring and control over access to endpoint and safes v. Detect events that exceeds set thresholds

vi. Remotely poll devices at intervals that detect problems immediately on occurrence.

2. Fault Identification – remote diagnostic tools to be used initially

i. Notify appropriate agency for activating support. ii. Notify customer at detection, isolation and resolution.

iii. Manage incident from detection to resolution.

3. Performance Management:

iv. Proactive/predictive analysis & recommendations. v. Setting event thresholds based on customer availability needs. vi. Tuning performance by correlating events with performance metrics. vii. Order to identify bottlenecks that inhibit availability and performance. viii. Normal functioning of DVSS based on the feed from ATM/Bank’s. ix. Automate collection of key performance metrics

4. Service levels :

x. 24 * 7 * 365 days monitoring and resolution. xi. Unlimited incidents. xii. Toll free number with multiple lines for service requests (minimum 100 lines).


5. Response Time

Initiation of remedial action within 3 minutes from occurrence.

6. Availability of endpoints:

Helpdesk shall act immediately on the tickets raised by mobile application/e-surveillance system/any other online system as approved by the Bank from time to time.

a. The Solution Provider shall maintain the target availability at all levels as stipulated by the Bank in subsequent paragraphs. b. ENDPOINT availability will be measured using Banks’ Monitoring System for which an

access will be provided to Management Support Center Helpdesk team.

c. ATM Monitoring web login access will be extended to the successful bidders to check the endpoint status online. Successful bidders should take corrective action on the basis

of information displayed in the ATM Monitoring solution.

d. The Vendor shall maintain raw availability as calculated by Bank’s monitoring solution at each Circle level separately. The monthly availability report published by ATM

monitoring solution shall be considered for above purpose.

e. The Vendor shall maintain availability at individual Endpoint level as well as for the entire channel. For this purpose, ‘channel’ will include total number of Endpoints in a

Circle. f. All machines/endpoints of the Bank will be categorized in 2 types-

VIP Machines: installed at Prime/VIP/High-hit locations like Airports, Intouch Branches,

E-corners/e-lobby, Railway/Metro Stations, Shopping Malls, Market Areas, Tech Parks, Important/main Bank Branches or any other location as identified by the Circles.

The monthly average availability of these endpoints should be at least 95% as these are

image building sites for the Bank.

Regular Machines: other machines not included in the VIP category.

The monthly average availability of these endpoints should be at least 92%

C.) Cash Management Service

A. Scope :

The Vendor shall provide Cash Management Services to monitor and manage the availability of cash in Bank’s network of ENDPOINTs. This service is designed to

optimize the amount of Cash in use at ENDPOINTs. The Vendor shall provide cash needs from past usage trends and current cash status updates and forecast future cash

requirements and replenishment schedules for each ENDPOINT. Likely, the Vendor shall


provide cash needed to be removed from past usage trends and current cash status updates and forecast future cash requirement and evacuation schedule for each cash

point.

B. Services and Deliverables:


i. Monitor and forecast daily requirement based on individual ATM/CD/Cash Recycler

specific past data and trend – The MS Vendor shall generate daily cash requirement for each

ENDPOINT using an established cash forecasting tool and share CRA wise, ENDPOINT

wise list in electronic form with each link branch which has been mapped for cash on

previous night or at least two hours in advance for delivery by the link branch.

Daily cash requirement shall be generated and shared by the Vendor even for those ENDPOINTs which are not outsourced for cash related activities to the Vendor.

ii. Monitor and maintain Factor of Safety (FoS) :

“Factor of Safety (FoS)”, i.e. the ideal amount of Cash that should be

present in the ATM to prevent Cash out and idle cash situation.

FoS will be fixed at 2.0 i.e. for every Rs.100 withdrawn, there should be upto

Rs.200 in the machine. It can be calculated as:

[Opening cash in the ATM + Amount of cash replenished] --------------------------------------------------------------------- = 2 Net cash withdrawn by customer during the day

FoS will be calculated on Daily basis at every individual ATM level wherever

cash replenishment is outsourced (except days prior to the Bank Holiday)

The FoS will be 2 for such instances, i.e. 2 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM

FoS is applicable to only those machines where cash replenishment/

services are outsourced.

There shall be a relaxation on days prior to the holiday because cash may not be available from the Bank on Sundays/ Holidays.

The FoS will be 2.5 for such instances, i.e. 2.5 times the cash withdrawn to be present in the ATM


Penalty for not maintaining target FoS : If FoS is more than 2 or 2.5 as mentioned above, then interest @ 12% will be

levied on the excess cash found above the prescribed norm. However, there will be no FoS penalty for first three months for any newly installed ATM. This relaxation is provided to understand the dispensing pattern of the newly installed ATM for the initial period of three months.

D) CASH OUT

i. On daily basis, Vendor shall monitor for potential cashouts at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action. The Bank has defined cashout as non-availability of cash in ATM/CD/Cash Recycler for dispensation. The HP ESQ ATM monitoring solution currently declares an ATM as ‘cashout’ if switch simultaneously receives ‘currency out’ message in respect of all configured/present cassettes in the ATM/CD/Cash Recycler. To align this with ADMIN balance, cases of ADMIN balance less than 25000/- out of above will be considered as ‘cashout’ for penalty.

ii. For Cash Out penalty shall be charged as under:-

(i) Rs.1000/- per machine upto 10 hours. In case the cash out extends beyond 10 hours, then Rs.1000 for each hour. (ii) Additional Rs.5000/- if cash out continues beyond 12 hours, for each block of 4 hours.

Example: If a cashout incident is closed within 10 hours, the penalty shall be Rs. 1000/- only. However, if it it is closed in 26 hours, the penalty would be Rs. 21000/- (Rs. 1000/- for 10 hours +Rs. 5000/- x 4 for next 12 hours)

Bank shall levy penalty of Rs.1000 per incident, if Reject Bin full is not cleared within 4 hours

The penalty for cashout shall be applicable only where cash activity has been outsourced to the Vendor.

E) Managing events and seasonal requirements- Vendor shall keep track on increased requirements during Sundays/Holidays/ Festivals/Salary days, etc.

based on the past dispensing pattern and initiate necessary actions to prevent cashout during any such period.

F) Cash verification- Vendor shall arrange for cash verification by other than joint

custodians once a month to verify cash position in the ENDPOINT and submit verification reports to the Circle by 15th of the next month.

G) Services and deliverables:



a. Daily order recommendation - Recommending the replenishment amount

and schedule for each ENDPOINT. Each business day, Vendor shall provide Bank an electronic report showing the optimum replenishment

frequency and the amount of cash for each ENDPOINT and recommending the amount to be replenished and the schedule for each ENDPOINT.

b. Potential cash out warning - On business days, Vendor shall monitor for potential stock-outs at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of

unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action.

c. Managing events and seasonal requirements (based on historic data) On business days, Vendor shall monitor the potential stock-outs at ENDPOINTs, which may arise because of unexpected variations in cash dispensing levels and initiate necessary action.

d. Cash Management Service Performance Report – The Vendor shall send

advice in the form of cash indent to Branches by email as and when ENDPOINT cash needs to be replenished. The Vendor shall provide Bank with daily cash order report and cash out report.

H) Service Implementation :

The Vendor shall implement and establish the service upon Bank’s provision of the following in a format reasonably acceptable to Vendor:

iii. Demographic information for all cash points to be covered by the Service,

including ENDPOINT name and location.

ii. Historical information on daily cash withdrawal and replenishment levels for each ENDPOINT being covered by the Service. For maximum initial effectiveness, historical

information is required; at a minimum Vendor requires ninety (90) days of information wherever available.

iii. Calendar information regarding local events that may impact the predicted

cash withdrawal levels. iv. A daily feed from Bank’s host network computing system detailing

withdrawal and replenishment information for each Cash Point covered by the Service.

v. Internet link capabilities between Bank’s host network computing system and

the Vendor service center providing for the daily data transfer requirements.

I) Bank’s Responsibilities:

In the event Bank outsources cash replenishment to the Vendor, Bank shall be responsible for procuring the One Time Combination (OTC) lock such as S&G/Kaba locks and keys as may be required for the ENDPOINTs.


J) Data Ownership and Protection:

i. The data required from Bank for Vendor’s service performance does not include personal data. The Vendor shall not have any obligation to archive or otherwise preserve the

information Bank provides, or that which Vendor provides Bank hereunder. All responsibility for doing so remains with Bank. Bank acknowledges and agrees that Vendor is not acting as

a data repository or data archive agent for Bank.

ii. Bank shall retain ownership of operational information and other information specific to Bank, which Bank provided to Vendor during performance of the Cash Management Service. Vendor retains all rights to the software and the methodology employed in the provision of the Service and grants Bank no license to disclose or make use of such intellectual property other than as may be agreed herein.

K. Warranty :

The Vendor warrants that it will perform its obligation under this Appendix in a professional and workmanlike manner. Vendor, at its expense, will promptly re-execute any Services that fail

to conform to the requirement of this Appendix.


APPENDIX - E

CASH REPLENISHMENT / CASH EVACUATION SERVICES

While Vendor may engage “Cash-in-Transit (CIT) / Cash Replenishment (CRA)” agencies as per norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1 for this purpose, Vendor alone shall be accountable

to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The Vendor shall be wholly responsible for meticulous compliance by CIT agency of stipulations as given in the

Agreement. All pecuniary liabilities arising out of Cash Related Services shall be to the account of the Managed Services Vendor. The Vendor shall comply with Bank’s instructions in this regard from time to time. Vendor alone shall be accountable to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The

Cash related activities shall include, inter alia, receiving cash from a designated centre/branch of the Bank / Reserve Bank of India (in case of strike in Banking sector except in RBI/Natural calamities)

and replenishing the same in ATM/CD/Cash Recycler on the same day, evacuating cash from CDM/Cash Recycler and depositing the same to the Bank on same day, performing End of Day

(EOD) functions at site and furnishing detailed MIS as required by the Bank. The Vendor / CRA shall be responsible for reconciliation of cash and resolution of all complaints related to ADMIN

transactions at the ATM and Vault end.

Captioned services will be availed at the endpoints located anywhere in India at the discretion of the Bank

1. CASH APPENDIX

1.1 The Contract between Bank and Vendor with respect to Cash Replenishment Services/Cash Replenishment Services (“Services”, as more fully described herein) consists of the Managed

Services Agreement (“MS Agreement”) and this Cash Appendix.

1.2 If a conflict exists between the terms and conditions of MS Agreement and this Cash Appendix, the order of precedence shall be (a) this Cash Appendix; and (b) the MS Agreement.

2. DEFINITIONS


2.1 “ATM Loss” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (a) of the MS Agreement.

2.2 “ATM Loss Liability Limit” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (b) of the MS Agreement.

2.3 “Currency” means currency notes and “Valuables” means Currency and, only to the extent

Bank and Vendor have agreed in writing, other identified types of negotiable instruments or items of value.

2.4 “Initial Currency Load” means the first currency load for a new ATM installation or conversion. Initial Currency Loads must be scheduled at least 2 weeks in advance.


2.5 “Scheduled Cash Replenishment Services” or “Cash Replenishment Services” are scheduled cash replenishments that are performed in adherence to a replenishment schedule that is

recommended in indents raised by Vendor.

2.6 “Unscheduled Replenishment Services” means Cash Replenishment prior to or post the scheduled replenishment to prevent depletion of currency level in the ATM

2.7 “Transit Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vehicle owned,

operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

2.8 “Transit Loss Liability Limit” means maximum liability for a single Transit Loss, specified

in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix.

2.9 “Vault Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vault or other secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

2.10 “Vault Loss Liability Limit” means Vendor’s maximum liability for a single Vault Loss,

specified in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix. 3. TERM The term of this Cash Appendix shall continue till the validity of the MS Agreement. 4. COMMENCEMENT OF SERVICES Vendor shall commence the Services under this Cash Appendix within 30 (thirty) days from the Effective Date after identification of the ATMs for the Cash Replenishment Services. The parties shall agree to add more ATMs at subsequent dates as per requirement of the Bank. For such

additional ATMs, Vendor shall commence services within 30 (thirty) days of acceptance of order from the Bank.

5. SCOPE OF SERVICES 5.1 Bank and Vendor have agreed that Vendor shall provide Cash Replenishment/Cash Evacuation Services hereunder through one or more armored car carrier or “cash in transit” subcontractors (the “CIT”). The Vendor shall provide Cash replenishment/ Cash evacuation services as and when required by the Bank. Bank expressly acknowledges that (a) Vendor shall be subcontracting responsibility for the Cash Replenishment Services to the CIT; (b) Vendor has identified the C IT to Bank; (c) Bank accept and do not object to the appointment of the CIT if it is as per the norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1. 5.2 Vendor shall manage and report all cash placements, store spare currency for Scheduled and Unscheduled Replenishments, in the manner, frequency and amounts mutually agreed with Bank. 5.3 Bank shall provide the required sorted cash (as per denominations as mentioned in indents raised by Vendor) of ATM-fit notes to the CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted at cash link branches adequately in advance. Cash is to be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each city identified for this purpose. In case of emergency, Bank may direct CRA to collect cash from any other branch in the city. Vendor shall submit to Bank’s designated branch a list of CIT’s authorized signatories to sign withdrawal slip; and CIT’s authorized operation staff.


5.4 CIT shall withdraw cash from designated branch against withdrawal request as per format

mentioned in Annexure - 1 to this Cash Appendix and supporting documents i.e. Vendor indent as per format mentioned in Annexure - 2 to this Cash Appendix, Current Account cheque signed by

authorized signatories of CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted to the Bank designated branch (Nodal Branch) via E-mail / fax to facilitate them to arrange delivery of cash.

5.5 Cash Replenishment Services includes the following services,

(a) Administrative Maintenance - The CRA/CIT shall conduct EOD activity on ATM on daily basis and submit necessary reports. At the time of daily end of day activity, CIT shall retrieve and account for mutilated cash from the divert cassette; replenish receipt tapes, ribbons and print cartridges, if required.

(b) ATM Balancing - At the time of daily end of day activity CIT shall reconcile physical cash in the ATM cassettes and in the purge bin (reject bin) with the ADMIN balance (end cash shown denomination wise in ADMIN slip) The CIT shall not zerorise the counter. Balancing receipts shall be returned to Bank next working day. The CRA/CIT shall perform ADMIN activities at ATM as directed by the Bank. (c) Cash Replenishment – i)Cash Replenishment means CASH ADD i.e. additional cash to be replenished shall be added in the ATM cassettes and the management and reporting of all cash placements in the manner and amounts the Vendor’s cash management tool specifies. If cash replenishment is scheduled for a particular ATM the administrative maintenance and ATM balancing activity shall be performed along

with cash replenishment. However, if Bank decides to adopt ‘cassette swap’ method at a later date, Vendor shall follow ‘cassette swap’ method without any extra charges. However, the cost of swap

cassettes shall be borne by the Bank. ii) The Vendor shall ensure that the cash handed over by the Bank shall replenished all cash in the ATMs by end of the day against which it has been provided. iii) There shall be minimum 25 cash replenishments (including Sundays/ Holidays) required in ATM during a month. The replenishment of cash shall ordinarily be done once a day, unless second loading is required due to unexpected high withdrawals or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second replenishment activity. The Vendor should take immediate steps for second replenishment on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second loadings wherever required. iv) The cash replenishment activity shall be conducted by the joint custodians at the ATM. v) The Vendor shall ensure that no cash out in ATM due to delay in the replenishment on their part. d) Cash Evacuation Activity- The Vendor shall provide following services at all times on Bank’s CDM/Cash Recyclers as per specifications of the Bank:-


i. The cash evacuation activity shall be carried out as per specific direction from MS Vendor/Bank for Cash Recyclers. However for CDMs this activity shall be carried out on daily basis.

ii. The CRA shall evacuate currency from CDM/Cash Recycler and count it physically at the site to

check if physical cash tallies with the ADMIN balance. In the process, CRA shall segregate notes into different denominations and make it ready for preparing packets of 100 note each.

iii. The cash so evacuated by CRA shall be kept in the locked box with two locks. The cash

evacuated from different CDM/Cash Recycler shall be kept separately inside the box and shall not be mixed with each other. The box shall be opened in the presence of Branch officials in the link branch at the time of delivery of evacuated cash. iv. The cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recycler shall have to be deposited on same day to the

Bank by CRA. Cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recyclers shall not be taken to the vault of CRA. Vaulting may be allowed in exceptional cases, if the evacuation is done beyond banking hours/

holidays. But such cash shall have to be deposited the next day at start of business at the branch.

v. The CRA shall ensure that Bank officials have counted the cash physically before receiving the same and obtain acknowledgement of Bank officials towards this on the cash delivery slip.

vi. In case any counterfeit note is found during counting by Bank officials, details shall be noted in the

cash delivery slip and the number of the note shall be tallied with details in eJ on T+1 day. In case it is found not tallying with the details, Vendor shall be responsible to make good the amount equivalent

to the value of the note immediately.

vii. The cash evacuation activity shall be conducted by the joint custodians at the CDM/Cash Recycler.

viii. The CRA shall perform ADMIN activities at CDM/Cash Recycler as directed by the Bank.

ix. The CRA shall conduct EOD activity on CDM/Cash Recyclers on daily basis and submit necessary reports.

x. The evacuation of cash shall ordinarily be done once a day, unless second clearing is required due

to unexpected high deposits or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second evacuation activity. The Vendor shall take

immediate steps for second evacuation on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second

evacuations wherever required. (e) Currency Vaulting Service - The balance in CIT’s zero balance account should be nil by end of day. No cash shall be vaulted in CRAs vault. In case of emergency or any other cases deemed fit by the Bank, Bank shall provide specific instructions and permission for vaulting. In case of vaulting, CIT shall store cash in locked and/or sealed containers in the vault, separate from other customers’ valuables maintained at the vault. The amount of cash vaulted at CIT’s vault shall be reflecting in CIT’s zero balance account.

(f) Settlement & Vault Reporting - CIT shall prepare daily end of day activity report as per

format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to this Cash Appendix and attach JP logs, supervisory counters and admin slips under the signature of CIT’s representative/s performing cash replenishment and

submit to Bank next working day. Vendor shall provide Cash Balance Report (CBR), Vault Closing


Balance Report (VCB) and Overage & Shortage Report (OSR) as per format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to Bank designated linked branch daily via e-mail.

(g) Vault Balancing - On a daily basis, Vendor shall provide CIT’s records of cash received and

cash disbursed to and from the vault with the previous day’s verified records. The closing balance shown in the vault closing balance report (VCB) should be equal to balance reflected in the CIT’s

zero balance current account.

(h) Currency Sorting – The CIT agencies shall check the quality and quantity of the currency notes at the time of delivery by the Bank before taking the same to their vaults and Bank shall take acknowledgement of the cash handed over to CRA in a register maintained for the purpose. If any shortfall is noticed thereafter, Vendor shall be responsible for the same.. Wherever possible, Bank shall provide to the CIT agencies space and Note Sorting machines for the purpose. Forged/soiled

notes may be returned to the Bank immediately thereafter. Any subsequent claim for forged/soiled notes shall not be accepted by the Bank.

(i) First Line Maintenance (FLM) –

i) FLM calls shall be attended by Vendor at ATM to identify and resolve following issues:

Clearing currency jams Clearing purge bin jams

Clearing printer jams Any other activity required to ensure dispensation of cash

ii) Bank shall levy penalty of Rs.1000 per incident, if Reject Bin full is not

cleared within 4 hours

iii) . FLM calls related to bottom hatch of the ATM that requires opening of ATM safe / vault shall be

attended by Vendor appointed CIT. Response time for attending FLM calls shall be 2/4/6 hours for VIP/Regular-Metro-Semi-urban-Urban/Regular-Rural ATMs

For this Cash Appendix, Response Time means the time taken by CIT to attend the FLM call from the

time the call is logged with Vendor’s management Centre. 5.6 Vendor shall not be responsible for cash outs and related downtime of ATM if it arises due to

following reasons:

a. Quantum of cash not received as per indents raised by Vendor b. Cash not received as per denominations indented

c. If the ATM stops dispensing a particular denomination and it is needed that the ATM should be configured to continue dispensing the other remaining denomination

d. If cash is not provided by Bank before 12 noon to the CIT e. If ATM is down when CIT arrives at the ATM site for cash replenishment

5.7Any shortage of cash on account of CR activities whatsoever and for whatever reason shall be made good to the Bank within 7 days without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance

claim. Any amount of such insurance claims received by the Bank shall be remitted to CRA by the Bank after adjustment of outstanding dues if any. The CRA shall ensure correctness and

genuineness of the cash and shall take only ATM fit currency notes for replenishment to its possession. Counting facility for currency notes shall be provided by the Bank. Once the note packets


are taken out of Bank’s premises the Vendor would be responsible for shortage and fake currency if any, noticed subsequently.

5.8 ATM serviced pursuant to this agreement shall be equipped with the Mas Hamilton / S&G

Lock (OTC) system. Vendor appointed CIT shall (a) cooperate in implementation of the Mas Hamilton system (b) activate Mas Hamilton lock to route mode during Initial Currency Load (c) acquire,

implement and operate the one time combination dispatch software in route mode (d) make its records available as necessary to investigate any operational issue or loss.

5.9 Vendor / CIT shall start cash replenishment service only after successful activation of Mas Hamilton / S&G lock (OTC) in route mode. 5.10 For the purpose of cash replenishment CIT shall have a crew of one custodian and one time

combination to open the Mas Hamilton/S&G lock (OTC) shall be dispatched by CIT’s central location. However for ATM’s which have mechanical lock CIT shall have a crew of two custodian.

5.11 CIT shall use secured cash van as per the specifications given in Annexure-1. The CRA/CIT

shall ensure that cash shall always be in joint custody of two persons and single individual is not be allowed to handle cash at any time. Further, two security guards shall be in each vehicle for

transportation of cash safely and efficiently.

5.12 If the Bank provides a generic tool for monitoring of movement of cash the Vendor shall integrate it with their system without any cost to Bank.

5.13 Vendor shall submit a Business Continuity Plan (BCP) / Disaster Recovery Plan (DRP) for Cash

Replenishment/Evacuation services acceptable to the Circles. 5.14 Depending upon geography/routes/no. of machines linked to a particular branch Vendor shall

transport the cash meant for SBI in a dedicated carrier van.

5.15 Vendor shall ensure that CIT/CRA replenish the cash at the ATMs on the same day. Similarly, cash evacuated shall be deposited with the Bank on the same day. Only in the case of certain

unwarranted situations CIT/CRA shall be allowed to retain the cash at overnight vault. Specifications for overnight vaulting have been given at Annexure - 3.

5.16 Use of One Time Combination (OTC) locks

Bank shall endeavor to provide one time combination locks at all its endpoints (ATM/CD/CDM/Cash

Recycler). The CRA shall have necessary infrastructure and software required to generate and communicate one time password to its joint custodians at site. CRA shall mandatorily use OTC system for cash related activity at site wherever OTC lock has been provided by the Bank. The Vendor shall have the capability of takeover of password generation process from CRA within shortest time in case of any exigency. 5.17 C IT shall allow Bank, its authorized representatives, RBI and other regulatory & statutory

bodies to conduct vault audits at location where currency vaulting services is provided. Audits shall be conducted by Bank at its own cost during normal business hours. Bank representatives shall

carry a letter authorizing them to conduct such audits along with their identity cards, any Bank official without the said authority letter and identity cards shall not be allowed by CIT to conduct audits.


6. INSURANCE

The CRA shall take adequate insurance policy with Bank Clause for the value of entire cash throughout the Cash Cycle (from Bank/RBI to ATM/CD/Cash Recycler and from CDM/Cash Recycler to Bank) for all sorts of risks including fidelity clause arising from acts of omission / commission / dishonesty of its employees and / or its authorised agents. The loss-payee endorsement of such insurance policies shall be in favour of the Bank and it shall be ensured that the amount of claim, if any, shall be paid by the insurance companies directly to the Bank. Copy of the Insurance policy shall be submitted to the Bank. However, it need not be an exclusive policy, if covered under an umbrella policy of the agency. The CRA shall pay the premium for obtaining insurance cover. Bank shall obtain insurance for all cash in the ATM. However, fidelity insurance shall be with the Vendor. Bank does not demand an exclusive policy if CRA is under an umbrella policy of the Insurance Agency. Fidelity insurance cover for 20% higher limit than maximum cash withdrawn from currency chest on a particular day shall be obtained by CRA.

7. BANK GUARANTEE The Vendor shall submit to the concerned LHOs/Circles of the Bank, a Bank Guarantee for the term of the MS Agreement @Rs.50,000/- per ATM in the specified format for securing the obligations in respect of cash loss in the number of ATMs allotted in each Circle. For any further addition of ATMs allotted to the Vendor during the currency of the agreement, additional bank guarantee on the same terms and condition for added number of ATMs shall have to be provided by the Vendor to the Circles. 8. LIABILITY

8.1 The provisions of this Section 8 govern the liability of Vendor and Vendor’s subcontractor (collectively for the purposes of this section, “Vendor”) for any claim of lost, missing, or stolen

Currency and, with respect to such losses, supersede any inconsistent provision in MS Agreement or any other agreement, addendum, or appendix signed by the parties. 8.2 For the purposes of this Cash Appendix, the amounts of the following defined terms shall be:

a. Transit Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank. b. Vault Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank.

In case of exigencies, like continuous Holidays, festival seasons, etc. whenever the vault limit is increased by LHO, the above loss liability limits shall increase accordingly. 8.3 Vendor shall be liable for ATM Loss, Transit Loss or Vault Loss if such losses directly result from (a) kidnapping or robbery of employees / representative of Vendor; (b) dishonesty, negligence or intentional act by employees or representative of Vendor or (c) damage to Bank’s property caused by employees or representative of Vendor. 8.4 Vendor’s total liability for any single ATM Loss shall in no event exceed the ATM Loss Liability Limit.


8.5 Vendor shall be liable for any Vault Loss up to the Vault Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 8.5 shall commence when Currencies have been delivered into a vault or other

secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT, and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) placed in an armored car

owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT.

8.6 Vendor shall be liable for any Transit Loss up to the Transit Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 8.6 shall commence when Currencies have been placed in CIT’s armored

car and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) delivered to, and deposited in, an ATM and CIT has secured the ATM vault and departed from the room or immediate area where the ATM is located. 8.7 As and when Vendor undertakes ATM deposit pick up service at separate mutually agreed

commercials Vendor shall not be liable for claims, actions, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any ATM Loss, to the extent such claim

is the result of (a) the failure of Bank’s customers to properly seal deposit envelopes giving rise to claims for alleged differences in the amount said to have been deposited and the amount Bank

actually received; (b) amounts said to be contained in deposit envelopes or deposits opened by Bank and found to contain an incorrect amount;

8.8 Other than the damages and remedies expressly set forth in this Cash Appendix, Vendor

shall not be liable to Bank, either directly or by pass-through claims of indemnity or contribution for claims of third parties, for any moneys, damages, relief, or remedies, irrespective of whether the

claim arises in common law, tort, statute, or equity.

8.9 If Bank and Vendor are unable to agree upon responsibility for an ATM Loss, the parties shall escalate the issue to their senior management, who shall meet either in person or by telephone in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties disagree after that meeting, either party may invoke

binding arbitration.

8.10 Cash reconciliation

a) Cash difference, if any, has to be reported to the Bank on the next working day. failing which the Vendor shall be liable for the loss incurred by the Bank (if any).

b) Any cash loss to the Bank due to cash shortage in ATMs shall be intimated to the Vendor, with supporting documents/proofs within 6 working days from the date of

submission of reports by the Vendor. The Vendor shall respond to such communication within 3 working days from the receipt of the intimation failing which Vendor shall be

liable for the said loss. Supporting documents/proofs include but are not limited to :

i. Cash replenishment report, JP logs (only if JP is installed/enabled) / EJ and ATM counters for the time period the variance was discovered and the same report(s) for the previous and post settlement periods.

ii. Copies of Bank’s ATM reconciliation reports indicating the ATM’s beginning, ending

and dispensed totals for the time period the variance was discovered.

iii. Copies of the suspect transactions report.

iv. Bank’s calculation of the claimed variance.


9. ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT

Bank agrees that neither Bank’s employees nor any third party shall have access to ATM vaults. 10. ACCEPTANCE AND VERIFICATION 10.1 Bank acknowledges that under the terms of the Subcontract, the CIT agrees to accept Currency in sealed packages, from Bank or Bank’s designated agent, but may refuse to accept any package, bag that is not securely locked and sealed, and that is not accompanied by a written receipt which contains a statement of the value of the Currency in the package / bag. CIT shall verify the cash in Bank’s premises if Bank provides space and machines for counting of notes. Where Bank does not provide space and machine on its premises to count the currency, the CIT shall verify by strap count on next working day of receipt any Currency shipments accepted on Bank’s behalf.

Verification shall be performed under videotaped CCTV surveillance or documented dual control. Neither the CIT nor Vendor shall be liable for discrepancies or shortfalls or forged notes within bulk currency bundles and/or mis-strapped denominations. The CIT’s verification of funds shall be deemed final and conclusive. 10.2 Bank shall cooperate to recover Valuables, including correcting the transaction (debiting the account) of any customer for an ATM Loss due to improperly dispensed Currency as a result of mis-loaded denominations, mis-configured cassettes, or mis-loaded cassettes. 10.3 Due diligence shall be done by Vendor 's CIT to identify forged notes. The forged notes found during sorting by the CIT, the same shall be returned to Bank and the Bank shall accept the same. Notes once accepted by either party shall be its sole responsibility.

11. NOTICE OF SHORTAGES, LOSS AND OVERAGES; CLAIMS

11.1 If the reports provided by Vendor, or other records or information of which Bank become aware, reveal a discrepancy (loss or overage), Bank shall give written notice of the discrepancy within

six (6) days after the earlier of (a) Vendor’s delivery of tapes, reports, or other records which provide sufficient information to disclose, upon reasonable review, the discrepancy; or (b) such time as Bank become aware of the discrepancy through any other means whichever is earlier. This notice is intended to permit Vendor to commence its investigation and does not constitute a claim of loss. 11.2 Along notice required by Section 11.1 above, Bank shall provide Vendor with a claim and affirmative written proof of any ATM Loss, subscribed and sworn to by Bank, and substantiated by Bank’s books, records and accounts, within the time prescribed herein. Bank shall retain and provide to Vendor upon request any documentation provided to Bank by the CIT (including but not limited to

vault documentation) relating to the ATM Loss, and Bank agree, upon Vendor’s request, to make available during regular business hours Bank’s books, records, and accounts which relate to the

alleged ATM Loss, and shall cooperate with and assist in the investigation thereof, including sharing with Vendor all information that any person may have concerning the alleged ATM Loss and the

circumstances surrounding the same. Each party’s investigation shall include cooperating with the policies, procedures and requests for information of the internal security departments of the other

party. Each party shall make available to the other party all records relating to the ATM Loss including, but not limited to, investigative reports and all records relating to access to the ATM.


11.3 Unless the notice of discrepancy required by Section 11.1 above, and a claim and proof of ATM Loss pursuant to Section 11.2 above, are timely delivered to all addressees specified in Section

11.4 below, all claims shall be deemed to have been waived. No action, suit or proceeding to recover for any such ATM Loss may be brought against Vendor unless such action, suit or proceeding is

commenced no sooner than six months and not later than twelve months from the time a claim is made pursuant to Section 11.2.

11.4 All notices and claims (including copies) must be delivered by express mail, same-day or

overnight courier providing proof of delivery. Notices shall be deemed given on the day received, and must be addressed to: -----------------------

With an additional copy to --------------------------------

12. RECOVERY OF LOSSES

12.1 In case of any ATM loss (es), discrepancy/ difference in the report generated on the ATM

and the physical/actual cash, if after Vendor investigation (as stated in clause 11 above), it is proved that the shortage/difference of cash, if any, between the report generated and the physical cash, is on

account of the lapses on the part of the CIT, Vendor shall make the payment within 10 (ten) days from the day it is proved.

12.2 Vault Loss (es) and Transit Loss (es), if any, shall be by made good by Vendor to BANK

within 60 (sixty) days of occurrence of such loss without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance claim. If the Vendor fails to make such payment with the said period of 60 days, then Bank reserves the right to recover the same by invoking the Bank guarantee submitted pursuant to clause

7 above.

13. SERVICE LIMITATIONS

If Service is required on ATMs under circumstances that could jeopardize the safety of Vendor personnel (such as calls to ATMs requiring work in the open, where lights are burned out, or where other dangerous conditions exist), Vendor reserves the right to reschedule or to refuse service. Vendor shall use its best efforts to notify Bank immediately if these circumstances apply. Vendor may recommend changes Bank can make to the ATM site designed to improve safety and enable Vendor to service the ATM without limitation. If at any time Vendor notifies Bank that an ATM site is a “high risk” location that represents a safety risk, thereafter at its option Vendor may either refuse to service ATMs at that location, or increase their service rates to reflect the cost of providing protective

measures until the condition(s) creating the risk have been corrected.


14. 1 Bank shall open a zero balance BGL account in name of Vendor appointed CIT for the

purpose of issuing cash.

14.2 Bank shall provide the required cash (as per denominations as mentioned in indents raised

by Vendor) of ATM fit cash before 12 PM to the CIT.


14.3 Cash shall be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each city identified for this purpose.

14.4 In case of overnight vaulting not available at a particular centre, where cash replenishment is outsourced, the Bank approve of Branch-to-ATM loading.

15. CONTIGENCY ARRANGEMENTS The Vendor must have in place an appropriate and viable Contingency Plan to arrange for alternate service providers in case the subcontractor managing the Cash Replenishment Services for them is, for any unforeseen reason, unable to extend the services temporarily or otherwise.


ANNEXURE - 1

CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF CRA/CIT

2. Vendor may subcontract the activities for Cash Replenishment Services (CRS)/Cash

Evacuation Services (CES) to reputed Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRA)/Cash–in-Transit

Agencies (CIT), On subcontracting the above referred activity, Vendor shall ensure to fulfill the

following criteria as under:

2.1 General 2.1.1 CRA shall be registered as a company under the Indian Companies Act 2013. 2.1.2 Cash replenishment shall be one of the main/core activities of the agency with at least 3

years’ experience in handling the activity. 2.1.3 CRA shall be engaged in cash replenishment in ATMs/CDs at a minimum of 50 centres

and/or 5000 ATMs across the country for a minimum of 3 banks at least for last 3 years. Certificate of good performance from these banks shall be submitted to Bank’s LHO/Circles.

2.2 Financial 2.2.1 Financial net worth of more than Rs.50 crores

2.2.2 MS Vendor shall obtain copies of CRA’s last 2 audited balance sheets and certified copies of

annual reports and submit a copy of the same to the respective Local Head Office/Circle of the Bank.

2.3 Premises 2.3.1 All Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRAs) shall be required to have certain basic

infrastructure, resources and other assets / equipment to be in a position to provide the Cash-in-Transit / Cash Replenishment/ Cash evacuation & other associated services to the Bank.

2.3.2 Premises Location: The premises shall be located to ensure safety of operations. This shall include areas closer to withdrawal centres; police stations; or areas with good connectivity.

2.3.3 Vault: The premises shall be sufficiently sized to include 2 physically independent areas:

2.3.3.1 Cash processing/handling zone: This zone shall accommodate space for cash deposit, collection, sorting, and counting and delivery/dispatch cash on secured vehicles.

2.3.3.2 Cash Vault: A secure area to store cash. The area shall be as per following norms. 2.3.3.2.1 In smaller cities with limited overnight vault operations and overnight vaulting

requirements of less than ₹10 crores, a strong room with defender safes is necessary.

2.3.3.2.2 At operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements between ₹10–100 Crores,

vaulting facility shall be created as per RBI C Class vault norms. 2.3.3.2.3 At large operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements of greater than 100

Crores, vaulting facility shall be suitably enhanced.


2.3.3.2.4 All overnight vaulting facilities shall have provision to store currency of multiple banks in separate and exclusive bins.

2.3.3.2.5 Vendor shall verify vaulting facility and overnight holding pattern before outsourcing work to the CRA and submit a certificate to the Bank to this effect. Bank may also

verify vaulting facility to ensure the adherence to prescribed norms.

2.4 Security at premises: Following basic security aspects shall be followed at the premises: 2.4.1 Premises shall be under 24x7 electronic (CCTV) surveillance and monitoring by the armed

private security guards. 2.4.2 Cash processing and vault areas shall have restricted and controlled access (preferably

through interlocking systems and frisking). Vault operations shall always be done under dual custody.

2.4.3 Main vault area shall adhere to all safety norms like firefighting systems, smoke detection

systems, Emergency lighting, Control room for monitoring the movement of vehicles, Auto-dialer and Burglar security systems.

2.4.4 Office space: Separate workspace, sufficient for the staff of the branch to attend to day to day work.

2.5. Cash transporting Van:

The CRA shall be operating a fleet of not less than 500 own cash transporting vans across

India.

2.5.1 Layout: Typical van layout shall conform to the following basic characteristics: Make - LMV (Light Motor Vehicle) or any other vehicle of similar type.

Van should have 2 independent compartments. Compartment for storing cash shall be physically separated and locked from passenger compartment.

2.5.2 Security: Vehicles shall adhere to the following minimum security guidelines to ensure safe passage of cash and other valuables:

2.5.2.1 Each van shall be monitored at all time through a redundant communications

protocol. In addition, in case possible, the van’s movement shall also be tracked at frequent/periodic intervals. Van shall have a GPS installed and controlling

technology for disabling / immobilizing the van whenever required.

2.5.2.2 The cash compartment shall be inaccessible from outside the van unless operated internally by the custodians through manual/ electronic lock. Cash compartment shall

be specially reinforced with steel with only one door. Each of the cash boxes shall be secured to the floor with separate chains and have 2 padlocks that can be opened or locked only by using separate keys available with different custodians. Cash for each bank shall be carried in a separate box with the name of the bank written on it.

2.5.2.3 Vans shall be equipped with hooters, fire extinguishers and emergency lights to

ensure quick reaction in case of an attack.

2.5.2.4 Cash Replenishment Agencies shall ensure that Cash vans shall not carry more than

Rs.5 Crores per trip.


2.5.2.5 Security vans shall compulsorily be deployed for carrying cash of value more than Rs.5 lakhs per trip.

2.5.2.6 Size of the crew for the security van

Driver - 1

Security guards – 2 ATM Officer / Custodians – 2

Loader – 1 (optional)

2.5.2.7 CRAs shall enhance / adjust the crew complement with consent of the Bank based on cash load and risk assessment in the specific geography of operation.

2.5.2.8 Wherever possible (especially at Metro and big cities where Bank has more than 15 Endpoints (ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler) CRA shall provide exclusive van for cash

related activities of the Bank.

2.6 Recruitment of Operational staff: Protocols stated below shall be followed to minimize loss due to fidelity/employee errors and also improve quality of operations:

2.6.1 All employees on company’s/Vendor’s payroll shall comply with minimum wage, PF, ESIC

norms as applicable based on their skill levels. HR department shall conduct a thorough scrutiny of employee credentials before selection.

Pre-recruitment formalities shall include Police verification of the employee.

2.6.2 Training facilities for imparting necessary trainings for all categories of staff shall be set up. Compulsory induction training of 80 hours shall be imparted as a combination of class room training and on-field training. Refresher training shall be conducted once every year.

2.6.3 Necessary registration from ESI/EPFO, as applicable, is mandatory.

3. Bank shall undertake periodic verification of cash held on its behalf by the CRA. The Vendor

shall ensure that cash verification by Bank’s officials / authorized agents is allowed by the concerned CRA.


APPENDIX - F

MANAGEMENT TAKEOVER CERTIFICATE

SITE TAKEOVER REPORT

Bank : ATM Name :

ATM Address: Region:

Nodal/ Base Branch Name and Code: Nodal/ Base Branch address:

ATM : (On-site / Off-site/ Captive) ATM ID:

Branch Manager’s Name : Branch Contact Nos.:

ATM Co-ordinator name: ATM Co-ordinator contact details:

Weekly Holidays: Zonal ATM Co-ordinator:

Inventory/Assets available at ATM Site : (Mention Nos., Make & Model)

1. ATM: a: Make : b: Machine Serial No. :

c: Date of installation :

d: Currency Cassettes (Nos.) :

e. Set 1 of physical key :

f. Set 2 of physical key :

2. A/C 1 : 22. Name of Network Vendor:

3. A/C 2 : 23. Dustbin :

4. Telephone : 24. Cheque Deposit Box :

5. ATM Machine : 25. Drop Box Keys :

6. UPS make, model no.: 26. No. of Poster frames:

7. No. of Batteries : 27. Planters :

8. Modem : 28. Stationary Box :

9. Stabilizer : 29. Stationary:

10. Generator : 30. Registers :

11. Exhaust Fan : 31. Chair :

12. Sign Board/s : 32. Stool :

13. Tube Lights : 33. Fire Extinguisher (Full/ Empty):

14. Bulbs : 34. Keys :


15. Doormat : 35. Any other Items :

16. Door : 36. Visual merchandise: 17. Door handle: 37. Access Lock:

18. External Glass: 38. Electrical fittings:

19. VSS/DVSS, if available: 39. Earthing:

20. Lollypop signage: 40. ATM Sign Board:

21. Network Type: VSAT/Leased Line/CDMA

41. RBI license copy:

Remarks:

H/over by Name:

T/over by Name:

Designation:

Designation:

Company Name:

Company Name:

Signature:

Signature:

Certified that the ATM Site has been taken over by M/s………………….for Managed Services.

FLM / House Keeping on Duty: FLM / Housekeeper Supervisor:

Name:

Name:

Contact No:

Contact No:

Date: Signature:

Time Branch/Bank Seal & Sign:

Signature:



ATM ID


OLD ATM id (if Any)


Machine Supplier Vendor

OEM/manufacturing Vendor

MS Vendor


Phase Phase 13

Installation Location (Tick if applicable)

Airport Shopping Mall or Complex/Movie

Theatre

Intouch Bus Stands




Petrol Pump



Intouch Onsite


Window E-corner

Intouch




Security Guard Yes, Time

shift_________________

No


Are all electrical wires, UPS,

switches, network cables,

modem in back room?

Yes No

No. of existing machines at

site (exclude this new

machine)

No. of Existing CDs No. of Existing

Recycler/CDM


Full S ite Address

District

City

State

Circle as per SBI

Pincode



Cash Replenishment Bank Staff Outsourced Agency

Name____________


Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no


Mobile No.

PF No./Employee no

Connectivity Vendor TMK Set

No.__________________

Machine IP

Gateway IP


APPENDIX – G

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FOR MANAGED SERVICES

This Guarantee is made at Mumbai on this ____ day of ______, 2015 by _____, having its Registered / Head Office at ______(hereinafter called the “Bank”, which expression shall, unless

repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean and include, its successors and assigns) in favour of State Bank of India, a body corporate constituted under State Bank of India Act, 1955,

having its Corporate Centre at State Bank Bhavan, Madam Cama Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400021 and having its Global IT Centre at Sector-XI, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai - 400614

(hereinafter called “SBI”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall include its successors and assigns).

WHEREAS -------------------------------, a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956, having its

Registered Office at ___________ (hereinafter called “-----------”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean and include its successors and assigns) has accepted work Order No………………………………, issued by SBI (“Order”) and has agreed to

perform Managed Services as set out in the Request for Proposal (RFP) dated ………………, Agreement dated …………..

AND WHEREAS, SBI has agreed to entrust ………… ATMs of State Bank Group (SBG), for

providing Managed Services, to ---------------.

AND WHEREAS, in accordance with terms and conditions of the Order and the RFP and the related agreement, ------------ is required to furnish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs…………/- (Rupees

………………… only) for due performance of Managed Services at ATM sites, guaranteeing payment of the said amount of Rs. …………………/- (Rupees …………………… only) to SBI, if --------

--- fails to fulfill its obligations under the Order / RFP in respect of Managed Services. Such Bank Guarantee is required to be valid up to 31.03.2015 from the date of execution of this Guarantee. In the event of failure, on the part of ------------------, to fulfill its commitments / obligations in respect of Managed Services under the Order / RFP/related agreement, SBI shall be entitled to invoke the Guarantee. AND WHEREAS, the Bank, at the request of -----, agreed to issue, on behalf of -----------------,

Guarantee as above, for Rs …………………./- (Rupees …………………………. only).



l.(a) In consideration of SBI having agreed to entrust ----------- ATMs s of State Bank Group, for providing Managed Services as mentioned in the RFP and related agreement, we, the

……………..…. Bank, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee that ------------ shall fulfill its commitments and obligations in respect of Managed Services under the RFP and related agreement

and in the event of ------------ failing to perform/fulfill its commitments/obligations in respect of Managed Services under the RFP and related agreement, we, the _____ Bank, shall on demand(s),

from time to time from SBI, without protest or demur or without reference to -------------- and not withstanding any contestation or existence of any dispute whatsoever between -------------- and SBI,

pay SBI forthwith the sums so demanded by SBI in each of the demands, subject to a cumulative maximum amount of Rs. ……/- (Rupees …………… only). (b) Any notice / communication / demand from SBI to the effect that -------------- has failed to fulfill its commitments / obligations in respect of Managed Services under the RFP and related agreement

shall be conclusive, final & binding on the Bank and shall not be questioned by the Bank in or outside the court, tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be.

2. We, THE _________ BANK, HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE THAT:

(a) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of SBI to ----------- or any indulgence of any kind

shown by SBI to ------------- or any change in the terms and conditions of the said RFP and Agreement shall not, in any way, release or discharge the Bank from its liabilities under this

guarantee. (b) This Guarantee herein contained shall be distinct and independent and shall be enforceable

against the Bank, not withstanding any Guarantee or Security now or hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

(c) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or absence or irregularity in the exercise of the guaranteeing parties by and / or on behalf of the Bank or by merger or amalgamation or any change in the Constitution or name of the Bank

(d) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of SBI or ------------ or winding up / liquidation of ---------------, whether voluntary or otherwise.

(e) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee during its validity period and SBI can make its claim in one of more events within the total liability of the Bank.

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein above:

(i) The Bank’s overall liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees …………………………………………. only);

(ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ------------------ (including 3 months claim period); (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank

Guarantee only and only if SBI serves the Bank claim or demand on or before …… (iv) The guarantor, under its constitution, has powers to give this guarantee and Shri ________ (signatories) Official(s) / Manager(s) of the Bank who has / have signed this guarantee has / have powers/authority to do so. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank has caused these presents to be signed at the place and on the date, month and year first hereinabove written through its duly authorised official.


__________________


APPENDIX - H

CASH REPLENISHMENT / CASH EVACUATION SERVICES

While Vendor may engage “Cash-in-Transit (CIT) / Cash Replenishment (CRA)” agencies as per norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1 for this purpose, Vendor alone shall be accountable

to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The Vendor shall be wholly responsible for meticulous compliance by CIT agency of stipulations as given in the

Agreement. All pecuniary liabilities arising out of Cash Related Services shall be to the account of the Managed Services Vendor.

The Vendor shall comply with Bank’s instructions in this regard from time to time. Vendor alone shall

be accountable to the Bank and responsible for mandatory Service Level Agreement (SLA). The Cash related activities shall include, inter alia, receiving cash from a designated centre/branch of the

Bank / Reserve Bank of India (in case of strike in Banking sector except in RBI/Natural calamities) and replenishing the same in ATM/CD/Cash Recycler on the same day, evacuating cash from CDM/Cash Recycler and depositing the same to the Bank on same day, performing End of Day

(EOD) functions at site and furnishing detailed MIS as required by the Bank. The Vendor / CRA shall be responsible for reconciliation of cash and resolution of all complaints related to ADMIN

transactions at the ATM and Vault end.

Captioned services will be availed at the endpoints located anywhere in India at the discretion of the Bank

1. CASH APPENDIX

1.1 The Contract between Bank and Vendor with respect to Cash Replenishment Services/Cash

Replenishment Services (“Services”, as more fully described herein) consists of the Managed Services Agreement (“MS Agreement”) and this Cash Appendix. 1.2 If a conflict exists between the terms and conditions of MS Agreement and this Cash Appendix, the order of precedence shall be (a) this Cash Appendix; and (b) the MS Agreement. 2. DEFINITIONS



2.1 “ATM Loss” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (a) of the MS Agreement. 2.2 “ATM Loss Liability Limit” shall have the same meaning as defined in clause 2 (b) of the

MS Agreement.

2.3 “Currency” means currency notes and “Valuables” means Currency and, only to the extent Bank and Vendor have agreed in writing, other identified types of negotiable instruments or items of value.

2.4 “Initial Currency Load” means the first currency load for a new ATM installation or conversion. Initial Currency Loads must be scheduled at least 2 weeks in advance.

2.5 “Scheduled Cash Replenishment Services” or “Cash Replenishment Services” are scheduled cash replenishments that are performed in adherence to a replenishment schedule that is recommended in indents raised by Vendor.

2.6 “Unscheduled Replenishment Services” means Cash Replenishment prior to or post the scheduled replenishment to prevent depletion of currency level in the ATM

2.7 “Transit Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vehicle owned, operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

2.8 “Transit Loss Liability Limit” means maximum liability for a single Transit Loss, specified in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix.

2.9 “Vault Loss” means a single occurrence of the loss of Valuables from a vault or other secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of Vendor’s designated subcontractor.

2.10 “Vault Loss Liability Limit” means Vendor’s maximum liability for a single Vault Loss, specified in section 8.2 of this Cash Appendix. 3. TERM

The term of this Cash Appendix shall continue till the validity of the MS Agreement.

4. COMMENCEMENT OF SERVICES Vendor shall commence the Services under this Cash Appendix within 30 (thirty) days from the Effective Date after identification of the ATMs for the Cash Replenishment Services. The parties shall agree to add more ATMs at subsequent dates as per requirement of the Bank. For such additional ATMs, Vendor shall commence services within 30 (thirty) days of acceptance of order from the Bank. 5. SCOPE OF SERVICES 5.1 Bank and Vendor have agreed that Vendor shall provide Cash Replenishment/Cash Evacuation Services hereunder through one or more armored car carrier or “cash in transit” subcontractors (the “CIT”). The Vendor shall provide Cash replenishment/ Cash evacuation services as and when required by the Bank. Bank expressly acknowledges that (a) Vendor shall be subcontracting responsibility for the Cash Replenishment Services to the CIT; (b) Vendor has identified the C IT to Bank; (c) Bank accept and do not object to the appointment of the CIT if it is as per the norms/parameters set by the Bank in Annexure 1.


5.2 Vendor shall manage and report all cash placements, store spare currency for Scheduled

and Unscheduled Replenishments, in the manner, frequency and amounts mutually agreed with Bank.

5.3 Bank shall provide the required sorted cash (as per denominations as mentioned in indents raised

by Vendor) of ATM-fit notes to the CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted at cash link branches adequately in advance. Cash is to be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each

city identified for this purpose. In case of emergency, Bank may direct CRA to collect cash from any other branch in the city. Vendor shall submit to Bank’s designated branch a list of CIT’s authorized signatories to sign withdrawal slip; and CIT’s authorized operation staff. 5.4 CIT shall withdraw cash from designated branch against withdrawal request as per format

mentioned in Annexure - 1 to this Cash Appendix and supporting documents i.e. Vendor indent as per format mentioned in Annexure - 2 to this Cash Appendix, Current Account cheque signed by

authorized signatories of CIT. Cash indents shall be submitted to the Bank designated branch (Nodal Branch) via E-mail / fax to facilitate them to arrange delivery of cash.

5.5 Cash Replenishment Services includes the following services,

(a) Administrative Maintenance - The CRA/CIT shall conduct EOD activity on ATM on daily basis and submit necessary reports. At the time of daily end of day activity, CIT shall retrieve and account for mutilated cash from the divert cassette; replenish receipt tapes, ribbons and print cartridges, if required.

(b) ATM Balancing - At the time of daily end of day activity CIT shall reconcile physical cash in the ATM cassettes and in the purge bin (reject bin) with the ADMIN balance (end cash shown

denomination wise in ADMIN slip) The CIT shall not zerorise the counter. Balancing receipts shall be returned to Bank next working day. The CRA/CIT shall perform ADMIN activities at ATM as directed by the Bank. (c) Cash Replenishment – i)Cash Replenishment means CASH ADD i.e. additional cash to be replenished shall be added in the ATM cassettes and the management and reporting of all cash placements in the manner and amounts the Vendor’s cash management tool specifies. If cash replenishment is scheduled for a particular ATM the administrative maintenance and ATM balancing activity shall be performed along with cash replenishment. However, if Bank decides to adopt ‘cassette swap’ method at a later date, Vendor shall follow ‘cassette swap’ method without any extra charges. However, the cost of swap cassettes shall be borne by the Bank. ii) The Vendor shall ensure that the cash handed over by the Bank shall replenished all cash in the ATMs by end of the day against which it has been provided. iii) There shall be minimum 25 cash replenishments (including Sundays/ Holidays) required in ATM during a month. The replenishment of cash shall ordinarily be done once a day, unless second loading is required due to unexpected high withdrawals or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second replenishment activity. The Vendor should take immediate steps for second replenishment on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second loadings wherever required.


iv) The cash replenishment activity shall be conducted by the joint custodians at the ATM.

v) The Vendor shall ensure that no cash out in ATM due to delay in the replenishment on their part.

d) Cash Evacuation Activity-

The Vendor shall provide following services at all times on Bank’s CDM/Cash Recyclers as per specifications of the Bank:- i. The cash evacuation activity shall be carried out as per specific direction from MS Vendor/Bank for Cash Recyclers. However for CDMs this activity shall be carried out on daily basis.

ii. The CRA shall evacuate currency from CDM/Cash Recycler and count it physically at the site to

check if physical cash tallies with the ADMIN balance. In the process, CRA shall segregate notes into different denominations and make it ready for preparing packets of 100 note each.

iii. The cash so evacuated by CRA shall be kept in the locked box with two locks. The cash

evacuated from different CDM/Cash Recycler shall be kept separately inside the box and shall not be mixed with each other. The box shall be opened in the presence of Branch officials in the link branch

at the time of delivery of evacuated cash.

iv. The cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recycler shall have to be deposited on same day to the Bank by CRA. Cash evacuated from CDM/Cash Recyclers shall not be taken to the vault of CRA.

Vaulting may be allowed in exceptional cases, if the evacuation is done beyond banking hours/ holidays. But such cash shall have to be deposited the next day at start of business at the branch.

v. The CRA shall ensure that Bank officials have counted the cash physically before receiving the same and obtain acknowledgement of Bank officials towards this on the cash delivery slip.

vi. In case any counterfeit note is found during counting by Bank officials, details shall be noted in the

cash delivery slip and the number of the note shall be tallied with details in eJ on T+1 day. In case it is found not tallying with the details, Vendor shall be responsible to make good the amount equivalent

to the value of the note immediately.

vii. The cash evacuation activity shall be conducted by the joint custodians at the CDM/Cash Recycler.

viii. The CRA shall perform ADMIN activities at CDM/Cash Recycler as directed by the Bank. ix. The CRA shall conduct EOD activity on CDM/Cash Recyclers on daily basis and submit necessary reports. x. The evacuation of cash shall ordinarily be done once a day, unless second clearing is required due

to unexpected high deposits or any other reason as Bank may deem necessary. In such cases Bank shall specifically advise the Vendor to perform second evacuation activity. The Vendor shall take

immediate steps for second evacuation on receipt of such information from the Bank by any means of communication including e-mail and telephone. The Vendor shall be paid Rs.1500/- for such second

evacuations wherever required.


(e) Currency Vaulting Service - The balance in CIT’s zero balance account should be nil by end of day. No cash shall be vaulted in CRAs vault. In case of emergency or any other cases

deemed fit by the Bank, Bank shall provide specific instructions and permission for vaulting. In case of vaulting, CIT shall store cash in locked and/or sealed containers in the vault, separate from other

customers’ valuables maintained at the vault. The amount of cash vaulted at CIT’s vault shall be reflecting in CIT’s zero balance account.

(f) Settlement & Vault Reporting - CIT shall prepare daily end of day activity report as per

format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to this Cash Appendix and attach JP logs, supervisory counters and admin slips under the signature of CIT’s representative/s performing cash replenishment and submit to Bank next working day. Vendor shall provide Cash Balance Report (CBR), Vault Closing Balance Report (VCB) and Overage & Shortage Report (OSR) as per format mentioned in Annexure - 4 to Bank designated linked branch daily via e-mail.

(g) Vault Balancing - On a daily basis, Vendor shall provide CIT’s records of cash received and

cash disbursed to and from the vault with the previous day’s verified records. The closing balance shown in the vault closing balance report (VCB) should be equal to balance reflected in the CIT’s

zero balance current account.

(h) Currency Sorting – The CIT agencies shall check the quality and quantity of the currency notes at the time of delivery by the Bank before taking the same to their vaults and Bank shall take

acknowledgement of the cash handed over to CRA in a register maintained for the purpose. If any shortfall is noticed thereafter, Vendor shall be responsible for the same.. Wherever possible, Bank

shall provide to the CIT agencies space and Note Sorting machines for the purpose. Forged/soiled notes may be returned to the Bank immediately thereafter. Any subsequent claim for forged/soiled

notes shall not be accepted by the Bank. (i) First Line Maintenance (FLM) –

i) FLM calls shall be attended by Vendor at ATM to identify and resolve following issues:

Clearing currency jams Clearing purge bin jams

Clearing printer jams Any other activity required to ensure dispensation of cash

iii) Bank shall levy penalty of Rs.1000 per incident, if Reject Bin full is not

cleared within 4 hours

iii) . FLM calls related to bottom hatch of the ATM that requires opening of ATM safe / vault shall be attended by Vendor appointed CIT. Response time for attending FLM calls shall be 2/4/6 hours for VIP/Regular-Metro-Semi-urban-Urban/Regular-Rural ATMs For this Cash Appendix, Response Time means the time taken by CIT to attend the FLM call from the time the call is logged with Vendor’s management Centre. 5.6 Vendor shall not be responsible for cash outs and related downtime of ATM if it arises due to

following reasons:

f. Quantum of cash not received as per indents raised by Vendor g. Cash not received as per denominations indented


h. If the ATM stops dispensing a particular denomination and it is needed that the ATM should be configured to continue dispensing the other remaining denomination

i. If cash is not provided by Bank before 12 noon to the CIT j. If ATM is down when CIT arrives at the ATM site for cash replenishment

5.7Any shortage of cash on account of CR activities whatsoever and for whatever reason shall be

made good to the Bank within 7 days without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance claim. Any amount of such insurance claims received by the Bank shall be remitted to CRA by the

Bank after adjustment of outstanding dues if any. The CRA shall ensure correctness and genuineness of the cash and shall take only ATM fit currency notes for replenishment to its possession. Counting facility for currency notes shall be provided by the Bank. Once the note packets are taken out of Bank’s premises the Vendor would be responsible for shortage and fake currency if any, noticed subsequently.

5.8 ATM serviced pursuant to this agreement shall be equipped with the Mas Hamilton / S&G

Lock (OTC) system. Vendor appointed CIT shall (a) cooperate in implementation of the Mas Hamilton system (b) activate Mas Hamilton lock to route mode during Initial Currency Load (c) acquire,

implement and operate the one time combination dispatch software in route mode (d) make its records available as necessary to investigate any operational issue or loss.

5.9 Vendor / CIT shall start cash replenishment service only after successful activation of Mas

Hamilton / S&G lock (OTC) in route mode.

5.10 For the purpose of cash replenishment CIT shall have a crew of one custodian and one time combination to open the Mas Hamilton/S&G lock (OTC) shall be dispatched by CIT’s central location.

However for ATM’s which have mechanical lock CIT shall have a crew of two custodian. 5.11 CIT shall use secured cash van as per the specifications given in Annexure-1. The CRA/CIT

shall ensure that cash shall always be in joint custody of two persons and single individual is not be allowed to handle cash at any time. Further, two security guards shall be in each vehicle for

transportation of cash safely and efficiently.

5.12 If the Bank provides a generic tool for monitoring of movement of cash the Vendor shall integrate it with their system without any cost to Bank.

5.13 Vendor shall submit a Business Continuity Plan (BCP) / Disaster Recovery Plan (DRP) for Cash

Replenishment/Evacuation services acceptable to the Circles.

5.14 Depending upon geography/routes/no. of machines linked to a particular branch Vendor shall transport the cash meant for SBI in a dedicated carrier van. 5.15 Vendor shall ensure that CIT/CRA replenish the cash at the ATMs on the same day. Similarly, cash evacuated shall be deposited with the Bank on the same day. Only in the case of certain unwarranted situations CIT/CRA shall be allowed to retain the cash at overnight vault. Specifications for overnight vaulting have been given at Annexure - 3.

5.16 Use of One Time Combination (OTC) locks

Bank shall endeavor to provide one time combination locks at all its endpoints (ATM/CD/CDM/Cash

Recycler). The CRA shall have necessary infrastructure and software required to generate and


communicate one time password to its joint custodians at site. CRA shall mandatorily use OTC system for cash related activity at site wherever OTC lock has been provided by the Bank. The

Vendor shall have the capability of takeover of password generation process from CRA within shortest time in case of any exigency.

5.17 C IT shall allow Bank, its authorized representatives, RBI and other regulatory & statutory

bodies to conduct vault audits at location where currency vaulting services is provided. Audits shall be conducted by Bank at its own cost during normal business hours. Bank representatives shall

carry a letter authorizing them to conduct such audits along with their identity cards, any Bank official without the said authority letter and identity cards shall not be allowed by CIT to conduct audits. 6. INSURANCE

The CRA shall take adequate insurance policy with Bank Clause for the value of entire cash

throughout the Cash Cycle (from Bank/RBI to ATM/CD/Cash Recycler and from CDM/Cash Recycler to Bank) for all sorts of risks including fidelity clause arising from acts of omission / commission / dishonesty of its employees and / or its authorised agents. The loss-payee endorsement of such insurance policies shall be in favour of the Bank and it shall be ensured that the amount of claim, if any, shall be paid by the insurance companies directly to the Bank. Copy of the Insurance policy shall be submitted to the Bank. However, it need not be an exclusive policy, if covered under an umbrella policy of the agency. The CRA shall pay the premium for obtaining insurance cover. Bank shall obtain insurance for all cash in the ATM. However, fidelity insurance shall be with the Vendor. Bank does not demand an exclusive policy if CRA is under an umbrella policy of the Insurance Agency. Fidelity insurance cover for 20% higher limit than maximum cash withdrawn from currency chest on a particular day shall be obtained by CRA. 7. BANK GUARANTEE

The Vendor shall submit to the concerned LHOs/Circles of the Bank, a Bank Guarantee for the term of the MS Agreement @Rs.50,000/- per ATM in the specified format for securing the obligations in

respect of cash loss in the number of ATMs allotted in each Circle. For any further addition of ATMs allotted to the Vendor during the currency of the agreement, additional bank guarantee on the same

terms and condition for added number of ATMs shall have to be provided by the Vendor to the Circles. 8. LIABILITY

8.1 The provisions of this Section 8 govern the liability of Vendor and Vendor’s subcontractor (collectively for the purposes of this section, “Vendor”) for any claim of lost, missing, or stolen Currency and, with respect to such losses, supersede any inconsistent provision in MS Agreement or any other agreement, addendum, or appendix signed by the parties. 8.2 For the purposes of this Cash Appendix, the amounts of the following defined terms shall be:

a. Transit Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank. b. Vault Loss liability for the Vendor will be the total amount given by the Bank.


In case of exigencies, like continuous Holidays, festival seasons, etc. whenever the vault limit is increased by LHO, the above loss liability limits shall increase accordingly.

8.3 Vendor shall be liable for ATM Loss, Transit Loss or Vault Loss if such losses directly result

from (a) kidnapping or robbery of employees / representative of Vendor; (b) dishonesty, negligence or intentional act by employees or representative of Vendor or (c) damage to Bank’s property caused by

employees or representative of Vendor.

8.4 Vendor’s total liability for any single ATM Loss shall in no event exceed the ATM Loss Liability Limit. 8.5 Vendor shall be liable for any Vault Loss up to the Vault Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 8.5 shall commence when Currencies have been delivered into a vault or other

secured facility owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT, and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) placed in an armored car

owned, operated by, or under the control of CIT.

8.6 Vendor shall be liable for any Transit Loss up to the Transit Loss Liability Limit. Vendor’s liability under this Section 8.6 shall commence when Currencies have been placed in CIT’s armored

car and shall terminate when they are either (a) delivered to Bank or Bank’s designated consignee or agent; or (b) delivered to, and deposited in, an ATM and CIT has secured the ATM vault and

departed from the room or immediate area where the ATM is located.

8.7 As and when Vendor undertakes ATM deposit pick up service at separate mutually agreed commercials Vendor shall not be liable for claims, actions, damages, liabilities, losses and expenses,

including attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any ATM Loss, to the extent such claim is the result of (a) the failure of Bank’s customers to properly seal deposit envelopes giving rise to claims for alleged differences in the amount said to have been deposited and the amount Bank

actually received; (b) amounts said to be contained in deposit envelopes or deposits opened by Bank and found to contain an incorrect amount;

8.8 Other than the damages and remedies expressly set forth in this Cash Appendix, Vendor

shall not be liable to Bank, either directly or by pass-through claims of indemnity or contribution for claims of third parties, for any moneys, damages, relief, or remedies, irrespective of whether the

claim arises in common law, tort, statute, or equity.

8.9 If Bank and Vendor are unable to agree upon responsibility for an ATM Loss, the parties shall escalate the issue to their senior management, who shall meet either in person or by telephone in an

attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties disagree after that meeting, either party may invoke binding arbitration. 8.10 Cash reconciliation

c) Cash difference, if any, has to be reported to the Bank on the next working day. failing which the Vendor shall be liable for the loss incurred by the Bank (if any).

d) Any cash loss to the Bank due to cash shortage in ATMs shall be intimated to the Vendor, with supporting documents/proofs within 6 working days from the date of

submission of reports by the Vendor. The Vendor shall respond to such communication within 3 working days from the receipt of the intimation failing which Vendor shall be

liable for the said loss. Supporting documents/proofs include but are not limited to :


v. Cash replenishment report, JP logs (only if JP is installed/enabled) / EJ and ATM counters for the time period the variance was discovered and the same report(s) for

the previous and post settlement periods.

vi. Copies of Bank’s ATM reconciliation reports indicating the ATM’s beginning, ending and dispensed totals for the time period the variance was discovered.

vii. Copies of the suspect transactions report.

viii. Bank’s calculation of the claimed variance.

9. ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT

Bank agrees that neither Bank’s employees nor any third party shall have access to ATM vaults. 10. ACCEPTANCE AND VERIFICATION

10.1 Bank acknowledges that under the terms of the Subcontract, the CIT agrees to accept Currency in sealed packages, from Bank or Bank’s designated agent, but may refuse to accept any package, bag that is not securely locked and sealed, and that is not accompanied by a written receipt which contains a statement of the value of the Currency in the package / bag. CIT shall verify the cash in Bank’s premises if Bank provides space and machines for counting of notes. Where Bank does not provide space and machine on its premises to count the currency, the CIT shall verify by strap count on next working day of receipt any Currency shipments accepted on Bank’s behalf. Verification shall be performed under videotaped CCTV surveillance or documented dual control. Neither the CIT nor Vendor shall be liable for discrepancies or shortfalls or forged notes within bulk currency bundles and/or mis-strapped denominations. The CIT’s verification of funds shall be deemed final and conclusive. 10.2 Bank shall cooperate to recover Valuables, including correcting the transaction (debiting the

account) of any customer for an ATM Loss due to improperly dispensed Currency as a result of mis-loaded denominations, mis-configured cassettes, or mis-loaded cassettes.

10.3 Due diligence shall be done by Vendor 's CIT to identify forged notes. The forged notes found

during sorting by the CIT, the same shall be returned to Bank and the Bank shall accept the same. Notes once accepted by either party shall be its sole responsibility. 11. NOTICE OF SHORTAGES, LOSS AND OVERAGES; CLAIMS 11.1 If the reports provided by Vendor, or other records or information of which Bank become aware, reveal a discrepancy (loss or overage), Bank shall give written notice of the discrepancy within six (6) days after the earlier of (a) Vendor’s delivery of tapes, reports, or other records which provide sufficient information to disclose, upon reasonable review, the discrepancy; or (b) such time as Bank

become aware of the discrepancy through any other means whichever is earlier. This notice is intended to permit Vendor to commence its investigation and does not constitute a claim of loss.

11.2 Along notice required by Section 11.1 above, Bank shall provide Vendor with a claim and

affirmative written proof of any ATM Loss, subscribed and sworn to by Bank, and substantiated by Bank’s books, records and accounts, within the time prescribed herein. Bank shall retain and provide

to Vendor upon request any documentation provided to Bank by the CIT (including but not limited to vault documentation) relating to the ATM Loss, and Bank agree, upon Vendor’s request, to make

available during regular business hours Bank’s books, records, and accounts which relate to the


alleged ATM Loss, and shall cooperate with and assist in the investigation thereof, including sharing with Vendor all information that any person may have concerning the alleged ATM Loss and the

circumstances surrounding the same. Each party’s investigation shall include cooperating with the policies, procedures and requests for information of the internal security departments of the other

party. Each party shall make available to the other party all records relating to the ATM Loss including, but not limited to, investigative reports and all records relating to access to the ATM.

11.3 Unless the notice of discrepancy required by Section 11.1 above, and a claim and proof of

ATM Loss pursuant to Section 11.2 above, are timely delivered to all addressees specified in Section 11.4 below, all claims shall be deemed to have been waived. No action, suit or proceeding to recover for any such ATM Loss may be brought against Vendor unless such action, suit or proceeding is commenced no sooner than six months and not later than twelve months from the time a claim is made pursuant to Section 11.2.

11.4 All notices and claims (including copies) must be delivered by express mail, same-day or

overnight courier providing proof of delivery. Notices shall be deemed given on the day received, and must be addressed to:

-----------------------


--------------------------------

12. RECOVERY OF LOSSES

12.1 In case of any ATM loss (es), discrepancy/ difference in the report generated on the ATM and the physical/actual cash, if after Vendor investigation (as stated in clause 11 above), it is proved that the shortage/difference of cash, if any, between the report generated and the physical cash, is on

account of the lapses on the part of the CIT, Vendor shall make the payment within 10 (ten) days from the day it is proved.

12.2 Vault Loss (es) and Transit Loss (es), if any, shall be by made good by Vendor to BANK

within 60 (sixty) days of occurrence of such loss without waiting for admissibility or settlement of the insurance claim. If the Vendor fails to make such payment with the said period of 60 days, then Bank

reserves the right to recover the same by invoking the Bank guarantee submitted pursuant to clause 7 above.

13. SERVICE LIMITATIONS

If Service is required on ATMs under circumstances that could jeopardize the safety of Vendor

personnel (such as calls to ATMs requiring work in the open, where lights are burned out, or where other dangerous conditions exist), Vendor reserves the right to reschedule or to refuse service.

Vendor shall use its best efforts to notify Bank immediately if these circumstances apply. Vendor may recommend changes Bank can make to the ATM site designed to improve safety and enable

Vendor to service the ATM without limitation. If at any time Vendor notifies Bank that an ATM site is a “high risk” location that represents a safety risk, thereafter at its option Vendor may either refuse to

service ATMs at that location, or increase their service rates to reflect the cost of providing protective measures until the condition(s) creating the risk have been corrected.



14. 1 Bank shall open a zero balance BGL account in name of Vendor appointed CIT for the purpose of issuing cash.

14.2 Bank shall provide the required cash (as per denominations as mentioned in indents raised

by Vendor) of ATM fit cash before 12 PM to the CIT.

14.3 Cash shall be issued by Bank from one or more designated branch in each city identified for

this purpose.

14.4 In case of overnight vaulting not available at a particular centre, where cash replenishment is outsourced, the Bank approve of Branch-to-ATM loading.

15. CONTIGENCY ARRANGEMENTS The Vendor must have in place an appropriate and viable Contingency Plan to arrange for alternate service providers in case the subcontractor managing the Cash Replenishment Services for them is,

for any unforeseen reason, unable to extend the services temporarily or otherwise.


ANNEXURE - 1

CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF CRA/CIT

2. Vendor may subcontract the activities for Cash Replenishment Services (CRS)/Cash

Evacuation Services (CES) to reputed Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRA)/Cash–in-Transit

Agencies (CIT), On subcontracting the above referred activity, Vendor shall ensure to fulfill the

following criteria as under:

2.1 General 2.1.1 CRA shall be registered as a company under the Indian Companies Act 2013. 2.1.2 Cash replenishment shall be one of the main/core activities of the agency with at least 3

years’ experience in handling the activity. 2.1.3 CRA shall be engaged in cash replenishment in ATMs/CDs at a minimum of 50 centres

and/or 5000 ATMs across the country for a minimum of 3 banks at least for last 3 years.

Certificate of good performance from these banks shall be submitted to Bank’s LHO/Circles. 2.2 Financial 2.2.1 Financial net worth of more than Rs.50 crores 2.2.2 MS Vendor shall obtain copies of CRA’s last 2 audited balance sheets and certified copies of

annual reports and submit a copy of the same to the respective Local Head Office/Circle of the Bank.

2.3 Premises 2.3.1 All Cash Replenishment Agencies (CRAs) shall be required to have certain basic

infrastructure, resources and other assets / equipment to be in a position to provide the Cash-in-Transit / Cash Replenishment/ Cash evacuation & other associated services to the

Bank.

2.3.2 Premises Location: The premises shall be located to ensure safety of operations. This shall

include areas closer to withdrawal centres; police stations; or areas with good connectivity. 2.3.3 Vault: The premises shall be sufficiently sized to include 2 physically independent areas: 2.3.3.1 Cash processing/handling zone: This zone shall accommodate space for cash deposit,

collection, sorting, and counting and delivery/dispatch cash on secured vehicles. 2.3.3.2 Cash Vault: A secure area to store cash. The area shall be as per following norms. 2.3.3.2.1 In smaller cities with limited overnight vault operations and overnight vaulting

requirements of less than ₹10 crores, a strong room with defender safes is necessary.


2.3.3.2.2 At operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements between ₹10–100 Crores, vaulting facility shall be created as per RBI C Class vault norms.

2.3.3.2.3 At large operation centres with overnight vaulting requirements of greater than 100 Crores, vaulting facility shall be suitably enhanced.

2.3.3.2.4 All overnight vaulting facilities shall have provision to store currency of multiple banks in separate and exclusive bins.

2.3.3.2.5 Vendor shall verify vaulting facility and overnight holding pattern before outsourcing work to the CRA and submit a certificate to the Bank to this effect. Bank may also

verify vaulting facility to ensure the adherence to prescribed norms. 2.4 Security at premises: Following basic security aspects shall be followed at the premises:

2.4.1 Premises shall be under 24x7 electronic (CCTV) surveillance and monitoring by the armed private security guards.

2.4.2 Cash processing and vault areas shall have restricted and controlled access (preferably through interlocking systems and frisking). Vault operations shall always be done under dual

custody. 2.4.3 Main vault area shall adhere to all safety norms like firefighting systems, smoke detection

systems, Emergency lighting, Control room for monitoring the movement of vehicles, Auto-dialer and Burglar security systems.

2.4.4 Office space: Separate workspace, sufficient for the staff of the branch to attend to day to day work.

2.5. Cash transporting Van:

The CRA shall be operating a fleet of not less than 500 own cash transporting vans across

India. 2.5.1 Layout: Typical van layout shall conform to the following basic characteristics:

Make - LMV (Light Motor Vehicle) or any other vehicle of similar type. Van should have 2 independent compartments. Compartment for storing cash shall be

physically separated and locked from passenger compartment.

2.5.2 Security: Vehicles shall adhere to the following minimum security guidelines to ensure safe passage of cash and other valuables:

2.5.2.1 Each van shall be monitored at all time through a redundant communications

protocol. In addition, in case possible, the van’s movement shall also be tracked at frequent/periodic intervals. Van shall have a GPS installed and controlling technology for disabling / immobilizing the van whenever required.

2.5.2.2 The cash compartment shall be inaccessible from outside the van unless operated

internally by the custodians through manual/ electronic lock. Cash compartment shall be specially reinforced with steel with only one door. Each of the cash boxes shall be secured to the floor with separate chains and have 2 padlocks that can be opened or locked only by using separate keys available with different custodians. Cash for each

bank shall be carried in a separate box with the name of the bank written on it.

2.5.2.3 Vans shall be equipped with hooters, fire extinguishers and emergency lights to ensure quick reaction in case of an attack.


2.5.2.4 Cash Replenishment Agencies shall ensure that Cash vans shall not carry more than Rs.5 Crores per trip.

2.5.2.5 Security vans shall compulsorily be deployed for carrying cash of value more than

Rs.5 lakhs per trip.

2.5.2.6 Size of the crew for the security van

Driver - 1 Security guards – 2 ATM Officer / Custodians – 2 Loader – 1 (optional)

2.5.2.7 CRAs shall enhance / adjust the crew complement with consent of the Bank based on cash load and risk assessment in the specific geography of operation.

2.5.2.8 Wherever possible (especially at Metro and big cities where Bank has more than 15

Endpoints (ATM/CD/CDM/Cash Recycler) CRA shall provide exclusive van for cash related activities of the Bank.

2.6 Recruitment of Operational staff: Protocols stated below shall be followed to minimize loss

due to fidelity/employee errors and also improve quality of operations:

2.6.1 All employees on company’s/Vendor’s payroll shall comply with minimum wage, PF, ESIC norms as applicable based on their skill levels.

HR department shall conduct a thorough scrutiny of employee credentials before selection. Pre-recruitment formalities shall include Police verification of the employee.

2.6.2 Training facilities for imparting necessary trainings for all categories of staff shall be set up. Compulsory induction training of 80 hours shall be imparted as a combination of class room

training and on-field training. Refresher training shall be conducted once every year.

2.6.3 Necessary registration from ESI/EPFO, as applicable, is mandatory.

3. Bank shall undertake periodic verification of cash held on its behalf by the CRA. The Vendor shall ensure that cash verification by Bank’s officials / authorized agents is allowed by the concerned

CRA.


ANNEXURE - 2

CASH WITHDRAWAL REQUISITION SLIP

Voucher No. :

Bank : Order No. :

Operation Dt. : Order Date :

Replenishment Type : Scheduled / Emergency

Please disburse Rs. (in figures) ____________________ Rs. (in words) ________________

________________________to our representatives whose signatures are attested below :

Denomination Pieces Amount (Rs.) required

2000 500

200

100

Total

Remarks : _________________________________________________________________ Attested Signatures of Cash withdrawees : Custodian 1 : __________________________ Custodian 2 : _________________________

Signature : ____________________________ Signature : ___________________________

…………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………….. (Authorised Signatory – I) (Authorised Signatory – II) OPENING VAULT BALANCE Rs. (in figures) ____________________ Rs. (in words) ______________________________ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CASH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECEIPT Amount of Cash received by


Denomination Pieces Amount (Rs.) required 2000

500 200

100

Rupees in words :


ANNEXURE - 3

SCHEDULED CASH ORDER

Order No. : Bank Name :

Order Date : Region :

Collection Date : Carrier :

Replenishment Date :

Sl. ATM ID Location Priority

Code

Denomination (Rs.) Total

Amount 100 200 500 2000

Total Amount :

(Less) Cash in float with CIT :

Amount to be withdrawn by Bank :

Note

Collection date means the date carrier shall collect cash from the Bank. Replenishment date means the date carrier shall replenish cash for the corresponding ATM.

NT : New takeover Priority : H – High, M – Medium, L – Low

Denomination load is subject to balance in ATM.

Prepared by :


ANNEXURE – 4

DAILY END OF DAY ACTIVITY REPORT

ATM ID CITY DATE CBR TIME


1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X


1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X


1000 X 1000 X

500 X 500 X

100 X 100 X

50 X 50 X

Date Txns from Txns to Date Txns from Txns to

Custodian 1 : Supervisory Entry :

Custodian 2 : Supervisory Exit :

OPENING CASH BALANCE (A) CASH DISPENSED (B)

Total Total

(C) Balance as per proof (A - B)

PHYSICAL CASH COUNT (D) CASH IN PURGE BIN (E)

Total Total

(F) Total of Physical Cash and Purge Bin (D + E)

Shortage (C - F < 0) = Overage (C - F < 0) =

TOTAL CASH REMOVED / LOADED (H) CLOSING BALANCE ( H +/- F)

Total Total

AUDIT ROLL DETAILS

Available Audit Rolls Missing Audit Rolls

LIST OF ENCLOSURES


ANNEXURE – 5

(a) CASH RECONCILIATION & REPELNISHMENT REPORT (C3R)

(b) OVERAGE & SHORTAGE REPORT (OSR)


(c) VAULT CLOSING BALANCE (VCB)


APPENDIX-H

BANK GUARANTEE FOR CASH REPLENISHMENT SERVICES

This Guarantee is made at Mumbai on this ____ day of ______, 201 by _____, having its Registered

/ Head Office at ______(hereinafter called the “Bank”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall mean and include, its successors and assigns) in favour of

State Bank of India, a body corporate constituted under State Bank of India Act, 1955, having its Corporate Centre at State Bank Bhavan, Madam Cama Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400021 and having its Global IT Centre at Sector-XI, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai - 400614 (hereinafter called “SBI”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall include its successors and assigns).

WHEREAS ………………….., having its registered office at __________ and its corporate office at ____________ (hereinafter called the " Vendor " which expression shall unless repugnant to the

context or meaning thereof shall mean and include its successor and assigns), has entered into Agreement for Managed Services of ATMs dated ……………… with SBI (hereinafter referred to as

the MS Agreement) whereby _______ has agreed to provide managed services for the ATMs handed over by SBI.

AND WHEREAS under the MS Agreement, ___________ has, inter-alia, agreed to provide Cash Replenishment Services upon the terms and conditions stated in Appendix – G titled as “Cash

Replenishment Services” (Cash Services Annexure). AND WHEREAS in accordance with clause 7 of Cash Services Annexure, Vendor is required to

furnish a Bank Guarantee for the sum of Rs. ………………../- (Rupees …………………………………. only) securing its obligations in respect of vault loss and transit loss while providing the Cash

Services in accordance with the terms of Cash Services Appendix. Such Bank Guarantee is required to be valid till the validity of MS Agreement i.e. till ……………….. In the event of failure on the part of Vendor to pay for cash losses as per the terms and conditions of the Cash Services Annexure, SBI

shall be entitled to invoke the guarantee.

AND WHEREAS the Bank at the request of Vendor agreed to issue in favour of SBI this guarantee for Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only).

IN CONSIDERATION OF THE ABOVE PREMISES

1.(a) We ___Bank shall on written demand(s) from time to time from SBI stating that the amount

claimed is due by way of cash loss suffered by the SBI without protest or demur or without reference to Vendor and notwithstanding any contestation or existence of any dispute whatsoever between

Vendor and SBI, pay to SBI forthwith the sums so demanded by Bank in each of its demands, not exceeding an aggregate amount of Rs.. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only). (b) Any notice/communication/demand from SBI to the effect that there has been failure on the part of Vendor to fulfill its obligations to pay for the Cash Loss under the Cash Services Appendix shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank and shall not be questioned by the Bank, in or outside the court, tribunal, authority or arbitration as the case may be.

(c) This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee during its currency.

2. We, ______________ Bank, HEREBY FURTHER AGREE & DECLARE THAT:


(a) Any neglect or forbearance on the part of SBI to Vendor or any indulgence of any kind shown by SBI or any change in the terms & conditions of the said Cash Services Annexure shall not in any

way release or discharge the Bank from its liabilities under this guarantee. (b) This guarantee herein contained shall be distinct and independent and shall be enforceable

against the Bank, not withstanding any Guarantee or Security now or hereinafter held by SBI at its discretion.

(c) This guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or absence or irregularity in the exercise of the guaranteeing powers by or on behalf of the Bank or by merger or amalgamation or any change

in the constitution or name of the Bank. (d) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of SBI or Vendor or winding up / liquidation of Vendor, whether voluntary or otherwise. (e) SBI can make its claim in one or more events within the total liability of the Bank. (f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

(i) Bank’s liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs. …………………………/- (Rupees ………………………………………. only).

(ii) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto ……………………………; and (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee

only and only if SBI serves the Bank claim or demand on or before ……(3 months from the date of expiry of this BG)...... .

(iv) The guarantor, under its constitution, has powers to give this guarantee and Shri ________ (signatories) Official(s) / Manager(s) of the Bank who has / have signed this guarantee has / have

powers/authority to do so.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE Bank has caused these presents to be signed at the place and on the date, month & year first herein above written through its duly authorised official.

Signed and Delivered _________________ Bank , Mumbai


ANNEXURE – 6

S.L.A. REPORT FORMAT

(to be submitted separately for VIP/Regular ATMs with Monthly Bills)

Name of the Circle: ______________________________________

Report for the month of _____________________________________

Regular/Preferred/Metro ATM (strike out whichever is not applicable)

Overall availability (%) Target Actual

……… ……...

Number of ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash recyclers having availability percentage:

o 1% less than target ……………



o More than 3% less than target ……………

Breakup of Downtime

Controllable Factors (%) Remarks

i. Cash Handler Fault

ii. Reject Bin Full

iii. Cash Out

iv. Supply Out

v. Supervisory Mode

A. TOTAL

Non-controllable factors

i. SLM Hardware

ii. Other hardware faults

iii. Connectivity

iv. Others

B. TOTAL

AGGREGATE (A + B)

(Note: All other reports being submitted every month as part of the monthly Managed

Services Performance Report to this Office and LHOs/ABs to continue)

***


SCHEDULE – 1

RATES FOR MANAGED SERVICES

• The prices mentioned above are inclusive of all taxes, levies, etc., except GST wherever applicable. GST, wherever applicable, shall be paid by the Bank at applicable rates.

• The Bank may not avail any of the above services.

Sl Item Rate per annum

per unit (In Rs.)

1. Replenishment of consumables (without any

restriction on quantity)

2. Cleaning Services for CD kiosk and immediate

surroundings

3. FLM Services

4 Management Centre activities

5. EJ pulling services

6. UPS Maintenance Services

A Subtotal (1 to 6 above)

7. Cash Replenishment/ Evacuation Services

B Sub total (7 above)

TOTAL C = A+B

| P a g e 1

PROCUREMENT OF MULTIVENDOR SOLUTION,

ENPOINT PROTECTION SOLUTION AND ONLINE

MONITORING SOLUTION AND SERVICES

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

STATE BANK OF INDIA

&

...............................................

IT-ATM Department

State Bank Global IT Centre, Navi Mumbai

| P a g e 2

Contents 1. DEFINITIONS & INTERPRETATION................................................................................................ 44

2. SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................................................. 99

3. FEES /COMPENSATION................................................................................................................... 1515

4. PENALTIES/SLA CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................... 1918

5. LIABILITIES/OBLIGATION ............................................................................................................ 1919

6. REPRESENTATIONS &WARRANTIES ........................................................................................ 2019

7. VENDOR’S OBLIGATIONS ............................................................................................................. 2222

8. GENERAL INDEMNITY ................................................................................................................... 2323

9. CONTINGENCY PLANS. ................................................................................................................. 2424

10. TRANSITION REQUIREMENT : .............................................................................................. 2524

11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ........................................................................................................... 2525

12. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES............................................................................ 2626

13. SUB CONTRACTING ................................................................................................................... 2626

12 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ........................................................................................ 2727

13 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TESTING & USER ACCEPTANCE TESTING : .......................... 2929

14 COUNTRY OR ORIGIN / ELIGIBILITY OF GOODS & SERVICES: ..................................... 2929

15 DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING & DOCUMENTATION ........................ 3029

16 INSPECTION AND AUDIT............................................................................................................... 3232

17 SECURITY AND CONFIDENTIALITY ......................................................................................... 3534

18 OWNERSHIP : .................................................................................................................................... 3837

19 TERMINATION CLAUSE :............................................................................................................... 4141

20 DISPUTE REDRESSAL MACHANISM & GOVERNING LAW .............................................. 4242

21 RIGHT TO USE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT :................................................................................... 4343

22 POWERS TO VARY OR OMIT WORK : ........................................................................................ 4443

23 NO WAIVER OF BANK RIGHTS OR..................... (SERVICE PROVIDER)’S LIABILITY

4544

24 CHANGE OF ORDERS...................................................................................................................... 4545

25 CONTRACT AMENDMENTS.......................................................................................................... 4545

25.1 No variation in or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be made, except by written

amendment, signed by the parties ................................................................................................................ 4645

26 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY........................................................................................................... 4645

27 FORCE MAJEURE.............................................................................................................................. 4646

28 NOTICES............................................................................................................................................... 4746

| P a g e 3

29 GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS............................................................................................. 4847

1. INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS ................................................................................. 6766

2. DURATION ...................................................................................................................................... 6867

3. APPOINTMENT OF ESCROW AGENT.................................................................................... 6968

4. SUPPLIER’S OBLIGATIONS ........................................................................................................... 6968

5. ESCROW AGENT’S OBLIGATIONS ............................................................................................. 6969

6. ESCROW FEE AND EXPENSES ..................................................................................................... 7069

7. TESTING AND VERIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 7069

8. RELEASE OF THE SOURCE CODE .............................................................................................. 7170

9. TERMINATION ................................................................................................................................... 7272

10. CONFIDENTIALITY ..................................................................................................................... 7372

11. INSURANCE ................................................................................................................................... 7473

12. INDEMNITY ................................................................................................................................... 7574

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS ...................................................................................................... 7574

14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION & APPLICABLE LAW ................................................................... 7574

17. VARIATION AND WAIVER ........................................................................................................ 7675

18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACT ................................................................................... 7776

19. SEVERABILITY ............................................................................................................................. 7776

20. NOTICES .......................................................................................................................................... 7776

This agreement made at…………… (Place) on this -----------------day of _______ 20__ __.

BETWEEN

State Bank of India, constituted under the State Bank of India Act, 1955 having its

Corporate Centre and Central Office at State Bank Bhavan, Madame Cama Road, Nariman

Point, Mumbai-21 and its……………………………… …………………

| P a g e 4

………………………….,1 hereinafter referred to as “the Bank” (which expression shall,

unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its

successors in title and assigns) of one Part:

AND

………………………………………………………………………………………….2a

private/public limited company/LLP/Firm <strike off whichever is not applicable>

incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956/ Limited Liability Partnership

Act 2008/ Indian Partnership Act 1932 <strike off whichever is not applicable>, and

hereinafter referred to as “……………………”, which expression shall mean to include its

successors in title and permitted assigns) of the Other Part:

WHEREAS

A. “The Bank” is carrying on business in banking in India and overseas and is desirous to

avail services for PROCUREMENT OF MULTIVENDOR SOLUTION ,

ENPOINT PROTECTION SOLUTION AND ONLINE MONITORING

SOLUTION AND SERVICES and ............................................... has agreed to

provide such Services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and its

Annexures.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, undertakings and conditions

set forth below, and for other valid consideration the acceptability and sufficiency of which

are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree to the following terms and conditions

hereinafter contained in addition to the all the contents of RFP No.ATM/GITC/2017-18/

dated _________ and its corrigenda/clarifications/amendment thereto issued by the Bank;

1. DEFINITIONS & INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definition

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined hereunder. Other terms used in this

Agreement are defined where they are used and have the meanings there indicated. Unless

otherwise specifically defined, those terms, acronyms and phrases in this Agreement that are

utilized in the information technology services industry or other pertinent business context

1Name & Complete Address of the Dept. 2Name & Complete Address ( REGISTERED OFFICE) of the service Provider,

| P a g e 5

shall be interpreted in accordance with their generally understood meaning in such industry

or business context, unless the context otherwise requires/mentions, the following definitions

shall apply:

A. ‘The Bank/SBI’ shall mean the State Bank of India (including domestic branches and

foreign offices) and subsidiaries.

B. “Documentation” will describe in detail and in a completely self-contained manner

how the User may access and use the ……………. (name of the Software/

Maintenance Services)<Strike offwhichever is Inapplicable>,3 such that any reader of

the Documentation can access, use and maintain all of the functionalities of the

………. (Service)4, without the need for any further instructions. ‘Documentation’

includes, user manuals, installation manuals, operation manuals, design documents,

process documents, technical manuals, functional specification, software requirement

specification, on-line tutorials/CBTs, system configuration documents,

system/database administrative documents, debugging/diagnostics documents, test

procedures, Review Records/ Test Bug Reports/ Root Cause Analysis Report, list of

all Product components, list of all dependent/external modules and list of all

documents relating to traceability of the Product as and when applicable etc.

C. ‘Services’ shall mean and include the Services offered by ‘……………’5,including

but not limited to …………………………………………………… 6 more

particularly described in Clause 2 of this Agreement. ‘Services’ shall also includethe

Implementation Services, Training Services and Maintenance Services etc. and other

incidental services and other obligation of the service provider to be provided under

this Agreement. Services shall also mean ancillary to the supply of the equipment and

development of the solution such as testing, transportation, transit insurance,

installation, commissioning, customization, integration, provision of technical

assistance, training,certifications, auditing, maintenance, its support, troubleshooting

and other such obligations of the Service Provider covered under the Agreement.

D. “Code” shall mean computer programming code contained in the Software. If not

otherwise specified, Code shall include both Object Code and Source Code which

3 Name of Software 4 Name of Software 5Name of the service provider 6Description of nature of service in detail.

| P a g e 6

means programming languages, including all comments and procedural code, and all

related development documents(e.g., flow charts, schematics, statements of principles

of operations, end-user manuals, architecture standards, and any other specifications

that are used to create or that comprise the Code). Code shall include Maintenance

Modifications and Enhancements licensed by the Bank.

E. “Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 15.

F. “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean, on a worldwide basis, any and all: (a) rights

associated with works of authorship, including copyrights &moral rights; (b) Trade

Marks; (c) trade secret rights; (d) patents, designs, algorithms and other industrial

property rights; (e) other intellectual and industrial property rights of every kind and

nature, however designated, whether arising by operation of law, contract, license or

otherwise; and (f) registrations, initial applications, renewals, extensions,

continuations, divisions or reissues thereof now or hereafter in force (including any

rights in any of the foregoing).

G. “Software” shall mean (a) the software product(s) described in this agreement; (b) all

Maintenance Modifications and Enhancements that are provided to the Bank; (c) the

Code contained in or otherwise related to each of the foregoing; and (d) the

Documentation.

H. “Project Documents” shall mean all the plans, drawings and specifications used while

bidding and all other documents necessary to complete all work.

I. “Deficiencies” shall mean non satisfactory outcome of the services which has resulted

in deviation from the desired outcome and has thereby cause loss to a party of this

agreement.

J. “Open Source or Copyleft license” shall mean a license of a computer program in

which the source code is available to the general public for use and/or modification

from its original design.

K. “Revision control procedure”shall mean the procedure for management of changes to

documents, software programs, and other collections of information made during this

engagement.

L. “Test Bug Reports” shall mean a report providing the details as to the efficiency of

software in relation with reporting and resolution of any bug.

| P a g e 7

M. “Root Cause Analysis Report” shall mean a report addressing a problem or non-

conformance, in order to get to the ‘root cause’ of the problem, which thereby assists

in correcting or eliminating the cause, and prevent the problem from recurring.

N. “The Contract” means the agreement entered into between the Bank and the Vendor,

as recorded in the Contract Form signed by the parties, including all attachments and

appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

O. “Vendor/Supplier/Contractor/Solution Provider” is the successful Bidder found

eligible as per eligibility criteria set out in this RFP, whose technical Bid has been

accepted and who has emerged as L1 Bidder as per the selection criteria set out in the

RFP and to whom notification of award has been given by the Bank.

P. “Endpoints Provider” means the Vendor who has supplied/is to supply the Endpoints

to the Bank at various on-site and off-site locations for servicing the customers of

Banking Industry. It includes L2 bidder as per the selection criteria set out in the RFP

or existing endpoint providers.

Q. “Service Providers” shall mean Solution Provider and Endpoints Provider.

R. “The Contract Price/Project Cost” means the price payable to the Service Providers

under the Contract for the full and proper performance of its contractual obligations.

S. “Equipment/Endpoints” means all the hardware (Cash Dispensers/ATM/CDM/Cash

Recyclers/Smart ATMs), it’s all components, peripheral apparatus, associated

software, firmware, operating software, Software Agent(s) which the Bidder is

required to supply to the Bank as per the RFP.

T. “Software Solution/Solution “ means all software products (which includes Multi-

Vendor Software (Central Solution and its agent) and end point protection solutions

and its agents), services and Online Monitoring Solutions as per the scope of work

and deliverables to be provided by a Bidder as described in the RFP and

U. “Terminal / ATM /Machine / Endpoint” means Automate Teller Machine, Cash

Dispenser, ATM, Cash Deposit Machine, Cash Recycler, Smart ATM, Self-Service

Kiosk, Multi-functional Kiosk.

V. “The Project” means supply, installation, testing and commissioning, integration of

computer hardware and services with support under Warranty and annual maintenance

contract, if required for the contract period.

| P a g e 8

W. “The Project Site” means locations where supply and services as desired in this

Agreement are to be provided.

X. Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) - It would be the annual cost of maintenance of

equipment, Software Solution and Services.

Y. Request for Proposal or RFP : means RFP No.ATM/GITC/2017-18/ dated

_________ and its corrigenda/clarifications/amendment thereto issued by the Bank

from time to time.

1.2 Interpretations:

1.2.1 Reference to a person includes any individual, firm, body corporate,

association (whether incorporated or not) and authority or agency (whether

government, semi government or local).

1.2.2 The singular includes the plural and vice versa.

1.2.3 Reference to any gender includes each other gender.

1.2.4 The provisions of the contents table, headings, clause numbers, italics, bold

print and underlining is for ease of reference only and shall not affect the

interpretation of this Agreement.

1.2.5 The Schedules, Annexures and Appendices to this Agreement shall form part

of this Agreement.

1.2.6 A reference to any documents or agreements (and, where applicable, any of

their respective provisions) means those documents or agreements as

amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time provided they are

amended, supplemented or replaced in the manner envisaged in the relevant

documents or agreements.

1.2.7 A reference to any statute, regulation, rule or other legislative provision

includes any amendment to the statutory modification or re-enactment or,

legislative provisions substituted for, and any statutory instrument issued under

that statute, regulation, rule or other legislative provision.

1.2.8 Any agreement, notice, consent, approval, disclosure or communication under

or pursuant to this Agreement is to be in writing.

| P a g e 9

1.2.9 The terms not defined in this agreement shall be given the same meaning as

given to them in the RFP. If no such meaning is given technical words shall be

understood in technical sense in accordance with the industrial practices.

1.3 Commencement, Term & Change in Terms

1.3.1 This Agreement shall commence from its date of execution mentioned above/

deemed to have commenced from _______ (Effective Date).

1.3.2 This Agreement shall be in force for a period of ___7___ year(s), unless

terminated by the Bank by notice in writing in accordance with the termination

clauses of this Agreement.

1.3.3 The Bank shall have the right at its discretion to renew this Agreement in

writing, for a further term of _____ years on the mutually agreed terms &

conditions.

1.3.4 Either party can propose changes to the scope, nature or time schedule of

services being performed under this Service Level Agreement. Such changes

can be made upon mutually accepted terms & conditions maintaining the spirit

(Purpose) of this Service Level Agreement.

2. SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 Place of Service7

Sr. No. Work Location Address

1 . Navi Mumbai ATM Department , State Bank of India Global IT Centre, 2nd Floor

MTNL Building, Sector -11,CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai – 4000614

2. Hyderabad SBI –DR ,7th floor, B –Wing, Cntrl S Data Center Ltd. Plot No. 16

Software Units Layout , Madhapur , Hyderabad -500081

2.2 Standard Services

Standard services to be delivered under this agreement are illustratively

listed Appendix -6 of RFP and Appendix-4 of the RFP below but are not

limited to those.

2.3 Maintenance/ Upgrades

2.3.1 ........................... (Service provider) shall maintain and upgrade the

Software and Hardware during the Warranty Period so that the Software

shall, at all times during the Warranty Period, meet or exceed the

7Brief description of place of service

| P a g e 10

specifications in the Project Documents and the performance requirements

as set forth in this Agreement. .............................. (Service provider) shall,

at no cost to the Bank, promptly correct any and all errors, deficiencies and

defects in the Software.

2.3.2 …………………(Service Provider) shall have the operational maintenance

obligations (e.g., telephone support, problem resolution, on-site services)

as mentioned in Annexure A<kindly add operational maintenance

obligation with deliverables>

2.4 Correction of Deficiencies in Deliverables( as mentioned in annexure-A).

2.4.1 If ..................................(Service provider) is unable to correct all Deficiencies

preventing Acceptance of a Deliverable for

which ..................................(Service provider) is responsible after a reasonable

number of repeated efforts, the Bank may at its discretion:

a) Allow ..................................(Service provider) to continue its efforts to

make corrections; or

b) Accept the Deliverable with its Deficiencies and reach agreement

with ..................................(Service provider) on an equitable reduction

to ..................................(Service provider)’s charges for developing

such Deliverable to reflect the uncorrected Deficiencies; or

c) Terminate this Agreement for cause in accordance with Clause 178

(except that the Bank is under no obligation to provide Service

provider any further opportunity to cure) and recover its damages as

set forth in this agreement.

2.5 All professional services necessary to successfully implement the proposed

Equipment, Software Solution and Services shall be part of this Agreement.

These services include, but are not limited to, Project Management, Training,

Deployment methodologies etc

2.6 ................. ( Service Provider) shall ensure that it’s key personnel with relevant

skill-sets are available to the Bank.

8Please see Clause 17 ‘Termination Clause’

| P a g e 11

2.7 ................. ( Service Provider) shall ensure that the quality of methodologies for

delivering the Equipment, Software Solution and Services, adhere to quality

standards/timelines stipulated therefor.

2.8 ................. ( Service Provider) shall transfer skills to relevant personnel from

the Bank, by means of training and documentation.

2.9 ................. ( Service Provider) shall provide and implement patches/ upgrades/

updates for Equipment and Software Solution/Firmware/ OS/hardware/ software/

Operating System / Middleware etc as and when released by the Vendor/ OEM or

as per requirements of the Bank without any additional cost. Service Provider

should bring to notice of the Bank all releases/ version changes.

2.10 ................. ( Service Provider) shall obtain a written permission from the Bank

before applying any of the patches/ upgrades/ updates. Service Provider has to

support older versions of the hardware/ software/ Operating System/Middleware

etc in case the Bank chooses not to upgrade to latest version.

2.11 ................. ( Service Provider) shall provide maintenance support for Hardware/

Software/ Operating System/ Middleware over the entire period of contract.

2.12 All Equipment and Software Solution updates, upgrades & patches shall be

provided by the ................. ( Service Provider) shall be free of cost during

warranty and AMC/ ATS/ S&S period.

2.13 ................. ( Service Provider) shall provide legally valid firmware/Software

Solution. The detailed information on license count and type of license should

also be provided to the Bank.

2.14 The ownership of the software/firmware license and the hardware shall be that of

the Bank from the date of delivery of the same to the Bank. In other words,

wherever the ownership of the licenses/hardware is indicated, the name “State

Bank of India” must appear to indicate that the Bank is the perpetual owner of the

hardware/operating software/firmware, etc. associated with the hardware.

Evidence in this regard must be submitted before the payment is released.

| P a g e 12

2.15 ................. ( Service Provider) shall keep the Bank explicitly informed the end

of support dates on related Equipment/hardware/firmware/Software and should

ensure support during warranty and AMC/ATS/S&S.

2.16 ................. ( Service Provider) shall support the Equipment, Software Solution

and Services and its associated items/components including OS/firmware

/Software Solution during the period of warranty and AMC as specified in Scope

of work in this RFP from the date of acceptance of the Equipment/Software

Solution by State Bank of India.

2.17 During the warranty and AMC period, ................. ( Service Provider) will have

to undertake comprehensive support of the entire Equipment

(hardware/components/ operating software/firmware) ,Software Solution supplied

by the Bidder and all new versions, releases, and updates for all standard

software to be supplied to the Bank at no additional cost to the Bank. During the

support period, ................. ( Service Provider) shall maintain the Equipment (

(hardware/Software etc), Software Solution to comply with parameters defined

for acceptance criteria and the ................. ( Service Provider) shall be

responsible for all costs relating to labour, spares, maintenance (preventive and

corrective), compliance of security requirements and transport charges from and

to the Site (s) in connection with the repair/ replacement of the of the Equipment

(hardware/ equipment/ components/ software or any component/ part thereunder),

and Software Solution, which, under normal and proper use and maintenance

thereof, proves defective in design, material or workmanship or fails to conform

to the specifications, as specified.

2.18 During the support period (warranty and AMC), the vendor shall ensure that

services of professionally qualified personnel are available for providing

comprehensive on-site maintenance of the Equipment and Software Solution and

its components as per the Bank’s requirements. Comprehensive maintenance shall

include, among other things, day to day maintenance of the Equipment and

Software Solution as per the Bank’s policy, reloading of firmware/software,

compliance to security requirements, etc. when required or in the event of system

crash/malfunctioning, arranging and configuring facility as per the requirements

of the Bank, fine tuning, system monitoring, log maintenance, etc. The Bidder

| P a g e 13

shall provide services of an expert engineer at SBI GITC, Belapur or at other

locations wherever required, whenever it is essential. In case of failure of

Equipment (hardware, system software or any of its components), Software

Solution, the Bidder shall ensure that Equipment /Software Solution is made

operational to the full satisfaction of the Bank within the given timelines.

................. ( Service Provider) shall provide preventive maintenance schedules

as per periodicity, which shall be specified in advance.

2.19 Onsite comprehensive warranty for the solution would include free replacement

of spares, parts, kits, resolution of problem, if any, in solution.

2.20 Warranty/ AMC for the system software/ off-the shelf software will be provided

to the Bank as per the general conditions of sale of such software.

2.21 Support (Warranty/ AMC) would be on-site and comprehensive in nature and

must have back to back support from the OEM/Vendor. The vendor will warrant

Equipment against defects arising out of faulty design etc. during the specified

support period. Undertaking on the lines of Appendix-17 of this RFP document is

required to be submitted by the vendor, duly endorsed by the OEM that in case

vendor fails to provide services then OEM shall provide the same at no extra cost,

to the satisfaction of the Bank. The vendor will warrant Equipments against

defect arising out of faulty design, materials, etc. during the specified support

period. The vendor will provide support for operating systems and other pre-

installed software components/system software during the specified period of the

hardware on which these software and operating system will be installed. The

vendor shall repair or replace worn out or defective parts including all plastic

parts of the equipments at his own cost including the cost of transport.

2.22 In the event of system break down or failures at any stage, protection available,

which would include the following, shall be specified.

a. Diagnostics for identification of systems failures

b. Protection of data/ Configuration

c. Recovery/ restart facility

d. Backup of system software/ Configuration

2.23 Prompt support shall be made available as desired in this RFP during the support

period at the locations as and when required by the Bank.

2.24 ................. ( Service Provider) is agreeable for on-call/on-site support during

peak weeks (last and first week of each month) and at the time of switching over

| P a g e 14

from PR to DR and vice-versa. No extra charge shall be paid by the Bank for

such needs, if any, during the support period.

2.25 ................. ( Service Provider) support staff shall be well trained to effectively

handle queries raised by the customers/employees of the Bank.

2.26 Updated escalation matrix shall be made available to the Bank once in each

quarter and each time the matrix gets changed.

2.27 Service Milestones9

As per RFP.

Se rvice Category Milestone Duration (in months/weeks/days/hours)

Onsite Advance

Technical support

All Applications to have 99.99% Uptime as per SOW Monthly

Delive ry

1. Account Support P lan

2. Support Activity Review

3. System Health Check

4. Site Environment Survey

5. Support Planning & Review Session 6. Technical Check-up

7. Availability C heck-up

8. Performance tuning Production & DR

1. Annual

2. Quarterly

3. Annual

4. Annual

5. Quarterly 6. 20 days per annum

7. Annual

8. Annual

Installation

Bank’s Onsite setup for Production, Disaster Recovery,

UAT, training, development and Pre-Production

environment.

As per the bank request

Configuration

Application configuration and production setup doc-

uments for MVS, EPS and OMS and maintenance of

these documents

As per bank requirement / request and docu-

ments to be updated after every change.

Use r

Acceptance

Testing,

Security

Clearance and live in

Production

Endpoint /Bank’s/Third party Application

Testing for New and New and Existing Endpoint for

any make or model

As per bank requirement / request

Documentation

For every line of service under scope, a process would

be defined which would be followed by the Service

Provider’s resources while carrying out their duties.

For defining the process, the bank and the Service

Provider would be involved and would define things

like process for each activity, workflow, SLAs, SOP,

escalation matrix etc.

The process defined w ould be reviewed half

yearly

Training

Service Provider shall train designated Bank officials

on the configuration, operation/ functionalities,

maintenance, support & administration for software,

application architecture and components, installation,

troubleshooting processes of the proposed Services as

mentioned in this agreement.

As per the bank request

Live in

Production

Applicable for the entire OATS activities covered

under this agreement on Production and DR both.

Periodically

9 The Purpose of this clause is identify any assumption made for this agreement.

| P a g e 15

2.28 Risk Management

The ……………………………(Service Provider) shall identify and document the

risk in delivering the services. ………………… . ………………….. (Service

Provider) shall identify the methodology to monitor and prevent the risk, and shall

also document the steps taken to manage the impact of the risks.

2.29 Service Request10

……………. (Service Provider) shall dispense the service request in accordance with

terms mentioned in Annexure B under this agreement.

2.30 Service Management Tool

List the tools/applications to be used for service support/service delivery processes, if any, This may also include the customer tools/ applications to be used for

provision of service support/service delivery. 1. iALERT

2. Branch Info

3. Multivendor Software

4. Endpoint Protection Solution

5. Online Monitoring Solution

6. Existing Monitoring tools

In future, if any other application procured/developed by the bank during the

contract period related to onsite advance technical support, training/documentation for such third party software

will be provided by the bank

2.31 Service Complaints11

The service complaint shall be addressed to …......................... (Designation). The

complaint shall be acknowledged by the …........................ (Service provider) in 15

minutes.

In case of re-occurrence of the service complaint, the following actions will be taken:

Action 1...... Penalty as per the damage caused

Action 2....... Change of resources/termination of se rvices as per the clause no. 17.

3. FEES /COMPENSATION

3.1 Professional fees

10The purpose of this clause is to document the process and timeframe for responding to the service

requests. 11 Describe in detail the service complain methodology for the services.

| P a g e 16

3.1.1 ………………… (Service Provider) shall be paid fees and charges in the

manner detailed in Appendix -7-2 Payment Terms. the same shall be subject to

deduction of income tax thereon wherever required under the provisions of the

Income Tax Act by the Bank.

3.2 All duties and taxes (excluding/including12 service tax, GST, VAT or other local

taxes) , if any, which may be levied, shall be borne by the Service Provider and

Bank shall not be liable for the same.All expenses, stamp duty and other charges/

expenses in connection with execution of this Agreement shall be borne by

…………………… (Service Provider).

3.3 …………………… (Service Provider) shall provide a clear description

quantifying the service element and goods element in the invoices generated by

them.

3.4 Payments

3.4.1 The Bank will pay properly submitted valid invoices within reasonable period

but not exceeding ….......................days after its receipt thereof. All payments

shall be made in Indian Rupees.

3.4.2 The Bank may withhold payment of any charges that it disputes in good faith,

and may set-off penalty amount and any other amount which

..................................(Service provider) owes the Bank against charges payable

to ..................................(Service provider) under this Agreement.

3.5 Performance Guarantee and Penalties

3.5.1 Performance Bank Guarantee [PBG] of the amount with validity period

furnished hereunder strictly on the format at Appendix-9 is to be

submitted by the ……….. (Service Provider). The PBG should be issued

by a Scheduled Commercial Bank other than SBI and needs to be

submitted within the specified time of receipt of formal communication

from the Bank about their Bid finally selected. Purchase Order will be

released only after receipt of the Performance Bank Guarantee. In case,

12 Please determine the applicability of the taxes.

| P a g e 17

SBI is the sole Banker for the ……., a Letter of Comfort from SBI may

be accepted.

PBG required for Validity Amount

Annual Technical Support for 7 years - Solution Provider

7 Years + 3 months claim

period

15 % of Sr.No.2 of the

Price Bid

Perpetual Client License - Solution

Provider

- -

Managed Services for 7 years – Solution Provider


period

15 % of Sr.No.4 of the price Bid

on yearly amount.

Perpetual license with unlimited users and Terminals License Enterprise wide ( with one year warranty) - Solution

Provider

7 Years + 3 months claim period


Annual Technical Support for 6 years -

Solution Provider

6 Years + 3

months claim

period

15 % of Sr.No.6

of the price Bid

Onsite Advanced Technical Support -

Solution Provider

7 Years + 3

months claim period

15 % of Sr.No.7

of the price Bid

Hardware Cost - Solution Provider 7 Years + 3 months claim period


Existing / Future Makes and Models - Solution Provider


period


3.5.2 The PBG is required to protect the interest of the Bank against the risk of

non-performance of the ……….. (Service Provider)in respect of

successful implementation of the project which may warrant invoking of

PBG, also if any act of the supplier results in imposition of Liquidated

Damages then also the Bank reserves the right to invoke the PBG.

3.5.3 If at any time during performance of the Contract, the

……………..(Service Provider)shall encounter unexpected conditions

impeding timely completion of the Services under the Agreement and

performance of the services, the ……………..(Service Provider)shall

promptly notify the Bank in writing of the fact of the delay, it’s likely

duration and its cause(s). As soon as practicable, after receipt of the

……………..(Service Provider)’s notice, the Bank shall evaluate the

situation and may at its discretion extend the ……………..(Service

| P a g e 18

Provider)’s time for performance, in which case the extension shall be

ratified by the Parties by amendment of the Agreement.

3.5.4 Performance of the obligations under the Agreement shall be made by the

Service Provider in accordance with the time schedule13 specified in this

Agreement.

3.5.5 The ……………..(Service Provider)shall be liable to pay penalty at the

rate mentioned in Annexure ‘G’ in respect of any delay beyond the

permitted period in providing the Services.

3.5.6 Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, any unexcused delay by the

…………….. (Service Provider) in the performance of its Contract

obligations shall render this Agreement to be Terminated.

3.5.7 No penalty shall be levied in case of delay(s) in deliverables or

performance of the contract for the reasons not attributable to the

……….. (Service Provider). On reaching the maximum of penalties

specified the Bank reserves the right to terminate the contract.

3.6 Delay in the Vendor’s Performance:

3.6.1 Delivery, installation, commissioning of the Equipment, Software

Solution and performance of Services shall be made by the Vendor within

the timelines prescribed in this Agreement.

3.6.2 If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Vendor should

encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Equipments,

Software Solution and performance of Services, the Vendor shall

promptly notify the Bank in writing of the fact of the delay, it’s likely

duration and cause(s). As soon as practicable after receipt of the Vendor’s

notice, the Bank shall evaluate the situation and may, at its discretion,

extend the Vendors’ time for performance, in which case, the extension

shall be ratified by the parties by amendment of the Contract.

3.6.3 Any delay in performing the obligation/ defect in performance by the

Vendor may result in imposition of penalty, liquidated damages,

13 Please ensure that the time scheduled is suitably incorporated in the Agreement.

| P a g e 19

invocation of Performance Bank Guarantee and/or termination of contract

(as laid down elsewhere in this Agrement).

4. PENALTIES/SLA CONDITIONS

As mentioned in Appendix-11of this Agreement.

5. LIABILITIES/OBLIGATION

5.1 The Bank’s Duties /Responsibility(if any)

(i) Processing and Authorising invoices

(ii) Approval of Information

(iii) ...................

(iv) .....................

(v) ......................

5.2 ……………..(Service Provider)Duties

(i) Service Delivery responsibilities

(a) To adhere to the service levels documented in this Agreement.

(b) ................................ (Service provider), if permitted to sub-contract, shall

ensure that................................ (Service provider) personnel and its

subcontractors will abide by all reasonable directives issued by the Bank,

including those set forth in the Bank’s then-current standards, policies and

procedures (to the extent applicable), all on-site rules of behaviour, work

schedules, security procedures and other standards, policies and procedures

as established by the Bank from time to time.

(c) …………………….

(d) ……………………..<the concerned dept. may add duties depending on the

nature of agreement>

(ii) Security Responsibility

(a) To maintain the confidentiality of the Bank's resources and other intellectual

property rights.

(b)...............................................

(c)...............................................

| P a g e 20

6. REPRESENTATIONS &WARRANTIES

6.1 ………………… (Service Provider)Warrants that the technical quality and

performance of the Services provided will be consistent with the mutually agreed

standards. Warranty shall be for a period of ………… (Term) from the date of

acceptance.

6.2 Any defect found will be evaluated mutually to establish the exact cause of the

defect. Bank may have direct and separate agreement with …………….. (Service

Provider) to provide technical support to the Bank for related deficiencies.<strike

off if not required>14

6.3 …………………(Service Provider)warrants that the software developed is free

from malware at the time of sale, free from any obvious bugs, and free from any

covert channels in the code (of the versions of the applications/software being

delivered as well as any subsequent versions/modifications done) and free from

OWASP vulnerabilities of applications/software arising out of faulty design,

workmanship, etc. during the warranty period (up to...............).

6.4 ………………… (Service Provider)represents and warrants that its personnel

shall be present at the Bank premises or any other place as the bank may direct,

only for the Services and follow all the instructions provided by the Bank; Act

diligently, professionally and shall maintain the decorum and environment of the

Bank; Comply with all occupational, health or safety policies of the Bank.

6.5 ..,…………….. (Service Provider)shall assume responsibility under Labour

Laws, and also hold the Bank harmless from any loss, expense, damage or

personal injury, death and any claim for payment of compensation of its

employees, salary, retirement benefits, or any other fringe benefits asserted by an

employee of ……………….(Service Provider),and/or any claim arising out of

alleged infringement of intellectual property rights or other proprietary right of

any third party arising out of ‘………………(Service Provider)’s.’ performance

of Services hereunder.

6.6 Each party represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and

authorization to enter into and perform this Agreement and that nothing contained

herein or required in the performance hereof conflict or will conflict with or give

14Please note the following clause can be kept only when there is a Separate Technical support agreement.

| P a g e 21

rise to a breach or default under, or permit any person or entity to terminate, any

contract or instrument to which the party is bound.

6.7 ………………… (Service Provider) warrants the Bank against any license or IPR

violations on its part or on the part of subcontractor, wherever permitted, in use of

any technology /software /product for performing services or developing software

for the Bank as part of this Agreement.

6.8 The ……………..(Service Provider) shall perform the Services and carry out its

obligations under the Agreement with due diligence, efficiency and economy, in

accordance with generally accepted techniques and practices used in the industry

and with professional standards recognized by international professional bodies

and shall observe sound management practices. It shall employ appropriate

advanced technology and safe and effective equipment, machinery, material and

methods.

6.9 The ……………..(Service Provider) has the requisite technical and other

competence, sufficient, suitable, qualified and experienced manpower/personnel

and expertise in providing the Services to the Bank.

6.10 The ……………..(Service Provider) shall duly intimate to the Bank immediately,

the changes, if any in the constitution of the ……………..(Service Provider).

6.11 The Services and products provided by the ……………..(Service Provider) to the

Bank do not violate or infringe any patent, copyright, trademarks, trade secrets or

other intellectual property rights of any third party.

6.12 The ……………..(Service Provider) shall ensure that all persons, employees,

workers and other individuals engaged by or sub-contracted by the

……………..(Service Provider) in rendering the Services under this Agreement

have undergone proper background check, police verification and other necessary

due diligence checks to examine their antecedence and ensure their suitability for

such engagement. No person shall be engaged by the ……………..(Service

Provider) unless such person is found to be suitable in such verification and the

……………..(Service Provider) shall retain the records of such verification and

shall produce the same to the Bank as when requested.

6.13 During the Warranty and AMC Period if any software or any component thereof

is supplied by…………….(Service Provider) is inoperable or suffers degraded

performance for more than [__________________] not due to causes external to

the software, ..................................(Service provider) shall, at the Bank’s request,

| P a g e 22

promptly replace the software or specified component with new software of the

same type and quality. Such replacement shall be accomplished without any

adverse impact on the Bank’s operations within agreed time frame.

6.14 …………………………………

6.15 ……………………………….<any other additional warranty can be

incorporated>

7. VENDOR’S OBLIGATIONS

7.1 The Vendor is responsible for and obliged to conduct all contracted activities in

accordance with the contract using state-of-the-art methods and economic

principles and exercising all means available to achieve the performance specified

in the Contract.

7.2 The vendor will be responsible for arranging and procuring all relevant

permissions / Road Permits etc. for transportation of the equipment to the location

where installation is to be done. The Bank would only provide necessary letters

for enabling procurement of the same.

7.3 The Vendor is obliged to work closely with the Bank’s staff, act within its own

authority and abide by directives issued by the Bank from time to time and

complete implementation activities.

7.4 The Vendor will abide by the job safety measures prevalent in India and will free

the Bank from all demands or responsibilities arising from accidents or loss of

life, the cause of which is the Vendor’s negligence. The Vendor will pay all

indemnities arising from such incidents and will not hold the Bank responsible or

obligated.

7.5 The Vendor is responsible for managing the activities of its personnel or sub-

contracted personnel (where permitted) and will hold itself responsible for any

misdemeanours.

| P a g e 23

7.6 Vendor shall provide necessary training from the OEM to the designated SBI

officials on the configuration, operation/ functionalities, maintenance, support &

administration for software/ hardware and components,Software Solution,

installation, troubleshooting processes of the proposed solution.

7.7 The Vendor shall treat as confidential all data and information about SBI,

obtained in the process of executing its responsibilities, in strict confidence and

will not reveal such information to any other party without prior written approval

of the Bank as explained under ‘Non-Disclosure Agreement’ in Appendix-13 of

this document.

7.8 .If the proposal includes machine/ equipment or software marketed and/or

supported by other companies or individuals, the selected bidder, as the

prime contractor for the delivery, testing, installation and maintenance of

the entire system, must ensure and declare that they possess the

requisite permission/ license for the machine/ equipment/ software. Also,

the selected bidder commits to support/ repair/ replace/ maintain all parts

of the Endpoint, irrespective of the position whether the parts are

manufactured by the Bidder or outsourced by them.

7.9 The Selected bidder(s) shall be responsible for compliance with all laws,

rules, regulations, orders, notifications, and directions applicable in

respect of its personnel (including, but not limited to, the Contract Labour

(Prohibition and Regulation) Act 1986, the Payment of Bonuses Act 1965,

the Minimum Wages Act 1948, the Employees' Provident Fund Act 1952,

and the Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923, and shall maintain all proper

records, including, but not limited to, accounting records required under

the Applicable Laws, or any code, practice or corporate policy applicable

to it from time to time

8. GENERAL INDEMNITY

8.1 ………………. (Service provider) agrees and hereby keeps the Bank indemnified

against all claims, actions, loss, damages, reputation loss, costs, expenses,

charges, including legal expenses (Attorney, Advocates fees included) which the

Bank may suffer or incur directly or indirectly on account of any misuse of data

/information or deficiency in Services or breach on any obligations mentioned in

| P a g e 24

clause 515 herein, including without limitation of confidentiality obligations, from

any acts of Commission / omission on the part of employees, agents,

representatives or Sub-Contractors of Service Provider. ………………. (Service

provider), to make good the loss suffered by the Bank on first demand made by

the Bank in this regard which shall be final conclusive and binding on the

................(Service Provider).

8.2 ………………. (Service provider) further undertakes to promptly notify the bank

in writing any breach of obligation of the agreement by its employees or

representatives including confidentiality obligation and in such an event, the

Bank will in addition to and without prejudice to any other available remedies be

entitled to immediate equitable relief in a Court of competent jurisdiction to

protect its interest including injunctive relief.

8.3 The ………………. (Service provider) shall indemnify and keep fully and

effectively indemnified the Bank against any fine or penalty levied on the Bank

for improper payment of tax for the reasons attributable to the ……………….

(Service provider).

8.4 The ………………. (Service provider) hereby undertakes the responsibility to

take all possible measures, at no cost, to avoid or rectify any issues which thereby

results in non-performance of software within reasonable time. The Bank shall

report as far as possible all material defects to the ………………. (Service

provider) without undue delay. The ………………. (Service provider) also

undertakes to co-operate with other service providers thereby ensuring expected

performance covered under scope of work.

Nothing contained in this agreement shall impair the Bank’s right to claim

damages without any limitation for an amount equal to the loss suffered for non-

performance of software.

9. CONTINGENCY PLANS.

9.1 The ………………. (Service provider) shall arrange and ensure proper Data

Recovery Mechanism, Attrition Plan and other contingency plans to meet any

unexpected obstruction to the service provider or any employees or sub-

contractors of the service provider in rendering the Services or any part of the

same under this Agreement to the Bank. The …………………….. (Service

15Please See Clause 5 ‘Representation and Warranties’

| P a g e 25

Provider) at Banks discretion shall co-operate with the bank in case on any

contingency.

10. TRANSITION REQUIREMENT :

10.1 In the event of failure of the Service Provider to render the Services or in the

event of termination of agreement or expiry of term or otherwise, without

prejudice to any other right, the Bank at its sole discretion may make alternate

arrangement for getting the Services contracted with another vendor. In such case,

the Bank shall give prior notice to the existing Service Provider. The existing

Service Provider shall continue to provide services as per the terms of contract

until a ‘New Service Provider’ completely takes over the work. During the

transition phase, the existing Service Provider shall render all reasonable

assistance to the new Service Provider within such period prescribed by the Bank,

at no extra cost to the Bank, for ensuring smooth switch over and continuity of

services. If existing vendor is breach of this obligation, they shall be liable for

paying a penalty as per Appendix-11 of the RFP on demand to the Bank, which

may be settled from the payment of invoices for the contracted period. The Bank

may also require the Service Provider to enter into a Transition & Knowledge

Transfer Agreement as mentioned in Annexure J

11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

11.1 The Bank reserves the right to deduct, as liquidated damages to the extent of

…………….., in case of non-performance of software or for deficiency in

services provided by …………. (Services provided)as per work order or service

levels, if any. In such a case, the Bank also reserves the right to levy penalties as

per Appendix-11 of the RFP notwithstanding the Bank reserving its right to

terminate the contract.

11.2 If the Vendor fails to deliver any or all of the Equipments, Software Solution or

perform the services within the stipulated time schedule as specified in this

Contract, the Bank may, without prejudice to its other remedies under the

Contract, and unless otherwise extension of time is agreed upon without the

application of Liquidated Damages, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated

| P a g e 26

damages as under. Once the maximum deduction is reached, the Bank may

consider termination of the Contract.

Liquidated damages for Timeline Liquidated

Damages


Managed Services for 7 years – Solution Provider

Perpetual license with unlimited users and

Terminals License Enterprise wide ( with one

year warranty) - Solution Provider


Onsite Advanced Technical Support - Solution

Provider

Hardware Cost - Solution Provider

Existing / Future Makes and Models - Solution

Provider

12. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES

12.1 It is specifically agreed that the ……….. (Service Provider) shall act as

independent service provider and shall not be deemed to be the Agent of the Bank

except in respect of the transactions/services which give rise to Principal - Agent

relationship by express agreement between the Parties.

12.2 Neither the ……….. (Service Provider) nor its employees, agents,

representatives, Sub-Contractors shall hold out or represent as agents of the Bank.

12.3 None of the employees, representatives or agents of ……….. (Service Provider)

shall be entitled to claim any absorption or any other claim or benefit against the

Bank.

12.4 This Agreement shall not be construed as joint venture. Each Party shall be

responsible for all its obligations towards its respective employees. No employee

of any of the two Parties shall claim to be employee of other Party.

12.5 All the obligations towards the employees of a Party including that on account of

personal accidents occurred while working in the premises of the other Party shall

be with the respective employer and not on the Party in whose premises the

accident occurred.

13. SUB CONTRACTING

| P a g e 27

11.1 ………………….. (Service provider) has to obtain written permission from the

Bank before contracting any work to subcontractors. Bank at its own discretion

may permit or deny the same.

11.2 In case of subcontracting permitted, ……………………(Service Provider) is

responsible for all the services provided to the Bank regardless of which entity is

conducting the operations. ………………….(Service Provider)is also responsible

for ensuring that the sub-contractor comply with all security/confidentiality

requirements and other terms and conditions as applicable to

…………………..(Service provider) mentioned in this Agreement. Bank reserves

the right to conduct independent audit in this regard.

11.3 Before engaging Sub-Contractor, the ……………… (Service Provider) shall

carry out due diligence process on sub-contracting/ sub-contractor to the

satisfaction of the Bank and Bank shall have access to such records.

11.4 In the event of sub-contracting the ……………… (Service Provider) shall ensure

that suitable documents including confidentiality agreement are obtained from the

sub-contractor and the ……………… (Service Provider) shall ensure that the

secrecy and faith of Bank’s data / processes is maintained.

11.5 ……………… (Service Provider) shall provide subcontracting details to the

Bank and if required, Bank may evaluate the same.Notwithstanding approval of

the Bank for sub-contracting, the ……………… (Service Provider) shall remain

liable to the Bank for all acts/omissions of sub-contractors.

11.6 The Bank reserves the right to ask ……………….(Service Provider) and

..................(Service provider) shall change/ amend the clause(s) entered between

……………….(Service Provider) and Subcontractor for Bank’s suitability.

12 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

12.1 For any technology / software / product developed/used/supplied by

………………… (Service provider) for performing services or developing

software for the Bank as part of this Agreement, ………(service provider) shall

have right to use as well right to license for the outsourced services or third party

software development. Any license or IPR violation on the part of …………….

(Service provider) shall not put the Bank at risk.

12.2 Without the Bank’s prior written approval, ..................................(Service

provider) will not use or incorporate in performing the Services link to or call or

| P a g e 28

depend in any way upon, any software or other intellectual property that is subject

to an Open Source or Copyleft license or any other agreement that may give rise

to any third-party claims or to limit the Bank’s rights under this Agreement.

12.3 ………………(service provider) shall, at their own expenses without any

limitation, defend and indemnify the Bank against all third party claims or

infringement of Intellectual Property Right, including Patent, trademark,

copyright, trade secret or industrial design rights arising from use of the

technology / software / products or any part thereof in India or abroad, for

software developed as part of this engagement. In case of violation/ infringement

of patent/ trademark/ copyright/ trade secret or industrial design, (Service

provider) shall, after due inspection and testing, get the solution redesigned for

the Bank at no extra cost.

12.4 ……………… (Service provider) shall expeditiously extinguish any such claims

and shall have full rights to defend it there from.

12.5 The Bank will give notice to ……………… (Service provider) of any such claim

without delay/provide reasonable assistance to..................... (Service provider) in

disposing of the claim, and will at no time admit to any liability for or express

any intent to settle the claim.

12.6 ………………(service provider) hereby grants the Bank a fully paid-up,

irrevocable, non-exclusive/exclusive license<strike off whichever is not

applicable> throughout the territory of India or abroad to access, replicate,

modify and use software developed including its upgraded versions available

during the term of this agreement by………………(service provider) as part of

this engagement, including all inventions, designs and trademarks embodied

therein perpetually.

12.7 Software developed as part of this agreement can be put to use in all offices of

State Bank of India/ its foreign office/its Associate Banks& subsidiaries.

12.8 For the Solutions with base product (Out of Box features)- Binaries :

The Vendor shall grant the Bank a fully paid-up, irrevocable, non-exclusive,

unlimited, perpetual license throughout the territory of India or abroad to access,

replicate and use software provided by the Vendor, including all inventions,

designs and marks embodied therein perpetually. The source code / object code /

executable code and compilation procedures of the Software Solution should be

placed under an Escrow arrangement. All necessary documentation in this behalf

| P a g e 29

should be made available to the Bank. In case of Escrow arrangement, complete

details and the location and the terms and conditions applicable for escrow must

be specified. Any update or upgrade to source code should be informed and

brought under Escrow or made available to the Bank.

12.9 Product/Solutions Customisation :

The source code /object code /executable code and compilation procedures of the

Software Solution made under this agreement are the proprietary property of the

Bank and as such the vendor shall make them available to the Bank after

successful User Acceptance Testing. Vendor agrees that the Bank owns the entire

right, title and interest to any inventions, designs, discoveries, writings and works

of authorship, including all Intellectual Property Rights, copyrights. Any work

made under this agreement shall be deemed to be ‘work made for hire’ under any

Indian/U.S. or any other applicable copyright laws.

13 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TESTING & USER ACCEPTANCE TESTING :

13.1 The Vendor should integrate the software with the existing systems as per

requirement of the Bank and carry out thorough system integration testing.

13.2 System integration testing will be followed by user acceptance testing, plan for

which has to be submitted by the Vendor to the Bank. The UAT includes

functional tests, resilience tests, benchmark comparisons, operational tests, load

tests etc. SBI staff / third Party Vendor designated by the Bank will carry out the

functional testing. This staff / third party vendor will need necessary on-site

training for the purpose and should be provided by the Vendor. Vendor should

carry out other testing like resiliency/benchmarking/load etc. Vendor should

submit result log for all testing to the Bank.

13.3 On satisfactory completion of the requirements specified in Appendix 10 , letter

as per Appendix 10 will be issued.

14 COUNTRY OR ORIGIN / ELIGIBILITY OF GOODS & SERVICES:

14.1 All equipments and components thereof to be supplied under the Contract shall

have their origin in eligible source countries, as per the prevailing Import Trade

Control Regulations in India.

14.2 For purposes of this clause, “origin” means the place where the goods are mined,

grown, or manufactured or produced, or the place from which the related

| P a g e 30

Equipment is supplied. Goods are produced when, through manufacturing,

processing or substantial and major assembly of components, a commercially-

recognized Equipment results that is substantially different in basic characteristics

or in purpose or utility from its components.

15 DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING & DOCUMENTATION

15.1 ………………… (Service provider) will install the software/support the Bank in

installation of the software developed into the Bank’s production, Disaster

Recovery, Testing and training environment, if required.

15.2 The Vendor shall provide such packing of the Equipment as is required to prevent

its damage or deterioration during transit thereof to the location given by the

Bank. The packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough

handling during transit and exposure to extreme temperature, salt and

precipitation during transit and open storage. Size and weight of packing cases

shall take into consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the Equipment

final destination and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all transit points.

15.3 Delivery, installation and commissioning of the equipment shall be made by the

Vendor in accordance with the system approved / ordered and within the time

schedule given in the Scope of work given in Appendix-6 of the RFP.

15.4 The delivery will be considered to be complete when the equipments/

components/ associated software/firmware are received in good working

conditional the designated locations and Bank issued a acceptance letter.

15.5 The installation will be deemed to be completed, when the Equipment and

Software Solution including all the hardware, accessories/components,

firmware/system software, and other associated software have been supplied,

installed and operationalised as per the technical specifications and all the

features as per the technical specifications are demonstrated and implemented as

required, on the systems, to the satisfaction of the Bank. The Bidder has to


15.6 The installation will be deemed to be completed, when the Equipment and

Software Solution including all the hardware, accessories/components,

firmware/system software, and other associated software have been supplied,

installed and operationalised as per the technical specifications and all the

| P a g e 31

features as per the technical specifications are demonstrated and implemented as

required, on the systems, to the satisfaction of the Bank. The Bidder has to


15.7 In addition, vendor will supply all associated documentation relating to the

Equipment, Software Solution and Services etc. The Equipment, Software

Solution and Services are considered accepted (commissioned and

operationalised) after signing the Acceptance Test Plan (ATP) document jointly

by the representative of the Bank and the engineer from the vendor on the lines of

format/certificate on the lines of Appendix-10 (a and b) of this RFP. The

component level checking for individual item may be included during the

acceptance test. The ‘Acceptance Test Plan’ document shall be deemed to form a

part of the Agreement, to be signed between the vendor and the SBI. On the

evaluation of the Acceptance Test results, if required, in view of the performance

of the Equipment, Software Solution and Services (including hardware

equipments/ components/ software), as observed during the Acceptance Test, the

Bidder shall take remedial measures including upgradation of any of the

components thereunder, including replacement thereof, at no additional cost to

the Bank within a fortnight from the date of notification of the same to the

vendor. The vendor should ensure that the Equipment, Software Solution and

Services meets the requirements of the Bank as envisaged in the RFP.

The details of the documents to be furnished by the Vendor are specified

hereunder :

15.7.1 2 copies of Vendor ’s Invoice showing contract number, equipments

description, quantity, unit price and total amount.

15.7.2 Delivery Note or acknowledgement of receipt of Equipment from

the Consignee or in case of Equipment from abroad, original and

two copies of the negotiable clean Airway Bill.

15.7.3 2 copies of packing list identifying contents of each of the package.

15.7.4 Insurance Certificate.

15.7.5 Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s warranty certificate.

15.7.6 Commissioning and Acceptance Certificate issued by the Bank.

| P a g e 32

15.8 The above documents shall be received by the Bank before arrival of

Equipment (except where it is handed over to the Consignee with all documents). If

these documents are not received, the Vendor will be responsible for any

consequent expenses.

15.9 Penalties as specified in Appendix-11 will be applicable for the any kind of

default in delay in delivery, installation/commissioning/support etc. expected in

scope of work which will be deducted at the time of making payment(s).

15.10 In addition to the penalty on delayed supplies, Bank also reserves the right to

cancel the Purchase Order and forfeit the EMD. In the event of such cancellation,

the vendor is not entitled to any compensation, whatsoever.

15.11 For the System & other Software/firmware required with the hardware ordered

for, the following will apply:.

15.12 The vendor shall supply standard software/firmware package published by

third parties in or out of India in their original publisher-packed status only, and

should have procured the same either directly from the publishers or from the

publisher's sole authorized representatives only..

15.13 The Vendor shall provide complete and legal documentation of all sub

systems, licensed operating systems, licensed system software/firmware, licensed

utility software and other licensed software. The Vendor shall also provide licensed

software for all software/firmware whether developed by them or acquired from

others.

15.14 In case the Vendor is providing software/firmware which is not its proprietary

software then the Vendor must submit evidence in the form of agreement he has

entered into with the software/firmware vendor which includes support from the

software/firmware vendor for the proposed software for the entire period of

contract with the Bank.

15.15 The ownership of the software license shall be that of the Bank from the date

of delivery of the same. In other words, wherever the ownership of the licenses is

indicated, the name “State Bank of India” must appear to indicate that the Bank is

the perpetual owner of the software/license. Evidence to this effect must be

submitted before the payment can be release

16 INSPECTION AND AUDIT

| P a g e 33

16.1 The Bank reserves the right to carry out pre-shipment factory / godown

inspection by a team of Bank officials or demand a demonstration of the Equipment

on a representative model at Bidder ’s place.

16.2 The Inspection and Quality Control tests before evaluation, prior to shipment

of goods and at the time of final acceptance would be as follows:.

16.2.1 Inspection/Pre-shipment Acceptance Testing of Goods as per

quality control formats including functional testing, burn-in tests

and mains fluctuation tests at full load, facilities etc., as per the

standards / specifications and may be done at factory site of the

supplier before dispatch of goods, by the Bank / Bank’s

Consultants / Testing Agency.

16.2.2 The Vendor shall intimate the Bank before dispatching the goods to

various locations/offices for conduct of pre-shipment testing.

Successful conduct and conclusion of pre-dispatch inspection shall

be the sole responsibility of the supplier;

16.2.3 Provided that the Bank may, at its sole discretion, waive inspection

of goods having regard to the value of the order and/or the nature

of the goods and/or any other such basis as may be decided at the

sole discretion of the Bank meriting waiver of such inspection of

goods.

16.2.4 In the event of the Equipment /Software Solution failing to pass the

acceptance test, as per the specifications given, a period not

exceeding two weeks will be given to rectify the defects and clear

the acceptance test, failing which, the Bank reserves the right to

cancel the Purchase Order.

16.2.5 The inspection and quality control tests may also be conducted at

the point of delivery and / or at the goods’ final destination.

Reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to drawings

and production data, shall be furnished to the inspectors, at no

charge to the Bank. In case of failure by the Vendor to provide

necessary facility / equipment at its premises, all the cost of such

inspection like travel, boarding, lodging & other incidental

expenses of the Bank’s representatives to be borne by the Vendor.

| P a g e 34

16.3 Nothing stated herein above shall in any way release the Vendor from any

warranty or other obligations under this contract.

16.4 The Bank’s right to inspect, test the Equipment/Software Solution after

delivery of the same to the Bank and where necessary reject the

Equipments/Software solution arrival at the destination/solution which does not

meet the specification provided by the Bank. This shall in no way be limited or

waived by reason of the Equipment and Software Solution having previously being

inspected, tested and passed by the Bank or its representative prior to the

Equipments/ Software solution shipment from the place of origin by the Bank or its

representative prior to the installation and commissioning.

16.5 Nothing stated hereinabove shall in any way release the Vendor from any

warranty or other obligations under this contract.

16.6 System integration testing and User Acceptance testing will be carried out as

per requirement of the Bank.

16.7 It is agreed by and between the parties that the Service Provider shall get itself

annually audited by external empanelled Auditors appointed by the Bank/

inspecting official from the Reserve Bank of India or any regulatory authority,

covering the risk parameters finalized by the Bank/ such auditors in the areas of

products (IT hardware/ software) and services etc. provided to the Bank and the

vendor shall submit such certification by such Auditors to the Bank. The vendor

and or his / their outsourced agents /sub – contractors (if allowed by the Bank) shall

facilitate the same. The Bank can make its expert assessment on the efficiency and

effectiveness of the security, control, risk management, governance system and

process created by the Service Provider. The Service Provider shall, whenever

required by such Auditors, furnish all relevant information, records/data to them.

All costs for such audit shall be borne by the Bank.

16.8 Where any deficiency has been observed during audit of the Service Provider

on the risk parameters finalized by the Bank or in the certification submitted by the

Auditors, it is agreed upon by the Service Provider that it shall correct/ resolve the

same at the earliest and shall provide all necessary documents related to resolution

thereof and the auditor shall further certify in respect of resolution of the

deficiencies. It is also agreed that the Service Provider shall provide certification of

the auditor to the Bank regarding compliance of the observations made by the

| P a g e 35

auditors covering the respective risk parameters against which such deficiencies

observed.

16.9 Service Provider further agrees that whenever required by the Bank, it will

furnish all relevant information, records/data to such auditors and/or inspecting

officials of the Bank/ Reserve Bank of India and or any regulatory authority

required for conducting the audit. The Bank reserves the right to call and/or retain

for any relevant material information / reports including audit or review reports

undertaken by the Service Provider (e.g., financial, internal control and security

reviews) and findings made on the Service Provider in conjunction with the

services provided to the Bank.

17 SECURITY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

17.1 “Confidential Information” mean all information which is material to the business

operations of either party or its affiliated companies, in any form including, but

not limited to, proprietary information and trade secrets, whether or not protected

under any patent, copy right or other intellectual property laws, in any oral,

photographic or electronic form, whether contained on computer hard disks or

floppy diskettes or otherwise without any limitation whatsoever. Without

prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Confidential Information shall

include all information about the party and its customers, costing and technical

data, studies, consultants reports, financial information, computer models and

programs, software, contracts, drawings, blue prints, specifications, operating

techniques, processes, models, diagrams, data sheets, reports and other

information with respect to any of the foregoing matters. All and every

information received by the parties and marked confidential hereto shall be

assumed to be confidential information unless otherwise proved. It is further

agreed that the information relating to the Bank and its customers is deemed

confidential whether marked confidential or not.

17.2 All information relating to the accounts of the Bank’s customers shall be

confidential information, whether labeled as such or otherwise.

17.3 All information relating to the infrastructure and Applications (including designs

and processes) shall be deemed to be Confidential Information whether labeled as

such or not. ..................... (Service provider) personnel/resources responsible for

the project are expected to take care that their representatives, where necessary,

| P a g e 36

have executed a Non-Disclosure Agreement as per the format attached in the

Annexure I provided by the Bank.

17.4 Each party agrees that it will not disclose any Confidential Information received

from the other to any third parties under any circumstances without the prior

written consent of the other party unless such disclosure of Confidential

Information is required by law, legal process or any order of any government

authority. ..................... (Service provider), in this connection, agrees to abide by

the laws especially applicable to confidentiality of information relating to

customers of Banks and the banks per-se, even when the disclosure is required

under the law. In such event, the Party must notify the other Party that such

disclosure has been made in accordance with law; legal process or order of a

government authority.

17.5 Each party, including its personnel, shall use the Confidential Information only

for the purposes of achieving objectives set out in this Agreement. Use of the

Confidential Information for any other purpose shall constitute breach of trust of

the same.

17.6 Each party may disclose the Confidential Information to its personnel solely for

the purpose of undertaking work directly related to the Agreement. The extent of

Confidential Information disclosed shall be strictly limited to what is necessary

for those particular personnel to perform his/her duties in connection with the

Agreement. Further each party shall ensure that each personnel representing the

respective party agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

17.7 The non-disclosure obligations herein contained shall not be applicable only

under the following circumstances:

(i) Where Confidential Information comes into the public domain during or

after the date of this Agreement otherwise than by Disclosure by a Party in

breach of the terms hereof.

(ii) Where any Confidential Information was disclosed after receiving the

written consent of the other Party.

(iii)Where if a Party is requested or required by law or by any Court or

governmental agency or authority to disclose any of the confidential

information, then that Party will provide the other party with prompt

notice of such request or requirement prior to such disclosure.

| P a g e 37

(iv) Where any Confidential Information was received by the Party from a

third party which does not have any obligations of confidentiality to the

other Party.

17.8 ..................... (Service provider) shall abide with the Bank’s IT and IS policy in

key concern areas relevant to the project. Specific requirements will be shared

upfront before the start of the work.

17.9 ..................... (Service provider) shall ensure to filter all phishing / spamming /

overflow attacks in order to ensure availability and integrity on continuous basis.

..................... (Service provider) shall also implement any enhanced solutions

mandated by security requirements for any / all types of Software/ support.

17.10 The security aspect of the solution/software will be comprehensively reviewed

periodically by the Bank, and..................... (Service provider) shall carryout

modifications / updates based on the security review recommendations on case to

case basis.

17.11 The Service Provider shall not, without the Bank’s prior written consent, make

use of any document or information received from the Bank except for purposes

of performing the services and obligations under this Agreement.

17.12 Any document received from the Bank shall remain the property of the Bank and

shall be returned (in all copies) to the Bank on completion of the Service

Provider ’s performance under the Agreement.

17.13 Upon expiration or termination of the Agreement and on all amounts as due and

payable to..................... (Service provider) under the Agreement having been

received by..................... (service provider), all proprietary documents, software

documentation, programs partially or wholly completed, or materials which are

directly related to any project under the Agreement shall be delivered to the Bank

or at the Bank’s written instruction destroyed, and no copies shall be retained by

..................... (Service provider) without the Bank’s written consent.

17.14 The Vendor shall have to comply with Bank’s IT & IS Security policy in key

concern areas relevant to the Scope of Work, details of which will be shared on

request to the Bank. Some of the key areas are as under:

17.14.1Responsibilities for data and application privacy and

confidentiality

| P a g e 38

17.14.2Responsibilities on system and software access control and

administration

17.14.3Custodial responsibilities for data, software, hardware and other

assets of the Bank being managed by or assigned to the Vendor

17.14.4Physical Security of the facilities

17.14.5Physical and logical separation from other customers of the Vendor

17.14.6Incident response and reporting procedures

17.14.7Password Policy of the Bank

17.14.8Data Encryption/Protection requirements of the Bank.

17.14.9In general, confidentiality, integrity and availability must be

ensured.

18 OWNERSHIP :

18.1 Product/Solutions Customisation

18.1.1 ..................... (Service provider) will provide source code for every

version of the product/Software developed specifically for the

Bank, without any cost to the Bank, and it will be treated as the

Property of the Bank.

18.1.2 The source code /object code /executable code and compilation

procedures of the software solution made under this agreement are

the proprietary property of the Bank and as such.....................

(Service provider) shall make them available to the Bank after

successful User Acceptance Testing.

18.1.3 ..................... (Service provider) agrees that the Bank owns the

entire right, title and interest to any inventions, designs,

discoveries, writings and works of authorship, including all

intellectual property rights, copyrights. Any work made under this

agreement shall be deemed to be ‘work made for hire’ under any

Indian/U.S. or any other applicable copyright laws.

18.1.4 ..................... (Service provider) shall ensure proper change

management process covering Impact assessment, requirement and

solution documents detailing changes made to the software for any

work order, in addition to enabling the programmers identify and

track the changes made to the source code. The source code will be

| P a g e 39

delivered in appropriate version control tool maintained at the

Bank’s on site location.

18.1.5 ..................... (Service provider) shall adhere to revision control

procedure of the Bank to maintain required documentation and

configuration files as well as source code. Necessary backup and

restoration of the revision control software related information will

be handled by the Service team as per the approved backup policy

of the Bank.

18.1.6 For each application developed by..................... (Service provider)

on ……………………. software, including third party software

before the platform become operational, (service provider) shall

deliver all documents to the Bank, which include coding

standards, user manuals, installation manuals, operation manuals,

design documents, process documents, technical manuals, and

other documents, if any, as per work order.

18.1.7 ................... (Service provider) shall also provide documents

related to Review Records/ Test Bug Reports/ Root Cause Analysis

Report, details and documentation of all Product components,

details and documentation of all dependent/ external modules and

all documents relating to traceability of the software made under

this agreement before its production release.

18.1.8 All software programs supplied/developed, program

documentation, system documentation and testing methodologies

along with all other information and documents (other than tools

being proprietary to ..................... (Service provider) and used for

customized software development shall be the exclusive property

of the Bank.

18.1.9 The Intellectual Property Rights on the software code, copyright

and source code for various applications/ interfaces developed

under this Agreement, and any other component/ framework/

middleware used/ developed as pre-built software assets to deliver

the solution, shall belong to the Bank and the Bank shall have

complete and unrestricted rights on such property. However, the

……………….(service provider) shall hold All Intellectual

| P a g e 40

Property rights in any pre-built software per se , except for those

which have been assigned under this agreement.

18.1.10All information processed by..................... (Service provider)

during software development, implementation& maintenance

belongs to the Bank. ……………………. (Service provider) shall

not acquire any other right in respect of the information for the

license to the rights owned by the bank. ..................... (Service

provider) will implement mutually agreed controls to protect the

information. ..................... (Service provider) also agrees that it will

protect the information appropriately. Failure to protect

information may attract civil, criminal, or administrative penalties.

18.1.11The Vendor shall deliver the following documents to the Bank for

every firmware/software including third party software before

software/ service become operational, which includes, user

manuals, installation manuals, operation manuals, design

documents, process documents, technical manuals, functional

specification, software requirement specification, on-line tutorials/

CBTs, system configuration documents, system/database

administrative documents, debugging/diagnostics documents, test

procedures etc.

18.1.12The Vendor should also provide the MIS reports as per

requirements of the Bank. Any level/ version changes and/or

clarification or corrections or modifications in the abovementioned

documentation should be supplied by the Vendor to the Bank, free

of cost in timely manner. The vendor shall develop customized

documentation as per Bank’s requirement, if desired by the Bank.

18.2 SOURCE CODE ESCROW AGREEMENT16 :. For the Solutions with base

product (Out of Box features) – Binaries :

16 This agreement is to be made wherein the …service provider… has refused to give ownership over the Software. The user department has to delete inapplicable para.

| P a g e 41

18.2.1 The ………………….(Service Provider) shall deposit the source

code and everything required to independently maintain the

software, to the source code escrow account and agrees to

everything mentioned in ‘Annexure - H’

18.2.2 The …………………. (Service provider) shall deposit the latest

version of source code in escrow account……….. At regular

intervals as mentioned in ‘Annexure H’

18.2.3 The Bank shall have the right to get the source code released and

will receive no opposition/hindrances from the escrow agent and

………………. (Service provider) under the following conditions:-

(i) In the event wherein the …………………. (Service provider) has been declared

Insolvent/Bankrupt.

(ii) In the event wherein the ………………………………………(software) development

project given to ………………….(service provider) has been cancelled.

(iii) In the event wherein the …………………. (Service provider) has declared its

expressed/written unwillingness to fulfill his contractual obligations.

(iv)……………………………………………………..

(v)……………………………………………………..

18.2.4 …………………….(Service provider) agree to bear the payment

of fees due to the escrow agent..

18.2.5 The Escrow Agreement shall ipso-facto would get terminated on

delivery of Source Code to either of the parties upon the terms &

conditions mentioned in ‘Annexure -H’.

19 TERMINATION CLAUSE :

19.1 The Bank, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of contract, shall

have the right to terminate the contract in whole or part, if

………………..(service provider), at any time, by giving a written notice of at

least 30 days (term of notice) fails to deliver any or all of the deliverables within

the period(s) specified in this Agreement, or within any extension thereof granted

by the Bank pursuant to conditions of Agreement or if ………………..(service

provider) fails to perform any other obligation(s) under the Agreement provided a

cure period of not less than 90 days (term) is given to ………………..(service

provider) to rectify the defects.

| P a g e 42

19.2 In the event the bank terminates the Agreement in whole or in part for the

breaches attributable to the ……..............(Service Provider), the bank may

procure, upon such terms and in such manner, as it deems appropriate, software

or services similar to those undelivered and ……………….(service provider)

shall be liable to the Bank for any excess costs for such similar software or

services. However, ………………….(service provider),in case of part

termination, shall continue the performance of the Agreement to the extent not

terminated.

19.3 In the event of termination of the Agreement, …………………(service provider)

shall be entitled to receive payment for the Services rendered (delivered) up to the

effective date of termination.

19.4 The Bank may at any time terminate the Agreement without giving written notice

to ………………… (Service provider), if ………………… (Service provider)

becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In this event termination will be

without compensation to ………………… (Service provider), provided that such

termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy, which has

occurred or will accrue thereafter to the Bank on payment to the

……………..(Service Provider) for the services rendered.

19.5 In the event of the termination of the Agreement.......................... (Service

Provider) shall be liable and responsible to return to the Bank all records,

documents, data and information including Confidential Information pertains to

or relating to the Bank in its possession.

19.6 In the event of termination of the Agreement for material breach by service

provider, Bank shall have the right to give suitable publicity to the same including

advising the Indian Bank’s Association.

19.7 Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the

Parties hereunder shall cease, except such rights and obligations as may have

accrued on the date of termination or expiration; the obligation of indemnity;

obligation of payment; confidentiality obligation; Governing Law clause; Dispute

resolution clause ; and any right which a Party may have under the Applicable

Law.

19.8 Termination for Insolvency :

20 DISPUTE REDRESSAL MACHANISM & GOVERNING LAW

| P a g e 43

20.1 All disputes or differences whatsoever arising between the parties out of or in

connection with this Agreement (including dispute concerning interpretation) or

in discharge of any obligation arising out of the Agreement (whether during the

progress of work or after completion of such work and whether before or after the

termination of this Agreement, abandonment or breach of this Agreement), shall

be settled amicably.

20.2 If the parties are not able to solve them amicably, either party [SBI or

..................... (service provider)] shall give written notice to other party clearly

setting out there in, specific dispute(s) and/or difference(s), and shall be referred

to a sole arbitrator mutually agreed upon, and the award made in pursuance

thereof shall be binding on the parties.

20.3 In the absence of consensus about the single arbitrator, the dispute may be

referred to an arbitration panel; one to be nominated by each party and the said

arbitrators shall nominate a presiding arbitrator, before commencing the

arbitration proceedings. The arbitration shall be settled in accordance with the

applicable Indian Laws.

20.4 ..................... (Service provider) shall continue work under the Agreement during

the arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise directed by the Bank or unless the

matter is such that the work cannot possibly be continued until the decision of the

arbitrator is obtained.

20.5 Arbitration proceeding shall be held at Mumbai (Place of Arbitration), India, and

the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and

communications between the parties shall be in English.

20.6 This Agreement shall be governed by laws in force in India. Subject to the

arbitration clause above, all disputes arising out of or in relation to this

Agreement, shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts at

………………………(place) only.

20.7 In case of any change in applicable laws that has an effect on the terms of this

Agreement, the Parties agree that the Agreement may be reviewed, and if deemed

necessary by the Parties, make necessary amendments to the Agreement by

mutual agreement in good faith, in case of disagreement obligations mentioned in

this clause shall be observed.

21 RIGHT TO USE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT :

| P a g e 44

21.1 If after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the warranty period, the

operation or use of the equipment is found to be unsatisfactory, the Bank shall

have the right to continue to operate or use such equipment until rectification of

defects, errors or omissions by partial or complete replacement is made without

interfering with the Bank’s operation.

22 POWERS TO VARY OR OMIT WORK :

22.1 No alterations, amendments, omissions, additions, suspensions or variations of

the work (hereinafter referred to as variation) under the Agreement shall be made

by..................... (Service provider) except as directed in writing by Bank. The

Bank shall have full powers, subject to the provision herein after contained, from

time to time during the execution of the Agreement, by notice in writing to

instruct..................... (Service provider) to make any variation without prejudice

to the Agreement. ..................... (Service provider) shall carry out such variations

and be bound by the same conditions, though the said variations occurred in the

Agreement documents. If any suggested variations would, in the opinion

of..................... (Service provider), if carried out, prevent them from fulfilling any

of their obligations under the Agreement, they shall notify the Bank, thereof, in

writing with reasons for holding such opinion and Bank shall

instruct..................... (Service provider) to make such other modified variation

without prejudice to the Agreement. ..................... (Service provider) shall carry

out such variations and be bound by the same conditions, though the said

variations occurred in the Agreement documents. If Bank confirms their

instructions................................... (Service provider)’s obligations will be

modified to such an extent as may be mutually agreed. If such variation is

substantial and involves considerable extra cost, any agreed difference in cost

occasioned by such variation shall be mutually agreed between the parties. In any

case in which..................... (Service provider) has received instructions from the

Bank as to the requirement of carrying out the altered or additional substituted

work, which either then or later on, will in the opinion of..................... (Service

provider), involve a claim for additional payments, such additional payments

shall be mutually agreed in line with the terms and conditions of the order.

| P a g e 45

22.2 If any change in the work is likely to result in reduction in cost, the parties shall

agree in writing so as to the extent of reduction in payment to be made to

……………(Service Provider), before..................... (Service provider)

proceeding with the change.

23 NO WAIVER OF BANK RIGHTS OR..................... (SERVICE PROVIDER)’S

LIABILITY

Neither any payment sign-off/payment by the Bank for acceptance of the whole or any part of

the work, nor any extension of time/possession taken by the Bank shall affect or prejudice the

rights of the Bank against..................... (Service provider), or relieve..................... (Service

provider) of their obligations for the due performance of the Agreement, or be interpreted as

approval of the work done, or create liability on the Bank to pay for alterations/ amendments/

variations, or discharge the liability of..................... (service provider) for the payment of

damages whether due, ascertained, or certified or not or any sum against the payment of

which they are bound to indemnify Bank nor shall any such certificate nor the acceptance by

them of any such paid on account or otherwise, affect or prejudice the rights of the

.................... (Service provider),against the Bank.

24 CHANGE OF ORDERS

24.1 The Bank may, at any time, by a written order given to the Vendor, make changes

within the general scope of the Contract in any one or more of the following:

24.1.1 Method of shipment or packing;

24.1.2 Place of delivery;

24.1.3 Quantities to be supplied subject to 25% above or below the

originally declared quantities except where Bank has specifically

mentioned at the option of the Bank.

24.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time

required for the Vendor’s performance of any provisions under the Contract, an

equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or delivery schedule, or

both, and the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Vendor

for adjustment under this clause must be asserted within 15 days from the date of

Vendor ’s receipt of Bank’s change order.

25 CONTRACT AMENDMENTS

| P a g e 46

25.1 No variation in or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be made, except

by written amendment, signed by the parties

26 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

26.1 For breach of any obligation mentioned in this agreement, subject toclause 21.3,

in no event ……………..(Service Provider) shall be liable for damages to the

Bankarising under or in connection with this agreement for an amount exceeding

the total cost of the project .

26.2 ...........................(Service provider) will ensure Bank’s data confidentiality and

shall be responsible for liability arising in case of breach of any kind of security

and/or leakage of confidential customer/Bank’s related information to the extent

of loss so caused.

26.3 The limitations set forth in Clauses 21.1 shall not apply with respect to:

(i) claims that are the subject of indemnification pursuant to Clause 1217,

(ii) damage(s) occasioned by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of

……………..(Service Provider),

(iii) damage(s) occasioned by ……………..(Service Provider) for breach

of Clause 1518,

(iv) Loss/Damages suffered by the Bank due to Non-Compliance of

Statutory or Regulatory Guidelines by Service Provider.

(v) when a dispute is settled by the Court of Law in India.

27 FORCE MAJEURE

27.1 Any failure or delay by either parties in performance of its obligation, to the

extent due to any failure or delay caused by fire, flood, earthquake or similar

elements of nature, or act of God, war, terrorism, riots, civil disorders, rebellions

or revolutions, acts of government authorities or other events beyond the

reasonable control of non-performing Party shall not be deemed as default.

27.2 If Force Majeure situation arises, the non-performing party shall promptly notify

within………… (Term, in days) to the other party in writing of such conditions

17 Please see Clause 12 ‘IPR Indemnification’ 18Please see Clause 15 ‘Security and Confidentiality’

| P a g e 47

and the cause(s) thereof. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-performing

party shall continue to perform its obligations under the Agreement as far as is

reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for

performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

27.3 If the Force Majeure situation continues beyond 30 days, the either parties shall

have the right to terminate the Agreement by giving a notice to the other

party.Neither party shall have any penal liability to the other in respect of the

termination of this Contract as a result of an event of Force Majeure. However,

............(Service Provider) shall be entitled to receive payments for all services

actually rendered up to the date of the termination of this Agreement.

28 NOTICES

28.1 Any notice or other communication under this Agreement given by either party to

the other party shall be deemed properly given if in writing and;

i. When hand delivered during normal business hours of the recipient,

acknowledgment taken.

ii. If transmitted by facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient; proof

of delivery taken. A copy sent by registered mail/ first class courier, return

receipt requested shall follow all fax notices, to any Fax number

of..................... (Service provider)’s office at Mumbai, or any other place

advised by..................... (Service provider) to the Bank from time to time.

iii. If mailed by registered mail/ first class courier, return receipt requested, within

five working days of posting, properly addressed and stamped with the

required postage, to the intended recipient at its address specified below its

signature at the end of this Agreement.

28.2 The Addresses for Communications to the parties are as under.

(a) In the case of the Bank

………………………..

………………………..

………………………..

………………………..

……………………….

(b) In case of service provider

……………………….

| P a g e 48

………………………..

………………………..

………………………..

28.3 In case there is any change in the address of one party, it shall be communicated

in writing to the other party with in …………… (days).

29 GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS

29.1 TRAINING: ..................... (Service provider) shall train designated Bank officials

on the configuration, operation/ functionalities, maintenance, support &

administration for software, application architecture and components, installation,

troubleshooting processes of the proposed …………………(services)as

mentioned in this agreement.

29.2 PUBLICITY:.................... (Service provider) may make a reference of the

services rendered to the Bank covered under this Agreement on.....................

(Service provider)’s Web Site or in their sales presentations, promotional

materials, business plans or news releases etc., only after prior written approval

from the Bank.

29.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: This Agreement shall bind and inure to the

benefit of the parties, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

29.4 NON-HIRE AND NON-SOLICITATION: During the term of this Agreement and

for a period of one year thereafter, neither party shall (either directly or indirectly

through a third party) employ, solicit to employ, cause to be solicited for the

purpose of employment or offer employment to any employee/s or sub-

contractor/s of the other party, or aid any third person to do so, without the

specific written consent of the other party. However nothing in this clause shall

affect the Bank’s regular recruitments as per its recruitment policy and not

targeted to the employees of..................... (Service provider).

29.5 SEVERABILITY: The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this

Agreement shall not in any way effect, impair or render unenforceable this

Agreement or any other provision contained herein, which shall remain in full

force and effect.

29.6 MODIFICATION: This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in

writing signed by duly authorized representatives of each party with express

mention thereto of this Agreement.

| P a g e 49

29.7 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Agreement, including all Work orders, Exhibits,

Annexures, RFP and other documents or communications incorporated herein,

represents the entire agreement for the services of

………………………………………………………….(description of software)

covering…………………………………………………(short description of the

service to be provided), between the parties and supplements all prior

negotiations, understandings and agreements, written or oral, relating to the

subject matter herein.

29.8 PRIVITY: Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof is intended to confer

upon any person/s other than the Parties to this Agreement any rights or remedies

hereunder.

29.9 EFFECTIVE DATE: This Agreement shall be effective from the date mentioned

at the beginning of this Agreement.

29.10 DUE AUTHORISATION: Each of the undersigned hereby represents to the other

that she/ he is authorized to enter into this Agreement and bind the respective

parties to this Agreement.

29.11 COUNTERPART: This Agreement is executed in duplicate and each copy is

treated as original for all legal purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be

executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date and day first mentioned above.

State Bank of India ……………….Service Provider

By: By:

Name: Name:

Designation: Designation: Date: Date:

WITNESS:

1. 1.

2. 2.

ANNEXURE, SCHEDULE, ETC

| P a g e 50

| P a g e 51

ANNEXURE-A ( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

DELIVERABLES/SCOPE OF WORK

1. Description of Deliverables:

[Identify each individual component of the Deliverables, including equipment and

software, by name and version.]

2. Specifications, Performance Standards, and Functional Requirements:

[Include here all of the specifications, performance standards, and functional

requirements for the Deliverables that are important to the Bank. Be certain to include

run and operator response times (if applicable) which are part of the Acceptance

criteria discussed in this agreement.]

2.1 ‘………………(Service Provider).’ Undertakes and warrants to provide technical sup-

port with resolution time frame as per the matrix given below:

Severity Description Response Time Resolution time

Critical

High/Major

Medium/

Low/Minor

Very

Low/Cosmetic

3. Documentation:

[Identify here all user manuals and other documentation concerning the Software.]

4. Modifications to Scope Of License:

[Identify here any modifications to the scope of the License defined in this agreement.]

| P a g e 52

ANNEXURE-B ( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

SERVICE METRIC<strike off any of the term, if it is inapplicable>

1.1 Service Measure or Service definitions

<Kindly determine, the key business function, process or procedure being measured and reported on

and which parties should continuously improve>

1.2 Service level objective

<Kindly determine, key specific service component (for example, requirements, defects, test cases)

that is to be measured.>

1.3 Service Window

<demarcate the time periods during which the service level will be measured. In regard to services,

this is focused on the duration of the project or development of life cycle>

1.4 Measurement Range/ service-level metric

<Kindly establish measurement criteria of the work that the agreement requires the provider to per-

form. This measurement is commonly expressed as percentage><Strike off which ever in not applica-

ble>

Service- level

object

Service level

category

Service level time frame

Service level met-

ric/measurement range

<Requirement> <…………….> <Project or development life

cycle

+……………(warranty/per

phase/rolling period)

Low…. %

High …. %

Average…. %

Formula

Measurement Interval

Measurement Tool

| P a g e 53

(a) Service metric for production support

Uptime Metric

SL

no.

Service level category Service level object Service window Measurement

range/criteria

1. <application uptime> <requirement> <including down-

time require-

ment>

Measurement will

be on

……..(monthly/

quarterly/half year-

ly/yearly)<strike off

which even is not

applicable>

1.5 Measurement Formula

<Kindly provide description of the mathematical formula used to measure the delivery of a service

against the measurement range>

1.6 Data Sources

<Description of type and origin of data that will be collected, where and how it will be stored

and who will be responsible>

| P a g e 54

ANNEXURE-C( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

INFRASTUCTURE MANAGEMENT METRICS<strike off which ever in not applicable>

(a) Service metric for Recovery Time objective (RTO)<strike off if not applicable>

SL

no.

Service level

category

Service level object Measurement range/criteria

1. RTO during dis-

aster for shifting

to <Place>DC

<………………. (requirement

to be filled by the concerned

dept.)/ 4 hours><strike off

which ever in not applicable>

<…………………><to be filled in by the

concerned dept. depending on the critical-

ity of service>

(b) SLA for Recovery Point Objective<strike off if not applicable>

SL

no.

Service level

category


1. RPO during dis-

aster for shifting

to <Place>

<……………….(requirement to

be filled by the concerned

dept.)/ 99.999% of PR site data

recovery><strike off which ever

in not applicable>

<…………………><to be filled in by the

concerned dept. depending on the critical-

ity of service>

INFRASTUCTURE SUPPORT METRICS

Activities Severity Response

Time (mins)

Resolution

Time

(mins)

Measure-

ment Crite-

ria Operational

Task

Details

<to be filled

in by the con-

cerned dept.

depending on

the criticality

of service>

…………… Level 1 ……….. ………….

. <…………

………><to

be filled in

by the con-

cerned dept.

depending

on the criti-

cality of

……………. Level 2 ……………

.

………

……………. Level ….n ………….. …………

<to be filled ………………….. Level 1 ………… ……….

| P a g e 55

Activities Severity Response

Time (mins)

Resolution

Time

(mins)

Measure-

ment Crite-

ria Operational

Task

Details

in by the con-

cerned dept.

depending on

the criticality

of service>

…………………… Level 2 ………… …………. service>

…………………….. Level…..n ………… …………...

| P a g e 56

ANNEXURE-D( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT & MAINTENANCE METRIC

Impact Level Description/Measure Response Time Resolution Time

Level 1 Low impact <to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-

pending on the criti-

cality of service>

<to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

Level 2 Medium impact <to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-


cality of service>


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

........... ........

Level..... Highest impact <to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-


cality of service>


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

Urgency Level Description/Measure Response time Resolution time

Level 1 <to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-


cality of service>


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

Level 2 <to be filled in by the

concerned dept. de-


cality of service>


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

...........

Level..... To be performed on top

priority


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>


concerned dept. de-


cality of service>

| P a g e 57

<Priorities areto be filled in by the concerned dept. depending on the criticality of service>

IMPACT

Urgency Level

Level 1 Level 2 Level n

Level 1 Priority A Priority A Priority C

Level 2 Priority A Priority B Priority D

.... Priority J Priority K Priority L

Level..... Priority L Priority M Priority N Priority O

| P a g e 58

| P a g e 59

ANNEXURE-E( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

SERVICE DESK SUPPORT METRIC<strike off if not applicable>

SL

no.

Service level

category


1. Call type

level 1, <strike

off which ever in

not applicable>

<……………….(requirement)/

call escalated by sbi service desk

to ……………service provider’s

team><strike off which ever in

not applicable>

<…………………><to be filled in by

the concerned dept. depending on the

criticality of service>

Call type

level 12, <strike

off which ever in

not applicable>

<……………….(requirement)/

call escalated by sbi service desk

to ……………service provider’s

team><strike off which ever in

not applicable>

<…………………><to be filled in by

the concerned dept. depending on the

criticality of service>

SERVICE LEVEL REPORTING/ FREQUENCY19<strike off if not applicable>

<Describe the service level reporting frequency and methodology>

19The purpose of this section is to document reports used to measure service levels. These reports must align

with the service measurement and should support these measurements.

Report Name Interval Recipient Responsible

| P a g e 60

SERVICE REVIEW MEETING20<strike off if not applicable>

Service Review meeting shall be held annually/ half yearly. The follow-

ing comprise of the Service Review Board:

President,

Members…………….

20The purpose of this section to describe the frequency of meeting and composition of service review board.

| P a g e 61

| P a g e 62

ANNEXURE-F( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

ESCALATION MATRICS21<strike off if not applicable>

21 To ensure that the service beneficiary receives senior management attention on unresolved issues,

the service provider operates a problem escalation procedure in order that any unresolved problems

are notified to the service provider management personnel on a priority basis dependent upon the

impact and urgency of the problem.

Service level

Category

Response/Resolution

Time

Escalation thresholds

Escalation Level 1 Escalation.........

Escalation

to

Escalation

Mode

Escalation

to

Escalation

Mode

Production

Support

<Name,

designation

contact

no.>

Service Mile-

stones

<Name,

designation

contact

no.>

Infrastructure

Management

<Name,

designation

contact

no.>

Application

Development

& Mainte-

nance

<Name,

designation

contact

no.>

Service Desk

Support

<Name,

designation

contact

no.>

| P a g e 63

| P a g e 64

ANNEXURE-G ( Shall be framed by Bank based on RFP)

<Undermentioned are proposed penalty metrics, they are required to be customized

by the concerned dept.><strike off whichever is not applicable>

PENALTY FOR NON PERFORMANCE OF SLA

Service level cate-

gory SLA Measure Penalty Calculation

Application Up-

time/Downtime/

RTO/RPO <strike

off whichever is

not applicable>

<delay in minutes / hours /days>< to be provided

by the dept.>

Delivery Schedule <Delay ( in working days)>< to be provided>

Installation <delay in minutes / hours /days>< to be provided

by the dept.>

User Acceptance

Testing

<delay in minutes / hours /days>< to be provided

by the dept.>

Live in Production <delay in minutes / hours /days>< to be provided

by the dept.>

Periodical training <Delay ( in working days)>< to be provided> ………<For each re-

source not trained>

Source Code <Delay ( in working days)>< to be provided>

Non-availability of

staff

Reports/

| P a g e 65

PENALTY FOR EVERY ITEMS, Penalty at the rates given below:

Category of de-

fect

Service Area Penalty

Minor

Medium

Major

Critical

PENALTY FOR NON PERFORMANCE AT HELP DESK

Service

Area

SLA meas-

urement

Penalty % on billable amount

for the specified activity

Calculate penalty on

0 % 5% (for every 1%

shortfall from the

stipulated service

level

Help

Desk

Time taken for

resolution of

calls

(99.9% of the

calls should be

resolved within

the stipulated

response time)

More than or

equal to 99.9

% of service

level

Less than 99.9 % of

service level <to be provided by the dept.,>

| P a g e 66

ANNEXURE - H

DATED…………………….DAY OF…………….20…

ESCROW AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

[insert name of escrow agent]

(“Escrow Agent”)

-AND-

STATE BANK OF INDIA

(“Principal”)

-AND-

I[nsert name of supplier]

(“Supplier”)

[This Agreement is a DRAFT provided only for the purposes of furthering negotiations be-

tween the parties. The Department at their end may make changes/ customisation and up-

dates depending upon individual contract/service.]

RECITALS:

This AGREEMENT dated…………day of…….. is between insert name of agent (“Escrow

Agent”)

AND

| P a g e 67

State Bank of India (“Principal”)

AND

insert name of software owner (“Supplier”)

A. WHEREAS Supplier has agreed vide agreement dated ………………. to license to

the Principal the use of certain software.

B. Supplier and principal have already entered into Annual Support and Maintenance

services Agreement dated ………………… pursuant to the Software License Agree-

ment for providing maintenance and support services in respect of the Software Ap-

plications on the terms and conditions set out therein.

C. Supplier has agreed to deposit the “Source Code ” (as defined hereinafter) with the

Escrow Agent for being made available to the principle on the occurrence/happening

of any event of default as specified in this Software Escrow Agreement.

D. The Supplier and the Principal have agreed to appoint an escrow agent and the Es-

crow Agent has agreed to act as escrow agent and to hold the Source Code to the

Software on the following terms and conditions.

AGREED TERMS:

1. INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS 1.1 In this Agreement unless the contrary is clearly intended:

1.1.1 “Licence Agreement” means the agreement between the Supplier and the

Principal as mentioned in clause A;

1.1.2 “Commencement Date” means the date mentioned in the Recital of this

agreement ;

1.1.3 “Escrow Fee” means the fee set out in clause 6 of this Agreement.;

1.1.4 “Software” means the software, including software tools, described in Li-

cense Agreement;

1.1.5 “Source Code” means the Software, including software tools, expressed in

human-readable language which is necessary for the understanding, main-

taining, modifying, correcting and enhancing of the Software specified in

License Agreement;

1.1.6 “Supporting Material” means all of the material and data developed and

used in and for the purpose of creating the software including but not lim-

ited to compiled object code, tapes, operating manuals and other items

listed in License Agreement or Master Service Agreement.

| P a g e 68

1.1.7 Other terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this

Agreement.

1.2 In this Agreement unless the contrary intention appears:

1.2.1 the Clause headings are for convenient reference only and have no effect

in limiting or extending the language of the provisions to which they refer;

1.2.2 a cross reference to a Clause number is a reference to all its Sub-clauses;

1.2.3 words in the singular number include the plural and vice versa;

1.2.4 words importing a gender include any other gender;

1.2.5 a reference to a person includes a partnership and a body, whether corpo-

rate or otherwise;

1.2.6 a reference to a Part, Clause, Sub-clause or Paragraph in this Agreement is

a reference to a Part, Clause, Sub-clause or Paragraph of this Agreement as

the case may be, and a reference to a Part, Clause, Sub-clause or Paragraph

in a Schedule or Annexure is a reference to a Part, Clause Sub-clause or

Paragraph in the Schedule or Annexure unless expressed explicitly therein

as referring to the Agreement;

1.2.7 where a word or phrase is given a particular meaning, other parts of speech

and grammatical forms of that word or phrase have corresponding mean-

ings;

1.2.8 monetary references are references to Indian currency;

1.2.9 references to natural persons include corporations and vice versa; and

1.2.10 The plural includes the singular and vice versa.

1.3 Where an obligation is imposed on a party under this Agreement, that obligation

shall be deemed to include an obligation to ensure that no act, error or omission on

the part of the party’s employees, agents or sub-contractors or their employees or

agents occurs which prevent the discharge of that party’s obligation.

2. DURATION

This Agreement commences on the Commencement Date and continues until either

the Source Code is released in accordance with this Agreement, or this Agreement is

terminated under Clause 9.

| P a g e 69

3. APPOINTMENT OF ESCROW AGENT The Escrow Agent is appointed jointly by the Principal and the Supplier to hold, re-

tain and deal with the Source Code in accordance with the terms of this Escrow

Agreement.

4. SUPPLIER’S OBLIGATIONS 4.1 The Supplier must deliver to the Escrow Agent ……………22 copy of the Source

Code, within ……………….23 days of the date of this Escrow Agreement.

4.2 Within ……………….24 of the Supplier making any Upgrade or New Release in

relation to the Software available to the Principal, the Supplier must deliver to and

deposit with the Escrow Agent, one copy of the Source Code for that Upgrade or

New Release (or where appropriate, the Source Code for the whole of the Soft-

ware including that Upgrade or New Release.

4.3 If the Source Code is lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed after delivery to the Es-

crow Agent the Supplier must deliver another copy of the Source Code as soon as

practicable after notification of the loss, theft, damage or destruction.

4.4 All copies of Source Code delivered to and deposited with the Escrow Agent must

be clearly labelled with the name of the Supplier, the name of the Principal, a de-

scription of the Source Code (for example where Source Code for an Upgrade on-

ly is delivered) and the date.

4.5 The Supplier warrants that all Source Code delivered to and deposited with the

Escrow Agent will be free from any virus or device which would prevent it being

used for the understanding, maintaining, modifying, correcting or enhancing of

the Software, or which would prevent or impede a thorough and effective verifica-

tion of the Source Code.

4.6 The Supplier further warrants that all Source Code delivered to and deposited with

the Escrow Agent will be an accurate and complete expression of the Software (in

its then current version) in human readable language.

5. ESCROW AGENT’S OBLIGATIONS 5.1 The Escrow Agent must accept delivery of the Source Code on the date of deliv-

ery and hold the Source Code on trust, on the terms and conditions of this Agree-

ment.

22 Please Specify number of copies required, Generally it is One(1) copy of source code. 23 Please specify the number of days. 24 Please specify the number of days.

| P a g e 70

5.2 The Escrow Agent must take all necessary steps to ensure the preservation, care,

maintenance, safe custody and security of the Source Code while it is in the pos-

session, custody or control of the Escrow Agent, including storage and in a secure

receptacle and in an atmosphere which does not harm the Source Code.

5.3 The Escrow Agent must provide written confirmation to both the Supplier and the

Principal of all items deposited and released pursuant to this Agreement.

5.4 If the Source Code is lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged while it is in the posses-

sion, custody or control of the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent must:

5.4.1 immediately notify the Supplier and the Principal;

5.4.2 at its own expense fully co-operate in the replacement of the lost, damaged

or destroyed Source Code; and

5.4.3 fully indemnify the Supplier and the Principal in respect of costs and ex-

penses incurred as a result of such loss, damage or destruction.

5.5 The Escrow Agent is not obliged to determine the nature, completeness, or accu-

racy of any Source Code lodged with it.

6. ESCROW FEE AND EXPENSES

The Supplier must pay the Escrow Fee annually in advance, the first payment being

due …………………..25 days after the date of this Agreement and fees for subsequent

years being due on each anniversary of the date of this Agreement. The annual Es-

crow Fee shall be Rs………………..(In words)

7. TESTING AND VERIFICATION

7.1 The Principal may analyse and conduct such tests in relation to the Source Code

as the Principal considers reasonably necessary, to verify that the Source Code

deposited pursuant to this Agreement accords with the description of the Source

Code in this Agreement or as represented by the Supplier.

7.2 The Principal may engage an independent assessor to undertake analysis and tests

of the Source Code on the Principal’s behalf.

7.3 The costs of the independent verification must be borne by the Principal, unless

the verification demonstrates that the Source Code does not accord with its de-

25 Please specify number of days.

| P a g e 71

scription in this Agreement or with the Supplier’s representations, in which case

the costs of the independent verification must be borne by the Supplier.

7.4 The Supplier consents to the release of the Source Code to the Principal or the

Principal’s agent for the purposes of testing and verification under this clause.

8. RELEASE OF THE SOURCE CODE

8.1 The Escrow Agent must not release, or allow access to, the Source Code except in

accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

8.2 The Escrow Agent must release the Source Code to the Principal in not less than

………………26 business days after receipt of a written request signed by or on

behalf of the Principal and accompanied by a Statutory Declaration by an officer

of the Principal declaring that:

8.2.1 the Principal has the right to terminate the Agreement for breach by the

Supplier; or

8.2.2 Supplier is wound up, or ordered wound up, or has a winding up petition

ordered against it, or assigns all or a substantial part of its business or as-

sets for the benefit of creditors, or permits the appointment of a receiver

for the whole or substantial part of its business or assets, or otherwise

ceases to conduct its business in the normal course, or files a voluntary pe-

tition in bankruptcy or an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed

against the Supplier which is not dismissed within 60 days thereafter; or

8.2.3 Supplier files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency; or

8.2.4 Supplier discontinues business because of insolvency or bankruptcy, and

no successor assumes Supplier’s Software maintenance obligations or ob-

ligations mentioned in the License Agreement; or

8.2.5 Supplier has admitted in writing its inability to honour, due to reasons at-

tributable to itself, its obligations under the Software Maintenance and

Support Agreement or obligations mentioned in the License Agreement in

respect of the Deposit Material; or

8.2.6 Supplier has expressed in writing its unwillingness to render due to the

reasons attributable to itself any services to be required to rendered under

26 Please specify number of days.

| P a g e 72

the Software Maintenance and Support Agreement or obligations men-

tioned in the License Agreement in respect of the Deposit Material; or

8.2.7 Supplier dissolves or ceases to function as a going concern or to conduct

its operation in the normal course of business or intends and conveys its

intention to do so.

8.2.8 Supplier/Owner (or its successor) defaults in its obligation to provide

maintenance services (except when the Principal fails to pay maintenance

fees under any agreement by virtue of which maintenance services to be

provided is not in place, expires and is not renewed with in time) as re-

quired by the License Agreement, or any agreement by virtue of which

maintenance services are to be provided, and fails to cure such default

within two weeks after receiving written notice of the default from Princi-

pal. The notice must describe the default and the action which Principal

believes is necessary to cure the default. If more than two weeks is rea-

sonably required to complete the cure, Supplier/Owner (or its successor)

shall have such additional time (not to exceed two months) as is reasona-

bly needed, provided that Owner (or its successor) is diligent in complet-

ing the cure.

8.3 The Principal must provide a copy of the written request and accompanying a no-

tice to the Supplier at the same time, and by the same method of delivery, as it is

provided to the Escrow Agent.

8.4 The Escrow Agent must release the Source Code to the Supplier not later than

………………(…) business days after receipt of a written request signed by or on

behalf of the Supplier and accompanied by a Statutory Declaration by an officer

of the Supplier declaring that the Supplier has terminated the Agreement for

breach by the Principal.

8.5 The Supplier must provide a copy of the written request and accompanying ap-

proval letter from the Principal at the same time, and by the same method of de-

livery, as it is provided to the Escrow Agent.

8.6 ………………..

8.7 ………………….<any other condition may be added by the dept. at there end.>

9. TERMINATION

| P a g e 73

9.1 This Software Escrow Agreement shall remain in force until the termina-

tion/expiry of the Software License Agreement and / or the Software Maintenance

& Support Agreement or unless terminated under the terms of this Software Es-

crow Agreement. Upon the termination or expiry of the Software License Agree-

ment or the Software Maintenance & Support Agreement, this Software Escrow

Agreement shall automatically stand terminated.

9.2 The Principal and the Supplier may jointly terminate this Agreement on

………………. (…..) days notice in writing to the Escrow Agent.

9.3 If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this clause , the Escrow Agent must

deal with the Source Code in accordance with written directions endorsed by both

the Supplier and the Principal.

9.4 If this Agreement is terminated under this clause and the effective date of termina-

tion is other than an anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent

must within …………….(…) days of the date of termination make a pro rata re-

fund to the Principal of any Escrow Fees paid in advance.

10. CONFIDENTIALITY

10.1 No party shall, except as permitted by this Escrow Agreement, make public or

disclose to any person any information about this Escrow Agreement or the

Source Code.

10.2 The Escrow Agent must not reproduce the Source Code or cause it to be repro-

duced unless the Escrow Agent reasonably believes that reproduction of the

Source Code is necessary to carry out the Escrow Agent’s obligations under this

Escrow Agreement.

10.3 The obligations under this clause shall survive the termination or expiry of this

Escrow Agreement.

10.4 Escrow agent shall regard, preserve and keep as secret and confidential all the

Source Code including Supporting Materials deposited under this Agreement. In

maintaining confidentiality hereunder the Escrow agent agrees and warrants that it

shall, either on its own account or jointly with or for any other person, firm, com-

pany or any other entity, without obtaining the written consent of the supplier:

| P a g e 74

I. Not disclose, transmit, reproduce or make available the Source Code in-

cluding Supporting Materials or any part thereof to the Principal prior to

the occurrence/happening of any of the events listed in this Agreement

II. Not disclose, transmit, reproduce or make available the Source Code in-

cluding Supporting Materials or any part thereof to any person firm, com-

pany or any other entity other than its directors, partners, advisers, agents

or employees, who need to know the same for the purpose of holding, pre-

serving, safe custody and security of the Source Code including Support-

ing Materials ;

III. use at least the same degree of care in safeguarding the Source Code in-

cluding Supporting Materials as it uses for its own confidential documents

and information of like importance and such degree of care shall be atleast

that which is reasonably calculated to prevent such inadvertent disclosure;

IV. keep the Source Code including Supporting Materials and any copies

thereof secure and in such a way so as to prevent unauthorised access by

any third party;

V. bind each of its directors, partners, advisers, agents or employees so in-

volved to hold, preserve and protect the Source Code including Supporting

Materials in the manner prescribed in this Agreement;

VI. upon discovery of any disclosure or suspected disclosure of the Source

Code including Supporting Materials, to promptly inform the supplier and

the principal of such disclosure in writing and immediately return to the

principal all the Source Code including Supporting Materials, including

any and all copies thereof.

11. INSURANCE

11.1 The Escrow Agent must, be insured in respect of potential liability, loss or dam-

age arising at common law or under any statute in respect of claims for property

damage, personal injury, public liability and professional indemnity relevant to the

performance of the Escrow Agent’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

11.2 The Escrow Agent must produce evidence on demand, to the satisfaction of the

Licensee or Licensor as the case may be, of the insurance effected and maintained

in accordance with this clause.

| P a g e 75

12. INDEMNITY

12.1 Escrow Agent agrees and undertakes to indemnify and hold the Supplier and Prin-

cipal harmless from any loss, damage, claims, liabilities, charges, costs, or ex-

pense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), that may arise or be caused or result

by reason of any breach, failure, delay, impropriety or irregularity on its part to

observe, adhere to, abide by or comply with any of the terms and conditions of

this Agreement, and to defend, at its own expense any suits, action, claim, litiga-

tion or other proceedings brought against any party and/or its directors, officers,

agents, servants, affiliates, and employees, or any of them, on account thereof, and

to pay all expenses and satisfy all judgments which may be incurred by or ren-

dered against them in connection therewith.

12.2 The Escrow Agent indemnifies the other parties against any action, claim or de-

mand by the Escrow Agent’s servants, employees or agents or their personal rep-

resentatives or dependents arising out of the performance of this Agreement.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS The Escrow Agent must comply with the provisions of any relevant Statutes, Regula-

tions, By-Laws and the requirements of any Central, State or local authority in carry-

ing out its obligations under this Agreement.

14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION & APPLICABLE LAW

14.1 In the event of any dispute between the Parties relating to this Agreement or the

Escrow, they shall first seek to settle the dispute by mutual agreement. If they

have not reached a settlement within one month, then any disputing Party may

thereafter submit the dispute to arbitration, and if so submitted, such dispute shall

be finally settled by arbitration conducted in accordance with the Indian Arbitra-

tion and Conciliation Act, 1996. Any arbitration, whether involving Escrow agent

or not shall be conducted in ………….. 27India. The language of arbitration shall

be English. The institution of any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall not re-

lieve any Party of its obligation to make payments under this Agreement. The de-

cision by the arbitrator shall be binding and conclusive upon the Parties, their suc-

27 Please specify the place of arbitration.

| P a g e 76

cessors, assigns and trustees and they shall comply with such decision in good

faith.

14.2 This Agreement is governed by and must be construed in accordance with the

laws from time to time in force in the Union of India and the parties agree that the

courts of laws at mumbai have jurisdiction to entertain any action in respect of, or

arising out of this Agreement.

15. FORCE MAJEURE :

Except for obligations to make payment, no Party shall be liable for any failure to per-

form arising from causes beyond its control, including, but not limited to, fire, storm,

flood, earthquake, explosion, accident, theft, terrorism, acts of public enemies, war,

insurrection, sabotage, illness, labor disputes or shortages, product shortages, failure

or delays in transportation, inability to secure materials, parts or equipment, acts of

God, or acts of any governmental authority or agency thereof.

16. AUDIT RIGHTS :

At the Principal’s written request, but not more frequently than annually, Escrow

agent shall furnish the Principal and Supplier with a written certificate signed by its

authorized representative certifying that Escrow agent is in full compliance with the

terms of this Agreement. The Supplier and Principal reserves the right to audit Escrow

agent’s activities with regard to the Source Code including Supporting Materials no

more than twice annually at their own expense. The Principal and Supplier shall

schedule any audit at least thirty (30) days in advance. Any such audit shall be con-

ducted during regular business hours at Escrow agent’s facilities and shall not unrea-

sonably interfere with the Escrow agent’s business activities.

17. VARIATION AND WAIVER

17.1 No variation of this Agreement is binding unless it is in writing and signed by all

parties.

17.2 No right under this Agreement is waived or deemed to be waived except by notice

in writing signed by the party having the benefit of that right.

| P a g e 77

17.3 A waiver by one party of a breach of a provision of this Agreement does not con-

stitute a waiver in respect of any other breach of the same or any other provision

of this Agreement.

17.4 No forbearance, delay or indulgence granted by one party to another will be con-

strued as a waiver of the first party’s rights under this Agreement.

18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACT 18.1 Neither the Principal nor the Supplier may assign their rights under this Agree-

ment without the prior written consent of the other.

18.2 The Escrow Agent may not assign its rights nor subcontract its obligations under

this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Supplier and the Principal.

19. SEVERABILITY If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the of-

fending provision shall be severed from this Agreement and the remaining parts of

this Agreement remain in full force and effect.

20. NOTICES

20.1 Notices must be in writing, signed by or on behalf of the party giving notice, sent

to the addresses mentioned below

…………………………….

…………………………….

…………………………….

……………………………. (Escrow Agent)

………………………………

………………………………

………………………………

………………………………(Principal)

………………………………

| P a g e 78

………………………………

………………………………

………………………………(Supplier)

and:

20.1.1 delivered by hand (in which case the notice is deemed to have been re-

ceived upon delivery);

20.1.2 sent by pre-paid ordinary post (in which case the notice is deemed to have

been received three (3) business days after posting); or

20.1.3 sent by facsimile (in which case the notice is deemed to have been re-

ceived upon receipt by the sender of confirmation of successful transmis-

sion).

20.1.4 A party may change its address for service of notices by written notice to

the other parties.

Agreed to and accepted by:

………………….. (“supplier”) ………………(“Escrow Agent”)

By (signature):____________________ By (signature):_____________________

Name: ____________________ Name :_____________________

Title:____________________ Title: _____________________

Email: ____________________ Email: _____________________

State Bank of India (“Principal”)

By (signature): ____________________

Name of Department: ____________________

Title: ____________________

Email: _____________________

| P a g e 79

ANNEXURE I

NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

THIS RECIPROCAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made at

Mumbai between:

__________________________________ constituted under the _________ Act, ______ hav-

ing its Corporate Centre at ___________________________

__________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Bank” which expres-

sion includes its successors and assigns) of the ONE PART;

And

____________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “_________” which

expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context thereof, shall mean and include its

successors and permitted assigns) of the OTHER PART;

And Whereas

1. _________________________________________ is carrying on business of providing

_________________________________, has agreed to __________________________

for the Bank and other related tasks.

2. For purposes of advancing their business relationship, the parties would need to disclose

certain valuable confidential information to each other. Therefore, in consideration of cove-

nants and agreements contained herein for the mutual disclosure of confidential information

to each other, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree to terms and conditions as

set out hereunder.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS UNDER

1. Confidential Information and Confidential Materials :

(a) “Confidential Information” means non-public information that Disclosing Party designates

as being confidential or which, under the circumstances surrounding disclosure ought to be

treated as confidential. “Confidential Information” includes, without limitation, infor-

mation relating to installed or purchased Disclosing Party software or hardware products,

| P a g e 80

the information relating to general architecture of Disclosing Party’s network, information

relating to nature and content of data stored within network or in any other storage media,

Disclosing Party’s business policies, practices, methodology, policy design delivery, and

information received from others that Disclosing Party is obligated to treat as confidential.

Confidential Information disclosed to Receiving Party by any Disclosing Party Subsidiary

and/ or agents is covered by this agreement

(b) Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (i) is or subsequently be-

comes publicly available without Receiving Party’s breach of any obligation owed to Dis-

closing party; (ii) becomes known to Receiving Party prior to Disclosing Party’s disclo-

sure of such information to Receiving Party; (iii) became known to Receiving Party from a

source other than Disclosing Party other than by the breach of an obligation of confidenti-

ality owed to Disclosing Party; or (iv) is independently developed by Receiving Party.

(c) “Confidential Materials” shall mean all tangible materials containing Confidential Infor-

mation, including without limitation written or printed documents and computer disks or

tapes, whether machine or user readable.

2. Restrictions

(a) Each party shall treat as confidential the Contract and any and all information (“confiden-

tial information”) obtained from the other pursuant to the Contract and shall not divulge

such information to any person (except to such party’s own employees and other persons

and then only to those employees and persons who need to know the same) without the

other party’s written consent provided that this clause shall not extend to information

which was rightfully in the possession of such party prior to the commencement of the

negotiations leading to the Contract, which is already public knowledge or becomes so at

a future date (otherwise than as a result of a breach of this clause). Receiving Party will

have executed or shall execute appropriate written agreements with its employees and

consultants specifically assigned and/or otherwise, sufficient to enable it to comply with

all the provisions of this Agreement. If the Contractor shall appoint any Sub-Contractor

then the Contractor may disclose confidential information to such Sub-Contractor subject

to such Sub Contractor giving the Customer an undertaking in similar terms to the provi-

sions of this clause.

(b) Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information in accordance with judicial or oth-

er governmental order to the intended recipients (as detailed in this clause), provided Re-

ceiving Party shall give Disclosing Party reasonable notice prior to such disclosure and

shall comply with any applicable protective order or equivalent. The intended recipients

for this purpose are:

(1) the statutory auditors of the Customer and

(2) regulatory authorities regulating the affairs of the Customer and inspectors and superviso-

ry bodies thereof

(c) The foregoing obligations as to confidentiality shall survive any termination of this

Agreement

| P a g e 81

(d) Confidential Information and Confidential Material may be disclosed, reproduced, sum-

marized or distributed only in pursuance of Receiving Party’s business relationship with

Disclosing Party, and only as otherwise provided hereunder. Receiving Party agrees to

segregate all such Confidential Material from the confidential material of others in order to

prevent mixing.

(e) Receiving Party may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any software dis-

closed to Receiving Party.

3. Rights and Remedies

(a) Receiving Party shall notify Disclosing Party immediately upon discovery of any unau-

thorized used or disclosure of Confidential Information and/ or Confidential Materials, or

any other breach of this Agreement by Receiving Party, and will cooperate with Disclos-

ing Party in every reasonable way to help Disclosing Party regain possession of the Confi-

dential Information and/ or Confidential Materials and prevent its further unauthorized

use.

(b) Receiving Party shall return all originals, copies, reproductions and summaries of Confi-

dential Information or Confidential Materials at Disclosing Party’s request, or at Disclos-

ing Party’s option, certify destruction of the same.

(c) Receiving Party acknowledges that monetary damages may not be the only and / or a suffi-

cient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information and that disclosing

party shall be entitled, without waiving any other rights or remedies (as listed below), to

injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed proper by a Court of competent jurisdic-

tion.

a. Suspension of access privileges

b. Change of personnel assigned to the job

c. Financial liability for actual, consequential or incidental

damages

d. Termination of contract

(d) Disclosing Party may visit Receiving Party’s premises, with reasonable prior notice and

during normal business hours, to review Receiving Party’s compliance with the term of

this Agreement.

4. Miscellaneous

(a) All Confidential Information and Confidential Materials are and shall remain the property

of Disclosing Party. By disclosing information to Receiving Party, Disclosing Party does

not grant any expressed or implied right to Receiving Party to disclose information under

the Disclosing Party patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secret information.

(b) Any software and documentation provided under this Agreement is provided with RE-

STRICTED RIGHTS.

| P a g e 82

(c) Neither party grants to the other party any license, by implication or otherwise, to use the

Confidential Information, other than for the limited purpose of evaluating or advancing a

business relationship between the parties, or any license rights whatsoever in any patent,

copyright or other intellectual property rights pertaining to the Confidential Information.

(d) The terms of Confidentiality under this Agreement shall not be construed to limit either

party’s right to independently develop or acquire product without use of the other party’s

Confidential Information. Further, either party shall be free to use for any purpose the re-

siduals resulting from access to or work with such Confidential Information, provided

that such party shall maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information as pro-

vided herein. The term “residuals” means information in non-tangible form, which may

be retained by person who has had access to the Confidential Information, including ide-

as, concepts, know-how or techniques contained therein. Neither party shall have any ob-

ligation to limit or restrict the assignment of such persons or to pay royalties for any work

resulting from the use of residuals. However, the foregoing shall not be deemed to grant

to either party a license under the other party’s copyrights or patents.

(e) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the

subject matter hereof. It shall not be modified except by a written agreement dated subse-

quently to the date of this Agreement and signed by both parties. None of the provisions

of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or acquiescence on the

part of Disclosing Party, its agents, or employees, except by an instrument in writing

signed by an authorized officer of Disclosing Party. No waiver of any provision of this

Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision(s) or of the same provision on

another occasion.

(f) In case of any dispute, both the parties agree for neutral third party arbitration. Such arbi-

trator will be jointly selected by the two parties and he/she may be an auditor, lawyer,

consultant or any other person of trust. The said proceedings shall be conducted in Eng-

lish language at Mumbai and in accordance with the provisions of Indian Arbitration and

Conciliation Act 1996 or any Amendments or Re-enactments thereto.

(g) Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement will inure to the

benefit of and be binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns.

(h) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be

illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and

effect.

(i) All obligations created by this Agreement shall survive change or termination of the par-

ties’ business relationship.

5. Suggestions and Feedback

(a) Either party from time to time may provide suggestions, comments or other feedback to the

other party with respect to Confidential Information provided originally by the other party

(hereinafter “feedback”). Both party agree that all Feedback is and shall be entirely volun-

tary and shall not in absence of separate agreement, create any confidentially obligation

| P a g e 83

for the receiving party. However, the Receiving Party shall not disclose the source of any

feedback without the providing party’s consent. Feedback shall be clearly designated as

such and, except as otherwise provided herein, each party shall be free to disclose and use

such Feedback as it sees fit, entirely without obligation of any kind to other party. The

foregoing shall not, however, affect either party’s obligations hereunder with respect to

Confidential Information of other party.

Dated this __________ day of _________ 2012 at __________

(month) (place)

For and on behalf of ___________________________

Name

Designation

Place

Signature


Name

Designation

Place

Signature

| P a g e 84

//Avinash.chhari/SLA_Draft

Transition Plan

(Annexure J)

1. Introduction

1.1 This Annexure describes the duties and responsibilities of the SERVICE PRO-

VIDER and the STATE BANK OF INDIA to ensure proper transition of services

and to ensure complete knowledge transfer.

| P a g e 85

2. Objectives

2.1 The objectives of this annexure are to:

(1) ensure a smooth transition of Services from the SERVICE PROVIDER to

a New/Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER or back to the STATE BANK

OF INDIA at the termination or expiry of this Agreement;

(2) ensure that the responsibilities of both parties to this Agreement are clearly

defined in the event of exit and transfer; and

(3) ensure that all relevant Assets are transferred.

3. General

3.1 Where the STATE BANK OF INDIA intends to continue equivalent or substan-

tially similar services to the Services provided by the SERVICE PROVIDER af-

ter termination or expiry the Agreement, either by performing them itself or by

means of a New/Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER, the SERVICE PROVIDER

shall ensure the smooth transition to the Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER and

shall co-operate with the STATE BANK OF INDIA or the Replacement SER-

VICE PROVIDER as required in order to fulfil the obligations under this annex-

ure…….

3.2 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall co-operate fully with the STATE BANK OF

INDIA and any potential Replacement SERVICE PROVIDERs tendering for any

Services, including the transfer of responsibility for the provision of the Services

previously performed by the SERVICE PROVIDER to be achieved with the min-

imum of disruption. In particular:

3.2.1 during any procurement process initiated by the STATE BANK OF INDIA

and in anticipation of the expiry or termination of the Agreement and irre-

spective of the identity of any potential or actual Replacement SERVICE

PROVIDER, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with all reasonable

requests by the STATE BANK OF INDIA to provide information relating

to the operation of the Services, including but not limited to, hardware and

software used, inter-working, coordinating with other application owners,

access to and provision of all performance reports, agreed procedures, and

any other relevant information (including the configurations set up for the

| P a g e 86

STATE BANK OF INDIA and procedures used by the SERVICE PRO-

VIDER for handling Data) reasonably necessary to achieve an effective

transition, provided that:

3.2.1.1 the SERVICE PROVIDER shall not be obliged to provide any infor-

mation concerning the costs of delivery of the Services or any part

thereof or disclose the financial records of the SERVICE PROVIDER

to any such party;

3.2.1.2 the SERVICE PROVIDER shall not be obliged to disclose any such

information for use by an actual or potential Replacement SERVICE

PROVIDER unless such a party shall have entered into a confidentiali-

ty agreement; and

3.2.1.3 whilst supplying information as contemplated in this paragraph 3.2.1

the SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide sufficient information to

comply with the reasonable requests of the STATE BANK OF INDIA

to enable an effective tendering process to take place but shall not be

required to provide information or material which the SERVICE

PROVIDER may not disclose as a matter of law.

3.3 In assisting the STATE BANK OF INDIA and/or the Replacement SERVICE

PROVIDER to transfer the Services the following commercial approach shall ap-

ply:

(1) where the SERVICE PROVIDER does not have to utilise resources in ad-

dition to those normally used to deliver the Services prior to termination or

expiry, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall make no additional Charges. The

STATE BANK OF INDIA may reasonably request that support and mate-

rials already in place to provide the Services may be redeployed onto work

required to effect the transition provided always that where the STATE

BANK OF INDIA agrees in advance that such redeployment will prevent

the SERVICE PROVIDER from meeting any Service Levels, achieving

any other key dates or from providing any specific deliverables to the

STATE BANK OF INDIA, the STATE BANK OF INDIA shall not be en-

titled to claim any penalty or liquidated damages for the same.

(2) where any support and materials necessary to undertake the transfer work

or any costs incurred by the SERVICE PROVIDER are additional to those

in place as part of the proper provision of the Services the STATE BANK

| P a g e 87

OF INDIA shall pay the SERVICE PROVIDER for staff time agreed in

advance at the rates agreed between the parties and for materials and other

costs at a reasonable price which shall be agreed with the STATE BANK

OF INDIA in as described in …………………………..

3.4 If so required by the STATE BANK OF INDIA, on the provision of no less than

……… month’s notice in writing, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall continue to

provide the Services or an agreed part of the Services for a period not less than

……….month and not exceeding …….. months beyond the date of termination or

expiry of the Agreement. In such event the STATE BANK OF INDIA shall reim-

burse the SERVICE PROVIDER for such elements of the Services as are provid-

ed beyond the date of termination or expiry date of the Agreement on the basis

that:

(1) materials and other costs will be charged at a reasonable price which shall

be agreed between the Parties; and/or

(2) any other fees agreed between the Parties at the time of termination or ex-

piry.

3.5 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide to the STATE BANK OF INDIA an

analysis of the Services to the extent reasonably necessary to enable the STATE

BANK OF INDIA to plan migration of such workload to a Replacement SER-

VICE PROVIDER provided always that this analysis involves providing perfor-

mance data already delivered to the STATE BANK OF INDIA as part of the per-

formance monitoring regime.

3.6 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide such information as the STATE BANK

OF INDIA reasonably considers to be necessary for the actual Replacement

SERVICE PROVIDER, or any potential Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER

during any procurement process, to define the tasks which would need to be un-

dertaken in order to ensure the smooth transition of all or any part of the Services.

3.7 the SERVICE PROVIDER shall make available such Key Personnel who have

been involved in the provision of the Services as the Parties may agree to assist

the STATE BANK OF INDIA or a Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER (as ap-

propriate) in the continued support of the Services beyond the expiry or termina-

tion of the Agreement, in which event the STATE BANK OF INDIA shall pay for

| P a g e 88

the services of such Key Personnel on a time and materials basis at the rates

agreed between the parties.

3.8 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall co-operate with the STATE BANK OF INDIA

during the handover to a Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER and such co-

operation shall extend to, but shall not be limited to, inter-working, co-ordinating

and access to and provision of all operational and performance documents, re-

ports, summaries produced by the SERVICE PROVIDER for the STATE BANK

OF INDIA, including the configurations set up for the STATE BANK OF INDIA

and any and all information to be provided by the SERVICE PROVIDER to the

STATE BANK OF INDIA under any other term of this Agreement necessary to

achieve an effective transition without disruption to routine operational require-

ments.

4. Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER

4.1 In the event that the Services are to be transferred to a Replacement SERVICE

PROVIDER, the STATE BANK OF INDIA will use reasonable endeavours to en-

sure that the Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER co-operates with the SERVICE

PROVIDER during the handover of the Services.

5. Subcontractors

5.1 The SERVICE PROVIDER agrees to provide the STATE BANK OF INDIA with

details of the Subcontracts used in the provision of the Services. The SERVICE

PROVIDER will not restrain or hinder its Subcontractors from entering into

agreements with other prospective service providers for the delivery of supplies or

services to the Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER.

6. Transfer of Configuration Management Database

6.1 ……………… months prior to expiry or within ………………… week’s notice

of termination of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the

STATE BANK OF INDIA a full, accurate and up to date cut of content from the

Configuration Management Database (or equivalent) used to store details of Con-

figurable Items and Configuration Management data for all products used to sup-

port delivery of the Services.

| P a g e 89

7. Transfer of Assets

7.1 …………..months prior to expiry or within…………….. week of notice of termi-

nation of the Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE

BANK OF INDIA the Asset Register comprising:

(1) a list of all Assets eligible for transfer to the STATE BANK OF INDIA;

and

(2) a list identifying all other Assets, (including human resources, skillset re-

quirement and know-how), that are ineligible for transfer but which are es-

sential to the delivery of the Services. The purpose of each component and

the reason for ineligibility for transfer shall be included in the list.

7.2 Within …………month of receiving the Asset Register as described above, the

STATE BANK OF INDIA shall notify the SERVICE PROVIDER of the Assets it

requires to be transferred, (the “Required Assets”), and the STATE BANK OF

INDIA and the SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide for the approval of the

STATE BANK OF INDIA a draft plan for the Asset transfer.

7.3 In the event that the Required Assets are not located on STATE BANK OF IN-

DIA premises:

(1) the SERVICE PROVIDER shall be responsible for the dismantling and

packing of the Required Assets and to ensure their availability for collec-

tion by the STATE BANK OF INDIA or its authorised representative by

the date agreed for this;

(2) any charges levied by the SERVICE PROVIDER for the Required Assets

not owned by the STATE BANK OF INDIA shall be fair and reasonable

in relation to the condition of the Assets and the then fair market value;

and

(3) for the avoidance of doubt, the STATE BANK OF INDIA will not be re-

sponsible for the Assets.

7.4 The SERVICE PROVIDER warrants that the Required Assets and any compo-

nents thereof transferred to the STATE BANK OF INDIA or Replacement SER-

VICE PROVIDER benefit from any remaining manufacturer’s warranty relating

to the Required Assets at that time, always provided such warranties are transfera-

ble to a third party.

| P a g e 90

8. Transfer of Software Licenses

8.1 …………. months prior to expiry or within ……………. week’s notice of termi-

nation of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE

BANK OF INDIA all licences for Software used in the provision of Services

which were purchased by the STATE BANK OF INDIA.

8.2 On notice of termination of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall,

within ………… week of such notice, deliver to the STATE BANK OF INDIA

details of all licences for SERVICE PROVIDER Software and SERVICE PRO-

VIDER Third Party Software used in the provision of the Services, including the

terms of the software license agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, the STATE

BANK OF INDIA shall be responsible for any costs incurred in the transfer of li-

cences from the SERVICE PROVIDER to the STATE BANK OF INDIA or to a

Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER provided such costs shall be agreed in ad-

vance. Where transfer is not possible or not economically viable the Parties will

discuss alternative licensing arrangements.

8.3 Within ……… month of receiving the software licence information as described

above, the STATE BANK OF INDIA shall notify the SERVICE PROVIDER of

the licences it wishes to be transferred, and the SERVICE PROVIDER shall pro-

vide for the approval of the STATE BANK OF INDIA a draft plan for licence

transfer, covering novation of agreements with relevant software providers, as re-

quired. Where novation is not possible or not economically viable the Parties will

discuss alternative licensing arrangements.

9. Transfer of Software

9.1 Wherein State Bank of India is the owner of the software, ………. months prior to

expiry or within ………… weeks’ notice of termination of this Agreement the

SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver, or otherwise certify in writing that it has de-

livered, to the STATE BANK OF INDIA a full, accurate and up to date version of

the Software including up to date versions and latest releases of, but not limited

to:

(a) Source Code (with source tree) and associated documentation;

(b) application architecture documentation and diagrams;

(c) release documentation for functional, technical and interface specifications;

| P a g e 91

(d) a plan with allocated resources to handover code and design to new develop-

ment and test teams (this should include architectural design and code ‘walk-

through’);

(e) Source Code and supporting documentation for testing framework tool and

performance tool;

(f) test director database;

(g) test results for the latest full runs of the testing framework tool and perfor-

mance tool on each environment; and

10. Transfer of Documentation

10.1 ………. months prior to expiry or within ……….. weeks’ notice of termina-

tion of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE

BANK OF INDIA a full, accurate and up-to date set of Documentation that relates

to any element of the Services as defined in ……………Annexure…….

11. Transfer of Service Management Process

11.1 …………….. months prior to expiry or within ………….. weeks’ notice of

termination of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the

STATE BANK OF INDIA:

(a) a plan for the handover and continuous delivery of the Service Desk function

and allocate the required resources;

(b) full and up to date, both historical and outstanding Service Desk ticket data in-

cluding, but not limited to:

(1) Incidents;

(2) Problems;

(3) Service Requests;

(4) Changes;

(5) Service Level reporting data;

(c) a list and topology of all tools and products associated with the provision of the

Softwares and the Services;

(d) full content of software builds and server configuration details for software de-

ployment and management; and

| P a g e 92

(e) monitoring software tools and configuration.

12. Transfer of Knowledge Base

12.1 …….. months prior to expiry or within ………. weeks notice of termination of

this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE BANK OF

INDIA a full, accurate and up to date cut of content from the knowledge base (or

equivalent) used to troubleshoot issues arising with the Services but shall not be

required to provide information or material which the SERVICE PROVIDER may

not disclose as a matter of law.

13. Transfer of Service Structure

13.1 ……… months prior to expiry or within ……… week’s notice of termination

of this Agreement the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE BANK

OF INDIA a full, accurate and up to date version of the following, as a minimum:

(a) archive of records including:

(1) Questionnaire Packs;

(2) project plans and sign off;

(3) Acceptance Criteria; and

(4) Post Implementation Reviews.

(b) programme plan of all work in progress currently accepted and those in pro-

gress;

(c) latest version of documentation set;

(d) Source Code (if appropriate) and all documentation to support the services

build tool with any documentation for ‘workarounds’ that have taken place;

(e) Source Code, application architecture documentation/diagram and other docu-

mentation;

(f) Source Code, application architecture documentation/diagram and other docu-

mentation for Helpdesk; and

(g) project plan and resource required to hand Service Structure capability over to

the new team.

14. Transfer of Data

| P a g e 93

14.1 In the event of expiry or termination of this Agreement the SERVICE PRO-

VIDER shall cease to use the STATE BANK OF INDIA Data and, at the request

of the STATE BANK OF INDIA, shall destroy all such copies of the STATE

BANK OF INDIA Data then in its possession to the extent specified by the

STATE BANK OF INDIA.

14.2 Except where, pursuant to paragraph 14.1 above, the STATE BANK OF IN-

DIA has instructed the SERVICE PROVIDER to destroy such STATE BANK OF

INDIA Data as is held and controlled by the SERVICE PROVIDER, ……..

months prior to expiry or within ……….. month of termination of this Agreement,

the SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the STATE BANK OF INDIA:

(1) An inventory of the STATE BANK OF INDIA Data held and controlled

by the SERVICE PROVIDER, plus any other data required to support the

Services; and/or

(2) a draft plan for the transfer of the STATE BANK OF INDIA Data held

and controlled by the SERVICE PROVIDER and any other available data

to be transferred.

15. Training Services on Transfer

15.1 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with the STATE BANK OF INDIA’s

reasonable request to assist in the identification and specification of any training

requirements following expiry or termination. The purpose of such training shall

be to enable the STATE BANK OF INDIA or a Replacement SERVICE PRO-

VIDER to adopt, integrate and utilize the Data and Assets transferred and to de-

liver an equivalent service to that previously provided by the SERVICE PRO-

VIDER.

15.2 The provision of any training services and/or deliverables and the charges for such

services and/or deliverables shall be agreed between the parties.

15.3 Subject to paragraph 15.2 above, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall produce for the

STATE BANK OF INDIA’s consideration and approval ……….. months prior to

expiry or within …………… Working Days of issue of notice of termination:

(1) A training strategy, which details the required courses and their objectives;

(2) Training materials (including assessment criteria); and

(3) a training plan of the required training events.

| P a g e 94

15.4 Subject to paragraph 15.2 above, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall schedule all

necessary resources to fulfil the training plan, and deliver the training as agreed

with the STATE BANK OF INDIA.

15.5 SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide training courses on operation of licensed

/open source software product at STATE BANK OF INDIA’s

……………….Premises, at such times, during business hours as STATE BANK

OF INDIA may reasonably request. Each training course will last for

…………hours. STATE BANK OF INDIA may enroll up to ………….. of its

staff or ………….. employees of the new/replacement service provider in any

training course, and the SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide a hard copy of the

Product (licensed or open sourced) standard training manual for each enrollee.

Each training cource will be taught by a technical expert with no fewer than

……………. Years of experience in operating ……………….. software system.

SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide the …………………. training without any

additional charges.

16. Transfer Support Activities

16.1 ………….. months prior to expiry or within …………..Working Days of issue of

notice of termination, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall assist the STATE BANK

OF INDIA or Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER to develop a viable exit transi-

tion plan which shall contain details of the tasks and responsibilities required to

enable the transition from the Services provided under this Agreement to the Re-

placement SERVICE PROVIDER or the STATE BANK OF INDIA, as the case

may be.

16.2 The exit transition plan shall be in a format to be agreed with the STATE BANK

OF INDIA and shall include, but not be limited to:

(1) a timetable of events;

(2) resources;

(3) assumptions;

(4) activities;

(5) responsibilities ; and

(6) risks.

| P a g e 95

16.3 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall supply to the STATE BANK OF INDIA or a

Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER specific materials including but not limited

to:

(a) Change Request log;

(b) entire back-up history; and

(c) dump of database contents including the Asset Register, problem manage-

ment system and operating procedures. For the avoidance of doubt this shall

not include proprietary software tools of the SERVICE PROVIDER which

are used for project management purposes generally within the SERVICE

PROVIDER's business.

16.4 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall supply to the STATE BANK OF INDIA or a

Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER proposals for the retention of Key Personnel

for the duration of the transition period.

16.5 On the date of expiry the SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide to the STATE

BANK OF INDIA refreshed versions of the materials required under paragraph

16.3 above which shall reflect the position as at the date of expiry.

16.6 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide to the STATE BANK OF INDIA or to

any Replacement SERVICE PROVIDER within ……………….Working Days of

expiry or termination a full and complete copy of the Incident log book and all as-

sociated documentation recorded by the SERVICE PROVIDER during the

…………… months prior to the date of expiry or termination.

16.7 The SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide for the approval of the STATE BANK

OF INDIA a draft plan to transfer or complete work-in-progress at the date of ex-

piry or termination.

17. Use of STATE BANK OF INDIA Premises

17.1 Prior to expiry or on notice of termination of this Agreement, the SERVICE

PROVIDER shall provide for the approval of the STATE BANK OF INDIA a

draft plan specifying the necessary steps to be taken by both the SERVICE PRO-

VIDER and the STATE BANK OF INDIA to ensure that the STATE BANK OF

INDIA’s Premises are vacated by the SERVICE PROVIDER.

17.2 Unless otherwise agreed, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall be responsible for all

costs associated with the SERVICE PROVIDER’s vacation of the STATE BANK

| P a g e 96

OF INDIA’s Premises, removal of equipment and furnishings, redeployment of

SERVICE PROVIDER Personnel, termination of arrangements with Subcontrac-

tors and service contractors and restoration of the STATE BANK OF INDIA

Premises to their original condition (subject to a reasonable allowance for wear

and tear).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this annexure to be executed by

their duly authorized representatives as of ……………..day of ……………...

State Bank of India Service Provider

By: By:

Name: Name:

Designation: Designation:

Date: Date:

WITNESS:

1. 1.

2. 2.

//Avinash.chhari/Transition P lan/ _Draft/ver. 1

| P a g e 97

Appendix-13

NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

THIS RECIPROCAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is

made at Mumbai between:

__________________________________ constituted under the _________ Act,

______ having its Corporate Centre at ___________________________

__________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Bank”

which expression includes its successors and assigns) of the ONE PART;

And

____________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as

“_________” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context

thereof, shall mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the

OTHER PART;

And Whereas

1. _________________________________________ is carrying on business of

providing _________________________________, has agreed to

__________________________ for the Bank and other re lated tasks.

2. For purposes of advancing their business relationship, the parties would need

to disclose certain valuable confidential information to each other. Therefore, in

consideration of covenants and agreements contained herein for the mutual

disclosure of confidential information to each other, and intending to be legally

bound, the parties agree to terms and conditions as set out hereunder.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS UNDER

1. Confidential Information and Confidential Materials:

(a) “Confidential Information” means non-public information that Disclosing Party

designates as being confidential or which, under the circumstances surrounding

disclosure ought to be treated as confidential. “Confidential Information” includes, without limitation, information relating to installed or purchased

Disclosing Party software or hardware products, the information relating to



general architecture of Disclosing Party’s network, information relating to nature

and content of data stored within network or in any other storage media,

Disclosing Party’s business policies, practices, methodology, policy design

delivery, and information received from others that Disclosing Party is obligated

to treat as confidential. Confidential Information disclosed to Receiving Party by

any Disclosing Party Subsidiary and/ or agents is covered by this agreement

(b) Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (i) is or

subsequently becomes publicly available without Receiving Party’s breach of any obligation owed to Disclosing party; (ii) becomes known to Receiving Party

prior to Disclosing Party’s disclosure of such information to Receiving Party; (iii)

became known to Receiving Party from a source other than Disclosing Party

other than by the breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to Disclosing

Party; or (iv) is independently developed by Receiving Party.

(c) “Confidential Materials” shall mean all tangible materials containing Confidential

Information, including without limitation written or printed documents and

computer disks or tapes, whether machine or user readable.

2. Restrictions

(a) Each party shall treat as confidential the Contract and any and all information

(“confidential information”) obtained from the other pursuant to the Contract and

shall not divulge such information to any person (except to such party’s own

employees and other persons and then only to those employees and persons

who need to know the same) without the other party’s written consent provided

that this clause shall not extend to information which was rightfully in the

possession of such party prior to the commencement of the negotiations leading to the Contract, which is already public knowledge or becomes so at a

future date (otherwise than as a result of a breach of this clause). Receiving

Party will have executed or shall execute appropriate written agreements with

its employees and consultants specifically assigned and/or otherwise, sufficient

to enable it to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement. If the Service Provider shall appoint any Sub-Contractor then the Service Provider may

disclose confidential information to such Sub-Contractor subject to such Sub

Contractor giving the Bank an undertaking in similar terms to the provisions of

this clause.

(b) Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information in accordance with

judicial or other governmental order to the intended recipients (as detailed in

this clause), provided Receiving Party shall give Disclosing Party reasonable

notice prior to such disclosure and shall comply with any applicable protective

order or equivalent. The intended recipients for this purpose are:



(1) the statutory auditors of the Bank and

(2) regulatory authorities regulating the affairs of the Bank and inspectors

and supervisory bodies thereof

(c) The foregoing obligations as to confidentia lity shall survive any termination of

this Agreement

(d) Confidentia l Information and Confidential Material may be disclosed,

reproduced, summarized or distributed only in pursuance of Receiving Party’s

business relationship with Disclosing Party, and only as otherwise provided

hereunder. Receiving Party agrees to segregate all such Confidential Material

from the confidential material of others in order to prevent mixing.

(e) Receiving Party may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any

software disclosed to Receiving Party.

3. Rights and Remedies

(a) Receiving Party shall notify Disclosing Party immediately upon discovery of any

unauthorized used or disclosure of Confidential Information and/ or Confidential

Materials, or any other breach of this Agreement by Receiving Party, and will cooperate with Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to help Disclosing Party

regain possession of the Confidential Information and/ or Confidential Materials

and prevent its further unauthorized use.

(b) Receiving Party shall return all originals, copies, reproductions and summaries

of Confidential Information or Confidential Materials at Disclosing Party’s request, or at Disclosing Party’s option, certify destruction of the same.

(c) Receiving Party acknowledges that monetary damages may not be the only and

/ or a sufficient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information

and that disclosing party shall be entitled, without waiving any other rights or

remedies (as listed below), to injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed

proper by a Court of competent jurisdiction.

a. Suspension of access privileges

b. Change of personnel assigned to the job

c. Financial liability for actual, consequential or incidental damages

d. Termination of contract

(d) Disclosing Party may visit Receiving Party’s premises, with reasonable prior

notice and during normal business hours, to review Receiving Party’s

compliance with the term of this Agreement.



4. Miscellaneous

(a) All Confidential Information and Confidential Materials are and shall remain the

property of Disclosing Party. By disclosing information to Receiving Party,

Disclosing Party does not grant any expressed or implied right to Receiving

Party to disclose information under the Disclosing Party patents, copyrights,

trademarks, or trade secret information.

(b) Any document provided under this Agreement is provided with RESTRICTED

RIGHTS.

(c) Neither party grants to the other party any license, by implication or otherwise,

to use the Confidential Information, other than for the limited purpose of

evaluating or advancing a business relationship between the parties, or any

license rights whatsoever in any patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights pertaining to the Confidential Information.

(d) The terms of Confidentia lity under this Agreement shall not be construed to limit

either party’s right to independently develop or acquire product without use of

the other party’s Confidential Information. Further, either party shall be free to

use for any purpose the residuals resulting from access to or work with such Confidential Information, provided that such party shall maintain the

confidentiality of the Confidential Information as provided herein. The term

“residuals” means information in non-tangible form, which may be retained by

person who has had access to the Confidential Information, including ideas,

concepts, know-how or techniques contained therein. Neither party shall have

any obligation to limit or restrict the assignment of such persons or to pay

royalties for any work resulting from the use of residuals. However, the

foregoing shall not be deemed to grant to either party a license under the other

party’s copyrights or patents.

(e) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with

respect to the subject matter hereof. It shall not be modified except by a written

agreement dated subsequently to the date of this Agreement and signed by

both parties. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have

been waived by any act or acquiescence on the part of Disclosing Party, its

agents, or employees, except by an instrument in writing signed by an

authorized officer of Disclosing Party. No waiver of any provision of this

Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision(s) or of the same

provision on another occasion.

(f) In case of any dispute, both the parties agree for neutral third party arbitration.

Such arbitrator will be jointly selected by the two parties and he/she may be an

auditor, lawyer, consultant or any other person of trust. The said proceedings

shall be conducted in English language at Mumbai and in accordance with the

provisions of Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or any Amendments or Re-enactments thereto.



(g) Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement will inure

to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties, their successors and assigns.

(h) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent

jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall

remain in full force and effect.

(i) All obligations created by this Agreement shall survive change or termination of

the parties’ business relationship.

5. Suggestions and Feedback

(a) Either party from time to time may provide suggestions, comments or other

feedback to the other party with respect to Confidential Information provided

originally by the other party (hereinafter “feedback”). Both party agree that all

Feedback is and shall be entirely voluntary and shall not in absence of separate agreement, create any confidentially obligation for the receiving party. However,

the Receiving Party shall not disclose the source of any feedback without the

providing party’s consent. Feedback shall be clearly designated as such and,

except as otherwise provided herein, each party shall be free to disclose and

use such Feedback as it sees fit, entirely without obligation of any kind to other party. The foregoing shall not, however, affect either party’s obligations

hereunder with respect to Confidential Information of other party.

Dated this __________ day of _________ 2017 at __________

(month) (place)


Name

Designation

Place

Signature


Name

Designation

Place



Signature

Prebid Queries - Online Appendix-14

Vendor

NameSl.No Appedix

Page

No

Clause

No.Existing Clause Query / Suggestions

Appendix-15

PRE CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT

(TO BE STAMPED AS AN AGREEMENT)

General

This pre-Bid pre-contract Agreement (hereinafter called the Integrity Pact) is

made

on _____ day of the month of 201 , between, on the one

hand, the State Bank of India a body corporate incorporated under the

State Bank of India Act, 1955 having its Corporate Centre at State Bank

Bhavan, Nariman Point, Mumbai through its -----------------------Department

/ Office at ----------------,----------------,

(hereinafter called the "BUYER", which expression shall mean and include,

unless the context otherwise requires, its successors) of the First Part and M/s

_______ represented by

Shri , Chief Executive Officer

(hereinafter called the "BIDDER/Seller which expression shall mean and

include, unless the context otherwise requires, its / his successors and permitted

assigns of the Second Part.

WHEREAS the BUYER proposes to procure (Name of the

Stores/Equipment/Item) and the BIDDER/Seller is willing to offer/has offered the

stores and

WHEREAS the BIDDER is a private company/public company/Government

undertaking/partnership/registered export agency, constituted in accordance

with the relevant law in the matter and the BUYER is an Office / Department

of State Bank of India performing its functions on behalf of State Bank of India.

NOW, THEREFORE,

To avoid all forms of corruption by following a system that is fair, transparent and

free from any influence/prejudiced dealings prior to, during and subsequent to the

currency of the contract to be entered into with a view to :

Enabling the BUYER to obtain the desired service / product at a competitive price in

conformity with the defined specifications by avoiding the high cost and the distortionary

impact of corruption on public procurement; and



Enabling BIDDERs to abstain from bribing or indulging in any corrupt practice in

order to secure the contract by providing assurance to them that their

competitors will also abstain from bribing and other corrupt practices and

the BUYER will commit to prevent corruption, in any farm, by its officials

by following transparent procedures.

The parties hereto hereby agree to enter into this Integrity Pact and agree as

follows:

1. Commitments of the BUYER

1.1 The BUYER undertakes that no official of the BUYER, connected directly or

indirectly with the contract, will demand, take a promise for or accept, directly or through

intermediaries, any bribe, consideration, gift, reward, favour or any material or

immaterial benefit or any other advantage from the BIDDER, either for

themselves or for any person, organisation or third party related to the

contract in exchange for an advantage in the bidding process, Bid

evaluation, contracting or implementation process related to the contract.

1.2 The BUYER will, during the pre-contract stage, treat all BIDDERs alike,

and will provide to all BIDDERs the same information and will not

provide any such information to any particular BIDDER which could afford

an advantage to that particular BIDDER in comparison to other B1DDERs.

1.3 All the officials of the BUYER will report to the appropriate authority any

attempted or completed breaches of the above commitments as well as any

substantial suspicion of such a breach.

1.4 In case any such preceding misconduct on the part of such official(s) is

reported by the BIDDER to the BUYER with full and verifiable facts and the

same is prima facie found to be correct by the BUYER, necessary disciplinary

proceedings, or any other action as deemed fit, including criminal proceedings

may be initiated by the BUYER and such a person shall be debarred from

further dealings related to the contract process. In such a case while an

enquiry is being conducted by the BUYER the proceedings under the contract

would not be stalled.

2. Commitments of BIDDERs



2.1 The BIDDER commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corrupt

practices, unfair means and illegal activities during any stage of its Bid or during

any pre-contract or post-contract stage in order to secure the contract or in

furtherance to secure it and in particular commit itself to the following:

2. 2 The BIDDER will not offer, directly or through intermediaries, any bribe, gift,

consideration, reward, favour, any material or immaterial benefit or other

advantage, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of the

BUYER, connected directly or indirectly with the bidding process, or to any

person, organisation or third party related to the contract in exchange for any

advantage in the bidding, evaluation, contracting and implementation of the

contract.

2.3 The BIDDER further undertakes that it has not given, offered or promised

to give, directly or indirectly any bribe, gift, consideration, reward, favour, any

material or immaterial benefit or other advantage, commission, fees,

brokerage or inducement to any official of the BUYER or otherwise in

procuring the Contract or forbearing to do or having done any act in relation

to the obtaining or execution of the contract or any other contract with

State Bank of India for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavour to

any person in relation to the contract or any other contract with State Bank

of India.

2.4 Wherever applicable, the BIDDER shall disclose the name and

address of agents and representatives permitted by the Bid documents

and Indian BIDDERs shall disclose their foreign principals or associates,

if any.

2.5 The BIDDER confirms and declares that they have not made any

payments to any agents/brokers or any other intermediary, in

connection with this Bid/contract.

2.6 The BIDDER further confirms and declares to the BUYER that the

BIDDER is the original vendors or service providers in respect of product /

service covered in the Bid documents and the BIDDER has not engaged any

individual or firm or company whether Indian or foreign to intercede,

facilitate or in any way to recommend to the BUYER or any of its



functionaries, whether officially or unofficially to the award of the contract

to the BIDDER, nor has any amount been paid, promised or intended to be

paid to any such individual, firm or company in respect of any such

intercession, facilitation or recommendation.

2.7 The BIDDER, at the earliest available opportunity, i.e. either while

presenting the Bid or during pre-contract negotiations and in any case

before opening the financial Bid and before signing the contract, shall

disclose any payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make

to officials of the BUYER or their family members, agents, brokers or

any other intermediaries in connection with the contract and the details

of services agreed upon for such payments.

2.8 The BIDDER will not collude with other parties interested in the contract

to impair the transparency, fairness and progress of the bidding

process, Bid evaluation, contracting and implementation of the contract.

2.9 The BIDDER will not accept any advantage in exchange for any corrupt

practice, unfair means and illegal activities.

2.10 The BIDDER shall not use improperly, for purposes of competition or

personal gain, or pass. on 'to° others, any -information provided by the

BUYER as part of the business relationship, regarding plans, technical

proposals and business details, including information contained in any

electronic data carrier. The BIDDER also undertakes to exercise due and

adequate care lest any such information is divulged.

2.11 The BIDDER commits to refrain from giving any complaint directly or

through any other manner without supporting it with full and verifiable facts.

2.12 The BIDDER shall not instigate or cause to instigate any third person to

commit any of the actions mentioned above.

2.13 If the BIDDER or any employee of the BIDDER or any person acting on

behalf of the BIDDER, either directly or indirectly, is a relative of any of the

officers of the BUYER, or alternatively, if any relative of an officer of the

BUYER has financial Interest/stake in the BIDDER's firm, the same shall be

disclosed by the BIDDER at the time of filing of tender. The term 'relative' for

this purpose would be as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956.



2.14 The BIDDER shall not lend to or borrow any money from or enter into any

monetary dealings or transactions, directly or indirectly, with any employee of

the BUYER.

3. Previous Transgression

3.1 The BIDDER declares that no previous transgression occurred in the last

three years immediately before signing of this Integrity Pact, with any other

company in any country in respect of any corrupt practices envisaged

hereunder or with any Public Sector Enterprise / Public Sector Banks in

India or any Government Department in India or RBI that could justify

BIDDER's exclusion from the tender process.

3.2 The BIDDER agrees that if it makes incorrect statement on this subject,

BIDDER can be disqualified from the tender process or the contract, if

already awarded, can be terminated for such reason.

4. Earnest Money (Security Deposit)

4.1 While submitting commercial Bid, the BIDDER shall deposit an amount

(specified in RFP) as Earnest Money/Security Deposit, with the BUYER

through any of the mode mentioned in the RFP / Bid document and no such

mode is specified, by a Bank Draft or a Pay Order in favour of State Bank

of India from a nationalized Bank including SBI or its Subsidiary Banks.

However payment of any such amount by way of Bank Guarantee, if so

permitted as per Bid documents / RFP should be from any nationalized

Bank other than SBI or its Subsidiary Banks and promising payment of

the guaranteed sum to the BUYER on demand within three working days

without any demur whatsoever and without seeking any reasons

whatsoever. The demand for payment by the BUYER shall be treated as

conclusive proof for making such payment to the BUYER.

4.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in the Bid document / RFP, the Earnest

Money/Security Deposit shall be valid upto a period of five years or the

complete conclusion of the contractual obligations to the complete

satisfaction of both the BIDDER and the BUYER, including warranty



period, whichever is later.

4.3 In case of the successful BIDDER a clause would also be incorporated

in the Article pertaining to Performance Bond in the Purchase Contract that

the provisions of Sanctions for Violation shall be applicable for forfeiture

of Performance Bond in case of a decision by the BUYER to forfeit the

same-without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for violation of this

Pact.

4.4 No interest shall be payable by the BUYER to the BIDDER on Earnest

Money/Security Deposit for the period of its currency.

5. Sanctions for Violations

5.1 Any breach of the aforesaid provisions by the BIDDER or any one

employed by it or acting on its behalf (whether with or without the

knowledge of the BIDDER) shall entitle the BUYER to take all or any one

of the following actions, wherever required:

(i) To immediately call off the pre contract negotiations without assigning

any reason and without giving any compensation to the BIDDER.

However, the proceedings with the other BIDDER(s) would continue,

unless the BUYER desires to drop the entire process.

(ii) The Earnest Money Deposit (in pre-contract stage) and/or Security

Deposit/Performance Bond (after the contract is signed) shall stand

forfeited either fully or partially, as decided by the BUYER and the

BUYER shall not be required to assign any reason therefore.

(iii) To immediately cancel the contract, if already signed, without

giving any compensation to the BIDDER.

(iv) To recover all sums already paid by the BUYER, and in case of an Indian

BIDDER with interest thereon at 2% higher than the prevailing Base

Rate of State Bank of India, while in case of a BIDDER from a country other

than India with interest thereon at 2% higher than the LIBOR. If any

outstanding payment is due to the BIDDER from the BUYER in

connection with any other contract for any other stores, such outstanding

could also be utilized to recover the aforesaid sum and interest.



(v) To encash the advance bank guarantee and performance

bond/warranty bond, if furnished by the BIDDER, in order to recover the

payments, already made by the BUYER, along with interest.

(vi) To cancel all or any other Contracts with the BIDDER. The BIDDER

shall be liable to pay compensation for any loss or damage to the BUYER

resulting from such cancellation/rescission and the BUYER shall be entitled

to deduct the amount so payable from the money(s) due to the BIDDER.

(vii) To debar the BIDDER from participating in future bidding processes of

the BUYER or any of its Subsidiaries for a minimum period of five years,

which may be further extended at the discretion of the BUYER.

(viii) To recover all sums paid, in violation of this Pact, by BIDDER(s) to any

middleman or agent or broker with a view to securing the contract.

(ix) Forfeiture of Performance Bond in case of a decision by the BUYER to forfeit

the same without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for violation of this

Pact.

(x) Intimate to the CVC, IBA, RBI, as the BUYER deemed fit the details of such events

for appropriate action by such authorities.

5.2 The BUYER will be entitled to take all or any of the actions mentioned at para

6.1(i) to (x) of this Pact also on the Commission by the BIDDER or any one

employed by it or acting on its behalf (whether with or without the knowledge

of the BIDDER), of an offence as defined in Chapter IX of the Indian Penal

code, 1860 or Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or any other statute enacted for

prevention of corruption.

5.3 The decision of the BUYER to the effect that a breach of the provisions of this

Pact has been committed by the BIDDER shall be final and conclusive on the

BIDDER. However, the BIDDER can approach the Independent Monitor(s)

appointed for the purposes of this Pact.

6. Fall Clause

The BIDDER undertakes that it has not supplied/is not supplying similar

product/systems or subsystems at a price lower than that offered in the present

Bid in respect of any other Ministry/Department of the Government of India

or PSU or any other Bank and if it is found at any stage that similar



product/systems or sub systems was supplied by the BIDDER to any other

Ministry/Department of the Government of India or a PSU or a Bank at a lower

price, then that very price, with due allowance for elapsed time, will be

applicable to the present case and the difference in the cost would be

refunded by the BIDDER to the BUYER, if the contract has already been

concluded.

7. Independent Monitors

7.1 The BUYER has appointed Independent Monitor (hereinafter referred to

as Monitors) for this Pact in consultation with the Central Vigilance

Commission (Names and Addresses of the Monitors to be given).

Shri Johny Joseph,

701/702, Callalily-Y, Nagar Amrit Shakti,

Chandivali, Andheri (East) Mumbai:400 072

[email protected]

7.2 The task of the Monitors shall be to review independently and

objectively, whether and to what extent the parties comply with the

obligations under this Pact.

7.3 The Monitors shall not be subjected to instructions by the

representatives of the parties and perform their functions neutrally and

independently.

7.4 Both the parties accept that the Monitors have the right to access all the

documents relating to the project/procurement, including minutes of

meetings. Parties signing this Pact shall not approach the Courts while

representing the matters to Independent External Monitors and he/she will

await their decision in the matter.

7.5 As soon as the Monitor notices, or has reason to believe, a violation of

this Pact, he will so inform the Authority designated by the BUYER.

7.6 The BIDDER(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access without

restriction to all Project documentation of the BUYER including that

provided by the BIDDER. The BIDDER will also grant the Monitor, upon his

request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and



unconditional access to his project documentation. The same is

applicable to Subcontractors. The Monitor shall be under contractual

obl igat ion to t reat the informat ion and documents of the

BIDDER/Subcontractor(s) with confidentiality.

7.7 The BUYER will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all

meetings among the parties related to the Project provided such

meetings could have an impact on the contractual relations between the

parties. The parties will offer to the Monitor the option to participate in such

meetings.

7.8 The Monitor will submit a written report to the designated Authority of

BUYER/Secretary in the Department/ within 8 to 10 weeks from the date

of reference or intimation to him by the BUYER / BIDDER and, should the

occasion arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.

8. Facilitation of Investigation

In case of any allegation of violation of any provisions of this Pact or

payment of commission, the BUYER or its agencies shall be entitled to

examine all the documents including the Books of Accounts of the

BIDDER and the BIDDER shall provide necessary information and

documents in English and shall extend all possible help for the purpose

of such examination.

9. Law and Place of Jurisdiction

This Pact is subject to Indian Law. The place of performance and

jurisdiction is the seat of the BUYER.

10. Other Legal Actions

The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any

other legal action that may follow in accordance with the provisions of the

extant law in force relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.

11. Validity



11.1 The validity of this Integrity Pact shall be from date of its signing and

extend upto 5 years or the complete execution of the contract to the

satisfaction of both the BUYER and the BIDDER/Seller, including

warranty period, whichever is later. In case BIDDER is unsuccessful, this

Integrity Pact shall expire after six months from the date of the signing of

the contract, with the successful Bidder by the BUYER.

11.2 Should one or several provisions of this Pact turn out to be invalid; the

remainder of this Pact shall remain valid. In this case, the parties will strive

to come to an agreement to their original intentions.

12. The parties hereby sign this Integrity Pact at __ on __________

For BUYER For BIDDER

Name of the Officer. Chief Executive Officer

Designation

Office / Department / Branch

State Bank of India.

Witness Witness

1

1.

2

2.

* Provisions of these clauses would need to be amended/ deleted in line

with the policy of the BUYER in regard to involvement of Indian agents of

foreign suppliers.

Note: This agreement will require stamp duty as applicable in the State where it is executed.

Appendix-16

Undertaking of Authenticity To: (Name and address of Procuring Office) Sub: Undertaking of Authenticity for Hardware & Software Supplies Ref: RFP No. SBI:xx:xx dated dd/mm/yyyy With reference to the equipment being quoted to you vide our Quotation No:___________ dated ___________, we hereby confirm that all the components /parts /assembly / software etc. used in the equipment to be supplied shall be original new components / parts / assembly / software only, from respective OEMs of the equipments and that no refurbished / duplicate / second hand components /parts/ assembly / software shall be supplied or shall be used. We also undertake to produce certificate from the Original Equipment Manufacturers (if required by you) in support of the above statement at the time of delivery / installation

2. We also confirm that in respect of licensed operating systems and other software utilities to be supplied, the same will be procured from authorized sources and supplied with Authorized License Certificate (i.e. Product keys on Certification of Authenticity in case of Microsoft Windows Operating System)

3. In case of default and the Bank finds that the above conditions are not complied with, we agree to take back the equipment supplied and return the money paid by you, in full within seven days of intimation of the same by the Bank, without demur or any reference to a third party and without prejudice to any remedies the Bank may deem fit.

4. In case of default and we are unable to comply with above at the time of delivery or during installation, for the IT Hardware / Software already billed, we agree to take back the equipments without demur, if a lready supplied and return the money if any paid to us by you in this regard.

5. We also take full responsibility of both parts & Service SLA as per the content even if there is any defect by our authorized Service Centre / Reseller / SI etc.

Dated this ....... day of ............................ 201 ______________________________________________________________ (Signature) (Name) (In the capacity of) Duly authorised to sign Bid for and on behalf of _____________________________________

Appendix-17

MANUFACTURERS' AUTHORIZATION FORM

No. Date: To: Dear Sir: Ref: RFP No.SBI:xx:xx dated dd/mm/yyyy

We, who are established and reputable manufacturers / producers of endpoints (ATMs/CDs/CDMs/Cash Recyclers) having factories / development facilities at (address of factory / facility) do hereby authorise M/s ___________________ (Name and address of Agent) to submit a Bid, and sign the contract with you against the above Bid Invitation.

2. We hereby extend our full warranty for the Equipment, Software Solution and Services offered by the above firm against this Bid Invitation.

3. We also undertake to provide any or all of the following materials, notifications, and information pertaining to the equipments and software solution manufactured or distributed by the Vendor:

(a) Such equipments as the Bank may opt to purchase from the Vendor, provided, that this option shall not relieve the Vendor of any warranty obligations under the Contract; and

(b) in the event of termination of production of such equipments:

(i) advance notification to the Bank of the pending termination, in sufficient time to permit the Bank to procure needed requirements; and

(ii) following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Bank, operations manuals, standards, and specifications of the equipments, if requested.

4. We duly authorise the said firm to act on our behalf in fulfilling all installations, Technical support and maintenance obligations required by the contract.

5. We hereby extend our full comprehensive guarantee, warranty, annual maintenance as per the terms and conditions of this RFP and the agreement / contract, in case M/s. _________________________________ ( Our Authorized representative) emerge as the / one of the successful bidders, for the goods and services offered for supply of our authorized representative against RFP. We also undertake that in the event of our authorized representative in India failing to perform its obligations under the Agreement/Contract for supply, installation and maintenance of endpoints and associated services for any reason whatsoever, we shall perform all the pending obligations as if the Agreement/Contract were between Bank and us.



Yours faithfully, Countersigned : (Bidder) (Name of Manufacturer / Producer)

Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the manufacturer and should be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer. The Bidder in its Bid should include it, duly countersigned.

Hardware and Software requirements of the solution Appendix 18

A. Server Details :

Sr. No.Product /

Module

Devices (Servers App/Web/Database,

External SAN Storage, Network

devices or any other devices)

DC UAT Pre-Prod Development Training

100000

NB : DR requirements will be same as DC.

B. Server configuration :

1.CPU [Core and processor speed] : (For each Server given above in A)

Sr. No.Product /

Module





100000


Sr. No.Product /

Module





100000


2. RAM [in GB] (For each Server given above in A)

Enviornment--- >>>

Endpoints ----->>>

Endpoints ----->>>

Endpoints ----->>>

Enviornment--- >>>

Enviornment--- >>>

Hardware and Software requirements of the solution Appendix 18

3. Harddisk Storage [in GB] (For each Server given above in A)

Sr. No.Product /

Module





100000


Sr. No. Product / ModuleModel

/ Part No.

No. of

copies

Operating

System

Database

@(with

replication

tool)

Middleware (Websphere/Weblogic)

Load

Balancer

@ Database would be Oracle only and shall be provided by the Bank.

Enviornment--- >>>

Endpoints ----->>>

4. Operating System/ Database/ Middleware/ Load Balancer (if Any)